Katalog Idrettsutstyr til skoler 22/23

Footballs & handballs 20–27

Basketballs 28–31

Beach volleyballs & volleyballs 32–35

American football & rugby balls 37

Soft balls 38, 40–47

Team equipment & training aids 57–67 Football 68–81

Handball 82–85

Basketball 86–91

Beach volleyball & volleyball 92–98

Storage trolleys 130–132

Equipment cabinets 133

Changing room benches 134–135

Teaching aids & timers 136–137

First aid 138

Stop watches & timers 148–151

Athletics accessories 152–153

Hurdles 154–155

High jump, pole vault & long jump 156–159

Javelins & shot puts 160–163

Medicine & throwing balls 48–49

Massage, exercise & sitting balls 50–53

Storage & compressors 39, 54–55

From page 19 …or at sport-thieme.com/Balls

Floorball & hockey 100–107 Table tennis 108–119 Badminton & tennis 120–128

From page 56 …or at sport-thieme.com/Teamsport

Stretchers & treatment tables 139

Scoreboards & sound systems 140–141

Sports ground equipment 142–146

From page 129 …or at sport-thieme.com/Equipment

Throwing training & discus throw 164

Measuring & marking 165

Orienteering 166

From page 147 …or at sport-thieme.com/Athletics

Swimming aids for babies & children 168–169

Swimming training 170–177

Aqua fitness 179–185

Pool noodles 186–187

Fun in the pool 188–190

Fascia training 200–202 Yoga & Pilates 206–209

Resistance bands & tubes 216–220

Small fitness equipment 221–233

Weight training & dumbbells 234–247

Therapy bands 272–273

Hand & foot exercisers 274–276

Massage & sensorimotor function 277

Balance cushions 278–279

Tapes 283

Gymnastics apparatus 302–315

Trampolines 302–304, 308

Vaulting boxes & gymnastics benches 316–321

Gym & swing equipment 322–325

Children’s gymnastics 330–339

Mats 374

games 376–380

tops & balance discs 381

Pedalo pedal racers 382–383

Sensory

402–404, 406–407

Swimming pool equipment 191–193

Life-saving equipment 194 Water polo 198

From page 167 …or at sport-thieme.com/Swimming

Martial arts 248–254 Sports flooring 255–257 Cardio & strength machines 261–270

From page 199 …or at sport-thieme.com/Fitness

Equipment for practices 284–287 Coordination training 288–297 Trampolines 298–299

From page 271 …or at sport-thieme.com/Movement-Therapy

Mats 340–361

Gymnastics accessories 362–367 Ballet & mirrors 368–371

From page 301 …or at sport-thieme.com/Gymnastics

Roller boards 384–387 Balance games 388–391 Building blocks & soft play 392–394

From page 373 …or at sport-thieme.com/Psychomotricity

Snoezelen 408–412 Snoezelen trolley 410 Beanbags 411

From page 395 …or at sport-thieme.com/Sensory-Stimulation

Active schools 414–421

ideas 422–427

games & boules 428–433

436–437

438–440

Vehicles 442–445 Darts, air hockey, pool & table football 446–451 Trampolines 452

From page 413 …or at sport-thieme.com/Leisure-Games

Shipping information 458

form & wish list 459–460

453–457

16–18 & from page 453 …or at sport-thieme.com/Service

1

New! Derbystar ‘2021/2022

Bundesliga Brillant APS’ Football

Official match ball of the 1st and 2nd Bundesliga divisions for 2021/22. High est FIFA quality mark. Hand-stitched,

3

made of PU microfibres with 3D diamond structure for stable trajectory and precise ball control. Size 5. 71 275 9337 Each

4

New! Derbystar

‘Planet APS’ Football

Training and match ball for natural and ar tificial turf. Recycling on the sports ground: each ball is made from 11 recy cled PET bottles. PU surface. Handstitched. Size 5. 71 316 0507 Each

New! Derbystar ‘2021/2022

Bundesliga Brillant Replica’ Football

Official replica of the ‘2021/22 Bundesliga Brillant APS’ for training and matches. Surface with 3D diamond structure for im proved ball control, stable trajectory and optimum grip for goalkeepers. Handstitched PU microfibres. Size 5.

71 275 9438 Each

2

Adidas ‘Tiro Pro’ Football Abrasion-resistant match ball. Seamfree, thermally bonded PU surface for low wa ter absorption. With the highest FIFA qual ity mark. Size 5. 71 297 9104 Each

Adidas footballs online at: sport-thieme.com 71 297 9524

Bonded, textured sur

Derbystar ‘Soccer Fair Light’ Football

Robust training football for indoor and outdoor use. Particularly tight thanks to 32 bonded panels made of durable soft PVC. With Fairtrade certificate. Size 4. 71 282 8510 Each

Latex bladder for ideal playing character istics even in wet and cold conditions. Made of bonded PU panels. Size 5. 71 282 8523 Each

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Sport-Thieme

Sport-Thieme

Hybrid technology

Hybrid manufacturing combines bond ing and stitching technologies to cre ate a thick and very robust outer layer with deeper, protected seams to mini mise water absorption. Hybrid balls are significantly more hard-wearing and boast excellent playing character istics.

Sport-Thieme

‘CoreX Com’

ball

special valve. Very robust and pre cise thanks to 5-layer construction. PU outer cover, produced using hybrid tech nology.

Extra-thick PU outer cover

Optimal playing characteristics thanks to hybrid technology

Sport-Thieme

‘CoreX Pro’ Football Top-quality ball. Easy to guide with your foot and soft on your head. Produced

Sport-Thieme

‘Evolution 2.0’ Football Top-notch training ball. Soft construction, easy to control. Extremely robust and du rable as stitched and bonded. Innovative 20-panel design. Textured PU outer cover.

weather

ball

Sport-Thieme

Light’ Football

training with children and teens.

with reduced weight: easier on joints and excellent for gradual improvement of strength and technique. Excellent-grip thanks to golf ball texture. Made of highquality PU using hybrid technology.

(size

dimpletextured

long-lasting

Futsal Balls & Indoor Footballs

Sport-Thieme ‘CoreX Kids’ Futsal Ball

Robust training ball for children and teens to improve ball handling tech niques. Reduced bounce for optimal ball control. Made of PU with hybrid technol ogy.

Sport-Thieme ‘CoreX Pro’

Futsal Ball

Match ball with reduced bounce. Made with hybrid technology, features finegrain PU cover. Size 4.

265 2001 Each

Set

Sport-Thieme ‘Junior’ Futsal Ball Set

The set includes:

• 2 Sport-Thieme ‘CoreX Pro’ futsal balls (size 4, 420 g), 2|

• 2 Sport-Thieme ‘CoreX Kids’ XLight futsal balls (size 3, 290 g), 1|

• 4 Sport-Thieme ‘CoreX Kids’ X-Light futsal balls (size 4, 290 g), 1|

• 4 Sport-Thieme ‘CoreX Kids’ Light futsal balls (size 4, 350 g), 1|

1 Sport-Thieme ball storage bag, page 39,

Indoor footballs

Derbystar ‘Basic Pro’ Futsal Ball

Hand-stitched training ball with greatly reduced bounce. Hand-stitched high-tech PU surface.

S-Light

71 294 0377  Size 3, 290 g Each  71 294 0348  Size 4, 290 g Each

Light

71 294 0335  Size 4, 350 g Each

5

Derbystar ‘Brilllant TT’

Futsal Ball

Hand-stitched match ball for particularly soft ball contact. Greatly reduced bounce, with special butyl bladder and butyl valve. Fine-grained high-tech PU material. Size 4.

71 292 4410 Each

Derbystar Fairtrade

‘Futsal Fair’ Futsal Ball

Fairly produced training futsal ball with re duced bounce. Very robust and durable thanks to its machine-stitched 32-panel construction. Made of soft PVC. Size 4.

71 282 8800 Each

Which futsal ball for which age?

Futsal is the official version of indoor football. At size 4, the special balls are smaller than regular footballs. A futsal ball’s bounce is greatly reduced, meaning that it will virtually ‘stick to the foot’. The game requires great as well as fair play ing technique, which can be optimally trained with futsal balls.

pressure 0.5–0.7 bar 0.5–0.7 bar 0.5–0.7 bar 0.6–0.9 bar 0.6–0.9 bar

20

These ball sizes only apply for futsal balls.

Sport-Thieme ‘Ortero Indoor’ Indoor Football

High-quality indoor football with reduced bounce. Hand-stitched made of soft syn thetic suede.

Sport-Thieme ‘Indoor Soccer’ Indoor Football

Bounce and speed are reduced to the ide al level. Felt surface is pleasant to touch, makes the ball quiet and improves ball control.

270

Derbystar ‘Indoor Beta’

Indoor Football

For training and matches. Reduced level of bounce and great rebound properties. Hand-stitched. Made of abrasionresistant synthetic suede.

71 264 7249  Size 4 Each

264 7252  Size 5 Each

Derbystar Fairtrade

‘Indoor Fair’ Indoor Football

Durable match ball. Hand-stitched with abrasion-resistant surface for increased lifespan. Made of synthetic suede. Fair trade-certified. Size 5.

71 282 8709 Each

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Football

Football

Developed specifically for artificial turf. Extremely hardwearing, as made of glossy, high-tech PU with a finegrained textured surface. Hand-stitched with butyl blad

Sport-Thieme ‘Training’ Football

football for training and leisure. Particularly ro bust and with consistent playing characteristics thanks to 32-panel design and soft, 3-layer leatherette

Sport-Thieme ‘School’ Football

Football Training Set

Special & Training Footballs

Hard-pitch & street footballs

1

Best in terms of grip

2

Sport-Thieme ‘Street’ Football

With reduced bounce for artificial turf and hard surfaces. Abrasion-resistant and du rable thanks to multi-layer construction: several stitched layers of Cordley, polyes ter and cotton. Size 4: approx. 400 g.

Size 5: approx. 420 g.

71 274 8708  Size 4 Each

71 274 8711  Size 5 Each

3

Sport-Thieme ‘Softgrip’ Football

Sport-Thieme ‘Core Xtreme’ Street Football

For intensive use. Optimal playing charac teristics on asphalt and concrete. Stitched rubber outer, therefore particularly

Sport-Thieme ‘Softair’ Football

Robust soft football with good bounce characteristics. Ideal for nervous chil dren. Soft, stitched EVA surface. Size 4. Approx. 150–170 g.

71 269 2904 Each

5

Sport-Thieme ‘Mini-Play’ Ball

Small ball to pick up playing techniques, e.g. in handball or football. Stitched. Smooth, great-grip PVC cover. Size 1. 190 g.

71 274 8506 Each

6

Sport-Thieme PU Foam Football

Robust soft foam ball suitable for a wide range of uses. Ideal for schools, nurseries and football novices. With PU coating. Di ameter: 20 cm. 300 g.

71 282 0923-1 Each

4 The lightest 71 287 2214 Each

We also recommend

Blind football

WV Goalball

Match ball for the Paralympic sport of goalball, a popular game among blind or visually impaired people. With bells and soundholes. Made of rubber. Diameter: 25 cm. 1,250 g.

71 109 9108 Each

WV Goalball with Bell

Robust football for goalball, made of natu ral rubber with real bell. Handmade in

Handi Life Sport ‘Blue Flame’

Blind Football

Official blind football according to IBSA standards. With 6 built-in rattle panels within for improved locating of the ball. Reduced bounce. Stitched. Material: PU.

Size 3. 520 g.

71 271 1717

Each

10

Handi Life Sport ‘Justa’ Blind Sports Mask

Opaque, levelling the playing field for all players in goalball and blind football. Also protects the eyes against impact. Very comfortable to wear. Made of TPU with PU foam padding. LxWxH: 22x9x4 cm. 113 g.

71 285 3505  Red headband Each

71 285 3518  Blue

24 Great leisure-time ball for nurseries and primary schools. Suitable for hard surfac es. Soft material prevents injuries. EVA foam cover. Size 4. 350 g.

Each

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

‘Kindergarten’ Set

Ball Sets for Schools & Nurseries

‘Kids’ Set

Incl. storage bag

Sport-Thieme ‘Kindergarten’ School Ball Set

Nursery school set for fun ball games. The products have been chosen for children aged 3–6. Set includes: 20 balls and 1 ball storage bag.

71 276 6906

21-piece set

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years.

Contains individual parts that may be swallowed. Danger of suffocation.

Set

storage bag

3

Sport-Thieme ‘Topseller’ Soft Ball Set

Our bestselling soft balls.

The set includes:

• 1 ‘150’ soft ball, ø 15 cm, page 44, 9|

• 1 ‘Extra Strong 150’ soft ball, ø 15 cm, page 44, 14|

• 1 PU multi-purpose ball, ø 15 cm, page 45, 5|

• 1 PU volleyball, ø 20 cm, page 45, 8|

• 4 Elé ‘Softi’ balls in different colours, ø 16 cm, page 42, 1|

• 1 Elé ‘Mini handball’, ø 16 cm, page 42, 6|

‘Match’ Set

Incl. storage bag

5

Sport-Thieme ‘Match’ School Ball Set

Ball set containing the 12 most popular Sport-Thieme school balls for secondary schools and colleges. Set includes 12 balls and 1 ball storage bag.

71 255 1917 13-piece set

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. Contains individual parts that may be swallowed. Danger of suffocation.

• 1 Elé ‘Special’ ball, ø 21 cm, page 42, 7|

• 4 Skin ‘Softi’ balls in different colours, ø 16 cm, page 43, 1|

• 1 Skin ‘Mini handball’, ø 16 cm, page 43, 5|

• 1 Skin ‘Special’ ball, ø 21 cm, page 43, 6|

• 1 Sport-Thieme ball storage bag

71 281 3501 17-piece set

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years.

Contains individual parts that may be swallowed.

Danger of suffocation.

Incl. storage bag

Sport-Thieme ‘Kids’ School Ball Set

The primary school set for active school breaks encouraging an interest in physi cal activity. The products have been cho sen for children aged 5+. Set includes: 14 balls and 1 ball storage bag.

71 242 7502 15-piece set

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. Contains individual parts that may be swallowed. Danger of suffocation.

‘Active Breaks’ Set

Incl. storage bag

Sport-Thieme ‘Active Breaks’ School Ball Set

A school set for active breaks. These products have been chosen with chil dren aged 12+ in mind. Set includes: 16 balls and 1 bag to store the balls.

71 242 7557 17-piece set

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. Contains individual parts that may be swallowed. Danger of suffocation.

‘Outdoor’ Set

Incl. storage bag

Sport-Thieme ‘Outdoor’ School Ball Set

Solid outdoor fun in the school playground and for keeping kids and teenagers active during break time. Set includes 12 balls and 1 ball storage bag.

71 242 7544

13-piece set

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. Contains individual parts that may be swallowed. Danger of suffocation.

4 Specially designed for children and young people

training ball

surface

Sport-Thieme ‘Blue’ Handball

training ball for schools and

Sport-Thieme ‘Mini’ Handball

4 Popular training ball

Molten ‘HX3200’ Handball

Excellent-grip training ball for clubs and schools. Soft, stitched leatherette sur face. IHF-certified. Size 0: dia. 15 cm, ap prox. 215 g. Size 1: dia. 16 cm, approx. 310 g. Size 2: dia. 17.5 cm, approx. 350 g. Size 3: dia. 19 cm, approx. 450 g.

269 8306

269 8319

269 8322

8335

Training handballs

New! Sport-Thieme

‘School 2022’ Handball

Designed for sports lessons and daily use in clubs. Hand-stitched, made of 1.3-mmthick, 3-layer polyurethane. With latex bladder for optimal rebound. Sizes con form to the current IHF standard for a game without resin.

Sport-Thieme ‘Grippy’ Handball

Training ball with textured surface for ex cellent grip. Very robust thanks to extrathick, 3-layered PU cover. The sizes con form to the current IHF guidelines for a game without resin.

Set Set

New! Sport-Thieme

‘School 2.0’ Handball Set

Hard-wearing training balls for continu ous use in school and club sports. The set includes:

• 1 Sport-Thieme ‘Blue Pro’ handball • 7 Sport-Thieme ‘School 2022’ hand balls

Molten ‘C7’ Handball

Indoor training ball with excellent bounce characteristics. Improved shock absorp tion makes catching the ball easier. Weld ed rubberised surface. Size 0: 260 g.

Size 1: 310 g. Size 2: 350 g.

Sport-Thieme ‘GummY’ Handball

Durable training ball for schools and clubs. Perfect for catching and throwing exercises. Bonded rubber surface for in creased grip. Size 0: dia. 15 cm, approx. 220 g. Size 1: dia. 16 cm, approx. 290 g.

Size 2: dia. 17.5 cm, approx. 340 g.

71 292 5309

71 292 5312

292 5325

Each

Each

New! Spalding ‘Precision TF 1000’

Basketball

High-quality ball for indoor use. Earth Symphony ECOfibre composite windings (100% recycled materials) for exceptional grip and control. Soft carcass with responsive cushioning for best possible playability. With DBB logo. 71 323 0305 Each

New! Spalding ‘Legacy TF 1000’ Basketball

Developed for the highest of standards. Soft Touch sur face for excellent ball control. Moisture Management System for safe, non-slip handling. Deep Channel de sign for superb playing characteristics. With robust composite cover. Size 7. 610 g.

New! Spalding ‘Excel TF 500’ Basketball

The ‘Exel TF 500’ basketball offers superb playing characteristics, excellent grip and outstanding ball control. Best possible handling thanks to Wide Channel design and robust composite cover. Size 7. 610 g.

71 323 0002 Each

17.8–18.4

20.7–21.2

21.9–22.6

2

New! Spalding ‘TF Gold’ Basketball

High-quality all-rounder for indoor and outdoor use. Ro bust imitation leather cover with excellent grip, opti mum handling and superb ball control.

71 322 9806  Size 5 Each

71 322 9819  Size 6 Each

71 322 9822  Size 7 Each

5

cm inside and

0.49–0.63 bar 0.49–0.63 bar 0.49–0.63 bar

bar 0.49–0.63 bar 0.49–0.63

bar Category Minis/Bambini Juniors U8 Boys U10 Boys U12 Girls U11–U13 Boys U14 Girls U15–U20 Women Boys U16–U20 Men Age group up to 6 years 6–9 years 8–9 years 10–11 years 10–12 years 12–13 years 13–19 years above 19 years 14–19 years above 19 years Size 3 4 5 Weight 300–330 g 280–300 g 370–410 g Circumference 56–58 cm 65–67 cm 69–71 cm Diameter 1

New! Spalding ‘React TF 250 DBB’ Basketball

For indoor and outdoor use. Offers both durability and superb playability. With improved, softer surface for ex cellent grip. Butyl bladder ensures great shape retention and less re-inflation. With official DBB logo. Size 7. 71 323 0406 Each

Also take a look at:

Basketball hoops, backboards and systems from page 86 or online at: sport-thieme.com

28 Please contact us for prices and shipping costs. Basketballs What kind of basketball is right? 5 6 7 470–500 g 510–567 g 570–650 g 69–71 cm 72–74 cm 75–78 cm 21.9–22.6 cm 23.0–23.4 cm 23.8–24.8 cm 0.49–0.63 71 323 0103 Each

Sport-Thieme ‘Com’ Basketball

Top training ball for schools and clubs. For indoor and outdoor use.

Diamond surface texture for excellent grip, even with wet hands. Made of hygroscopic PU synthetic leather.

6106

298 6119

Molten ‘BG4000’ Basketball

For national and international competitions. 12-panel de sign. High-quality and robust. Great-grip, cushioned, leather-look composite cover. Superb playing character istics. FIBA-approved and DBB-certified.

71 263 2634

71 263 2647

71 263 2650

6

5

6

Sport-Thieme ‘Pro’ Basketball Set

Set includes:

• 1 Sport-Thieme ‘Pro’ basketball, size 7, 2|

• 3 Sport-Thieme ‘Com’ basketballs, maroon, size 7, 1|

• 3 Sport-Thieme ‘Com’ basketballs, blue, size 7, 1|

• 1 ball storage bag, page 39,

71 270 0739

Molten ‘BG4500’ Basketball

A great game ball with 12 panels. For indoor use. Leatherlook finish. The new surface concept and improved damping layer make the basketball softer and easier to control as well as provide even better grip. FIBA-approved and DBB-certified.

71 263 5125

71 263 5138

Each

Each

Sport-Thieme ‘Pro’ Basketball

Durable game ball for indoor use in clubs. Made of microfibre synthetic leather for a good feel and out standing rebound behaviour. Optimal grip due to ad ditional cushioning.

71 297 0309

71 297 0312

71 297 0325

Real leather

5 Each

6 Each

Molten ‘BG5000’ Basketball

Official FIBA indoor game ball. Superb grip thanks to wa ter-absorbing natural leather design. Highly compressed cushioning makes the ball softer and allows for improved ball control. FIBA-approved and DBB-certified. Size 7.

71 263 5213 Each

Basketballs

School basketballs

4 Excellent-grip composite cover

4 High-quality and hard-wearing

4 Handles like a professional ball

1

Sport-Thieme ‘School’ Basketball

Hard-wearing training ball for daily use in schools and clubs. Suitable for inside and out. Superb grip thanks to highquality composite cover.

Sport-Thieme ‘Kids’ Basketball

Reduced weight for training with chil dren. Suitable for indoor and outdoor use. Excellent-grip nylon surface for easy handling. Size 3: 280 g. Size 4:

Sport-Thieme ‘School Pro’ Basketball Set

The set includes:

1 Sport-Thieme ‘Pro’ basketball, page 29, 2|

Set

Ideal

Sport-Thieme ‘School’ basketballs, size 7, 1|

Sport-Thieme ball storage bag, page 39, 3|

270 0814

Molten ‘JB3800’ Basketball

High-quality, reduced-weight training and game ball for younger players. Can be used inside and out. Professional, superbgrip composite cover. Size 5 (light).

71 283 1709 Each

Don’t forget to order: Team bibs, page 59

Molten ‘School Master 2021’ Basketball

For indoor and outdoor use. Composite cover with parallel pimples for improved grip.

71 263 0120

263 0133

3 Set

6 Each

7 Each

Hard-wearing basketball set for schools. The set includes:

Molten ‘BG4000’ basketball (size 7), page 29,

Molten ‘School Master’ basketballs (size 7),

storage bag, page 39,

Molten ‘B5C2000-L’ Basketball

Reduced-weight training ball. Ideal for in troducing primary school children to the sport. Suitable for indoor use. Great-grip rubber cover. Size 5 (light).

71 283 2005 Each

Molten ‘SB4’ Basketball

Its small size and low weight make this basketball perfect for training sessions with under 8s. Size 4. Diameter: 21 cm. 290 g.

71 265 3004 Each

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Molten ‘School’ Basketball Set

ball control thanks

Molten ‘Series B900’

Basketball

Tournament ball for schools and other organisations. For outdoor use. Strong ny lon cover. Size 7 is FIBA-approved and DBB-certified.

71 186 1219

size 5 Each

186 1222  B986: size 6 Each

186 1235

size

More basketballs online at:

Basketballs

Each

4 Suitable for indoor and outdoor use

bounce

Seamco ‘SK’ Basketball

Training and tournament ball with 5-layer nylon AAA laminate. Suitable for all kinds of playing surfaces. Natural rubber cover. SK58: 430 g. SK68: 520 g. SK78 (men’s basketball): 600 g.

size

streetballs

Training basketballs

Basketball

Deep Channel design for superb grip, ideal ball control and excellent play ing characteristics. Size 6. 610 g.

Sport-Thieme ‘Street 3x3’ Basketball

Hard-wearing training ball with pimpled texture for excellent grip. Suitable for indoor and outdoor use. Strong special rubber-composite cover. Size 6. Approx. 600 g.

269 4610

Top rated sport-thieme.com

ball

Sport-Thieme ‘Champion’ Basketball

Excellent-grip training ball for schools, clubs and leisure. Suitable for indoor and outdoor use. Hard-wearing nylon cover.

Sport-Thieme ‘Training’ Basketball

Durable training and streetball with su perb bounce properties. For indoor and outdoor use. Hard-wearing rubber cover.

315 g. Size 5: 520 g. Size 6: 540 g.

610 g.

Sport-Thieme ‘Youth’ Basketball Set Set for children and teenagers. Includes:

Sport-Thieme ‘Champion’ basketballs

Sport-Thieme ‘Training’ basketballs

(size

Volleyballs

Training & competition balls

Mikasa ‘V320W’ Volleyball

Size 5.

during play.

284 7203 Each

Volleyballs for learners in schools & nurseries

Mikasa ‘V330W’ Volleyball

Premium-quality indoor volleyball for training and tournaments. For players aged 12 and more. Synthetic leather cover in a modern 18-panel design. Precise flight characteristics and easy to spot. DVV 2. FIVB-approved. Size 5.

71 284 8105 Each

3

Mikasa ‘V345W Light’

Volleyball

An official DVJ school-tournament ball for youth teams. For indoor and beach volley ball courts. Excellent-grip, soft-to-thetouch synthetic leather cover. Reduced weight. FIVB- and DVV-approved. Size 5. 210 g.

71 284 4103 Each

5

Mikasa ‘VS170W-Y-BL Light’ Volleyball

Excellent choice for introducing children aged 4+ to the sport. Lightweight and easy to control due to slower speed. Made of soft EVA foam allowing children to

Volleyballs for technique training

Sport-Thieme

Volleyball

Volley ‘Elé’ Volleyball

Mikasa ‘V350W SL Light’ Volleyball

Reduced-weight training ball for novices, and players aged 6–12. For indoor use. Excellent handling and soft ball contact. Made of tear-resistant PU. FIVB Official Supplier-approved quality. Size 5. 210 g.

71 284 4002 Each

Mikasa ‘V800W’ Volleyball

Waterproof training ball for players aged 12 and more. For indoor volleyball and beach volleyball outdoors. TPE synthetic leather cover. Pleasantly soft, precise and easy to spot. FIVB Official Supplier-ap proved. Size 5.

71 284 8206 Each

Volleyballs

Regular volleyballs are size 5 (21 cm in diameter) and weigh 260–280 g. Volleyballs for learners are lighter, al lowing for games and training sessions that are free from fear.

Volleyballs for technique training are made of soft foam and are a little heav ier. The Sport-Thieme lightweights are new. They are as light as a feather and fly slower – as if in slow motion. This gives players more time to get ready for the approaching ball, making training twice as much fun for begin ners, children and older people alike. Fear of fast and unexpected balls dis appears. These high-quality polyure thane balls are extremely hard-wearing despite their low weight, making them perfect for daily use at school.

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Match ball for teens and adults. Durable synthetic leather with surface grooves for optimal grip, excellent ball control and

7

Volleyballs

School volleyballs

4 Very soft yet hard-wearing

4 Hygienic microfibre

4 Seamlessly bonded cover

1

Mikasa ‘MG School Pro’ Volleyball

Specially reinforced functional material for the rigours of everyday school and club life. Seamlessly bonded composite cover. DVV-approved. Size 5.

71 263 9808 Each

2

No seams

With conventional needle valve

New! Sport-Thieme ‘School 2021’ Volleyball

Soft yet durable training ball. Seamlessly bonded. Super-soft, cushioned microfibre cover for training that is gentle on your arms. Size 5.

71 108 2135 Each

Sport-Thieme

‘Slomo’ Volleyball

40% larger and 40% lighter training ball. Its slow-motion speed makes it easier for beginners to learn the correct technique. Stitched PU cover. Diameter: approx. 30 cm. 130 g.

71 108 2643 Each

3

Molten ‘School Master’ Volleyball

Soft and abrasion-resistant for passes that are gentle on the arms. Seamlessly bonded composite cover. DVV-certified. Size 5.

71 307 6705 Each

4 Excellent-grip composite cover

4

Sport-Thieme ‘School 1000’ Volleyball

Hard-wearing school volleyball with excel lent cushioning. Stitched, soft cover made of laminated EVA foam. Size 5.

71 264 4413 Each

Reduced-weight volleyballs for learners

4 15% lighter

4 Soft composite cover

4 Machine-stitched

5

Molten ‘V5M2000-L’ Volleyball

Durable, reduced-weight training ball. Ideal for learning the correct technique. Stitched composite cover. Size 5. Approx. 210 g.

71 254 4700 Each

4 Ideal ball for learners

20% lighter

4 Slow-motion effect

6

Sport-Thieme ‘Light’ Volleyball

Light volleyball for beginners, children and older people alike. Easy to control thanks to slow motion effect. Machinestitched PU cover. Size 5. 190 g.

71 285 2007 Each

Extra-light volleyballs for learners

9

Lightweight: 60% lighter

New! Sport-Thieme

‘Super Light’ Volleyball

8

Sport-Thieme ‘Jumbo’ Volleyball

Extra-large ball for learning the correct volleyball technique in slow motion. Suit

able for all ages. Hand-stitched and made of hard-wearing composite. Diameter: 43 cm. 315 g. 71 265 1112

Slow-motion and lightweight for better technique training. Machine-stitched PVC cover. Size 7. 125–130 g.

Each

71 285 1916 Each

Volleyballs

Competition

Mikasa ‘V200W’ Volleyball

Official DVV competition ball. 18-panel with Anti-Sweat functionality for excellent grip. Outstanding ball control and longer ball contact. Synthetic leather. DVV Offi cial / FIVB Official Game Ball. Size 5.

284 7102

New! Wilson ‘K1 Silver’ Volleyball

Professional ball for indoor use. Smooth surface for the highest levels of play. Spe cialised V-tec™ seams provide directional change advantages. Strong microfibre/ leatherette cover will outlast even the most intense training sessions and games. Size 5. 270 g.

71 319 8911 Each

Training

Reverse:

Molten ‘V5M5000’ Volleyball

Game ball with optimal playing character istics. Honeycomb surface for particularly stable flight behaviour, increased grip and precise passing. Very soft synthetic leather. FIVB and DVV 1 certificates.

Size 5.

71 108 2021

Each

Gala ‘Pro Line’ Volleyball

Competition ball with longer ball contact, because the special PU material absorbs more energy on impact. Golf ball textured surface for top flight characteristics. FIVB and DVV 1 certificates. Size 5.

71 264 2707 Each

Mikasa ‘Bundesliga’ Volleyball Set

Set for training and competitions. The set includes:

• Sport-Thieme ball storage bag, page 39, 1|

• 1 Mikasa ‘V200W-DVV’ volleyball, 1|

• 4 Mikasa ‘V330W’ volleyballs, page 32, 2|

277 1205

Sport-Thieme ‘Magic’ Volleyball

Resilient training and game ball – ideal for schools and clubs. Bonded synthetic leather cover. With DVV 2 certificate.

Size 5.

71 108 2513 Each

Competition ball

Molten ‘V5M4500’ Volleyball

High-quality competition volleyball with optimal playing characteristics due to ad ditional rubber cushioning. Made of soft synthetic leather. With DVV 2 certificate.

Size 5.

71 108 2018 Each

Molten ‘V5M4000’ Volleyball

High-quality competition and training vol leyball for schools and clubs. Made of soft, durable artificial leather. With DVV certificate. Size 5.

71 108 2047 Each

Molten ‘National League’ Volleyball Set

For day-to-day training and official games.

The set includes:

• 1 Molten ‘V5M5000’ volleyball, 2|

• 4 Molten ‘V5M4000’ volleyballs, 7|

• 1 Molten ball carry bag

71 270 2302 Set

Sport-Thieme ‘Training’ Volleyball Set

For training and competitions. The set includes:

Sport-Thieme ‘Gold Cup Pro 2021’ Volleyball

High-quality training volleyball in compe tition quality for schools and clubs. Lami nated microfibre synthetic leather with professional Soft Touch finish. Size 5.

315 7406

Sport-Thieme ‘Gold Cup’ Volleyball

High-quality training volleyball for schools and clubs. Soft, abrasion-resist ant PU cover. Durable and shape-retain ing. Size 5.

315 7305

• 4 Sport-Thieme ‘Gold Cup Pro’ volleyballs, 10|

• 1 Sport-Thieme ‘Magic’ volleyball, 9|

• 1 Sport-Thieme ball carry bag, page 39, 1|

71 106 8913 Set

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

4 Soft microfibre layer

4 Internal seams

Molten ‘V5B5000’ Beach Volleyball

Top-of-the-range compe tition ball of many associ ations. First-class flight characteristics. Very soft synthetic leather surface with moisture-absorbing microfibre layer. Minimised water absorption due to internal seams. DVV Beach 1 certificate.

Each

2

Sport-Thieme ‘Beach Pro’ Beach Volleyball

Particularly high-quality and durable. Weather- and seawater-resistant. Stripes make ball and spins easy to see. Made of soft artifi cial leather. Machine-stitched. Size 5. 71 286 2503

Each

certificates

DVV

DVV

DVV Recommended

3

Official and exclusive game ball

Mikasa ‘Beach Champ VXT30’ Beach Volleyball

4

Mikasa ‘Beach Classic VX30’

Beach Volleyball

Beach Volleyballs

Competition

Also take a look at: Volleyball sets, from page 92

Official game ball of the world’s biggest beach volleyball festival in Riccione. 2016 Rio de Janeiro design. Top playing charac teristics. Improved water resistance. Artificial leather. Official FIVB ball with DVV Beach 1 certificate. Size 5.

71 108 3851 Each

Game and training ball. In the design of the official ball for the Summer Olympic Games. Stitched panels with improved water resistance. Made of high-quality ar tificial leather. FIVB official ball with DVV Beach 2 certificate. Size 5. 71 254 5107 Each

5

Mikasa ‘Beach Champ VLS300’ Beach Volleyball

Official game ball in the 2019 Beach Vol leyball World Championships. Soft and non-slip surface for perfect ball control. Low rebound effect. Improved water re sistance. PU and microfibre. FIVB Official Game Ball. DVV Official certificate. Size 5. 71 108 5903 Each

Training & leisure

4 Reduced weight

Mikasa ‘SBV Youth’ Beach Volleyball

Reduced-weight beach volleyball for chil dren, teens and beginners. Laminated supersoft foam. Size 5. Approx. 220 g.

0006 Each

7

Mikasa ‘Soft Sand’ Beach Volleyball

Weather- and seawater-resistant with op timal playing characteristics. Soft, stitched PU cover. Size 5.

71 108 3822 Each

Molten ‘School Master’ Beach Volleyball

Soft material for ideal playing comfort. Machine-stitched. Deeper seams for en hanced durability. Made of soft, synthetic material. DVV Beach 2 certificate. Size 5.

71 313 8609 Each

9

Sport-Thieme ‘Beach Soft’ Beach Volleyball

Hard-wearing training ball for indoor and outdoor use. Weather- and sea water-resistant. Foamed plastic. Handstitched. Size 5. Approx. 290 g.

71 108 5727 Each

DVV Official

Official

Game Ball

Netball, Prellball & Fistball

Netball

2

1

Sport-Thieme Swivelling Netball Hoop

Swivel basket made of galvanised steel tubing. Suitable for various sports thanks to swivel feature. Height adjust ment: 160–250 cm. Basket diameter: 55 cm. Approx. 20 kg.

Fistball

Women/ teens

leather

Men

EachNet

71 114 7230

Netball Nets

Primary school children

1

Height-adjustable

Hoop can be swivelled

3

3

Sport-Thieme DE Netball

Durable training and match ball made ac cording to DTB regulations. Excellent grip due to grained rubber surface. Size 3. Di ameter: approx. 18.5 cm. Approx. 425 g. 71 277 1902 Each

4

Sport-Thieme Netball

Training and competition netball as per the International Netball Federation regu lations. Extremely hard-wearing and out standing grip due to grained rubber sur face. Size 5. Diameter: approx. 22 cm.

Each

Dodgeball

8

Volley Dodgeball

Ideal ball to introduce young children to dodgeball in sports lessons. Made of soft foam with Elé ‘elephant’ skin for fear-free games. Diameter: approx. 16 cm. 115 g.

71 107 2916 Each

Find Foo BaSkill products online at: sport-thieme.com FooBaSkill

Prellball

5

Drohnn ‘New Generation’ Fistball

DTB-certified and approved for interna tional competitions. Made of genuine leather. Excellent playing characteristics due to Air Foam lamination. Diameter: approx. 21 cm.

Primary school children, 290 g

71 107 0385 Each

Women/teens, 340 g

71 107 0372 Each

Men, 370 g 71 107 0369 Each

6

Drohnn ‘Velours’ Prellball

DTB-certified and approved for interna tional competitions. Made of real leather. Seamless hemisphere design. Size 4. Approx. 365 g. Diameter: approx. 21 cm. 71 108 2803 Each

10

Trial Dodgeball

Drohnn ‘Effet’ Dodgeball

Game and training dodgeball for schools and clubs. DTB-approved. Made of highquality leather. Size 5. Diameter: approx. 21 cm. Approx. 365 g. 71 107 2903 Each

36 Polyethylene nets with 12 loops. Net thickness: approx. 3 mm. 71 116 2400 Pair

9

7 Mikasa ‘DGB 850’ Dodgeball

Soft dodgeball for a safe and fun game for players aged 12 or more. Rubber surface for optimum grip. Diameter: approx. 22 cm. Approx. 400 g. 71 264 0509 Each

Extra-soft dodgeball for beginners and advanced players alike. Made of foamed PU. Triangular-textured surface for opti mal grip. Diameters: approx. 16 and 20 cm.

210 g

71 281 5305  Junior Each  230 g

71 281 5318  Senior Each

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

4 Optimal grip thanks to innovative rounded nubs

1

Sport-Thieme

‘Match’ Rugby Ball

High-quality match ball made of durable rubber. Nubbed 4-layer cover for perfect grip. Size 5. Diameter: 17.5 cm. 440 g.

71 261 1600

Sport-Thieme

‘Training’ Rugby Ball

Hard-wearing training ball for schools and clubs. 3-layer rubber cover with mini nubs for increased grip. Size 3: 16.5 cm dia., approx. 340 g. Size 4: 17 cm dia., approx. 370 g. Size 5: 17.5 cm dia., approx. 440 g.

71 261 1701  Size 3 Each

71 261 1714  Size 4 Each

71 261 1727  Size 5 Each

5

Wilson ‘GST Composite’

American Football

Training ball in competition quality. Pre mium composite leather/rubber cover. Excellent grip and flexible thanks to pat ented ACL lacing. Size 6: 15 cm dia., approx. 350 g. Size 7: 15.5 cm dia., approx. 380 g. Size 9: 16.5 cm dia., approx. 420 g.

71 305 9803  Size 6 Each

71 305 9816  Size 7 Each

71 305 9829  Size 9 Each

6

American football

Gilbert ‘G-TR4000’

Rugby Ball

Durable training ball with 3-layer rubber cover. Nubbed with patented, triangular grip pattern for better handling. Size 3: 16.5 cm dia., approx. 340 g. Size 4: 17 cm dia., approx. 370 g. Size 5: 17.5 cm dia., approx. 440 g.

71 264 5807

71 264 5810

standing grip. Size 5. Diameter: 17.5 cm. 440 g.

71 108 8465 Each

4 Soft yet hard-wearing

4 With ‘elephant skin’

7

Volley American Football

Soft mini American football made of foam. Strong, sealed PU coating. Can be wiped clean and disinfected. Lxdia. (Mini): 20x13 cm. 130 g. Lxdia. (Junior): 26x15 cm. 235 g.

71 107 2714-1  Mini Each

71 107 2701-1  Junior Each

NFL American Football

Official NFL ball since 1941. For the high est competition level. Improved grip and extra durable. Handmade from genuine leather. Size 9. Diameter: 16.5 cm. 397–425 g. 71 306 1305 Each

4 The bestseller

8

Sport-Thieme ‘American’

American Football

Durable training and game ball with nylon carcass. Nubbed, excellent-grip rubber cover.

• Size 6: 15 cm dia., approx. 350 g

• Size 7: 15.5 cm dia., approx. 380 g

• Size 9: 16.5 cm dia., approx. 420 g

71 271 4400  Size 6 Each

71 271 4413  Size 7 Each

71 271 4426  Size 9 Each

Flag football

9

Sport-Thieme Flag Football

Non-contact variant of American foot ball. Instead of being tackled, the player with the ball has a flag from their belt pulled. Set includes: 5 belts (L: 110 cm) and 10 flags in one colour (50% polyes ter, 50% polypropylene).

71 186 9301

186 9343

10

Recommended ball for rugby & American football

0.55–0.69

0.55–0.69

0.55–0.69

0.5–0.7

0.5–0.7

0.7–0.9

Sport-Thieme Flag Football Team Set

Perfect set for a game of flagball.

The set includes:

• 2 sets of 5 belts (L: 110 cm) and 10 flags (50% polyester, 50% poly propylene)

• 1 ‘American’ football (size 6, 15 cm dia., approx. 350 g)

71 186 9369 Set

Belt with hook-and-loop fastening

37sport-thieme.com/ Balls Balls Teamsport Athletics Equipment Swimming Fitness Gymnastics Movement Therapy Leisure Games Service Psychomotricity Sensory Stimulation For advice and to place an order: +49 5357 181 503 sport-thieme.com Set 4 71 264 5823

Wilson ‘The Duke’

1

Lightweight Balls, Giant Balls & Balloons

4 Promotes concentration, team play and creativity

Kin-Ball

Kin-Ball is a cooperative team sport that uses a giant yet light-as-a-feather ball. The game pits three teams against each other. The team with pos session of the ball tries to serve the ball so that the team they call out can not catch it. The defending team has to stop the ball from touching the ground. If the defending team gets the ball un der control, they take possession and serve next.

Perfect for school sport

Kin-Ball is great fun! It gets everyone moving and improves coordination, speed, fitness and reactions. The game also teaches cognitive skills and social values such as team spirit, re spect and fair play in a fun way.

2

Accessory

2

Weatherproof, soft nylon cover

1

Omnikin Kin-Ball Sports Ball

Official Kin-Ball for competitions and tour naments. Soft nylon panels. Diameter: 122 cm. 1,000 g.

Don’t forget to order:

Suitable pump, page 54, 9|

cm

Omnikin ‘Outdoor’ Kin-Ball

For outdoor games with children under 12 years. Hard-wearing, weatherproof nylon cover. 84-cm-diameter ball: 600 g. 100-cm-diameter ball: 1,100 g. Diameter of 84 cm, red 71 272 9901 Each  Diameter of 100 cm, blue 71 272 9914 Each

cm

3

Sport-Thieme Scoreboard for 3 Teams

Scoreboard in ring binder for up to 3 teams with a total of 6 digits (0–9). Made of PVC. LxWxH: 58.5x22.5x3 cm. Approx. 1,500 g. 71 268 8507 Each

4 They fly through the air as if in slow motion

4

Giant Balloon with Cover

Giant slow-motion ball. Excellent teaching aid for developing psychomotor skills with individuals and groups alike, e.g. in sports lessons. Wipe-clean nylon balloon cover. 75-cm-diameter ball: 310 g. 150-cm-diameter ball: 1,900 g. Diameter of approx. 75 cm

71 207 2311 Each  Diameter of approx. 150 cm

Attention! Children under 8 years of age may suffo cate on uninflated or burst balloons. Adult supervi sion is necessary. Keep uninflated balloons out of the reach of children. Remove burst balloons immediate ly. Use a pump for inflating the balloons. Made from natural latex rubber, which can cause an allergic re action.

Replacement balloons online: sport-thieme.com

Slow-Motion Balls

For learning to catch and games in train ing sessions with children and adults. They just need to be inflated using a pump or your mouth. Smooth surface made of strong PU. Each pair includes

1 purple ball and 1 light green ball.

71 269 0009  Diameter of 25 cm Pair

71 269 0012  Diameter of 40 cm Pair

71 207 2324 Each

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

38 Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

Sport-Thieme

Tubular Ball Storage Bag

Mesh bag with carrying handles and ad justable shoulder strap. Made of 100% nylon. Lxdia.: 100x23 cm. For 5 or 6 balls (size 5 and 4 respectively). 550 g. Con tents not included.

71 264 8109 Each

2

Sport-Thieme ‘Maxi’ Ball Storage Bag

Durable, folding mesh bag. Hxdia.: 90x23 cm. For 26 size 5 balls. approx.

1 kg. Contents not included.

71 286 6404 Each

3

Sport-Thieme Ball Storage Bag

Easy to carry as with 2 adjustable straps (can be carried like a backpack). With hook-and-loop fastener. 100% nylon. Hx dia.: 100x40 cm. For 10 size 5 balls. 300 g. Contents not included.

71 106 9714 Each

Sport-Thieme Ball Carrier

Folding with finger trap protection, trans port wheels and tear-proof nylon contain er. LxWxH: 65x65x88 cm. 168-litre capaci

Top rated

Incl. 2 padlocks

to 16

Sport-Thieme Wall Safe

Safe, compact wall storage frame made of galvanised steel. WxHxD: 70x172x35 cm.

For 16 size 5 balls. 17 kg. Incl. 2 padlocks. Contents not included.

71 258 6407 Each

6

Sport-Thieme ‘All-in’ Ball Bin

For transport and storage. Lockable. Ven tilation holes on 3 sides. Weatherproof plastic. WxHxD: 58x107x73 cm. Capacity: 240 l. For at least 15 footballs. 13.5 kg.

Incl. 2 S-hooks and 1 snap hook. Empty.

71 270 7802  Blue Each  71 270 7815  Red Each

Sport-Thieme ‘Jumbo’ Trolley

Collapsible trolley for tidy storage of balls and small items. Steel wire with addition al reinforcement struts and hinged lid that can be locked with a padlock if required. For dry areas only. Contents and padlock not included. 10-year guarantee!

Jumbo L: WxHxD: 80x73x60 cm. Folded: 73x80x18 cm. 380 l for 30 size 5 balls. 14 kg.

ty. Max. load: 15 kg. For up to approx. 20 size 5 balls. 6.2 kg. Contents not in cluded.

71 130 8714 Each

10-year guarantee

Jumbo XXL: WxHxD: 100x104x62.5 cm. Folded: 104x100x20 cm. 600 l for 50 size 5 balls. 27 kg.

71 257 0802-1  Jumbo L Each  71 131 1785-1  Jumbo XXL Each

More ball storage bags and transport trolleys available online at: sport-thieme.com Storage

Jumbo XXL

Soft and flexible

Beleduc ‘Maxi’ Soft Ball

For ball games as well as throwing and catching exercises. Also suitable for thera py and exercising. Can be wiped clean and disinfected. Diameter: 50 cm.

71 304 3602 Each

and outdoor use. Made of very soft PVC. Excellent bounce, quiet. Diameter: 23 cm. Approx. 100 g.

71 286 6707 Each

4 Hard-wearing and durable

Sport-Thieme ‘Softgrip’ Football

Air-filled soft football made of flexible EVA foam for schools and nurseries. Durable and ideal for use as an outdoor leisuretime ball. The soft surface provides addi tional protection against injury. Size 4. Diameter: 21 cm. 350 g. 71 287 2214-1 Each

1

More soft balls online at: sport-thieme.com Soft balls

adjustable volume

Gymnic Overball

Inflatable ball to improve motor skills, to play with, for exercising, therapy and use in the water. Very light, easy to grip, soft and with excellent bounce. Made of Ryton. Diameter: 23 cm. Approx. 120 g. 71 109 1609 Each

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. Contains individual parts that may be swallowed. Danger of suffocation.

Sport-Thieme ‘Softgrip’

Volleyball

Durable ball for learning to catch and for break times. Can be used for all ball sports. Soft, excellent-grip EVA foam cover.

71 276 4203  Size 3, 230 g Each

71 276 4216  Size 4, 315 g Each  71 276 4229  Size 5, 420 g Each

Extremely soft, air-filled balls made of a special Kogelan material, making them extremely popular in nurseries and prima ry schools. Just like foam balls, these balls are gentle and don’t hurt if a catch is missed or a ball hits the body – but they are more durable and boast better bounce and flight characteristics. Perfect for use in goal-keeper training for football and handball as well as for beginner’s volley ball. The balls offer excellent grip – a great advantage in handball and dodge ball. Pressure can be adjusted via a nee dle valve. The less inflated the ball, the less its bounce. Suitable for indoor and outdoor use.

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

The air-filled training and leisure balls are great for indoor and outdoor use – in the playground or the sports hall! The soft ne oprene balls allow you to play without worry. With additional rubber strips for improved grip. Bladder with neoprene cover and needle valve.

Size 5 (diameter approx. 22 cm). See table for available versions.

22

approx. 22

approx. 22

Supersoft, super grippy, super safe. Perfect for use in nurseries, schools, re habilitation and therapy thanks to their extra-fine foam and special surface finish. The balls are very soft, excellent-grip and abrasion-resistant. Due to their super-soft properties and surface finish, the balls wash away fear, provide a source of tactile stimulation and don’t hurt if they hit you. Softness and bounce can be adjusted by altering the air pressure using the needle valve.

See table for available versions.

The patented Kogelan material provides both an especially soft surface and great bounce. The balls are great for gently and safely introducing children and teens to football, handball or volleyball training. Solid-coloured and extremely abrasionresistant. Ideal for use in the playground.

Size and weight of official training balls. Air-filled, with needle valve.

See table for available versions.

Soft yet hard-wearing

71 282 6501

71 282 6514

71 282 6527

71 282 6400

71 282 6413

71 282 6602 71 282 6703

Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each

71 261 8005 71 261 8106 71 261 8119 71 261 8122 71 261 8409 71 261 8308 71 261 8311 71 261 8324 71 261 8207 71 261 8500 71 261 8513 71 261 8526

Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each

Football

Volley Elé soft foam balls are coated with what is known as ‘elephant skin’, a very robust closed-cell polyurethane coating. This allows the balls to be wiped clean and disinfected, and also makes them du

Volley

Product code

71 108 3503 71 108 3516 71 108 3529 71 108 3532 71 108 3617 71 108 3604 71 108 3646 71 108 2308 71 108 2409 71 108 2207 71 107 1506 71 269 4203 71 288 5504

Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each

rable. The balls are manufactured from various types of foam to meet different demands and different levels of bounce.

Set

Set

Set of

71 108 2311 71 107 2916-1

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

The Sport-Thieme Skin balls balls that have a special coating made from resilient, closed-cell polyure thane . Therefore the balls can easily be wiped clean and disinfected. The differ ent foams used have been designed to meet the various needs of schools and club sports, and have varying degrees of firmness as well as different levels of

Sport-Thieme Skin balls

Ill.

Sport-Thieme

Sport-Thieme

Balls

Product code 71 271 3902 71 271 3915 71 271 3928 71 271 3931 71 269 6906 71 269 6919 71 271 3700 71 271 3801 71 271 3609 71 263 6405

Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each

Each Each

Sport-Thieme soft foam balls

Tear-resistant, multipurpose soft foam balls for schools, nurseries, therapy use and disability sports. For safe training sessions and games such as dodgeball and foot ball. With high level of bounce. Open-pored foam with special surface treatment. For training, we recommend the exercise ball, volleyball and handball sizes, as these balls boast excellent bounce.

Sport-Thieme ‘Extra Strong’ Soft Foam Ball Set

Extra-strong

Sport-Thieme ‘Game’

code 71 109 8105 71 109 8118 71 109 7519 71 109 7506 71 109 7405 71 263 6711

71 263 6724

71 272 8706 71 272 8719 71 272 8722 71 269 7202 71 269 7215 71 269 7228 71 269 7231 71 269 7244 71 269 7257

Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each

Sport-Thieme

Excellent for use in schools, nurseries or facilities for the disabled. The soft PU foam reduces the risk of injury and damage, and gives the balls outstanding bounce and re bound properties. The balls can easily be wiped clean using water.

Model

Golf ball Golf ball

Tennis ball Tennis ball

Multi-purpose ball

Multi-purpose ball

Multi-purpose ball

Volleyball

Basketball Basketball Football Football Football Football American football American football

Spiral American football Rugby ball

The

•

of Soft’ Football Set

Sport-Thieme soft

•

football,

Sport-Thieme ‘Neogrip’ neoprene football,

Sport-Thieme ‘Kogelan Supersoft’ football, size

Sport-Thieme ‘Softair’ football,

‘The Basics’ Soft Ball Set

PU foam football,

Sport-Thieme Skin ‘Softi’,

Product code

71 282 2701 71 282 2714

71 282 0705 71 282 0718 71 282 0806 71 282 1001 71 282 1203 71 212 1808 71 212 1811 71 212 1824 71 282 4202 71 282 0910

71 282 0923

71 282 0936

71 281 9903

71 281 9916

71 276 3008

71 282 0301

Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each

Recreational & Gymnastics Balls

Top rated sport-thieme.com

Janett wrote: “Super-soft foam ball. Excellent to grip, pleas ant to the touch and ide al size. We are very hap py with this product.”

New! Sport-Thieme ‘Play ground’ Mini Basketball

Universal recreational and training ball featuring a basketball design. Can be used in the water. Nubbed rubber cover for optimum grip. Nylon carcass. 14 cm in diameter. 160 g.

Togu ‘Touchball’

Multipurpose ball with pleasant, rounded nubs for stimulation and to make it easy to catch. Suitable for use in the water. Made of Ryton.

Top rated sport-thieme.com

Kerstin wrote: “Can be used in lots of different ways. The ball is suitable for solo gym nastics as well as for group ball games, where co-ordination and reac tions are promoted.”

1

Sport-Thieme ‘Multi’ Ball

Excellent bounce with non-slip, textured surface for various sports. Can be used in water. Made of strong rubber on nylon carcass. With needle valve.

18 cm in diameter, 310 g

71 109 2918  Light blue Each

71 109 2921  Orange Each

21 cm in diameter, 400 g

71 109 2309  Yellow Each

71 109 2312  Green Each

71 109 2325  Purple Each

71 109 2338  Red Each

cm

10 cm in diameter, 100 g

71 176 0011  Blue Each

16 cm in diameter, 125 g

71 194 9908  Blue Each

71 194 9911  Red Each

WV Rubber Gymnastics Ball

For throwing and catching exercises. Par ticularly durable, even after long periods of storage. Can also be used in water.

Made of natural rubber.

5-year guarantee.

16 cm in diameter, 320 g

71 109 8600  Blue Each

71 109 8613  Yellow Each

71 109 8626  Green Each

71 109 8639  Red Each

71 109 8642  Multicoloured Each

19 cm in diameter, 420 g

71 109 0316  Blue Each

71 109 0329  Yellow Each

71 109 0332  Green Each

71 109 0345  Red Each

71 109 0358  Multicoloured Each

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Sport-Thieme

‘Gym’ Medicine Ball

Air-filled with needle valve and great bounce properties. Hygienic and wipeclean.

rubber surface.

2

grip

4

Great grip Small diameter

Tennis Ring

Air-filled. For holding,

diameter:

WV Medicine Ball

Excellent grip and pleasant to use. Needle valve for adjusting the level of bounce. Made of thick, wipe-clean rubber.

Togu Ryton Medicine Ball

Durable, abrasion-resistant, easy-care and wipe-clean. For indoor and outdoor use. Made of latex-free Ryton.

Beleduc ‘Multi Moves’ Weight Balls

Set of weighted balls for gentle training and therapy to improve coordination, bal ance and motor skills. Hard-wearing, flex ible plastic balls filled with sand.

Gymnic ‘Heavy Med’ Medicine Ball

Small and compact for training sessions with children. Filled with water, wipe-clean and excellent bounce. Made of plastic.

See table for available versions.

Product code 71 107 3502 71 107 3515 71 107 3528 71 107 3531 71 107 3544 71 107 3586 Magenta

Each Each Each Each Each Each

set

one of each:

500 g ball, 80 mm in dia.

700 g ball, 80 mm in dia.

900 g ball, 100 mm in dia.

1,100 g ball, 100 mm in dia.

1,300 g ball, 100 mm in dia.

Exercise poster

48 286 6606

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Gymnic ‘Heavy Med’

Medicine

5| and 6|: different fillings, making them the same weight despite their different sizes

5

Sport-Thieme ‘Tradition’

Medicine Ball

Hand-stitched and extremely hard-wear ing. Panels made of genuine cowhide. Filled with cork and rubber granules. See table for available versions.

6

Sport-Thieme ‘Classic’

Medicine Ball

Hand-stitched. Made of natural cowhide. Filled with rubber granulate and polysty rene.

See table for available versions.

Sport-Thieme ‘Black’

Medicine Ball

Durable, long-lasting and boasting a mod ern look. Made of dyed cowhide. Filled with rubber granules and polystyrene. See table for available versions.

8

Soft Medicine/Weight Ball

Malleable, inflatable, easy to grip and non-slip. For improving coordination and balance. Made of plastic. Filled with gel and polymer balls.

1 kg, 12 cm dia., yellow

71 107 3557 Each

2 kg, 16 cm dia., green

71 107 3560 Each

3 kg, 20 cm dia., purple

71 107 3573 Each

Experts say:

Kai Kazmirek

Decathlete and member of the Olympic squad

“Medicine balls are the best all-rounders. I use them almost daily for my full-body workouts and for training individual muscle groups.”

strap

Sets

WV Sling Ball

With leather strap sewn in. Unsusceptible to moisture. Meets DTB competition guidelines. Made of thick-walled rubber.

71 108 8902  800 g, 18 cm in dia. Each  71 108 8915  1,000 g, 19 cm in dia. Each  71 108 8928  1,500 g, 20 cm in dia. Each

Top

Product code 71 107 6048 71 107 6006 71 107 6019 71 107 6022 71 107 6035

Each Each Each Each Each

Product code 71 108 9240 71 108 9237 71 108 9224 71 108 9208 71 108 9253 71 108 9211

Each Each Each Each Each Each

Dia. 18 cm 19 cm 22 cm 22 cm 25 cm 28 cm 25 cm 22 cm 25 cm 30 cm 28 cm

Dia. 19 cm 23 cm 25 cm 28 cm 33 cm Dia. 19 cm 19 cm 22 cm 24 cm 28 cm 29 cm Medicine

Product code 71 108 9400 71 108 9413 71 108 9426 71 108 9439 71 108 9442 71 108 9455 71 108 9468 71 108 9471 71 108 9484 71 108 9370 71 108 9497

Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each

Sets

Sport-Thieme Sling Ball

Excellent handling thanks to reinforced strap. Hand-stitched. Made of leather.

Filled with cork and polystyrene.

800 g, approx. 16 cm in diameter

71 108 8524 Each

1,000 g, approx. 18 cm in diameter

71 108 8511 Each

1,500 g, approx. 20 cm in diameter

71 108 8508 Each

Batting Ball, 80 g

Excellent for initial throwing attempts. Suitable for indoor and outdoor use. Excellent bounce properties. Made of po rous rubber which can be wiped clean.

Diameter: 6.5 cm. Approx. 80 g.

71 108 0504-1 Each

Sport-Thieme ‘Leather’ Batting Ball

Extremely hard-wearing. Double- and hand-stitched original batting ball. Also suitable as a throwing ball. Made of leath er. Red. 6.5 cm in diameter. 80 g. 71 108 0676 Each

Sport-Thieme Throwing Ball, 200 g

Competition throwing ball made of leath er. Does not bounce. 8 cm in diameter. 200 g. Yellow. 71 108 0650-1 Each

Sport-Thieme ‘Leather 80’ Throwing Ball

Throwing ball made of leather. Does not bounce. 6.5 cm in diameter. 80 g. Red.

71 108 0647-1 Each

Competition Throwing Ball, 200 g

To improve technique. Suitable for indoor and outdoor use. Official size and weight. Bounces. Made of wipe-clean rubber. Dia.: 7.6 cm. Approx. 200 g. 71 108 0201-1 Each

49sport-thieme.com/ Balls Balls Teamsport Athletics Equipment Swimming Fitness Gymnastics Movement Therapy Leisure Games Service Psychomotricity Sensory Stimulation For advice and to place an order: +49 5357 181 503 sport-thieme.com Don’t

Massage Balls

Sport-Thieme Firm Massage Ball

With firm spikes to relieve tension. For finger massages and to strengthen your hands. Can be used in water. Made of PVC.

See table for available versions.

Sport-Thieme firm massage balls

Colour

Top rated sport-thieme.com

Jeanette wrote: “A simple yet excellent fitness product for mas saging the feet, back and hands.”

Massage balls

Massage balls are perfect for use in physiotherapy, stimulating circulation, alleviating pain or carrying out grip exercises. Massage balls are available in differ ent versions, various colours and a range of diameters as well as different levels of firmness.

Set

Sport-Thieme Soft Massage Ball

With soft spikes for a gentle massage or as a hand trainer. Can be used in water. Made of PVC.

See table for available versions.

4 24 balls with bag

Sport-Thieme Massage Ball Set

The set includes:

Each

Sport-Thieme soft massage balls

Colour

Each

Diameter Product code Sport-Thieme ‘Air’ Massage Ball

Each

Each

71 264 8428 Each

71 264 8330 Each

9

71 264 8431 Each

71 264 8343 Each

10 cm 71 264 8444 Each

• 12 firm Sport-Thieme massage balls (3x 6 cm, 3x 7 cm, 2x 8 cm, 2x 9 cm, 2x 10 cm)

• 12 soft Sport-Thieme massage balls (3x 5.5 cm, 3x 7 cm, 2x 8 cm, 2x 9 cm, 2x 10 cm)

• 1 Sport-Thieme storage bag made of 100% nylon, Hxdia.: 21x28 cm 71 265 0702 Set

Smooth, ø 6.2 cm

Togu Senso Ball

For exercising and massaging. Rounded nubs. With nee dle valve, inflatable. Made in Germany. Made of Ryton.

cm

71 264 4208

Each

Each

Each

Sport-Thieme ‘Relax’ Massage Balls

For massaging different parts of the body. Promotes blood circulation and stimulates fascia. Made of TPR (smooth) or PVC (with nubs). Diameter: approx. 6 or 7 cm (with large bumps). Incl. mesh bag.

71 296 3509  Smooth Set

296 3600  Small bumps Set

50 296 3701  Large bumps Set

Each

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

1

Mat tips with

Togu Redondo Ball

Can also be used for gripping exercises thanks to its elastic surface. Level of inflation can be adjusted. Made of Ryton. Latex-free. Max. load: 120 kg. Incl. straw for air regulation, presentation box and exercise instructions.

18 cm in diameter, 150 g, anthracite

71 176 0053

22 cm in diameter, 150 g, blue

71 176 0037

26 cm in diameter, 160 g, red

Each

Each

Each

2

Sport-Thieme Soft Ball

Very soft exercise ball with non-slip surface. Perfect for exercising. Air pressure individually adjustable via plastic straw. Made of PVC. Max. load: 90 kg. 19-cm-diameter ball: 120 g. 22-cm-diameter ball: 200 g. 25-cm-diameter ball: 280 g.

71 149 1568  19 cm, green Each

71 149 1571  22 cm, grey Each

71 149 1539  25 cm, blue Each

Soft Exercise Balls

Togu Redondo Touch Ball

Same as 1|, but with soft bumps for increased sensory stimulation and additional types of exercises. Made of Ryton. Max. load: 120 kg. Comes with presentation box and exercise instructions.

18 cm in diameter, 150 g, anthracite

71 242 8808 Each

22 cm in diameter, 150 g, blue

71 242 8811

26 cm in diameter, 160 g, red

71 242 8824

Application examples online at: sport-thieme.com

71 176 0053

Each

Each

Extra large

4

Togu Redondo ‘Ball Plus’

To promote overall health, for strength training and swinging exercises. Made of soft, non-slip Ryton. Diameter: 38 cm. Approx. 500 g. Max. load: 150 kg.

Lime green (without Actisan)

71 272 8504 Each

4 Ideal for exercising

Soft balls

All of the soft balls on this page:

• Are supersoft and comfortable

• Have freely adjustable pressure

• Strengthen your stomach, neck, legs and glutes

• Are waterproof

5

Togu Set of 2 Redondo Mini Balls

Set of 2 for improving overall health and toning up. Small and practical. Made of Ryton. Diameter: 14 cm. Each ap prox. 160 g. Max. load: 120 kg.

71 264 6608

Set of 2

Sitting & Exercise Balls

Max. load:

Anti-burst

Togu ‘Powerball ABS’

Latex-free professional product from Body Intelligence Concept (B.Co). Does not bounce as much as a conventional exer cise ball. With Anti-Burst System. Max. load: 500 kg. ø 45 cm: 900 g. ø 55 cm: 1,000 g. ø 65 cm: 1,250 g. ø 75 cm: 1,600 g.

1

Gymnic Exercise Ball

For therapy, rehabilitation and fitness. With stopper valve. Can also be used as a sitting ball. Made of latex-free plastic.

Max. load: 300 kg. Exercise instructions included.

• 45 cm in dia.: approx. 700 g

• 55 cm in dia.: approx. 1,000 g

• 65 cm in dia.: approx. 1,400 g

• 75 cm in dia.: approx. 1,600 g

• 95 cm in dia.: approx. 2,500 g

• 120 cm in dia.: approx. 4,100 g

71 109 5500  45 cm in diameter Each

71 109 5513  55 cm in diameter Each

71 109 5526  65 cm in diameter Each

71 109 5555  75 cm in diameter Each

71 109 5539  95 cm in diameter Each

71 109 5542  120 cm in diameter Each

Accessories

Don’t forget to

Children AdultsYour ball size

Height 135–152 cm 152–164 cm 157–169 cm 164–176 cm 169–181 cm 176–188 cm 181–192 cm 188–200 cm

Diameter 45 cm 50 cm 55 cm 60 cm 65 cm 70 cm 75 cm 80 cm

Sizes overlap due to individual anato my,

sonal

and leg length as well as

3

Trial Boa Ball

Sitting and exercise ball with low centre of gravity. Always rolls back to its original position. With Anti-Burst System. Max. load: 300 kg. 40–50 cm ball: 2 kg. 60–65 cm ball: 2.5 kg.

Children, 40–50 cm in dia., blue/grey 71 264 8604 Each

Adults, 60–65 cm in dia., white 71 264 8617 Each

4 Low centre of gravity

4 Rolls back to its original position

sport-thieme.com

71 109 7317

Sport-Thieme ‘Classic’

Exercise Ball Wall Rack

Powder-coated wall rack made of tubular steel. Also suitable for concrete walls. LxW: 240x75 cm. For 3–5 exercise balls (diameter: 45–100 cm). Incl. wood screw (10x80 mm) with washers and 14 mm wall plug. Balls not included.

71 106 9903 Each

Sport-Thieme ‘Single Ball’

Exercise Ball Holder

Single wall bracket made of powdercoated steel. Ring diameter: 35 cm. Dis tance from wall: 65 cm. For 1 exercise ball (diameter: 45–90 cm). Max. load: approx. 4 kg. Incl. wood screw (10x80 mm) with washers and 14 mm wall plug. Ball not in cluded.

71 106 9932

52 Exercise Ball

Each

8

Cover for Sitting Balls

For comfortable sitting. With carry straps for easy transportation. Ridge around the base prevents the ball from rolling away. 100% cotton. 55 cm in diameter: for exer cise balls with a dia. of 53–60 cm. 65 cm in diameter: for exercise balls with a dia. of 65–70 cm. Ball not included.

71 280 9407  55 cm Each

71 280 9410  65 cm Each

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Sitting

Fashionable,

Original Pezzi Exercise Ball

For exercising, rehabilitation, fitness training and aerobics. Made of latex-free plastic. Max. load: 400 kg.

• 42 cm in dia.: approx. 800 g

• 53 cm in dia.: approx. 1,100 g

• 65 cm in dia.: approx. 1,400 g

• 75 cm in dia.: approx. 1,700 g

• 85 cm in dia.: approx. 1,900 g

• 95 cm in dia.: approx. 2,000 g

• 120 cm in dia.: approx. 4,900 g

cm in diameter Each

cm in diameter Each

cm in diameter Each

cm

Each

Each

Each

Each

Sport-Thieme Ball Base

For use at work or exercises while sitting. Hard-wearing and extremely resil ient. Indents for resistance bands and tubes. Made of PE. Diameter: approx. 45 cm. Ball not included.

71 109 7304 Each

Stacking Aid

Storage solution for tidy training rooms. Cold- and heat-resistant. With hook-andloop fastening. Made of plastic. Hxdia.: 15x40 cm. For 3 exercise balls. Balls not included.

71 106 9916 Set of 3

Sport-Thieme Mobile

Exercise Ball Stand

For storage and transportation. Made of powder-coated steel. H: 182 cm. Ring di ameter: 100 cm. For 9 exercise balls with a dia. of 42–75 cm. Balls not included.

71 106 9929 Each

Sport-Thieme Fitness Ball

Highly elastic exercise, sitting and drum ball. Ergonomically optimised sizes. Made in Germany. Made of resilient Ryton. Max. load: 500 kg.

• 50 cm in dia.: approx. 1,000 g

• 60 cm in dia.: approx. 1,100 g

• 70 cm in dia.: approx. 1,300 g

• 80 cm in dia.: approx. 1,600 g

71 265 4108

265 4111

265 4124

4137

cm in diameter Each

cm in diameter Each

cm in diameter Each

cm in diameter Each

4

‘Manometer’

Mini Ball Pump

Small and compact handpump made of plastic. Ready to use straight away. With built-in manometer for checking the air pressure. LxWxH: 22x6x4.5 cm. Pressure: 2 bar. Incl. valve needle.

71 294 0902 Each

4

effortlessly

choice!

4 Small and handy

8

4 With pres sure gauge

Mini Handpump

Dual-function pump for quickly and easily inflating balls with a needle valve. Lxdia.: 210x24 mm. Max. 2 bar.

71 107 0200 Each

foot

• 3 adapters71 272 7208 Each71 109 9863 Each Classic pump for effortless inflation by us ing your foot. Double cylinder with pres sure gauge. Cylinder size: 121x57 mm. Pressure: 7 bar. Hose length: 120 cm. Incl. valve connector, valve needle and adapter.

4 Inflate large balls with ease

‘Extra’ Handpump

For inflating and deflating particularly large balls and objects. With footplates for extra stability. LxWxH: 48x22x11 cm. 2,000 cm³ per stroke. Incl. 3 adapters for different valve sizes.

71 110 0105 Each

8

‘Team’ Handpump

With flexible air hose for effortless infla tion. For any ball with a needle or adapter valve. Lxdia. (cylinder dimensions): 500x32 mm. Max. 7 bar. Approx. 400 cm³ per stroke. Incl. valve needle and 3 differ ent adapters.

71 109 9300 Each

9

Foot Pump

‘Powergrip’ Electric Pump

71 110 0408 9-piece set 71 109 9401 Each

Molten Ball Pres sure Gauge

With smooth-running release valve. LxW: 105x40 mm. Includes needle.

For inflating and deflating large-volume products such as Pezzi and Kin balls. Max. pressure: 0.5 bar. LxWxH: approx. 180x120x130 mm. Incl. 3 adapters (diam eters: 14.4 mm, 4.8 mm and 3.1 mm).

71 264 8907 Each

‘Special’ Valve Needles

For mini pumps 4| & 5| and the ‘Airman’ electric pump. M5 thread. Lxdia.: 42x9.6 mm.

71 109 9919

Set of 12

Replacement Adapters

For ball compressors and handpumps with tyre valve connectors. The set in cludes: 2 plastic adapters, 1 valve needle and 1 reduction adapter.

71 110 0714

4-piece set

Team equipment, from page 56 or online at: sport-thieme.com

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Compressors – choosing the right one

First, consider whether you wish to use the compressor only occasionally , frequently or continuously

• For occasional use , i.e. to inflate one or two balls every so often, the great-value Volcano compressors are per fectly sufficient. They are powerful, but switch off auto matically when they become overheated or are used for a long time. They can then be used again once they have cooled down. Volcano compressors are generally the right choice for use in school sports halls.

• For frequent (daily) use in club sport, the more robust

RBM or Prebena machines are more suitable (MK 50 or Vitas 45).

• For continuous use, i.e. if many balls are to be in flated in a short space of time, choose the MK 110 or the Vigon 240. For the MK 110, you will need a power supply. This makes it better suited to indoor use. If you wish to inflate balls on the playing field, howev er, then you will need a compressor with a pressure tank, such as the Vigon 240.

7| Volcano ‘Smart’

Accurate and automatic inflation with digital pressure control

Schools, clubs and

automatic

preset

Volcano

Prebena

Floor Markers

Sets

1

Sport-Thieme ‘Discs’ Floor Marker Set

The set includes: 2 blue, 2 red, 2 yel low and 2 green discs.

71 293 2503 8-piece set

2

Sport-Thieme ‘Basic’ Floor Marker Set

The set includes: 6 blue and 6 red discs (23 cm in diameter), 10 blue and 10 red lines, and 4 blue and 4 red corners.

71 293 8006 40-piece set

Sport-Thieme Floor Marker

For learning technique and tactics. For nurseries, schools and clubs. Made of du rable rubber. LxW (line): 35x7 cm. LxW (ar row): 35x9 cm. LxW (corner): 26x26 cm.

LxW (hand): 18x8 cm. LxW (foot): 20x7 cm.

LxW (square): 23x23 cm.

Disc, 23 cm in diameter

71 293 2008  Blue Each

71 293 2011  Red Each

71 293 2024  Green Each

71 293 2037  Yellow Each

Corner, 26 cm

71 293 5007  Blue

Each

71 293 5010  Red Each

Hands, 18 cm

71 293 6000  Blue Pair

71 293 6013  Red Pair

Feet, 20 cm

71 293 7003  Blue Pair

3

Sport-Thieme ‘Lines & Corners’ Floor Marker Set

The set includes: 10 blue and 10 red lines, as well as 2 blue and 2 red cor ners.

71 293 2604 24-piece set

Line, 35 cm

71 293 3001  Blue Each

71 293 3014  Red Each

Arrow, 35 cm

71 293 4004  Blue Each

71 293 7016  Red Pair  Square, 23x23 cm

71 315 6357  Blue Each

71 315 6360  Red Each

71 315 6373  Green Each

71 315 6386  Yellow Each

More floor markers and sets online at: sport-thieme.com

Ground marking

Also take a look at:

IKS Marking Tape

Will stick to any smooth floor that is dry and free of dust and grease. Leaves no residue after removal. Coated with natural-rubber adhesive on one side.

Made of PVC (vinyl). L: 33 m. W: 50 mm. See table for available versions.

4 Non-slip on smooth floors

‘10-Metre’ Marking Tape

Durable and non-slip on smooth floors. Can be cut as desired. Made of rubber.

Good to know for 7|

For a tennis court you’ll need approx. 5 rolls, for school badminton approx. 3 rolls.

L: 10 m. W: 4 cm.

71 304 3905  Red Roll

71 304 3918  Yellow Roll

71 304 3921  Green Roll

71 304 3934

Roll

Sport-Thieme Floor Markers

Rubber markers for educational games and activities. Printed on one side. Diam eter: approx. 22.5 cm. 3.5 mm thick.

Also take a look at: Marking cones with numbers and letters, page

Sport-Thieme ‘Circuit Training’ Floor Markers

For circuit training in schools and clubs, il lustrating various exercises. Non-slip and roughened. Rubber. Diameter: 23 cm.

71 313 5206 Pack of 10

Social distancing and other safety measures, online at: sport-thieme.com

Safety measures

57sport-thieme.com/ Teamsport Balls Teamsport Athletics Equipment Swimming Fitness Gymnastics Movement Therapy Leisure Games Service Psychomotricity Sensory Stimulation For advice and to place an order: +49 5357 181 503 sport-thieme.com 71 293 4017  Red Each

Disc

Line

Arrow

Corner Hand Foot

Team Sashes

Sport-Thieme ‘3 Teams’

Team Sashes

30 easy-to-change team sashes made of 100% polyester. 10 of each colour. Incl. ventilated nylon storage bag. W: approx. 5 cm. Approx. 1.1 kg.

Sport-Thieme Team Sashes

Tear-resistant sash. 100% polyester. Very comfortable. Approx. 5 cm wide. Children, L: 55 (110) cm

71 277 7001

71 277 7014

71 277 7027

277 7030

Adults, L: 65 (130) cm

71 277 7102

277 7115

277 7128

277 7131

Each

Each

Each

Each

Each

Each

Each

Each

New! Vinex Hanger for Bibs & Sashes

Hanger for approx. 20 team bibs or sash es. With a hook for hanging up. PVC-coat ed metal. LxWxH: 18.5x12.5x0.03 cm. Approx. 38 g. 71 318 3104 Each Sets

Sport-Thieme ‘4 Teams’

Team Sashes

40 bright team sashes made of 100% pol yester. 10 of each colour. Incl. ventilated nylon bag for storage. W: approx. 5 cm. Approx. 1.4 kg.

Children, L: 55 (110) cm

71 292 6302 41-piece set

Adults, L: 65 (130) cm

71 292 6315 41-piece set

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Sport-Thieme ‘Premium’

See

Children 45x60 cm 71 286 5805 71 286 5818 71 286 5821 71 286 5834

Teenagers 50x65 cm 71 286 5948 71 286 5951 71 286 5964 71 286 5977

Adults 55x70 cm 71 286 6000 71 286 6013 71 286 6026 71 286 6039

Children 50x60 cm 71 277 9108 71 277 9111 71 277 9124 71 277 9137 71 277 9140

Teenagers 53x70 cm 71 277 9209 71 277 9212 71 277 9225 71 277 9238 71 277 9241

Adults 59x75 cm 71 277 9300 71 277 9313 71 277 9326 71 277 9339 71 277 9342

SetsSets

Children

Sport-Thieme Set of ‘Stretch Premium’ Team Bibs

20 premium-quality bibs. 100% polyes ter. 10 of each colour. Incl. ventilated ny lon storage bag. Sizes as per 1|. 346 g.

Sport-Thieme Reversible Bib

Tear-resistant, reversible bib for adults. 100% polyester. LxW: 72x55 cm. 71 277 9401  Blue/green Each  71 277 9414  Yellow/red Each

Teenagers Adults

Sport-Thieme Set of ‘Premium’ Team Bibs

20 bibs made of 100% polyamide. 10 of each colour. Incl. ventilated nylon stor age bag. Sizes as per 2|. Approx. 350 g.

Team Equipment

1

Sport-Thieme Fitness and First Aid Box, with Contents

Portable first aid kit for schools and clubs. Made of aluminium. LxWxH: approx. 45x32x14 cm. 5.5 kg.

71 217 8804-1 Each

Attention! Danger! Extremely flammable aerosol. Dan ger! Pressurised container: may burst if heated. Harm ful if swallowed. Causes skin and eye irritation. May cause an allergic skin reaction. Causes serious eye ir ritation. Keep out of reach of children. If in eyes: Rinse cautiously with water for several minutes. Remove contact lenses, if present and easy to do. Continue rinsing. Read label before use. Keep away from heat, hot surfaces, sparks, open flames and other ignition sources. No smoking. Protect from sunlight.

2

Sport-Thieme Fitness and First Aid Box, without Contents

Aluminium case with customisable com partments. Without contents. LxWxH: 45x32x14 cm. Approx. 4 kg.

71 217 8817-1 Each

Refill Pack

For fitness and first-aid box.

71 142 1864-1 Each

Attention! Danger! Extremely flammable aerosol. Danger! Pressurised container: may burst if heated. Harmful if swallowed. Causes skin and eye irritation. May cause an allergic skin reaction. Causes serious eye irritation.

4 Cools within seconds

5

Sport-Thieme Cold/Hot Compresses

4 Keeps contents cool for up to 10 hours

6

Small Ice Box

Plastic box for keeping things cool for up to 10 hours. HxWxL: 29x20.5x28 cm. Capacity: 6.6 l.

71 142 2102 Each

7

Igloo Large Cool Box for Coaches

Great for sporting events and tourna ments. Incl. cooling gel pad with cover, 3 instant compresses and instructions for use. Also available empty. Made of plastic.

HxWxL: 26x36x39 cm. Capacity: 15.2 l.

71 142 1705  Empty Each

71 142 2001  With contents Each

11

Sport-Thieme ‘Basic’ Sports Bag

Training and sports club bag with wheels, allowing it to be used as a trolley. 80%

60

Equipment not included

polyester, 10% TPE, 10% polypropylene.

LxWxH: 80x37.5x37.5 cm. 1.8 kg.

71 291 5409 Each

Instant Cold Compresses

3 single-use cold compresses. Simply press the compress to activate it. -4°C. Approx. 220 g each.

71 319 4007  21x15 cm Set of 3

Reusable compresses. Use as a cold com press for bruises and sprains, or as a hot compress for back pain and tense mus cles. To be chilled in fridge or warmed up in a water bath. LxW: 13x14 cm. Approx. 220 g.

71 142 3903 Pair

9

4 Keeps contents cool for up to 12 hours

8

Igloo ‘Legend’ Drinks Container

Container for cold or hot drinks (max. 60°C) made of polyurethane foam. Pres sure valve to facilitate opening. Keeps contents cold for approx. 12 hours. H: 35 cm. Diameter: approx. 26 cm. Capacity: 7.6 l. 71 142 2157 Each

4 4

Split into 2

‘Coach’ Wheeled Bag

Strong bag for coaches made of mesh fabric with all-round zip. Capacity: 102 l. LxWxH: 77x38x35 cm. Approx. 3.5 kg. 71 275 6400 Each

Cooling Spray

Cooling, deodorising spray to treat bruises and strains.

400 ml.

71 142 3714 Each

Attention! Danger! Extremely flammable aerosol. Danger! Pressurised container: may burst if heated. Harmful if swallowed. Causes skin and eye irritation. May cause an allergic skin reaction. Causes serious eye irritation. Keep out of reach of children. If in eyes: Rinse cautiously with water for several minutes. Re move contact lenses, if present and easy to do. Con tinue rinsing. Read label before use. Keep away from heat, hot surfaces, sparks, open flames and other ig nition sources. No smoking. Protect from sunlight.

Also take a look at:

‘All-in’

Ball storage on page 39 or online at: sport-thieme.com

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

4 With castors, so it can be used as a trolley

4 2 different sounds

Ergonomic design

1

‘Sporti’ Electronic Whistle

Electronic whistle made of plastic with manual control.

2 different sounds (max. 125 dB). Hygienic, ergonomic, light and robust. Incl. strap and four CR2032 batteries. L: 13.6 cm.

71 303 0400

4 Whistle and watch

Trainer & Referee Equipment

4

4

4 Whistles at the touch of a button

3 different sounds

Hygienic

Incl. wrist strap

Whistles when pressed. Ideal for shared use. Makes it possible to whistle and explain at the same time. Body made of skin-friendly PVC. Diameter: approx.

Without lanyard Each

Fox 40 Referee Whistle

Whistle without a pea. Made of high-quality plastic. Ultrasonically welded. Approx. 5 cm.

Each  Each  Each

4

Fox 40 Whistle Watch and Sonik Blast Referee’s Whistle, Set

Waterproof, as well as shockproof, digital watch and whistle producing approx. 120-dB tone. Set includes:

1 digital watch and 1 Fox 40 ‘Sonik Blast CMG’ refer ee’s whistle.

71 261 7608

Set

Chrome-plated, with high-pitched sound and flat mouth piece. L: approx. 10 cm.

71 188 6418 Each

7

‘Deluxe’ Referee Whistle

Classic design with clear, unmistakable sound. Made of durable, nickel-free metal. L: approx. 6 cm.

71 307 2006 Each

Front

Incl. rain cover

Accessory

9

Referee Whistle Lanyard

Adjustable nylon lan yard. With snap hook. L: 48 cm. 71 141 3306 Set of 3

10

New! Power Shot ‘All-Weather’

Football Tactics Board

Designed for outdoor use. Can also be used in the rain. Made of PVC. LxWxH: 23.5x33x2.5 cm. Approx. 1 kg. The set includes: erasable marker pen with eraser, red and blue magnetic player icons and yellow magnetic goal keeper icons.

71 324 6607

Each

Back 11

‘Football’ Magnet Tactics Board

Double-sided board with special dry-wipe magnetic coat ing for writing on. One side has a full pitch, the other half a pitch. Aluminium frame and plastic corners. With fixing lugs. Incl. magnets for 2 teams, marker and sponge. LxW: 90x60 cm.

71 143 8811

Set

12

Tripod Flip Chart Easel

Easel can be adjusted to any height between 110 and 186 cm. Suitable for all common flip chart pads thanks to its adjustable pad hooks. Magnetic board, with pen tray. Board (WxH): 66x97 cm. Sturdy, grey tripod frame, powder-coated and made of round steel tubing (22 mm in diameter). Collapsible.

71 230 7002 Each

Coordination Training

4 Can be used both as hurdles and as coordination ladder

1

1

4 Height and width can be adjusted

Sport-Thieme Height-Adjustable Hurdles and Coordination Ladder

6 hurdles with practical handles for ease of transport and nylon bag. Can easily be converted into a coordination ladder thanks to folding mechanism. The distances be tween the hurdles can be adjusted to suit you. ABS plas tic hurdles. Polypropylene rope. LxW: 5x51.5 cm. Approx. 3.3 kg.

71 286 1005 Each

2

Sport-Thieme ‘Agility’ Coordination Ladder

Coordination ladder incl. ground pegs and suction cups to secure to grass as well as hall floors. Quadruple lad der consists of 4 two-metre-long elements, which can be folded up. Each ladder comes in a practical carry bag.

Made of high-quality fabric and plastic rungs. W (rungs): approx. 40 cm. Approx. 1.5 kg.

Single ladder

71 137 3934

71 137 3921

Double ladder

71 137 3963

71 137 3976

Quadruple ladder

71 137 3989

4 m Front Back

Sport-Thieme Long Jump and Coordination Mat

Roll-up, non-slip indoor training mat. One side features 9 fields and marking points for throwing games, the oth er side has markings for measuring jumping distance in 5-cm increments. Made of flexible PVC. LxWxH: 350x100x0.4 cm. Approx. 1.4 kg.

71 286 8400 Each

62

4

4 Ideal for use indoors

Each

Each

Each

Each Set

5

Stroops ‘Roll Out’ Ladder

10 fields for improving leg work inside. Non-slip once rolled out. Made of high-quality, hard-wearing rubber.

LxWxH: 450x40x0.4 cm. Approx. 5.3 kg.

71 309 6505

Each

Set of 20, incl. connectors and

Coordination Hoop Set

Set of plastic hoops for all ages, to be arranged as desired. Approx. 2.6 kg.

The set includes:

• 20 hoops (39 cm in diameter)

• 25 connectors

• 1 carry bag

71 310 2305 Set

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Single ladder

Suction cups for fixing to hall floors Includes ground pegs for fixing on playing fields

Quadruple ladder

Double ladder

inside and out

Description

The practical training aid for schools, clubs and leisure sport.

Very flexible cone – particularly hardwearing. Ideal for children’s sport. Flexible plastic marking cone – perfect for children’s sport.

Height

Colour(s)

Product code

Extremely sturdy, unbreakable and made of weatherproof polyethylene.

Same features as 4| – in a set with additional colours.

With holes for inserting 25-mmdiameter rods or flat hoops. Luminous red with white stripes.

7.5 cm 15 cm 20 cm 35 cm 23 cm 37 cm 23 cm 37 cm 30 cm 50 cm 35 cm 50 cm

10 of each: green, yellow, red, blue and pink

2 of each: orange, blue, red, yellow and green Red Yellow Green Red Yellow Green Orange Yellow Orange Yellow 2 of each: orange, blue, red, yellow and green Yellow Red Red/white Red/white

71 130 0824

71 275 9207 71 275 9601 71 275 9614 71 275 9627 71 275 9702 71 275 9715 71 275 9728 71 130 0664 71 130 0651 71 130 0677 71 130 0680 71 130 0635 71 130 0622 71 277 4510 71 277 4507 71 304 9206 71 304 9219

Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each

50-piece set

10-piece set

10-piece set 10-piece set Set of 12 Set of 12

Each Each Each Each Each Each

set

set

63sport-thieme.com/ Teamsport Balls Teamsport Athletics Equipment Swimming Fitness Gymnastics Movement Therapy Leisure Games Service Psychomotricity Sensory Stimulation For advice and to place an order: +49 5357 181 503 sport-thieme.com Set Training Aids Product 8| Set of Sport-Thieme marking caps 9| Set of marking domes 10| Set of Sport-Thieme marking caps 11| Sport-Thieme ‘Floormarker’ set Description Incl. stacker/carrier Incl. stacker/carrier Incl. stacker/carrier Incl. stacker/carrier Dia. / height 19 cm / 5 cm 20 cm / 8.5 cm 30 cm / 15 cm 15 cm Saturn Ring Set I The set includes: • 12 Saturn rings • 12 marking cones 4|, 37 cm tall • 12 gym bars, 100 cm long 71 130 0518 Set 12 Saturn ring 4 Suitable for all cones 4 Versatile Colour(s) 10 of each: yellow, orange, red and blue 10 of each: yellow, white, red and blue 10 of each: yellow, white and red 12 of each: yellow and orange Product code 71 130 0808 71 130 0811 71 130 0909 71 291 2400 Product 1| Set of marking cones 2| Set of ‘Flexible’ marking cones 3| ‘Flex’ marking cones 4| Sport-Thieme marking cones 5| Set of Sport-Thieme marking cones, same as 4| 6| Set of marking cones 7| Sport-Thieme ‘Red & White’ marking cones Each Each Each Each

Training Aids

1 2

3

‘Cordination’ Training Aid Set

Set with all the essentials for schools and clubs.

Sport-Thieme Movement Set

Set for schools and clubs. Suitable for indoor and outdoor use.

The set includes:

• 20 coordination hoops, dia.: 39 cm

• 12 marking cones, H: 50 cm

1 2

• 6 gym bars, L: 1.25 m

• 12 skipping ropes

• 1 coordination ladder, L: 4 m

• 12 team sashes

• 1 whistle (Wizzball)

• 3 batons

71 249 6102 67-piece set

‘Football’ Training Aid Set

Comprehensive set for all types of sports.

The set includes:

• 5 cone hurdles

• 10 slalom poles, L: 1.70 m, incl. spike

• 1 coordination ladder, L: 6 m

• 5 mini hurdles, H: 15 cm

• 5 mini hurdles, H: 30 cm

• 10 skipping ropes with plastic handles, L: approx. 2.86 m

• 10 coordination rings, dia.: 40 cm

• 1 football tennis unit, LxW: 400x100 cm

• 20 markers

71 311 1811 Set

Top rated sport-thieme.com

The set includes:

• 5 cone hurdles

• 10 slalom poles, L:1.70 m, incl. spike

• 1 coordination ladder, L: 6 m

• 5 skipping ropes with plastic handles, L: approx. 2.86 m

• 20 markers

71 311 1808 Set

Also take a look at:

Gymnastics hoops & obstacle courses, pages 376–377

Sets

With spring joint

Sport-Thieme

Set of Slalom Poles

training movement sequences and

training.

plastic poles with

tip for sticking into the ground.

L: approx. 160 cm. Dia.: 3.2 cm.

tip, L: approx. 10 cm.

299 8103

5

Sport-Thieme ‘Comfort’

Carry Bag for Slalom Poles

Suitable for 20 slalom poles. With zip and carrying straps. Made of robust nylon.

LxWxH: 183x15x15 cm. Approx. 350 g.

71 299 8204 Each

Coordination

Training hurdles

6

Combined: coordination ladder with hurdle

‘Multifunctional’

Agility Ladder

Innovative training aid – hurdle and coor dination ladder in one. The 6 hexagonal elements can be combined as you wish. Made of durable plastic. LxH: 360x23 cm. Dia.: 60 cm each. Approx. 1.3 kg. Incl. storage bag.

71 275 8901 Each

New! Sport-Thieme ‘Indoor’ Slalom Pole Set

For training coordinative and technical skills indoors or on artificial turf. Plas tic pole, rubber base. Pole –L: 150 cm, dia.: 2.5 cm, weight: 600 g. Base –LxW: 22x27 cm, weight: 4.1 kg.

Set of 4

71 318 6204 Set of 4  Set of 8 71 318 6217 Set of 8

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Training Aids

Sport-Thieme Training Aid

Modular system offering unlimited train ing options. Sturdy base for increased stability. Swivel bracket can be set at any height and rotated by 360 degrees into any position. The horizontal bar can be clamped in the bracket or simply be rest

Sport-Thieme

Training Aid Set

Training aid for crawling through or for prac tising throws and shots.

The set includes: 5 training aids, 1|, and 5 gymnastics hoops (dia.: 70 cm).

71 143 7225 Set

ed on it. Plastic.

The set includes:

• 2 bases, Hxdia.: 11x20 cm; slot dia.: 4 cm

• 3 bars, Lxdia.: 150x2.5 cm

• 2 swivel brackets

71 143 7212 Each

Set

7

3

Base

Sturdy base with slots for gymnastic hoops, etc. Plas tic. H: 11 cm. Dia.: 20 cm.

71 143 7401 Each

4

Bracket Ladder

With 6 supports. Bars can be placed every 5 cm. Made of robust plastic. Approx. 30x7x6 cm.

71 143 7469 Pair

Pole or Horizontal Bar

Plastic bar with end caps. L: 150 cm. Dia.: 2.5 cm.

71 143 7427 Each

Swivel Bracket

Plastic swivel bracket that can be rotated by 360 degrees. Approx. 6x4x3.5 cm.

71 143 7414 Each

1 |

Base 3| with a slot to hold objects such as gymnastics hoops

Set of Cone Hurdles

Easy to set up and take down. Extremely versatile thanks to their holes for 3 differ ent heights. Made of plastic. The set in cludes: 12 marking cones (H: 30 or 50 cm), 6 gym bars (L: 1.20 m, dia.: 25 mm).

Sport-Thieme

Set of ‘Flexible’ Hurdles

Flexible, durable and lightweight. Will not break if athlete falls onto hurdle. Flexible plastic. The set includes: 4 yellow hurdles

30-cm-tall cones, yellow

71 130 0970 18-piece set  50-cm-tall cones, red

New! Sport-Thieme

Set of ‘Flexi’ Hurdles

6 self-righting hurdles in one-piece de sign. For indoor and outdoor use. Sturdy and flexible plastic. LxWxH: 45x15x15 cm. Approx. 245 g each.

71 316 2705

Set of 6

9

Set of ‘Return’ Mini Hurdles

4 self-righting training hurdles made of plastic. Suitable for indoor and outdoor use. W: 60 cm. H: 20 cm, 25 cm, 30 cm and 35 cm.

71 280 3601 4-piece set

(WxH: 45x15 cm), 4 blue hurdles (WxH: 45x23 cm) and 4 red hurdles (WxH: 45x30 cm).

71 304 1505 Set of 12

Sport-Thieme

Mini Training Hurdle

Can be used for football, running, jump ing, sprinting and coordination training.

Can be set at 4 different heights. Made of impact-resistant plastic. W: 48 cm.

H: approx. 20, 25, 33 and 40 cm. Approx. 500 g.

71 293 4307  Individual Each

71 293 5108  Set of 6 Set

Trainers

2

4 Bigger parachute for increased resistance

4 Suitable for indoor and outdoor use

1

4 Strap for

ing to hips or

Vinex Sprint Chute

Nylon sprint chute with adjustable strap for attaching to hips or shoulder. Drag approx. 10–12 kg, depending on running speed. Incl. carrying bag. Chute diameter: approx. 120 cm. Approx. 300 g.

71 310 8231 Each

Vinex ‘Premium’ Speed Chute

Sprint chute with padded, adjustable hip strap. Drag of 10–15 kg, depending on running speed. Polyester chute, mesh hip

Sprint trainers

An explosive start and explosive strength are decisive in many sports. Additional resistance during sprinting exercises provides new training stimuli

strap. Chute diameter: 138 cm. Approx. 280 g. 71 291 3302 Each

and not only improves your acceleration but also your stamina and cardiovascu lar system.

Holder for adding weight discs

Shoulder strap with quick release

Power Shot Weight Sled with Shoulder Harness

Weight sled with integrated handles for ease of transport. Incl. quick-release shoulder strap. Weight plates can be add ed (not included). Max. load: 120 kg. Made of powder-coated steel. Hole diame ter for weights: 4.8 cm. LxWxH: 95x52x5 cm. 15 kg. 71 286 1904 Each

Don’t forget to

Customisable, as sandbags can be filled individually

Weights can also be used in strength training

Cougar Weight Bag

Ideal training aid for use on grass and in sports halls. The hook-and-loop belt keeps the weighted bag securely in place. With adjustable waist belt and 3 weighted

bags that can be filled with sand. Made of plastic. LxWxH: approx. 55x33x13 cm. Up to 30 kg. 71 295 0802 Each

of

Sport-Thieme Jump-Strength Trainer

Sturdy, 6-part vaulting box for jumpstrength training and plyometric training in football. Can also be used whilst wear ing spikes. Height adjustment in 10-cm in crements. Made of birch plywood. Top with Regupol cover (approx. 12 mm thick).

LxWxH: approx. 65x67x12.8–66.8 cm. Max. load: approx. 150 kg. Approx. 32 kg. 71 121 4619 Each

For measuring speed in many types of sport

4 Incl. practical carry case

4 Detection range up to approx. 5 m away

6

V-Maxx Sports Radar

Professional equipment for measuring the speed of approaching objects. Range of measurement: 5–199 km/h. Detection range: 80 degrees horizontal and 30 de grees vertical, up to approx. 5 m away.

Accuracy: ±1.5 km/h.

Portable use requires four LR14 batteries (not included). Bright and large display. Incl. practical carry case. Made of alumin ium and PCV. WxHxD: approx. 23.5x12x14 cm. Approx. 450 g.

71 146 2089  Without mains adapter Each

71 306 6603  With mains adapter Each

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Handball Model railways, ...

Football Running, inline skating Skiing, luging

Football Training

Sport-Thieme

Foldable Mini Goal

Training goal for football, street hockey and other sports. Easy to transport and set up due to special folding mechanism which can effortlessly and securely be locked in place. The net is attached to the goal with an all-round net bar. Incl. antitrap protection, ground anchors for secur ing to grass pitches and suction cups for attaching to smooth indoor floors. The frame is made of powder-coated steel tub ing. Polyethylene net.

Also take a look

Mini training goals and accessories, from page 70

Sport-Thieme

Football-Tennis Set

Aluminium posts with 2 cast iron weights for increased stability. Quick to set up and take down. Easy to transport. Incl. net with quick tensioning system. WxH: 6.10x0.85 m. Approx. 67 kg.

136 8811 Each

cm, approx.

115 1712 Each

cm, approx. 8 kg

115 1738 Each

For your safety

anchors

Free-standing goals, as well as mini goals,

be secured when used to

from

4 Quick and easy to set up and take down

2

Pugg ‘Pop Up’

Football Training Goals

Perfect solution for professional and rec reational sports. No risk of injury caused by tipping or sharp edges. No more space, storage or transport problems. The red goal comes with fully integrated weights for maximum stability on artificial turf. Incl. foldable bag. Blue: approx. 1.5 kg. Yellow: approx. 4 kg. Red: approx. 6.5 kg.

Red variant de signed for use on artificial grass

Gala Football-Tennis Ball

Competition ball. Bonded synthetic leath er cover. Size 5, 22 cm in diameter, 410 g.

New! Power Shot Football-Tennis Set

Can be used inside and out, ideal for schools and clubs. Quick to set up and take down. Easy to store. Abrasion-

71 234 0500  Blue, 122x76x76 cm Pair

71 234 0513  Yellow, 183x107x107 cm Pair

71 234 0526  Red, 152x91x91 cm Pair

Bazookagoal online at: sport-thieme.com

Goalie Trainer

Effective resistance training for crosses, dives and side steps. The clip fastener makes this adjustable hip belt super easy to put on. The 2 highly elastic, fabriccoated bungee cords each clip to the metal rings on the hip belt. The 2 securing

are attached to the goal posts and connected to the bungee cords by clipping the snap hooks onto the metal eyelets.

Incl. mesh bag. L: 2.60–8 m. Elastic resistance: 9.1–11.3 kg.

309 7205 Each

Sport-Thieme ‘Header’ Trainer

Hard-wearing synthetic leather ball for perfecting technique and timing. With a loop for suspending from a header prac tice unit. Size 5. Approx. 420 g.

278 2007 Each

resistant bases for indoor use. Sturdy steel frame. LxW: 600x110 cm. 15 kg. Incl. carrying bag.

316 4701 Set

More specialised

sport-thieme.com

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Sport-Thieme

Football Target Wall

4 individual wall elements, 2 of which have goal scoring holes and nets. Freestanding, compact and easy to transport. The boards are slid into a U-profile frame, which is then bolted to the base feet. The base must be secured against tipping over. Made of melamine-coated plywood. WxHxD: approx. 270x188x60 cm.

71 115 1507 Each

Customised Printing

Customised printing for 1|. Coloured digi tal print on digital film. Cut four ways to board size. Incl. lamination. When placing the order, please send the print-ready art work.

71 115 1510

on request

make attachment quick and easy

Sport-Thieme

Football Target Net, 5x2 m

Training aid to improve scoring accuracy with 4 reinforced target holes. Hook-and-

New! Power Shot

Rebound Wall

Adjustable wall for practising passes and shots. 3 different tilts: 20, 45 and 90 de grees. Folds up. Suitable for indoor and outdoor use. With transport wheels. Base can be filled with water. Made of steel and PVC. LxW: 100x75 cm. Approx. 20 kg.

71 286 0914 Each

Power Shot

Training Dummy Set

Perfect for free-kick and slalom training. Temperature-resistant. With flexible spring joint absorbing impacts. Each dum my with 4 steel pegs for excellent stability.

Plastic dummy. WxH: 60x180 cm. Approx. 6 kg.

45 or 56 cm. Filled weight: 11 kg or 23 kg.

fabric with reinforced edge

Mini Training Goals

Maximum sta bility due to net bracket strut

4 Fully welded design

Maximum stability

4 Incl. 2 anti-tip ground anchors

4 3-mm-thick net for increased durability

1

Sport-Thieme Fully Welded Aluminium Mini Football Goal

Goal frame:

Pre-drilled

Base frame made from rec tangular tubing (80x40 mm)

Only when used with ground anchors

Small, flexible and hard-wearing! Highquality, fully welded goal frame made of 80x80-mm tubing. Base frame features 80x40-mm tubing. Designed for maxi mum stability and durability. With predrilled holes for ground anchoring. Alu minium net brackets (tube diameter: 40 mm). With safety system net hooks. Incl. net (choice of 2 different mesh sizes and colours).

FUNiño goals

Version

Net colour Mesh size 1.20x0.80

goal depth 0.70

1.80x1.20

goal depth 0.70

2.40x1.60 m, goal depth 1.00

Number of net hooks included 30 38 52

4.5 cm 71 116 3807 Each 71 116 3810 Each 71 116 3878 Each

Unpainted aluminium

Green Blue 4.5 cm

10 cm

71 116 3823 Each

71 116 3836 Each 71 116 3849 Each

71 261 9734 Each 71 261 9747 Each 71 261 9750 Each

10 cm 71 261 9705 Each 71 261 9718 Each 71 261 9721 Each

TÜV Austria, certificate no.: 0859-PS14-249.4-Z

2

40

Ground bar: square tubing (40x40 mm)

2 60 60 See table for available versions.

Sport-Thieme ‘Young Players’

Mini Football Goal

The perfect goal for FUNiño. Portable, 2x1 m. Goal frame made of special-system tubing (80x40 mm), welded together into one piece. Net brackets made of alumini um tubing (diameter: 40 mm). 40x40-mm ground bars with groove. H+ net hooks for attaching the net to the ground bars. Net

brackets fold for compact storage. Incl. polypropylene net (mesh size 10 cm).

Aluminium, natural finish

71 286 5704 Each

Black, powder-coated 71 286 5717 Each

Sport-Thieme ‘Young Players’ Marking Tape

Crossbar with a hinge on the back in the centre

4 40 40

Goal frame: round tubing (ø 60 mm)

Mesh size 4.5 cm

Ground bar: square tubing (40x40 mm)

4 When folded, just 84x48x141 cm

4 Ideal for nurseries and crèches, but it can also be used as a training goal

4

70 Approved by

Sport-Thieme Portable Safety Mini Goal, Foldable

Ideal for use in nurseries and similar. Can also be used as a training goal. Portable and easy to set up and take down, can therefore be used anywhere and at any time. Goal frame made of special system tubing (diameter: 60 mm). Ground bars with 40x40-mm tubing incl. groove.

Crossbar with a hinge on the back in the centre. Supplied fully pre-assembled with suitable net (mesh size 4.5 cm) and H+ net hooks. Net is attached to ground bars. Goal frame fully welded at both corners, which are rounded. Made of aluminium. Dimensions when assembled: 1.20x0.80 m. 71 259 0208 Each

Approved by TÜV AUSTRIA, certificate no.: ZSTSAP ZE2008

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Foldable net brackets thanks to special, lockable hinges

Sport-Thieme ‘Training’ Mini Football Goal with Folding Net Brackets

Versatile and compact! The mini goal adds value to any training session. Stable and durable thanks to fully welded goal frame made of 80x40-mm rectangular tubing. With pre-drilled holes for ground anchoring. Folding, aluminium net brack ets (tubing diameter: 40 mm). 40x40-mm ground bars incl. groove. With H+ net hooks to attach net to the ground bars. Net included.

BlueGreen 4.5 cm

71 115 2223 Each 71 115 2526 Each 71 115 2584 Each

10 cm 71 115 2207 Each 71 115 2500 Each 71 115 2568 Each

71 261 9617 Each 71 261 9633 Each 71 261 9659 Each

10

71 261 9604 Each 71 261 9620 Each 71 261 9646 Each

Sport-Thieme Mini Training Goal with Folding Net Brackets

Ideal as a multi-use training, children’s or garden goal. Made of aluminium. Octago nal profile, diameter: 46 mm. Diameter of net bracket tubing: 30 mm. Incl. black

For

polypropylene

302 2708

302 2711

Each

Each

Sport-Thieme

‘Fun to Play’ Folding Mini Training Goal

nylon net. Fully welded, made of alumini um. LxHxW: 150x95x75 cm. Max. load: 200 kg. 10 kg.

8615  150x95x75

sport-thieme.com

New! Net for ‘Fun to Play’

Mini Training Goal, Suitable for Branding

be customised with your logo or sponsorship details. Made of mesh fabric. LxWxH: 150x75x100 cm. 4 kg. LxWxH: 120x80x100 cm. 4 kg.

sport-thieme.com/

71 0102

Teamsport Balls Teamsport Athletics Equipment Swimming Fitness Gymnastics Movement Therapy Leisure Games Service Psychomotricity Sensory Stimulation 0115

Sport-Thieme Football Goals

First-class football goals!

Sport-Thieme football goals are made of either square (80x80 mm) or oval tubing (120x100 mm). They are particularly hard-wearing, made in Germany, TÜV/GScertified and impress with their high load-bearing capacity – even after years of use.

Assembly

Screwed together

The methods used to construct the goals differ. Some are bolted while oth ers are fully welded or feature solid corner joints:

Solid corner assembly

Crossbar and posts are screwed together in two places.

Crossbar features solid corners which slot into the posts. This assembly is then screwed together.

Fully welded

All individual goal parts (posts, crossbar, net brackets and base frame) are welded together.

Extremely stable, precision-fit cast aluminium corner joints.

The assembly increases the goal’s stability and durability.

This makes the construction super sturdy. The con nection between the crossbar and posts is rein forced with a cast corner piece, which is inserted before the parts are welded, making the goals even more durable and stable.

Individual parts of a football goal

Every goal

Free football with every goal!

With every Sport-Thieme football goal ordered, you will receive a profes sional, high-quality training football –completely free of charge

Don’t forget to order: Sport-Thieme ‘CoreX Com’ football, page

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Oval tubing Square tubing

Sport-Thieme

‘Safety’ Small Pitch Goal

The perfect football goal: mobile, secure, robust and durable. The innovative aspect of this goal is its ground frame – whereas mobile training goals usually have a con ventional ground tube, the ‘Safety’ foot ball goal has a welded-on fillable weight tube. In compliance with TÜV, DIN and GUV regulations, the weight tube should be filled with quartz sand. Once filled, the goal stands securely, yet is still mobile.

safety feature. Impact pro tection combined with a specially designed flat aluminium base frame. The special shape together with the internal chamber significantly reduce kinetic energy on impact.

Youth football goals with screwed corner joints or solid corner assembly

Youth Football Goals

Welded

Football Goals,

Top-class mobile football goals.

Particularly thick-walled tubing with multiple internal reinforcements

Crossbar and posts made of oval tubing

Sport-Thieme

Indoor Football Goal, 5x2

Since the introduction of the winter break in Germany, football is increasingly being played indoors. These 5x2-m goals have been specially designed for indoor foot ball and are made entirely of aluminium.

Goal size Version Frame Assembly

Youth football goals, 5x2 m

Sport-Thieme Youth Football Goal Set

The set includes:

mobile youth football goal,

goal nets, made of 4-mm green polypropylene, page 79,

tubing (80x80

depth top: 80 cm, bottom: 125 cm. The goals are easy to transport and com pact to store thanks to folding net brack ets.

on the posts protect the hall floor.

anchors not included.

Don’t forget to order: Goal nets, page 79, 5|

costs.

Sport-Thieme ‘Safety’ Youth Football Goal, 5x2 m

The perfect football goal: portable, safe, robust and long-lasting. Sturdiness, stability and mobility. The really innovative element of this football goal is its ground frame – other mobile training goals have a conventional ground tube, while the ‘Safety’ football goal has a welded-on weight tube, which can be filled. All you have to do to secure the goal is to fill up the tube with quartz sand and your goal will be safe and remain mobile nevertheless.

See table for available versions.

Sport-Thieme ‘Safety’ Youth Football Goal Set

The set includes:

1 ‘Safety’ football goal, 1|

2 goal nets, made of 4-mm green polypropylene, page 79, 5|

5233

Set

SimplyFix net attachment

The net is easy to attach thanks to the SimplyFix system milled into the goal’s frame. The net edging is fully in serted into the profile tubing. Hanging the net and taking it down is quick and easy – no fiddly net hooks (that can easily get lost) required! The net is perfectly secured to the goal with equal distances between the attach ment points, and looks great.

Unique safety feature. Impact protection combined with a specially designed flat aluminium base frame. The special shape together with the internal chamber signifi cantly reduce kinetic energy on impact.

Youth football goals, 5x2

With screwed corner joints or solid corner assembly

With net brackets. Very sturdy!

• Complies with current FIFA and DFB reg ulations

TÜV-approved to DIN EN 748

• Made of high-quality aluminium oval tubing (120x100 mm)

Extremely weatherproof material

Will last for many years

Particularly strong and close-fitting cast aluminium corner joints

• Quick and easy to assemble

In ground sockets

Sport-Thieme Corner-Welded Football Goal Set

The set includes:

• 1 corner-welded aluminium goal, 2|

• 2 goal nets, made of 3-mm green polypropylene, page 79, 11| 71 115 0751 Set

Sport-Thieme Full-Size Football Goal Set

Full-size goals in ground sockets. The set in cludes:

• 2 aluminium goals in compliance with DFB and FIFA regulations, 1|

• 3 nets made of 3-mm polypropylene

According to many clubs, damage to the net is often discovered right before a match. That’s why this set comes with a 3rd net as a spare.

115 0302 Set of 2

dly

Hanging

(that

and

no

easily get

milled

Solid

Goal Set

1 2 See table for available versions.

‘Safety’ Football Goals

The perfect football goal: mobile, safe, robust and long-lasting. It boasts an innovative base frame. In stead of a conventional ground tube, the ‘Safety’ football goal features a fillable, welded-on weight tube. All you have to do to secure the goal to meet TÜV, DIN and GUV regulations is to fill up the tube with quartz sand – making the goal safe while it remains mobile. No additional anchor ing required.

PlayersProtect

Unique safety feature. Impact protection combined with a specially designed flat aluminium base frame. The special shape together with the internal chamber significantly reduce kinetic energy on impact.

SimplyFix net attachment

The net is easy to at tach thanks to the Sim plyFix system milled in to the goal’s frame. The net edging is fully in serted into the profile tubing. Hanging the net and taking it down is quick and easy – no fiddly net hooks (that can easily get lost) required! The net is perfectly secured to the goal with equal distances between the attach ment points, and looks great.

40

frameSide

DEKRA, certificate no.: 5011003.20001 Page 79, 13|

contact

Knotless goal nets

The net’s excellent shape and light weight make hanging much easier. The shape is a result of the high-strength polypropylene and PLA (polylactic acid) material and knotless design. The material and design also prevent the mesh connection points from slipping and make the net remarkably resistant to abrasion. Available in several colours or a colour combination matching your club.

nets are made of highstrength polypropylene and are knotless. Available in twocolour versions to match your club colours.

nets

Sport-Thieme

Fully Welded Mini Leisure Goal

Can be bolted to the ground. Ideal for school and public playgrounds. Fully welded and free-standing. Incl. ground anchors. Square tubing (80x80 mm). Aluminium. Distance be tween struts: approx. 6 cm. Strut diame ter: 3 cm.

71 115 2308  120x80x65 cm Each

71 115 2337  180x120x65 cm Each  71 115 2340  240x160x100 cm Each  1152340 approved by TÜV AUSTRIA, certificate no.: 0859-PS14-249.4-Z

Leisure goal accessory

Sport-Thieme ‘Special Plus’ Leisure Goal

4 Mounting the net is easy using the special rod system

2

Sport-Thieme

Ground Anchors

For leisure and mini leisure goals.

Suitable for all free-standing goals with factory-fitted attachment brack ets. For safe and secure goal position ing. One set consists of 2 galvanised steel ground anchors with M10 internal thread. To be concreted into the ground (depth: approx. 18 cm). 71 238 8801 Pair

Compliant with DIN EN 15312, ideally suited to use in public play areas. Open top, with 2 additional struts (40x4 mm) as reinforcements. The free-standing goal comes with 4 brackets welded to the sides for ground anchoring. Incl. ground fixings. Available with or without net. Net attachment with abra sion protection. Special rod system for mounting the net. Easy assembly with theft protection. Fully welded. Freestanding or in ground sockets. Aluminium. Net made of polypropylene Hercules rope with steel reinforcement. Oval tubing

(120x100 mm).

3x2 m

Free-standing, with steel-reinforced net 71 249 7105 Each

Free-standing, without net 71 249 7147 Each

With ground sockets, with steelreinforced net 71 249 7118 Each

With ground sockets, without net 71 249 7017 Each

5x2 m

Leisure goal nets available online at: sport-thieme.com 71 249 6900

Free-standing, with steel-reinforced net 71 249 7121 Each

Free-standing, without net 71 249 7150 Each

With ground sockets, with steelreinforced net 71 249 7134 Each

With ground sockets, without net 71 249 7033 Each

Sport-Thieme Fully Welded Leisure Goal

Sturdy and solid design for use on school and public playgrounds. Standard variant complies with DIN EN 15312, the norm for multi-purpose sport equipment in public areas. With 6 welded-on brackets for ground anchoring. Incl. ground anchors. Also available with 2 ball cut-outs. All var iants additionally available with basket ball backboard, hoop and net. Fully weld ed and free-standing. Made of aluminium. WxH: 3x2 m. Square tubing (80x80 mm). Goal depth: 0.7 m.

80 See table for available versions.

Please contact us for

and shipping

Sport-Thieme ‘Flex’

Street Soccer Court

A mobile sports arena. Compact design for ease of transport and storage. Excel lent advertising space (boards). Ideal for club, school and company events. Robust, weatherproof and quiet, complying with DIN EN 15312. Aluminium. Fully welded.

11x6 m: approx. 600 kg. 13x8 m: approx. 700 kg. 15x10 m: approx. 800 kg.

71 293 8804  11x6 m Each

71 293 8817  13x8 m Each

71 293 8820  15x10 m Each

Anchoring Weight for Sport-Thieme ‘Flex’

Street Soccer Courts

Stabilising weight for the Sport-Thieme ‘Flex’ street soccer court. Easy to attach to the boards’ base feet for increased sta bility in windy conditions. Ideal for schools, clubs and nurseries.

LxWxH: 50x40x20 cm. 20 kg.

71 293 8703 Each

Sport-Thieme ‘Arena Pro’

Street Soccer Court

A permanent court for outdoor use. The boards are perfect for advertising and sponsoring, etc. Incl. a project-specific foundation plan. Two fully welded street soccer goals integrated into the board system. DIN EN 15312. Aluminium. 10x7 m: approx. 600 kg. 15x10 m: approx. 800 kg. 20x13 m: approx. 1,000 kg. 25x14 m: approx. 1,200 kg. 30x15 m: approx. 1,400 kg. Contact us for custom net dimensions.

71 293 7609  10x7 m

71 293 7612  15x10 m

71 293 7625  20x13 m

71 293 7638  25x14 m

Each

Each

Each

Each

71 293 7641  30x15 m Each

Sport-Thieme Handball Goals

Accessories, such as trolleys & ground anchoring, online at: 71 301 3902sport-thieme.com

In ground sockets

Bolted or welded corner joints

4 Excellent product thanks to robust, fully welded design

4 Meets requirements up to the very highest playing levels

4 Additionally reinforced corners

4 Withstands the toughest handball conditions

4 Two-point ground attachment

4 High-precision fit

Picture: with folding net brackets

1

Sport-Thieme ‘Bundesliga’ Indoor Handball Goal, Fully Welded Complies with EN 749. Portable handball goal with rounded edges, fully welded goal frame and yellow net. With static net brackets. Bolted-on reinforcement cross strut for maximum stability. Easy net hanging thanks to machined SimplyFix

net attachment system . Made of alumini um. Goal size: 3x2 m, goal depth: 1.45 m. Goal frame profile: square 80x80 mm tub ing. White powder-coated with wrapped black sections. 71 301 3902 Each

Free-standing or in ground sockets

Premium steel corner joints

2 3

4 Additional corner reinforcements made of laser-cut galvanised steel parts

4 Extremely stable and durable

4 High-precision fit

Picture: without net brackets

Picture: with static net brackets

Sport-Thieme Indoor Handball Goal 3x2 m, in Ground Sockets

Made of light alloy complying with EN 749. Sturdy and stable. Complete with net brackets, net bracket struts and preci sion-fit, cast-aluminium corner joints, base frame, post end caps and 30 safetysystem net hooks per goal. Square

80x80-mm tubing. Goal depth: 1.03 m at the top, 1.20 m at the bottom. Anodised matt silver, with black, red or blue plastic strips. In ground sockets, incl. sockets (80x80 mm) with covers – insertion depth: 300 mm.

Sport-Thieme Indoor Handball Goal 3x2 m, with Premium Steel Corner Joints, Free-Standing or in Ground Sockets

EN-749-compliant handball goal. With static, folding or without net brackets. With stable, high-precision and premiumquality steel corner joints, making the goal extremely durable. The crossbar/ posts are screwed directly to the corner joints of the goal frame from the rear with

the net bracket. Posts/crossbar made from 80x80-mm tubing. Anodised matt silver. Incl. 30 net hooks. Aluminium, with steel brackets. Goal depth: 1.03 m at the top and 1.20 m at the bottom. See table for available versions.

Knotless nets for handball goals

ing

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

3| With premium steel cor ner joints

Rounded post edges

SimplyFix net attachment Bolted-on reinforcing cross strut

Sport-Thieme Handball

Goal 3x2 m, Free-Standing

Sturdy handball goal with strong, solid cast-aluminium corners and full-length net brackets. Complies with DIN 7897/ EN749. With static or folding net brackets. The goal is secured using two-point at tachment (screwing through the net

brackets) or four-point attachment using welded-on brackets. Available in an IHF version (incl. IHF certificate) or in a stand ard version (without IHF approval). Made of aluminium. LxW: 3x2 m. Special 80x80mm profile tubing. Net not included.

See table for available versions.

IHF-certifiedStandard

71 259 0400

71 259 0413

71 259 0426

Each

71 259 0309 71 259 0312 71 259 0325

Each P. 82, 4| 5| 6|

1.25 m

71 259 0439 71 259 0442 71 259 0455

Each

71 259 0338 71 259 0341 71 259 0354

Each P. 82, 4| 5| 6|

Sport-Thieme Handball Goals

For your safety

DIN standards request that goals must be secured against moving and tipping and be able to withstand a horizontal force of 950 N on the cross bar. The owner is liable if a goal is used without the required ground an choring and an accident occurs!

3

Sport-Thieme ‘GoldenSquare’

Handball Goal

Same design as 1|. Show your apprecia tion for your club’s members by treating them to an exceptional goal. This golden

Sport-Thieme

‘Coloured’ Handball Goal

Same design as 1|. Brighten up your hand ball court with a handball goal in your club’s colours. It will be a real eyecatcher! Sturdy, coloured handball goal with blue powder-coated net brackets made of steel.

See table for available versions.

design is ideal for winning teams. Sturdy, coloured handball goal with blue powdercoated steel net brackets. With blue/gold wrapping. Net not included. See table for available versions.

sport-thieme.com/

Each

Each

Stable folding mechanism with locking angle plates

Handball Goals

goal needs to be close to

Age-appropriate handball goals

The German Handball Federation has introduced mini handball especially for children aged 6–9. The game is played according to simplified rules and is all about en joyment, fun and being part of a team. It is also a fun introduction to technique.

1

Aluminium Indoor Handball Goal, 3x2 m

With made-to-measure shortened net brackets and bolt ed corner joints. For halls with insufficient space for a standard goal depth due to the short distance between the wall and the court markings. Incl. 60 safety-system net hooks recessed into the frame. Net brackets made of steel tubing, the free net bracket design guarantees that balls will not hit any metal parts within the goal. Availa ble in red/silver and blue/silver on request. Goal must be anchored to the ground or secured to the wall. Please provide the goal’s depth (top and bottom), measured from the front or outside edge of the post to the outside edge of the net bracket. Aluminium goal. LxW: 3x2 m.

Square 80x80-mm tubing.

With static net brackets

71 115 0924 Each

With folding net brackets

71 249 1602 Each

Sport-Thieme Free-Standing Mini Handball Goal, 3x1.60 m

Mini handball goal designed specifically for under 9s and under 11s. Made of anodised aluminium square tubing (80x80 mm). Folding net brackets made of galvanised steel tubing (ø 40 mm) including pre-drilled holes for se curing the goal to the floor. 40x40-mm, grooved ground bar. Incl. net (3 mm thick, mesh 10 cm, green) and 24 safety-system net hooks. LxW: 3x1.6 m. Goal depth at the top and bottom: 1 m.

Cast-aluminium corner joints

276 8003  Black/silver Each

8016  Red/silver Each

8029  Blue/silver Each

Premium steel corner joints

iGoal Goals to Go –Inflatable Goals

Can be set up in minutes and requires no maintenance. Very strong goal as made of thermoplastic polymer and very strong twine, and using special Rigid Air Technology (RAT). The net is firmly attached to the goal. Includes pump, storage bag and ground anchors.

Home: 240x160 cm

71 213 7911 Each

Mini handball goal: 300x160 cm

71 213 7937 Each

Handball goal: 300x200 cm

213 7940 Each

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Handball Goal

2

1

Adjustment mecha nism incl. sprung cross member for flexible angle adjust ment

to be

Non-slip rubber feet

Sport-Thieme ‘Tchoukball’

The training aid for handball players. Whether in throwing training or team games, this is the ideal aid in every situation and for every age group. Very strong frame with a robust net that produces very strong ball return. Angle of frame adjustable from 55° to 65°. Avail able in two sizes: 100x100 cm with a special 80x80-cm net (approx. 11 kg) and 120x120 cm with a 100x100-cm net (approx. 13.5 kg).

Sport-Thieme Goal Target Net, 3x2 m

For use in handball training to improve throwing tech nique. Net made of robust polyester. Comes with hookand-loop fasteners that allow it to be attached to any 3x2-m goal with ease. The 4 target holes each have a di ameter of approx. 35 cm and can withstand any throw or shot.

71 288 4905 Each

Indoor ‘To-Go’ Target Wall

For practising throwing technique indoors. Easy to set up and dismantle: it is simply mounted on the handball goal. Consists of 4 target rings with pre-attached ten sioning straps. The tensioning straps are connected to the posts of the handball goal using a click fastener. Cor ner straps guarantee secure attachment to the posts –easily resists the large forces that arise from throwing balls. Available in two different designs.

‘Senior’, four 50-cm-diameter rings

71 247 7800 Set

‘Junior’, four 70-cm-diameter rings

71 247 7813 Set

3 71 131 1600

Transport trolleys for handball goals available online at: sport-thieme.com

85sport-thieme.com/ Teamsport Balls Teamsport Athletics Equipment Swimming Fitness Gymnastics Movement Therapy Leisure Games Service Psychomotricity Sensory Stimulation For advice and to place an order: +49 5357 181 503 sport-thieme.com Hook-and-loop fasteners make it quick and easy to set up and take down

Sport-Thieme Basketball Hoops & Nets

4

1

Sport-Thieme ‘Premium 2.0’ Basketball Hoop

5-year guarantee

With safety net attachment

Extra reinforcement

Complies with the latest European standard 1270 , max. load: 240 kg . Hoop bracket reinforced on both sides with additional sheets.

• Solid steel, 20 mm thick

• Iron sheet reinforcements on the sides

• Holes comply with DIN regulations Compatible with all indoor and outdoor basketball units. For nets with 12-point suspension. Includes a ‘Standard’ basketball net. 5-year guarantee!

71 287 9606 Set

Our team recommends:

“A very high-quality and durable basketball hoop with an added focus on safety.”

Indoor nets

Sport-Thieme

Anti-Whip Basketball Net

With reinforced attachment loops. These prevent the net from swinging upwards and getting caught in the ring when a basket is scored. Suitable for basketball hoops 1|, 2| and 3|.

71 118 6707

Approved by TÜV AUSTRIA, certificate no.: ZSTS/APZE/2356

Outdoor basketball hoops

Each

2

Sport-Thieme ‘Premium’ Folding Basketball Hoop

Frequent damage to basketball equipment includes bent hoops and broken backboards. Foldable hoops reduce this risk. The hoop folds down by 30 degrees when weight is placed on it and smoothly swings back to its original position.

• Hoop made from solid 20-mm-thick steel

• With flat bar reinforcement on sides

• Safety net attachment that complies with DIN stand ards: the net is attached using a steel wire that is threaded through the eyelets

Suitable for indoor use only. For fixing to a backboard on a frame. For nets with 12-point attachment. Optionally available with net.

Without Anti-Whip net

71 116 4057  Folds down from 45 kg Each

71 116 4060  Folds down from 75 kg Each

71 116 4044  Folds down from 105 kg Each

With Anti-Whip net

71 116 4073  Folds down from 45 kg Set

71 116 4086  Folds down from 75 kg Set

71 116 4099  Folds down from 105 kg Set

1164057 approved by TÜV AUSTRIA, certificate no.: ZSTS/APZE/2356 1164060 approved by TÜV AUSTRIA, certificate no.: ZSTS/APZE/2356 1164044 approved by TÜV AUSTRIA, certificate no.: ZSTS/APZE/2356

3

4 Incl. net

Net8

2 types of net available:

With open net eyelets

With safety net attachment

Sport-Thieme ‘Standard 2.0’ Basketball Hoop

Complies with DIN EN 1270. Made of solid steel. Compati ble with all indoor and outdoor basketball units. For nets with 12-point suspension. Includes a ‘Standard’ basket ball net.

Versions:

• Open net eyelets, double-welded

• Safety net attachment – the net is attached using a steel wire that is pushed through the eyelets (regis tered design 20 2011 103 88.7)

With open net eyelets

71 287 9505 Set

With a safety net attachment

71 287 9518 Set

Approved by TÜV AUSTRIA, certificate no.: ZSTS/APZE/2356

7

4 Protected against vandalism

5

Sport-Thieme ‘Outdoor’ Basketball Hoop

Solid hot-dip galvanised steel. Inner diameter 45 cm. Measurements and drilled holes for the screws comply with DIN 7899. With 12 closed or open ring eyelets. Suit able nets: ‘Outdoor’ or Hercules rope basketball net (not included).

With closed net eyelets

71 117 3909 Each

With open net eyelets

71 117 3912 Each

1173912 approved by TÜV AUSTRIA, certificate no.: 0329-PS16-123.1-ZE1

4 Vandalism-proof

Outdoor nets

Folds down by 30 degrees when weight is placed on it

Sport-Thieme ‘Outdoor’ Basketball Net

Galvanised chain for 12-point attachment. Hoop not in cluded. Suitable for ‘Outdoor’ basketball hoops 5| and 6|.

71 114 2509

Each

6

Don’t forget to order: 87

Basketball backboards, page

Sport-Thieme ‘Outdoor’ Folding Basketball Hoop

The weatherproof foldable hoop – ideal for outdoor use! Folds down by 30 degrees when weight is placed on it and smoothly swings back to its original position.

• Made of solid steel, hot-dip galvanised, 20 mm thick

• With flat steel reinforcements on sides

• Safety net attachment complies with DIN 7899 stand ards – the net is attached with steel wire that is thread ed through the eyelets

• Folds down when a weight of approx. 65 kg is applied to the ring

To be mounted to a backboard on a frame. Suitable for all nets with 12-point attachment. Net not included.

Comes with fixtures and fittings.

71 116 0606 Each

Approved by TÜV AUSTRIA, certificate no.: 0329-PS16-123.1-ZE1

8

Hercules Rope Basketball Net

Made from 5-mm-thick Hercules rope, which is resist ant to cutting and tearing. Its 12-point attachment makes it suitable for the Sport-Thieme ‘Outdoor’ bas ketball hoop.

71 116 2514 Each

Approved by TÜV AUSTRIA, certificate no.: 0329-PS16-123.1-ZE1

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Linda Frassek

Basketball player and Logistics Management Assistant at Sport-Thieme

Basketball Backboards

4 Reduced noise level

4 Low wind load

Sport-Thieme Steel Mesh

Basketball Backboard

Galvanised steel wire mesh (50 mm), which produces less noise. Ideal for playgrounds and sports fields in residential areas. Pre-drilled holes: 110x90 mm. 23/37 kg. 10-year guarantee.

71 116 4608  120x90 cm

71 116 4611  180x105 cm

Approved by TÜV AUSTRIA, certificate no.: 0329-PS16-123.1-ZE1

Don’t forget to order: Basketballs, from page

28

Each

Each

2

Sport-Thieme Aluminium

Basketball Backboard

Weatherproof and with additional edge reinforcement for schools and clubs. Aluminium profiles (25 mm). No predrilled holes. WxH: 120x90 cm. Approx. 17 kg. 10-year guarantee.

71 117 3707

Approved by TÜV AUSTRIA, certificate no.: 0329-PS16-123.1-ZE1

Acrylic glass (transparent)

Each

4 Strong and durable

With edge reinforcement

10-year

Safety glass (transparent) 6

With recess for hoop

Sport-Thieme MDF Basketball Backboard

Sport-Thieme

Acrylic Glass Basketball Backboard

Meets DBB and FIBA requirements. For indoor and out door use. Acrylic glass (10 mm) with tubular steel frame for increased load bearing capacity. Drill holes and fix ings in accordance with DIN 7899. 45 kg. 10-year guarantee!

71 116 2110  180x105 cm, 3 cm

Sport-Thieme GRP Basketball Backboard

Lines as per regulations. Compatible with all outdoor units. 180x105 cm, meeting DBB and FIBA requirements. Fibreglass-reinforced plastic with solid wood core (16 mm). No pre-drilled holes. 20/32/40 kg.

71 116 1029  120x90 cm, 27 mm

71 116 1016  180x105 cm, 37 mm

71 116 1003  180x120 cm, 37 mm

Approved by TÜV AUSTRIA, certificate no.: ZSTS/APZE/2356

Basketball backboards

Each

Each

Each

All backboard markings comply with current regula tions. We deliver backboards 2|, 3| and 4| without predrilled holes so they can be adapted to suit the frame and hoops on site. The dimensions that comply with the latest FIBA regulations are 180x105 cm and these are recommended for new purchases.

Each

Assembly Kit for Basketball Backboards

Prevents the glass from coming into contact with metal parts during assembly. The set includes: screws, rubber

Sport-Thieme

Safety Glass Basketball Backboard

180x105 cm, meeting DBB and FIBA requirements. For in door use. Single-pane safety glass with shatterproof film. Pre-drilled holes and fixings in accordance with DIN 7899. 60/68 kg. 10-year guarantee!

71 116 2615  180x105 cm, 12 mm Each

71 116 2602  180x120 cm, 12 mm Each

71 116 4608

71 116 4611

71 117 3707

71 116 1234

71 116 1221

71 116 1218

71 116 1205

71 116 1029

71 116 1016

71 116 1003

71 116 2110 71 116 2615

71 116 2602

Stationary Basketball Units

1

Sport-Thieme ‘Jump’ Basketball Unit

Static aluminium basketball unit for schools, playgrounds and open-air swim ming pools. Height adjustable from 100–305 cm. With strong GRP backboard, hoop and net. Includes ground socket, L: 50 cm. 5-year guarantee!

See table for available versions.

2

Sport-Thieme ‘Jump’ Basket ball Unit with Overhang

Static basketball unit for schools play grounds and outdoor swimming pools. The version with a 65-cm overhang has a fixed hoop height of 305 cm. Comes with GRP backboard, hoop and net. Incl. 500mm ground socket. 5-year guarantee!

See table for available versions.

Sport-Thieme

Protective Basketball Post Padding

Making games even safer. Weatherproof material. Suitable for posts measuring 80x80 mm and 83–105 mm in diameter. PE foam, height approx. 200 cm, cover

made from tear-resistant tarpaulin ma terial. Includes hook-and-loop fasten ers.

71 220 7100 Each

Sport-Thieme

‘Orlando’ Basketball Unit

‘USA’ Basketball Unit

Single-post galvanised steel tubing struc ture, with powder-coated steel back board, solid steel hoop and nylon net. In cludes ground socket. Official competition hoop height 305 cm. Max. load: approx. 320 kg. 5-year guarantee!

Robust and weatherproof outdoor basket ball unit. The extra-large, unbreakable polycarbonate backboard with polyethyl ene padding is perfect for those new to the sport. The height can be quickly and easily adjusted to any level. Fitted with transport wheels for effortless relocation. Stability is ensured by the 160-litre base, which can be filled with water. Steel hoop and post, polyethylene base. Board size: 140x82 cm. Hoop dia.: 45 cm. Hoop thick ness: 16 mm. LxW, post: 100x100 mm. Lx WxH, base: 130x82x20 cm. Overhang: ap prox. 55 cm. Basket height: 230–305 cm. Dia., transport wheels: 9 mm. Unfilled:

71 324 5301 Each

Attention! Only for domestic use.

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Sport-Thieme mobile street basketball unit

4 Freely adjustable height between 1.65 m and 3.05 m

4 Side pads make the jump area safe

4 Max. load: 175 kg

4 Easy to set up, fold away and to transport

Sport-Thieme ‘Vario’ Street Basketball Unit

Mobile and easily foldable unit – ideal for nurseries, schools and leisure cen tres.

• Basket height freely adjustable between 1.65 and 3.05 m

• Overhang from 24 cm (hoop height 1.65 m) to 64 cm (hoop height 3.05 m)

• 2-piece safety impact protection pads at front as well as 2 side pads to cover the frame

• Max. load: 175 kg (when both weight boxes are filled with 70 kg of sand)

• Size when set up (LxWxH): approx. 240x80x360 cm

• Size when folded down (LxWxH): approx. 240x80x41.2 cm

See

Also

Folds compactly

High level of stability due to fillable weight boxes

Large safety area beneath the basket – up to max. 1.50 m. Suitable for wheelchair users.

‘Fair Play’ Basketball Units

Fair Play The basic unit

Sport-Thieme ‘Fair Play’ Basketball Unit

The basic unit. You can choose between 2 backboard and 2 hoop versions – see info box. 10-year guarantee!

Please note

Height adjustment can also be or dered as a retrofit kit for your basic basketball unit 1|! See accessory 4|.

‘Fair Play’ basketball units

Exceptionally robust units that comply with DIN 7899 and DIN EN 1270 for all public playing and sports areas. Great for intensive use. Weatherproof and protected against vandalism. Complete units with post, ground socket, backboard, hoop and net in cluded. Fully welded, hot-dip galvanised square tubing, 15x15x0.3 cm, 165 cm over hang, hoop height of 305 cm. Net is made of galvanised chain links with strong fasten ing hooks or Hercules rope.

Variants to choose from:

1 | Standard : as described above

2 | With height adjustment : effortless adjustment from the ground

3 | Duo : with two arms

Choice of two backboard designs

Sport-Thieme ‘Fair Play’ Basketball Unit with Height Adjustment

Using the crank, the height of the hoop is freely adjustable from 260–305 cm. All materials are completely weatherproof and highly durable. The unit is also availa ble with a noise-reducing backboard made of steel mesh, as well as with a fold able basketball hoop. 10-year guarantee on the post.

• Backboard with reinforced edges made of strong aluminium profiles, 120x90 cm: page 87, 2|

• ‘Silent’ backboard made of particular ly noise-reducing hot-dip galvanised wire mesh, 120x90 cm or 180x105 cm. Our recommendation for basketball fun in residential areas: page 87, 1|

Choice of three hoops

Net eyelets:

open

closed

Hot-dip galvanised ‘Outdoor’ hoop with closed or open net eyelets: page 86, 5|

‘Silent’ models

• Foldable, hot-dip galvanised ‘Out door’ hoop. Folds down by 30 degrees when weight is placed on it, protecting both your hoop and backboard: page 86, 6|

Sport-Thieme ‘Fair Play Duo’ Basketball Unit

One unit – double the playing fun. The unit can be played from two sides. The hoop height is 305 cm on one side (the of ficial height), and 260 cm on the other side. Depending on your needs, this unit is also available with a noise-reducing backboard made of steel mesh, as well as with a foldable basketball hoop. 10-year guarantee on the post!

All ‘Silent’ versions of the ‘Fair Play’ units come with a low-noise, noisereducing mesh backboard!

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Height Adjustment for the ‘Fair Play’ Unit

The basic ‘Fair Play’ unit 1| can be retrofit ted with this height adjustment mecha nism, which allows the hoop height to be adjusted from 260–305 cm. Includes a complete set of fixings.

10-year guarantee!

Fair Play

71 117 3505

71 117 3589

71 135 0702

71 135 0715 71 115 8104

71 115 8159

71 115 8188

71 115 8191

71 135 0803

71 135 0816

71 135 0829

71 135 0832

71 117 3550

71 117 6201

71 117 3563

71 117 6214

71 117 6227

71 117 6230

71 115 8117

71 115 8162

71 115 8120

71 115 8175

Sport-Thieme

Protective Post Padding

Essential for player safety. The elasticat ed padding material will greatly reduce the risk of injury. Weatherproof. 200 cm long, with durable cover and hook-andloop fastenings. For basketball and vol leyball posts with square tubing, 15x15 cm.

71 116 1726

Approved by TÜV AUSTRIA, certificate no.: 0329-PS16-123.1-ZE1

Each

Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each

Beach Volleyball Nets & Ground Sockets

Sport-Thieme ‘Comfort’ Beach Volleyball Net

For court sizes: 16x8 m or 18x9 m. Made of polyethylene, knotless, approx. 2.3 mm thick. With integrated fibreglass/poly ester rods on the sides ensuring a per fect fit. 6-point attachment, with 3 tension ing cords and quick-release fasteners on each side. Reinforced edging all the way round, approx. 50 mm wide, yellow.

Dralo

Beach Volleyball Net

The cut-resistant volleyball net in an at tractive design. Made of galvanised steel wire (Dralo), approx. 2 mm thick. Top edg ing made of coated fabric, approx. 160 mm wide, yellow. 2 steel tensioning cords on each side, approx. 100 cm long. The size of the net complies with interna tional regulations, WxH: 9.50x1 m. Mesh width approx. 10 cm. Can also be used with standard volleyball posts. Also available with plastic coating , approx. 2.5 mm thick, green. If players occasional ly grab the net, coated nets are much

Ground sockets

4 4-point attachment

4 Virtually vandalism-proof

Beach Volleyball Tournament

Net for 16x8-m Courts

For posts 10 m apart. Knotless 3-mm-thick polyester net. With integrated fibreglass/ polyester rods on the sides ensuring a perfect fit. With 11.7-m-long Kevlar cable at the top, 4-mm-thick tensioning cable at the bottom. 4-point attachment with 2 tensioning lines and quick-release fas teners on both sides. With reinforced edg

4 4-point attachment

ing all round, approx. 75 mm wide, neon yellow. Net dimensions (WxH): 8.50x1 m, mesh width: approx. 10 cm. Net colour: black.

71 117 8311 Each

Don’t forget to order:

Beach volleyballs,

Ground Socket for ø 83-mm Beach Volleyball Posts

To be set in concrete on sandy surfaces. Made of V2A stainless steel, for posts with a diameter of 83 mm. The insertion depth into the ground socket is 35 cm, total length approx. 70 cm. With cover.

Ground Socket for ø 83-mm Beach Volleyball Posts

Ideal for static units! Steel construction with base plate, hot-dip galvanised, for posts with a diameter of 83 mm. To be bolted onto foundations on site. Insertion depth into the ground socket 35 cm, total length ap prox. 36 cm. With cover.

71 117 8119 Each

Beach Volleyball Tournament

Net for 18x9-m Courts

For posts 11 m apart. Knotless, 3-mm-thick polyester net. With fibreglass/polyester rods integrated at the sides, ensuring a perfect fit. With 11.7-m-long Kevlar cable at the top, 4-mm-thick tensioning cable at the bottom. 4-point attachment with 2 tension ing lines and quick-release fasteners on both sides. With reinforced edging all round, approx. 75 mm wide, neon pink. Net dimensions (WxH): 9.50x1 m, mesh width: approx. 10 cm. Net colour: black. DVV 1 Beach approval. 71 117 8308 Each

Tournament nets

The same rules as for indoor volleyball tournament nets apply.

Important: Point matches and tourna ments must be played with a net bear ing either DVV 1 or DVV 2 approval

Tournament nets with DVV 1 Beach approval

International competitions

National and regional leagues

Sport-Thieme Ground Socket for 80x80-mm Beach Volleyball Posts, to be Set into Concrete

To be set into concrete on light surfaces. Steel construction, hotdip galvanised, for 80x80-mm posts. The insertion depth into the ground socket is 35 cm, total length is approx. 70 cm. With cover.

71 113 8102

Each

Sport-Thieme Ground Socket for 80x80-mm Beach Volleyball Posts, to be Bolted into Concrete

To be bolted into a concrete foundation. Steel construction with a base plate, hot-dip gal vanised, for 80x80-mm posts. The insertion depth into the ground socket is 35 cm. Total length approx. 36 cm. With cover. Without screws.

71 113 8001 Each

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Beach Volleyball Posts

Sport-Thieme ‘Competition’ Beach Volleyball Posts

Particularly sturdy beach volleyball posts made of aluminium, manufactured to comply with the DIN EN 1271 standard. Net height is freely adjustable between 1.55 m and 2.50 m. With pulley or spindle tensioning mechanism. Length: 300 cm, with net-height markings. Optionally available with ground sockets for concreting into the ground, page 92, 5|, or for bolting into an existing founda tion, page 92. 10-year guarantee! See table for available versions.

Sport-Thieme ‘Stable’ Beach Volleyball Posts

Extremely strong and vandalism-proof de sign. With hot-dip galvanised steel tubing for setting in concrete. 150x150x3-mm post tubing, with welded-on eyelets for attaching the net. Net height: 2.24 m. Supplied with 2 ground sockets. Foundations: 200x80x90 cm. No side tensioning cords necessary with these posts. Anti-theft de vice as standard. 10-year guarantee! See table for available versions.

Sport-Thieme ‘Club’ Beach Volleyball Posts

Protected/registered design. For static or mobile use. Ideally suited to: beaches, pools, playgrounds, recreational facilities and sports grounds. Made of hot-dip galva nised steel, 300 cm long, ø 83 mm. Innova tive net attachment – allows the net to be adjusted to any height between 1.98 and 2.45 m without using tools. Comes with 4 snap hooks for attaching the net. Also available with 2 ground sockets, 700 mm long, page 92. 10-year guarantee! See table for available versions.

Sport-Thieme ‘Safe’ Beach Volleyball Posts

To be set in concrete or to be inserted in ground sockets. Ideal for unsupervised are as such as the beach, outdoor pools, play grounds and campsites. Made of hot-dip gal vanised steel tubing, 300 cm long, ø 83 mm, can be adjusted with spindle tensioning mechanism to any height between 1.5 and 2.5 m. With several eyelets for attaching the net. The tensioning mechanism is covered and secured with a padlock. The padlock is not included. Available with 2 ground sock ets, 700 mm long, page 92. 10-year guarantee!

See table for available versions.

Competition posts

80x80

• ø 83 mm

• Yellow or matt silver

• With spindle tensioning mechanism

• ø 83 mm

• Yellow or matt silver

• With pulley

Tensioning mechanism

Spindle tensioning mechanism

Spindle tensioning mechanism

Spindle tensioning mechanism Spindle tensioning mechanism Spindle tensioning mechanism

Spindle tensioning mechanism

Pulley system

Pulley system

Pulley system

Pulley system Pulley system

Pulley system Pulley system

Pulley system Pulley system

Pulley system Pulley system Pulley system Turnbuckles

Snap-hook tensioning mechanism

Snap-hook tensioning mechanism

Spindle tensioning mechanism Spindle tensioning mechanism

• 80x80 mm

• Yellow or matt silver

• With pulley

• 150x150 mm

• Hot-dip gal vanised steel

• With turn buckles

• ø 83 mm

• Hot-dip gal vanised steel

• With snap hook tensioning device

Product code

71 117 8005

71 117 8047

71 117 8050 71 117 8018 71 137 7008 71 137 7011

71 117 8021

71 117 8063

71 117 8076

71 117 8034 71 137 7024 71 137 7037

71 113 7907

71 113 7923

71 113 7936

71 113 7910 71 113 7949

71 113 7952

71 115 6414

71 115 8032 71 115 8061 71 115 8029 71 115 8074

• ø 83 mm

• Hot-dip gal vanised steel

• With spindle tensioning mechanism

Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each

Our choice!

Beach Volleyball Courts

SunVolley beach volleyball systems 1| & 2|

Portable and weatherproof outdoor volleyball sets – impressive in every way:

• The unique tensioning system guar antees perfect net tension. Quick and easy to assemble and disassemble, even for one person.

• Standard net size, 9.50x1 m (apart from ‘LC 600’). Mesh width 10 cm.

• Aluminium poles can be taken apart.

• Aluminium base plates prevent the poles from sinking and slipping.

Height adjustment to standard heights ranging from 2.10 m to 2.43 m at the touch of a button.

• Robust metal pegs for secure ground anchoring.

• Carrying bag is only 1 m long, therefore fits in any standard car.

All sets contain the basic equipment and are suitable for use on grass, as well as on sand with the SunVolley SandKit.

The proven Clamcleat tech nology guarantees conveni ent and effective fixing and loosening of the ropes.

Exclusive to Sport-Thieme

4 Optimal net tensioning

SunVolley ‘Plus’

Beach Volleyball Set

For pros and experts.

The set includes:

• Posts: 3-part anodised aluminium tub ing (50 mm diameter), Clamcleat for ten sioning the upper net cord

• Polypropylene cords and steel ground anchors for side tensioning

• Net: 8.50/9.50x1 m, woven polyester, approx. 3 mm, 4-point attachment, mesh width approx. 10 cm; fibreglass

rod sewn-in at both ends, with yellow edging running all around, approx. 8 cm wide; continuous Kevlar cord at the top, polyester cord at the bottom

• Comes in a carrying bag

• Approx. 13 kg

• Available with court marking made of 5-cm-wide webbing, for 18x9-m or 16x8-m courts, page 95, 6|

court marking Set

court marking

court marking Set

1178513 approved by TÜV AUSTRIA, certificate no.: 1955-PS19-335-Z

1178500 approved by TÜV AUSTRIA, certificate no.: 1955-PS19-335-Z

2

SunVolley ‘Standard’ Beach Volleyball Set

For schools and clubs.

The set includes:

• Posts: anodised 3-piece aluminium tub ing (40 mm diameter), Clamcleat ten sioning system for the upper net cord

• Polypropylene cords and steel ground anchors for side tensioning

More beach volleyball sets and accessories online

sport-thieme.com

4 For schools and clubs SunVolley

• Net: 8.50/9.50x1 m, approx. 2-mm twist ed polyester, 4-point attachment, mesh width approx. 10 cm; with sewn-in fibre glass rods on both sides and 5-cm-wide yellow edging all around; continuous polyester cord at top and bottom

• Comes in a carrying bag

• Approx. 9.5 kg

• Available with court marking made of polyester cord, for a 18x9-m court

m

8920

8904

court marking

court marking

court marking

Crossnet Volleyball Set

A volleyball game that’s excellent for break times! Players compete in a 4-way battle to ‘eliminate’ one another by get ting the ball to touch the ground in an op ponent’s square. The person to first score 11 points and be 2 points ahead is the winner. Material of the posts: steel.

LxWxH: 24x19x64 cm. 8.5 kg.

Set includes:

• 1 Crossnet volleyball net

• 4 steel posts, each made of 5 bars

• 4 tensioning lines

• 12 ground anchors

• 1 court boundary

• 1 centre post

• 1 backpack

71 299 8901

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Tubing:

Protective Post Padding

For 15x15-cm square tubing. Essential for players’ safety. The elastic padding mate rial greatly reduces the risk of injury. Weatherproof. 200 cm long, with a strong cover and hook-and-loop fastenings.

71 116 1726-2

Approved by TÜV AUSTRIA, certificate no.: 0329-PS16-123.1-ZE1

Beach Volleyball

For your safety

Post protection pads are essential for any piece of equipment to prevent in jury.

Don’t forget to order: Protective padding for posts with square and oval tubing, 3| or 4|

Sport-Thieme ‘Club’ Beach Volleyball Set

The set includes:

• 1 ‘Comfort’ beach volleyball net, page 92, 1|

Available with 2 ground sockets, 700 mm long, page 92, 5| See table for available versions.

Sport-Thieme Beach Volleyball Protective Post Padding

For beach volleyball posts with a diame ter of 83 mm, hexagonal. Greatly reduc es the risk of injury. Pad approx. 200 cm long with a strong cover. Weatherproof, with hook-and-loop fasteners. Essential for keeping your players safe.

71 116 1713

Beach Volleyball

Antennae Set

One-piece, with DVV certificate, length: 1.80 m, comes with yellow holding sleeves made from coated polyester material. With markings.

71 117 8409

SunVolley ‘Plus’ Beach Volleyball Court Marking Set

For beach volleyball courts. Made of 5-cm-wide blue webbing. Adjustable to fit 18x9-m or 16x8-m courts. Ready to use, with 7 galvanised steel ground anchors, approx. 12 cm long.

71 117 8803

Sport-Thieme

Material

Suitable for School and general sports School and general sports District leagues

Int. competitions; top and regional leagues School and general sports District leagues

Int. competitions; top and regional leagues District leagues

Int. competitions; top and regional leagues

Tensioning mechanism

Belt tensioning mechanism

Pulley system

Spindle tensioning mechanism Pulley system Spindle tensioning mechanism Pulley system Spindle tensioning mechanism Pulley system Spindle tensioning mechanism Pulley system Spindle tensioning mechanism Pulley system Spindle tensioning mechanism Pulley system Spindle tensioning mechanism Pulley system Spindle tensioning mechanism

Pulley system

Advantages :

• Nets can be tensioned quickly and easily, up to a tension of 150 kg

• No more worn parts, e.g. crank, joints and spindle

• No twisting or tangling of the blocks/ cords

• Easy to operate

• Nets can also easily be tightened by schoolchildren

Accessory for 2| and 3|

5

Replacement Pulley System for 80x80-mm and 83-mmdiameter Posts

Can also be used as conversion kit. Suita ble for aluminium volleyball posts 2| and 3|. Aluminium. Not shown.

71 109 5409

71 109 5412

71 109 5425

Product code 71 115 7244 71 109 5816 71 109 5803 71 109 5917 71 109 5904 71 109 6819 71 109 6806 71 109 5614 71 109 5601 71 109 5715 71 109 5702 71 109 6011 71 109 6008 71 118 2242 71 118 2213 71 118 2255 71 118 2226

standard posts Each

DVV 2 posts Each

DVV 1 posts Each

Pair Pair Pair Pair Pair Pair Pair Pair Pair Pair Pair Pair Pair Pair Pair Pair Pair

Sport-Thieme ‘All-Round’

Mobile Multi-Game Posts

Mobile multi-game posts for all net and rope games. Suitable for indoor and out door use. 2 aluminium posts (80x80 mm), approx. 2.65 m long, with pulley system for simple and easy net tensioning. Net height can be freely adjusted between 1.85 and 2.60 m. With net height marking. 2 air-filled balloon tyres mounted on the sides for easy transport over uneven ground. Weight per post approx. 100 kg with additional weights. Net not included.

114 0545

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

1

1 2 2

Counter post

Sport-Thieme ‘Universal’ Game Posts

A great-value unit for school and recrea tional sports. Made of galvanised steel tubing with a diameter of 83 mm, 300 cm long. The height of the net can be freely adjusted – ideal for volleyball, tennis, fist ball, etc. Each post has 3 adjustable slid ers. Ground sockets not included.

71 115 6603 Pair

Approved by TÜV AUSTRIA, certificate no.: 0327-PS16-123.2-Z

Also take a look at: 32Volleyballs, from page

2

Sport-Thieme Hook-In Volleyball Posts

Made of steel tubing with a diameter of 83 mm, 256 cm long. Designed for use in indoor renovations or retrofitting of posts. The posts can easily be set up and stored in an equipment room after use.

There is no need for expensive floor adap tations or core drillings. With sliders for freely adjustable net height. Available with or without tensioning device.

71 167 8303  As counter post Each  71 167 8316  With tensioning device Each

Accessories for 1| & 2|

3

Sport-Thieme Wall Rail

For fastening with wall plugs or setting in concrete on hall walls. With 3 adjustable eyelets. A practical device and must-have for every sports hall. Flat aluminium tub ing 40x16 mm, with rounded edges. L: approx. 2 m. Don’t forget to order: ten sioning device 9| and protective padding 10|.

71 114 2802 Each

More volleyball posts and accessories online at: sport-thieme.com Volleyball posts

Sport-Thieme Tension ing Device for Wall Rails

Volleyball Posts

4

Sport-Thieme ‘Universal’ Volleyball Set

A complete volleyball set with posts, net and ball – ideal for school and rec reational sports.

The set includes:

• 1 pair of 83-mm-diameter ‘Universal’ posts, 1|

• 2 ground sockets, 5|

• 1 ‘DVV’ volleyball net, page 98, 4|

• 1 volleyball, page 33, 2|

71 114 4000 Set

Accessories for 3|

Sport-Thieme Ground Socket

Made of V2A steel, for 83-mm-diameter posts, 350 mm long. With cover.

71 151 5608-1

Approved by TÜV AUSTRIA, certificate no.: 0327-PS16-123.2-Z

Sport-Thieme Volleyball Protective Post Padding

Each

Sport-Thieme Set of Sliders

Height-adjustable for round posts with a diameter of 83 mm. Set includes: 1 slider with guide pulley and 2 sliders with hooks for net attachment.

71 151 5709 3-piece set

Approved by TÜV AUSTRIA, certificate no.: 0327-PS16-123.2-Z

For volleyball posts measuring 80x80 mm or 83–105 mm in diameter. Significantly decreases the risk of injury. Approx. 200 cm long with a strong weatherproof cover. With hook-and-loop fasteners. For your players’ safety.

71 114 6208 Each

Approved by TÜV AUSTRIA, certificate no.: 0327-PS16-123.2-Z

Sport-Thieme Safety Tensioning Device

Suitable for all volleyball and games posts with a diameter of 83 mm. Weatherproof design with innovative belt-tensioning de vice. No more worn parts such as cranks, joints and spindles.

71 115 7231-1 Each

Approved by TÜV AUSTRIA, certificate no.: 0327-PS16-123.2-Z

For quick, easy and safe tensioning of nets on the wall rail 3|. Fully assembled with guide pulley. Height is freely adjusta ble. With spindle adjuster for cord ten sioning. Includes tensioning crank. Wall rail not included. LxWxH: approx. 66x4x11 cm.

71 115 7228

Sport-Thieme Protective Padding for Wall Rails

Each

Consisting of 2 folding foam wedges. With holes for wall mounting. Core made of Ne opolen light foam. With hook-and-loop fastener on the back. Cover made of 550-g tarpaulin (72% polychloride, 27% polyes ter, 1% polypropylene), yellow. LxWxH: 200x10x8 cm. Easy to attach to wall. Suit able for wall rail 3|.

71 154 5308 Each

Also take a look at: 98

Volleyball nets, page

Volleyball Nets

Tournament nets

Training nets

1

4 Each net 9.5x1 m

‘DVV 1’ Volleyball Tournament Net

For courts measuring 18x9 m. Can be used by national and regional leagues as well as for international competitions.

6-point attachment. With integrated fibre glass/polyester rods at the sides for an accurate fit. Polypropylene, knotless, ap prox. 3 mm thick. Kevlar cord at the top, approx. 11.70 m long. WxH: 9.50x1 m.

2

4 Available at any length

4 Size of net: 9.5x1 m

7

71 115 8410 Each

‘DVV 1’ Volleyball Tournament

Net with Guide Pulley

Same design as 1|, but with guide pulleys on each side.

71 115 8407 Each

Tournament nets

In contrast to DVV 1 and DVV 2 nets, DVV nets have 50-mm-wide edging at the top and they only have some edging on the sides for attaching the antenna.

1

Suitable

edging

edging

Competitions DVV 1 PP 3 mm 950x100 cm Polyester, 70 mm Polyester, 50 mm 10 cm Black 6-point Quick-release

71 115 8410 Each

‘DVV 2’ Volleyball Tournament Net

Same design as 1|, but with 4-point at tachment. Both sides have 2 tensioning cords and quick-release fasteners.

71 115 8205 Each

Approved by TÜV AUSTRIA, certificate no.: 0327-PS16-123.2-Z

3 4

‘DVV’ Volleyball Tournament Net

As 3|, but with a strip for attaching the an tenna.

71 114 7403 Each

Tournament nets with DVV approval

• School sports and general sports

(Please follow the guidelines provided by the relevant associations)

Product 1

DVV

2

tournament net with pulley

Competitions

DVV 1 PP 3 mm 950x100 cm Polyester, 70 mm Polyester, 50 mm 10 cm Black 6-point Quick-release

• 71 115 8407 Each

Sport-Thieme

Net Bracket

The protective and tidy solution for stor age of 1 volleyball or 3 badminton nets. Made from steel, with revolving handle.

3| DVV 2 tournament net

Competitions

DVV 2 PP 3 mm 950x100 cm Polyester, 70 mm Polyester, 50 mm 10 cm Black 4-point Quick-release

71 115 8205 Each

71 115 7000 Each

Sport-Thieme ‘Volleyball’

Net Roll-Up Trolley

For quick and easy unrolling and rolling up of volleyball nets. Holds 4 volleyball nets or long nets up to 25 m. Strong steel tub ing design with 4 wheels.

HxW: 130x73 cm. Net not included.

71 115 7026 Each

Long Volleyball Training Net

Volleyball net for training (per m) – any length available!

• Polypropylene, knotless, approx. 3 mm thick

• Net height: approx. 1 m

• Kevlar cord at the top

• Length of Kevlar cord: length of net + 2 m

• Thickness of Kevlar cord: 5 mm

• 1 tensioning cord on each side

71 115 7518 Metre

5 6

Quick Set-Up Volleyball Training Net

The net can be attached to any type of post in seconds. 2 rubber loops on both sides, approx. 50 cm long. 71 115 7505 Each

Volleyball Training Net

• Polyethylene, approx. 2 mm thick

• Net dimensions (WxH): 9.50x1 m

• Comes with 11.70-m-long nylon tension ing cord

• Top edging made of high-quality fabric, UV-resistant

71 115 7404 Each

6 4 Size of net: 10x0.7 m

Tournament nets with DVV 1 approval

• International competitions

• Bundesliga and German regional leagues

4| DVV tournament net

Competitions

DVV PP 3 mm 950x100 cm Polyester, 50 mm Polyester, 50 mm 10 cm

Black 4-point Quick-release

•

71 114 7403 Each

5| Long net for training

Training PP 3 mm As desired Polyester 10 cm Black 4-point Tensioning cord 71 115 7518 Per metre

Tournament nets with DVV 2 approval

• German district leagues

6| Quick set-up training net

Training PE 2.5 mm 1,000x70 cm

Raschel knit Green 4-point Rubber straps

71 115 7505 Each

7| Training net

Training PE 2 mm 950x100 cm UV-resistant 10 cm Black 4-point Tensioning cord

71 115 7404 Each

4 For 2 volleyball nets

Volleyball-Net Bag

Ideal for storage and transportation of 2 volleyball nets. LxWxH: approx. 124x19x28 cm. 100% nylon.

71 114 4606 Each

10 11

‘DVV’ Volleyball Antennae

Suitable for all nets. With pocket and ‘DVV’ certificate. Not shown.

71 115 5714  1-piece Pair

71 115 5727  2-piece Pair

Side Tensioning Cord

Polypropylene, 2 metres long with quickrelease fastener. For 1 net, 4–6 cords are required.

71 151 5826 Set of 2

Kevlar Replacement Tensioning Cord

As strong as steel cord, suitable for all nets, 11.70 m long with 2 loops.

71 115 5903 Each

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

The

Easy and pain-free

Bat made

Tee-balls

4 Gloves made of easy-to-clean

More

Baseball

Vancouver ‘Senior’ Baseball Bat

Extremely robust bat for schools and rec reational facilities. Made of ash wood, surface with extra-hardened varnish. 30-inch (approx. 76 cm) or 32-inch (ap prox. 81 cm). Approx. 530 and 540 g.

71 298 4908  30-inch Each

71 298 4911  32-inch Each

Durable yet soft

Extremely strong

Dom ‘Supersafe’ Softball

Softball for training with children and nov ices. Made of soft PU plastic. 10 cm diameter, 60 g.

71 284 0606 Each

Dom ‘Supersafe’ Baseball Bat

Safe baseball bat for children. The bat is made of soft Skinex polyurethane and features an internal shatterproof fibre glass bar. This combination gives the nec essary rigidity at the same time as a soft hitting surface. L: 71 cm.

71 284 0808 Each

Floorball

The many advantages

• Floorball trains motion sequences for a variety of other sports (e.g. handball, tennis, volleyball, etc.)

• Supports the development of team spirit

• Does not require much space or many markings

• Develops strength, endurance and speed

• Easy to understand, simple rules guarantee fun right from the start

• Offers a wealth of different game variations and develops creativity

• Suitable for all age groups, from nursery upwards

floorball sticks

Sport-Thieme ‘Winner’ Floorball Stick

The ideal floorball stick for high demands with fastpaced, precise moves. Sturdy polycarbonate shaft, blade made from polyethylene. Shaft length 85 cm, stick length 95 cm, diameter approx. 2.8 cm.

100

The correct grip:

The right stick length

Stand up straight and hold the stick against your body. A floorball stick that is the correct length will reach about 5 cm above your belly button. The following table will also help you choose a stick.

(Approximate figures. May vary from case to case and de pending on state of health.)

Height: 120–140 cm 141–150 cm 151–160 cm 161–175 cm 176–185 cm 185 cm +

Stick length: 70 cm 80 cm 85–87 cm 90–92 cm 95–97 cm 99–104 cm

Sport-Thieme ‘Winner’ Floorball Set

The set

• 12 ‘Winner’ sticks, 6 with a black blade and 6 with a red blade, 1|

• 6 floorball balls, page 103, 8|

• Available with stick bag, page 103, 5|

Suitable for right and left shooters.

71 173 1109  Standard 18-piece set

173 1125  With stick bag 19-piece set

Sport-Thieme ‘Winner’ Floorball Combi Set

The complete set for children and teens between 151–160 cm tall.

The set includes:

• 12 ‘Winner’ sticks, 6 with a black blade and 6 with a red blade, 1|

• 6 floorball balls, page 103, 8|

• 1 floorball stick bag, page 103, 5|

• 2 floorball goals, 90x60 cm, page 103, 13|

173 1907 Set

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Left shooter Right shooter

‘Flow II’ floorball sticks

Sets

4 3 shaft lengths available

For children, teens and adults

4 New! With universal blade – suita ble for left as well as right shooters

length: 100 cm Shaft length: 95 cm Shaft length: 87 cm

1

Sport-Thieme ‘Flow II’ Floorball Set

The set includes:

• 6 ‘Flow II’ sticks, green blade, 3|

• 6 ‘Flow II’ sticks, blue blade, 3|

• 6 floorball balls, white, page 103, 8|

Shaft length: 87 cm

71 281 3400 18-piece set  Shaft length: 95 cm

2

Set 2| incl. 2 floorball goals and

Sport-Thieme ‘Flow II’ Floorball Combi Set

The complete set for teenagers and adults from approx. 176–185 cm tall.

The set includes:

• 12 ‘Flow II’ sticks, 95-cm shaft, 3|

• 6 floorball balls, page 103, 8|

• 1 floorball stick bag, page 103, 5|

• 2 floorball goals, 90x60 cm, page 103, 13|

Set

4 5

Sport-Thieme ‘Champ’ Floorball Set

The set includes:

• 12 ‘Champ’ sticks, 6 with a black blade and 6 with a blue blade, 6|

• 6 floorball balls, page 103, 8|

• Available with stick bag, page 103, 5|

Suitable for left and right shooters.

71 173 0803  Standard 18-piece set

71 173 0829  With stick bag 19-piece set

for sticks

Sport-Thieme ‘Champ’

Floorball Combi Set

The complete set for youth and adult players who are 176–185 cm tall.

The set includes:

• 12 ‘Champ’ sticks, 6 with a black blade and 6 with a blue blade, 6|

• 6 floorball balls, page 103, 8|

• 1 floorball stick bag, page 103, 5|

• 2 floorball goals, 90x60 cm, page 103, 13|

71 173 2001 Set

ble shaft made of polycarbonate. Polyethylene blade. Diameter 2.2 cm. Shaft length: 87 cm

6

Sport-Thieme ‘Champ’ Floorball Stick

Suitable for youth and adult players. Excellent ball con trol thanks to reinforced blade. Stick is extremely stable thanks to additional fibreglass insert. Shaft length: 95 cm, stick length: 105 cm, diameter: approx. 2.6 cm.

71 173 0904  Black blade Each

71 173 0917  Blue blade Each

101sport-thieme.com/ Teamsport Balls Service For advice and to place an order: +49 5357 181 503 sport-thieme.com Floorball Set

Floorball

7

4 Shaft length 70 cm

4 For children up to 140 cm tall

1

Sport-Thieme ‘Kids Mini’ Floorball Stick

Soft and flexible floorball stick for chil dren who are 120–140 cm tall. Polyeth ylene. Shaft, Lxdia.: 70x2.5 cm. Stick

Sport-Thieme ‘Liga’ Floorball Stick

For accomplished children and teens who are 141–150 cm tall. Particularly strong polycarbonate shaft, blade made from polyethylene. Shaft, Lxdia.: 80x2.5 cm. Stick length: 90 cm. 270 g.

71 173 0601  Black blade

71 173 0614  Blue blade

Set 2| available with bag for floorball sticks

Set 3| incl. 2 floorball goals

2

Sport-Thieme ‘Kids Mini’ Floorball Set

Floorball sticks and balls for children who are 120–140 cm tall.

The set includes:

• 12 ‘Kids Mini’ sticks, 6 with a red blade and

6 with a yellow blade, 1|

• 6 floorball balls, page 103, 8|

• Available with stick bag, page 103, 5|

Suitable for right and left shooters.

71 173 0005  Standard 18-piece set

71 173 0018  With stick bag 19-piece set

3

Sport-Thieme ‘Kids Mini’ Floorball Combi Set

The complete set for children who are 120–140 cm tall.

The set includes:

• 12 ‘Kids Mini’ sticks, 6 with a red blade and 6 with a yellow blade, 1|

• 6 floorball balls, page 103, 8|

• 1 floorball stick bag, page 103, 5|

2 floorball goals, 90x60 cm, page 103, 13|

71 184 0100 21-piece set

Sets

Set 5| available with bag for floor ball sticks

Set 6| incl. 2 floorball goals

6

Sport-Thieme ‘Kids Maxi’ Floorball Set

Floorball sticks and balls for children who are 141–150 cm

12 ‘Kids Maxi’ sticks, 6 with a yellow blade and

Available with stick bag, page 103, 5|

Sport-Thieme ‘Kids Maxi’ Floorball Combi Set

The complete set for children who are 141–150 cm tall.

The set includes:

• 12 ‘Kids Maxi’ sticks, 6 with a yellow blade and 6 with a green blade, 4|

• 6 floorball balls, page 103, 8|

• 1 floorball stick bag, page 103, 5|

• 2 floorball goals, 90x60 cm, page 103, 13|

71 184 0201 21-piece set

Set 8| available with bag for floorball sticks

Set 9| incl. 2 floorball goals

8

Sport-Thieme ‘Liga’ Floorball Set

Floorball sticks and balls for children and teens who are 141–150 cm tall.

The set includes:

• 12 ‘Liga’ sticks, 6 with a black blade and 6 with a blue blade, 7|

• 6 floorball balls, page 103, 8|

• Available with stick bag, page 103, 5| Suitable for right and left shooters.

71 173 0500  Standard 18-piece set

71 173 0526  With stick bag 19-piece set

9

Sport-Thieme ‘Liga’ Floorball Combi Set

The complete set for children and teens who are 141–150 cm tall.

The set includes:

• 12 ‘Liga’ sticks, 6 with a black blade and 6 with a blue blade, 7|

• 6 floorball balls, page 103, 8|

• 1 floorball stick bag, page 103, 5|

• 2 floorball goals, 90x60 cm, page 103, 13|

71 173 1806 21-piece set

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

1

Unihoc ‘Street’ Floorball Set

Set of 12 sticks and 6 balls. Suitable for left- and right-handers. Can be used in doors and outdoors. Straight blade made of robust nylon material. Flex shaft:

3

Unihoc ‘Big’ Ball Storage Bag

For schools and clubs. Polyester bag for 80 balls. Balls not included. LxWxH: 30x30x50 cm. Approx. 200 g.

71 303 6701 Each

4

Sport-Thieme Storage Trolley

Transport and storage trolley for approx. 30 sticks. Metal handle. H: 95 cm. Diame ter: 28 cm. Sticks not included.

71 116 9010 Each

Sport-Thieme XL Floorball Stick Bag

This bag made of robust nylon comforta bly accommodates your entire floorball set. Perfect for storing and transporting up to 20 sticks. Suitable for sticks up to 102 cm long. LxWxH: approx. 124x19x28 cm. 100% nylon.

71 254 0405 Each

26 mm. Available in 3 lengths: 75 cm, 87 cm & 96 cm.

71 303 6600

71 303 6613

71 303 6626

cm

cm

cm

Made of high-quality carbon composite Perfect ball control

Unihoc ‘Classic 32 ACE’

Competition Stick

The certified stick for schools and clubs. Shaft made of high-quality carbon com posite. With ACE blade for comfortable ball control and precise shots. Flex 32 mm, with X-ercise grip tape. IFFapproved. Shaft length 96 or 100 cm, stick length 106 or 110 cm.

Shaft length 96 cm

71 184 1901

71 184 1914

shooter Each

shooter Each

Shaft length: 100 cm

71 184 1927

71 184 1930

shooter Each

shooter Each

Floorball rinks

A variable system consisting of short, long, straight and curved sections. Made of fibreglass-reinforced plastic. All of the sections can be connected quickly and seam lessly due to the push-fit system. The fronts are shock- and impact-resistant. Sets incl. transport trolley.

6

Unihoc ‘Cr8ter’ Floorball Ball

Official IFF match ball. Grooved design for best flight properties. Plastic. Diameter: approx. 70 mm. Approx. 23 g.

71 118 4307 Each

Unihoc ‘Dynamic WFC’ Floorball Ball

Official World Cup and competition ball. Textured surface and reinforced interior. Plastic. Diameter: 72 mm. 23 g.

71 299 9106  White Each

71 299 9119  Orange Each

10

Floorball Training Rink

For 20x10-m courts:

• 20 straight boards, each 2 m long

• 4 straight boards, each 1 m long

• 4 corner sections (90-degree angle)

For 24x14-m courts:

• 30 straight boards, each 2 m long

• 4 straight boards, each 1 m long

• 4 corner sections (90-degree angle)

Each set also includes 1 trolley made of powder-coated steel. Dimensions when loaded (LxWxH): approx. 220x80x170 cm.

71 118 3809  20x10 m Set

71 118 3812  24x14 m Set

Official Floorball Competition Rink

Playing area 40x20 m. IFF-approved

The set includes:

• 52 straight boards, each 2 m long

• 4 straight boards, each 1 m long

• 4 corner sections (90-degree angle)

• 2 trolleys made of powder-coated steel.

Dimensions when loaded (LxWxH): ap prox. 200x80x150 cm

71 117 6302

Set

4 Official competition goal made of powder-coated steel tubing

Floorball Competition Goal, 160x115 cm

IFF-approved competition goal with goal and drop net. With non-slip feature. Suita ble for indoor and outdoor use. Made of 3.2-cm-diameter steel tubing. WxH: 160x115 cm. Depth, top/bottom: 40/65 cm. Approx. 6 kg.

71 117 6403 Each

Floorball Ball

Match ball for school and club sports. Made of plastic. Smooth surface. Diame ter: approx. 70 mm. Approx. 24 g.

71 116 8509  White Each

71 118 0028  Red Each

8 9

SetFloorball Balls, Set of 10

The set includes:

• 10 white or red floorball balls

71 116 8554  White Pack of 10

71 118 0031  Red Pack of 10

Goals

4 High-quality & robust

4 Folding – therefore easy to store

4 Suitable for indoor & outdoor use

Floorball Goal

A high-quality, sturdy goal made of powder-coated steel tubing for use in schools and clubs. Suitable for indoor and outdoor use. Easy to fold and to store away. Folding net brackets with snap lock. Includes green net.

71 117 4609  WxHxD: 90x60x40 cm Each

71 117 5804  WxHxD: 140x105x40 cm Each

Floorball goal nets online at: sport-thieme.com

School Hockey

1

Sport-Thieme ‘School’

Hockey Stick

Made from high-quality polyethylene. Head made from hard foam. Handle length including head approx. 89 cm.

71 116 8408  Yellow stick Each

71 116 8411  Red stick Each

Dom Safety Hockey Puck

Features aerodynamic design for im proved sliding properties and reduced risk of the puck flipping over. Soft plastic. Diameter: 10 cm. Approx. 73 g.

71 116 2905 Each

Dom Hockey Ball

Flexible hockey ball for indoor and out door use. Does not bounce. Made of soft plastic. Diameter: approx. 67 mm. Approx. 62 g.

71 116 3009 Each

Safety Ball with Holes

Great for beginners. Reduced speed means that players are less likely to be hit. Smooth surface. Plastic. Diameter: approx. 70 mm. Approx. 24 g.

71 116 8509-1  White Each

71 118 0028-1  Red Each

Sport-Thieme ‘School’

Hockey Goal

Front and back same as competi tion sticks

Sport-Thieme ‘School’

Hockey Stick Set

Hockey sticks with the original head shape. Front and back are the same as competition sticks. Round handle with excellent grip, made of high-quality pol yethylene, approx. 89 cm long. Head made of hard foam. Head and shaft are firmly glued together.

The set includes:

‘School’ hockey sticks, yellow,

‘School’ hockey sticks, red,

Dom hockey balls, orange,

More hockey sticks and accessories for school sports online at: sport-thieme.com

Hockey

10-year guarantee

Mini goal for schools, clubs and leisure centres. Compact to store thanks to its folding net brackets. With plastic end caps to protect the floor. Made of steel tubing. WxHxD: approx. 100x100x60 cm. 12.5 kg.

71 118 2819  Without net Each

71 118 2822  With net Each

‘School’ Hockey Nets

For ‘School’ goal, 6|. Made of polypropyl ene, approx. 3 mm thick, for 100x100x60-cm goals. Green.

71 118 0103 Pair

4 For approx. 30 hockey sticks

Sport-Thieme Storage Trolley

For approx. 30 hockey sticks. Made of steel sheet, with metal handle. H: 95 cm. Diameter: 28 cm. Contents not included. 10-year guarantee!

71 116 9007 Each

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Sport-Thieme ‘Classic’ Hockey Stick

Strong with non-slip grip tape. For rightand left-handers in school and amateur sports. Extra-hard mulberry wood. For in door and outdoor use. 33-inch for chil dren, 36.5-inch for players over 150 cm tall. L: 74/83 cm. 418, 535, 385 and 420 g respectively.

33 inches (approx. 84

4509

inches (approx. 93

33 inches (approx. 84 cm)

‘Stabil’ Field Hockey Goals with Loose Net Suspension Sturdy and safe. Hollow sheet pile sec tions reinforced with wooden inserts. Ground anchoring compliant with regula tions thanks to welded-on flanges. Loose net suspension between the net brackets. Powder-coated aluminium tubing (LxW: 75x50 mm). LxW: 3.66x2.14 m. 185 kg. Net not included.

71 298 5204 Pair

Field Hockey Goal Net

Made of high-strength polypropylene, knotless, green. Net size (WxH): 3.66x2.14 m, depth at top 90 cm, depth at bottom 120 cm.

Cord thickness 3 mm, mesh width 4.5 cm

71 118 8413

Cord thickness 2.5 mm, mesh width 2.5 cm

71 118 8400

Indoor Hockey Goal Nets

Turn your handball goal into a hockey goal! Made of high-strength polypropyl ene, knotless, cord thickness 2.5 mm or 3 mm, green. Net size (WxH): 3.1x2.1 m, depth at top 80 cm, 100 cm at bottom, mesh width: 4.5 cm. For 3x2-m goals.

Cord thickness 3 mm, mesh width 4.5 cm

71 118 8514

Cord thickness 2.5 mm, mesh width 2.5 cm

71 118 8501

Field Hockey Goal

Strong aluminium design that complies with DIN EN 750. WxH: 3.66x2.14 m, depth at bottom 1.20 m, 0.90 m at top, based on international regulations. Crossbar and posts stove-enamelled. Boards made of robust, multilayered plywood. Board height 460 mm. Completely dismantles in cluding boards. Wide transport castors available as an option (each set with 2 castors). For one goal, two castors are required. Net not included.

71 114 2701

castors Each

castors Each  1142701 approved by TÜV AUSTRIA, certificate no.: ZSTS/APZE/2004E

71 114 2714

Sport-Thieme Indoor Hockey Board Trolley

Quick transport, thanks to its 4 large wheels. For transporting hockey boards. 200x87x84 cm, steel frame, approx. 35 kg, blue (RAL 5017), max. load: 20 boards, each 4 m long. Incl. 4 castors, 2 of which have locking brakes.

71 253 6705

Each

71 118 4600

Each  36.5 inches (approx. 93 cm)

71 118 4613

Each

Indoor Hockey Boards

Sturdy and strong. Underside has rubber pads to protect hall floors. Optionally available with plastic impact protection for a quiet rebound of the ball and in creased durability of the boards. The 20 boards are connected using wooden pins.

For one standard hockey field (L: 40 m). Square tubing (LxW): 10x10 cm. Approx. 19 kg.

Without plastic impact protection

71 118 3001 Price on request

With plastic impact protection

71 118 8006 Price on request

Loose net suspension

Street Hockey

1

Birchwood stick with a 6-layer sandwich construction, multi-laminated. Shaft length including heel approx. 95 cm. Straight, moulded blade made from stur dy ABS plastic. Suitable for left and right shooters. 2-colour shaft: grey/red. 71 226 9203  Shaft length: 95 cm Each

Street Hockey Stick Set

For schools and outdoor use. The set includes: • 10 ‘Children’ street hockey sticks, 1|

• 3 optimal-playability ‘AGS Gel’ balls, 4|

71 299 6006 13-piece set

Abrasion-proof, made from a special vinyl be used inside and out. Diameter: approx. Each

Each surfaces. Can be used inside and out. Diameter: approx. 70 mm. Approx. 58 g. Each

Dom Safety Hockey Puck

Extra-safe as made of unbreakable Plasti sol. Durable and will not chip. Ideal for in door and outdoor use. Diameter: 7.5 cm. 60 g. 71 284 0707 Each

4 Suitable for indoor and outdoor use

4 Extremely strong and durable

4 For left and right shooters

120 cm

cap

cm

9

Dom ‘Junior’ Hockey Stick

Made from high-quality polyethylene, shaft length including blade approx. 92 cm, approx. 380 g.

71 117 0102  Blue blade Each

71 117 0115  Red blade Each

Dom Replacement Blade for ‘Junior’ Hockey Stick

Plugs in and screws onto the shaft.

71 116 9704  Blue blade Each

71 116 9717  Red blade Each

106

Dom ‘Junior’ Hockey Stick Set

This flexible stick is ideal for children. The hollow shaft has two reinforcement ribs making it unbreakable. The shaft length, including the blade, is approx. 92 cm. The shaft and blade are doublebolted together. The thick end of the shaft also ensures good grip.

The set includes:

• 6 blue and 6 red ‘Junior’ hockey sticks, 7|

• 2 safety pucks, page 104, 2|

• 2 hockey balls, page 104, 3|

71 117 0001 16-piece set

Dom ‘Cup’ Hockey Stick

Made from high-quality polyethylene and reinforced with a fibreglass insert. Shaft length including blade approx. 120 cm.

Weight approx. 750 g.

71 116 9906  Blue blade Each

71 116 9919  Red blade Each

Dom Replacement Blade for ‘Cup’ Hockey Stick

Plugs in and screws onto the shaft.

71 116 9603  Blue blade Each

71 116 9616  Red blade Each

12

Dom ‘Cup’ Hockey Stick Set

These all-round hockey sticks are made for the toughest use. The shaft is made from high-quality polyethylene and is reinforced with a fibreglass insert.

Shaft length including blade is approx. 120 cm. Blade and shaft are doublebolted together. The thick end of the shaft also ensures good grip.

The set includes:

• 6 blue and 6 red ‘Cup’ hockey sticks, 10|

• 2 safety pucks, page 104, 2|

• 2 hockey balls, page 104, 3|

71 116 9805 16-piece set

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

1

Street Hockey Goalkeeper’s Mask

With air vents and mesh face shield. For children aged 10 years and over. Can be adjusted to fit different head sizes. Made of impact-resistant plastic and foam. Incl. foam pads to be stuck into the helmet to adjust the size.

71 226 9405 Each

3

online at: sport-thieme.com

Street hockey

Sport-Thieme ‘Urban’

Street Hockey Sticks

For active breaks and for school and club sports. Universal blade for left and right shooters. Shaft made of highquality Borneo wood. Very strong PP blade. L: 165, 133, 175.5 or 191.5 cm. 600, 635, 695 and 755 g respectively.

Guardian, approx. 122 cm

71 293 5805 Each

Basic, approx. 89 cm

71 293 5818 Each

Junior, approx. 132.5 cm

71 293 5821 Each

Senior, approx. 148.5 cm

71 293 5834 Each

Set

of each

Ideal for schools

Street Hockey & Intercrosse

Sport-Thieme Intercrosse School Set

The ideal set for schools and clubs.

The set consists of:

• 6 sticks with red plastic basket

• 6 sticks with blue plastic basket

• 3 balls

71 116 8684 Set

Street Hockey Goal, 71x46x51 cm

For indoor and outdoor use. Can be folded for compact storage. Made of sturdy, powder-coated steel tubing (diameter of approx. 3.45 cm). Weatherproof net. Wx HxD: 71x46x51 cm. Approx. 3.3 kg.

71 226 4413 Each

Franklin ‘Metal’ Street Hockey Goal

Collapsible, portable street hockey goal with all-weather net. Steel frame and pol yester net. With Pro-Style top shelf and back support brace.

• Dimensions, 50-inch goal (WxHxD): 127x106x66 cm, diameter of tubing: 3.17 cm, 7 kg

• Dimensions, 72-inch goal (WxHxD): 183x122x75 cm (official tournament size), diameter of tubing: 3.8 cm with double frame, 14 kg

71 305 6006  50-inch Each

71 305 6019  72-inch Each

‘Tournament’ Street Hockey Goal, 183x122x75 cm

Official tournament size. Easy to transport. Sturdy steel tubing (diameter of approx. 5.5 cm) with double frame and back support brace. Weatherproof net. WxHxD: 183x122x75 cm. Approx. 19.7 kg.

71 226 4442 Each

Net for Street Hockey Goal

71 116 5845  For 183x122-cm goal Each

71 226 4439  For 71x46-cm goal Each

Basic Junior Senior

Table Tennis

Christian Liebs, table tennis player and HR manager at Sport-Thieme

“

Even without ITTF certification , the Sport-Thieme class A table ten nis tables are suitable for competitions up to the higher leagues . In other words, they are approved for matches at regional level.”

Table tennis bats

Which bat for which player?

What the bat will be used for and what the player’s level of skill is should guide your choice. Our colour system , used on the following pages, will help you to choose the right product:

B Beginner

Suitable for learning motion sequences and basic stroke techniques in schools, clubs and recreational facilities

Table tennis tables

A Advanced

Suitable for players with advanced table tennis skills in schools, clubs or in corpo rate sports

P Performance

Suitable for technically strong players in secondary schools, clubs or commercial facilities

C Competition

Bat with ITTF-approved surface, suita ble for accomplished, technically skilled players, coaches and teachers

O Outdoor

Suitable for permanent outdoor use, re sistant to liquids; ideal for playgrounds, outdoor and indoor pools, youth cen tres and recreational facilities

Also take a look at:

Table tennis bats, from page 110

Which table is suitable for which use?

The colour system will guide you:

L Leisure

Suitable for occasional play in clubs or businesses; EN 14468-1 category C or D

T Training

Suitable for schools when used for school sports, and clubs for training; EN 14468-1 category B

Table tennis table standards (tolerances according to categories)

In terms of quality, the European stand ard EN 14468-1 classifies table tennis

C Competition

Suitable for clubs (with ITTF certification for national leagues and/or national com petitions), for training and extracurricular school sports, for businesses and youth hostels; a popular alternative to a training table due to its sturdiness

O Outdoor

Suitable for permanent outdoor use but also for indoor areas where air humidity is high, such as indoor swimming pools and similar

+ Outdoor for organisations

Suitable for educational or sports organi sations, stronger design than O, usually stationary (permanent installation possi ble) and much more resistant to damage,

Also take a look at:

New! Sport-Thieme ‘Frame’

Table Tennis Barrier

Quick and easy to set up thanks to tongue and groove assembly. Clear division of the playing fields. Durable PVC. LxWxH: 200x2x70 cm. 2.5 kg.

315 6009

315 6012

Joola ‘Pointer’ Table Tennis Score Counter

Robust counter that is easy to put up and take down. High-quality workmanship means that the plastic numbers cannot be torn off. Collapsible. Incl. time-out cards.

61x30.5x10.2 cm, approx. 1 kg.

71 310 4705 Each

Competition

Joola Table Tennis Score Counter

Folding plastic folder with numbers 1–30, 5 sets. 49x28 cm.

71 110 4413

TSP Table Tennis Score Counter

Each

Easy to use and very practical. Score counter made from hard plastic with lumi nous numbers. The special ring mecha nism prevents the numbers from being torn out. Can be displayed on both sides. Set numbers from 0–5 and points from 0–31. 39x22 cm.

110 4400

5

Table tennis tables, from page 113

Buyer

Set of 5 ‘Flip Paddle’ Table Tennis Training Tools

The ‘Flip Paddle’ allows club players to practise positioning exercises, serving and returns. The strong ‘Flip Paddle’ is ideal for use in training by beginners, young people and adults alike. Use it alone, with a rebound board or with sev eral players. ABS plastic. LxWxH: 21x11x2.4 cm. Approx. 100 g. Red/grey. 71 294 0104 Set of 5

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Suitable for Training

Training Training

Training Training Training Training

Brand Sport-Thieme

Sport-Thieme Schildkröt Donic-Schildkröt

Joola Donic-Schildkröt

Joola Joola Joola Joola Joola Schildkröt Nittaku

Our

“This training ball made in Europe meets all the re quirements of a competition ball in terms of hardness, roundness and playing characteristics!”

Christian Liebs Table tennis player and HR manager at SportThieme

Latest generation

Maximum durability

3-Star Champion

to the sport

construction

Material ABS plastic

ABS plastic ABS plastic Polymer

ABS plastic ABS plastic ABS plastic ABS plastic Polymer ABS plastic

ABS plastic ABS plastic ABS plastic

Balls per set

Probably the best ball on the market

Product code 71 295 9102 71 295 9115 71 275 5511 71 267 7806 71 319 6508 71 143 2608 71 110 9607 71 110 9610 71 254 6865 71 271 4804 71 279 2301 71 270 7600 71 270 7613 71 254 6852 71 254 6849 71 267 8001 71 267 8102 71 288 0307

Sport-Thieme ‘Liga’

Table Tennis Net Set

Top-of-the-range model in a sturdy metal design that complies with ITTF regula tions. Practical star handles for micro height adjustment. Net holder for wide positioning and the net is made from an especially robust thread. 71 110 4732 Each

Jade

Magic

Sport-Thieme Table Tennis Bats

Surface: pimples

Beginner+: 1.0-mm sponge

Beginner: without sponge

1

Sport-Thieme ‘Beginner’ Table Tennis Bat

A beginner’s bat for school and club sport, pimples facing out, concave han dle. Available in 2 versions – with and without sponge.

4 For beginners and hardbat players

Beginner

B

71 293 0103 Each  Beginner+ (with sponge)

71 293 0116 Each

B

14x

110 Forehand

Sport-Thieme ‘Beginner’

Table Tennis Set

The set includes:

• 14 Sport-Thieme ‘Beginner’ table ten nis bats

• 1 Sport-Thieme storage bag for table tennis bats

• 144 Sport-Thieme ‘1-Star 40+’ table tennis balls in a handy box 71 293 6606 Set

Sport-Thieme ‘Beginner+’

Table Tennis Set

The set includes:

• 14 Sport-Thieme ‘Beginner+’ table ten nis bats

• 1 Sport-Thieme storage bag for the bats

• 144 Sport-Thieme ‘1-Star 40+’ table ten nis balls in a handy box

71 293 6707 Set

2

Sport-Thieme ‘Advanced’

Table Tennis Bat

A table tennis bat for school and club sport, pimples facing in, concave handle.

Available in 2 versions – with 1.2-mm

14x

Sport-Thieme ‘Advanced’ Table Tennis Set

The set includes:

• 14 Sport-Thieme ‘Advanced’ table tennis bats

• 1 Sport-Thieme storage bag for the bats

• 144 Sport-Thieme ‘1-Star 40+’ table ten nis balls in a handy box

71 293 6808 Set

Surface: Samurai rubber

Advanced+: 1.5-mm sponge

Advanced: 1.2-mm sponge

4 For schools and clubs

sponge (Advanced) or 1.5-mm sponge (Ad vanced+). ITTF-approved Samurai rubbercoated surface.

A A

71 293 0204  Advanced Each

71 293 0217  Advanced+ Each

8

New! Sport-Thieme ‘Advanced+ 2.0’

Table Tennis Set

The set includes:

• 12 Sport-Thieme ‘Advanced+’ table ten nis bats

• 1 Sport-Thieme storage bag for the bats

• 144 Sport-Thieme ‘1-Star 40+’ table tennis balls in a handy box

Sets New! B A OP C Beginner | Advanced More information, page 108 A

71 293 6912 Set

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Sport-Thieme Table Tennis Bats

3

2.2-mm sponge1.8-mm sponge

4 For competitive games

Sport-Thieme ‘Champ’ Table Tennis Bat

A bat for school and club sport, pimples facing in, concave handles. ITTF-approved

Table Tennis Set

12 Sport-Thieme ‘Champ’

1 Sport-Thieme storage bag for table tennis

144 Sport-Thieme ‘1-Star 40+’ table tennis balls in a handy box

293 7117 Set

Smart

Tennis Set

Sport-Thieme ‘Competition Smart’

1 Sport-Thieme storage bag

144 Sport-Thieme ‘1-Star 40+’ table ten

4

For first competitions and engaged training

Sport-Thieme ‘Competition Smart’ Table Tennis Bat

A bat for school and club sport, pimples facing in, 2.2-mm sponge, concave han dle with smart grip – ideal for little hands.

ITTF-approved Mikado rubber. 71 293 0709 Each

11

Sport-Thieme ‘Promo Pack’

Table Tennis Set

The set includes:

• 2 of each Sport-Thieme ‘Beginner’, ‘Be ginner +’, ‘Advanced’, ‘Advanced +’, ‘Champ’ and ‘Competition Smart’ table tennis bats

• 1 Sport-Thieme storage bag for table tennis bats

• 144 Sport-Thieme ‘1-Star 40+’ table tennis balls in a handy box 71 293 7306 Set

111sport-thieme.com/ Teamsport Balls Teamsport Athletics Equipment Swimming Fitness Gymnastics Movement Therapy Leisure Games Service Psychomotricity Sensory Stimulation For advice and to place an order: +49 5357 181 503 sport-thieme.com Sets 7218

Table Tennis Bats

in

long lifespan

Cornilleau ‘Tacteo’

Table Tennis Bat

A weatherproof bat made with new com posite materials developed by rubber ex perts from Michelin. The bats are very strong and long-lasting, sit nicely in the hand and have great playing characteris tics. Ideal for intensive use in schools,

clubs and recreational facilities. Tacteo 30: for beginners, Tacteo

Tacteo

Cornilleau ‘Tacteo 30’ Table Tennis Set

The set includes:

Cornilleau

Softbat

4 Made from recycled materials

Each

Each

Cornilleau ‘Softbat’

Table Tennis Bat

The first table tennis bat made from recy cled materials. Its special mix of cotton and polyester makes it 100% weather proof and gives it excellent balance and a high level of consistency. The round, ergo nomic handle provides optimum grip. 71 270 3709 Each

4 Very hard-wearing and weatherproof

Cornilleau ‘Nexeo X70’

Table Tennis Bat

A new generation of table tennis bats. Similar to the ‘Tacteo’ series, the ‘Nexeo X70’ is weatherproof and very strong. The surface has been greatly improved. For very good technique and ball control.

71 250 0007 Each

Cornilleau ‘Tacteo 50’ Table Tennis Set

The set includes:

Cornilleau ‘Tacteo

Cornilleau ‘Tacteo 30 Outdoor’ Table Tennis Set

The set includes:

12 Cornilleau ‘Tacteo 30’ table tennis bats, 1|

144 Sport-Thieme ‘1-Star 40+’

nis balls (dia.

page 109,

Donic Schildkröt

Table Tennis Bat

Donic Schildkröt

Table Tennis Bat

For schools and clubs. For ad vanced use of basic technique and excellent ball control. Concave er gonomic handle sits perfectly in the hand. Made of FSC wood with Elite surface. Sponge: 1.8 mm. Approx. 138 g.

71 300 5907 Each

Outdoor Table Tennis Set

10

Joola ‘Team Germany

Premium’ Table Tennis Bat

Table tennis bat with Protect-Edge tape for a long service life in schools and pub lic facilities. Suitable for beginners. Smooth ITTF-certified surface with inward pimples. 1.4-mm sponge. Concave handle.

The ideal bat set for outdoor use in schools, at swimming pools and on fun days. The plastic bats are exceptionally robust and weatherproof.

144 4403

71 300 5806 Each

112 More FSC-certified table tennis bats online at: sport-thieme.com

Great bat control thanks to 5-ply, gluelaminated special plywood, ITTFapproved ‘Teacher’ surface, 1.8-mm sponge and concave handle with handle lens.

110 7786 EachA

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Table Tennis Tables

4 Suitable for integrative sports

4 Incl. height adjustment

4 Incl. bat and ball holder

1

Sport-Thieme ‘School’ Table Tennis Table

Complies with EN 14468-1 class B for school and club sports. Robust table ten nis table for schools and integrative sports. Wheelchair users can also set up and take down the table without assis tance. With 40 cm of legroom, the table fulfils the international requirements for wheelchair sports.

See table for available versions.

4 Fixed net

4 Compact storage

4 Incl. bat and ball holder

tubing, plastic-coated. 4 large double swivel castors ensure easy transport. Comes with SMS securing system – can be unlocked using only one hand! In cludes bat and ball holder (bats and balls not included) and net. Dimensions when stored (LxWxH): 152.5x72x155 cm

See table for available versions.

Bats and balls not included

Bats and balls not included

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Playing surface: Green Blue

Smart Manual System

Smart Manual System

Suitable for wheelchairs

legroom

Sport-Thieme ‘All Terrain’ Table Tennis Table

Weatherpoof outdoor table for schools and sports clubs. With a 6-mm-thick, mel amine surface and compact frame (type 4b). Height-adjustable feet allow you to level the table on uneven surfaces by up to 30 mm. 4 rubberised double swivel

castors. The table locks via the SMS safe ty system – can be unlocked using just one hand! Incl. bat and ball holder (bats and balls not included). 5-year guarantee!

See table for available versions.

Accessory

Cover

weatherproof cover for the ‘All Terrain’ table, 3|. Hx LxW: 150x160x55–80 cm. 71 110 3029 Each

Training

Table Tennis Tables

Smart Manual System

Very convenient safety system for onehanded operation . The prominent handle is visible from all positions and sides of the table. The pull rod under the table unlocks both safety catches at the same

time . To ensure that the automatic locking mechanism snaps into place, the tabletops must be set to an upright position. When setting the playing position, the locking mechanism safely clicks into place before

reaching the horizontal position. In do ing so, the table tennis table also pro vides greater stability on uneven floors.

Mobile table with a base frame for both halves of the table, allowing each half to be folded independently

Includes net set

to put up and

ready to play

1

Donic ‘Delhi SLC’

ITTF Table Tennis Table

Competition table with ITTF approval and complying with DIN EN 14468-1 class A for high-performance sport. Equipped with the super-compact system, the table is quick to set up and fold away. Boasting a sophisticated safety system and Super Compact technology, the Donic ‘Dehli SLC’ is a very appealing table ten nis table. It offers perfect functionality and the highest levels of safety. Its 22-mm-thick surface is smooth and even, as well as scratch-resistant and durable. See table for available versions.

2

Donic ‘Delhi 25’

ITTF Table Tennis Table

The surface is absolutely scratch-proof and has already proven itself at numerous international championships. Thanks to the height levelling, the Donic table tennis table can even be perfectly set up on un even surfaces. With 40 cm of legroom, this table is also suitable for wheelchair users and is used in the German Champi onship for table tennis run by the DBS (German association for disability sport).

See table for

Donic ‘World Champion TC’ Table Tennis Table

The Donic ‘World Champion TC’ table tennis table impresses with its 25-mm-thick Nanogrip surface and robust structure. It is precisely this combination that provides such excellent bounce and playing characteristics. Produced meticulously and almost exclusively us ing torsion-resistant metal tubing, it is ex tremely stable for long-lasting fun. Thanks to its special design, the table is suitable for wheelchair users and offers a gener ous amount of legroom measuring 40 cm. Supplied without net.

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

22-mm-thick tabletop

assembly

storage

New! Joola ‘3000 SC Pro’

Table Tennis Table

Quick to set up and take down. Super-fast polyester-coated playing surface thanks to special manufacturing process. Metal frame, with 4 hard-rubber height adjust ers and 4 large castors, 2 of which feature a brake. Particularly stable thanks to dou ble tilt protection.

See table for

versions.

New! Joola ‘Duomat Pro’

Table Tennis Table

Super sturdy making it ideal for youth centers. Polyester-coated playing surface for 100% consistent bounce anywhere on the table. Metal frame. Effortless reloca tion as each table half features 4 large castors. With double tilt protection.

See table for available versions.

4 Automated system

that fold out automatically

New! Joola ‘Rollomat Pro’

Table Tennis Table

Quick to set up and take down. Super-fast playing surface due to polyester coating produced in a special process. Stable, powder-coated metal base frame. 4 extralarge swivel castors as well as 4 height adjusters. Very stable due to double tilt protection.

table for

C Competition

Compact: Mobile table with a base frame for both halves of the table, allowing each half to be folded independently

Semi-Compact (2-part): Mobile table with two separate table halves, both of which are attached to a folding base frame

Super Compact: Mobile table with a fully automatic base frame for both halves of the table, meaning that the halves of the table cannot be folded separately

sport-thieme.com

Tables

Playing

Outdoor Table Tennis Tables

Polymer concrete

Approx. 75% lighter than concrete. Polymer concrete contains reactive resin, which makes these table tennis tables stronger than normal concrete tables thanks to thinner components.

Completely smooth, pore-free surface, unchanged over many decades. Low water absorption of less than 0.5%, making it frost-, UV- and acid-resistant.

Outdoor for organisations

10-year guarantee

4

weather-resistant

Anti-glare

Incl. firmly attached net set 5|

1

Playing surface:

‘Champion’ Polymer Concrete Table Tennis Table

Outdoor table tennis table with rounded corners. The rounded corners with a very large radius of 120 mm are this top-class

Incl. metal net

table tennis table’s special feature. They ensure safety of the players and prevent damage to the table. Suitable for wheel chair users. The patented interlocking

system makes it easy to assemble the in dividual parts. Therefore the table is also

Incl. 4-mm aluminium net. 10-year guarantee!

See table for available versions.

2

Playing surface:

‘Rondo’ Polymer Concrete Table Tennis Table

A new way to play table tennis! The round table tennis table has a diameter of 240 cm, allowing several players to play at

for

the same time. This is great fun and good exercise. The table is made of polymer concrete and very robust. It offers the same advantages as a conventional

and

concrete table for outdoor use. The PVC frame that runs all the way around pro tects players from injury and prevents the corners from being damaged.

Sport-Thieme Steel Table Tennis Net Set

Extremely sturdy net made of galvanised steel. Net and holder firmly attached to gether. Suitable for our concrete table ten nis tables. LxW: 153x20 cm. 71 275 5407 Each

30-mm-thick tabletop. Total weight: approx. 500 kg. Metal net included. 10-year guarantee!

See table for available versions.

Aluminium Table Tennis Net Set

Suitable for any of our concrete table tennis tables (apart from ‘Rondo’).

LxH: 152.5x12 cm.

71 110 6800  4 mm Each  71 110 6813  8 mm Each

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Playing surface:

Outdoor for organisations

Outdoor

Suitable for wheelchairs

‘Pro’ Polymer Concrete Table Tennis Table

Attractive table tennis table with a sturdy, elegant base made of solid polymer

5 concrete. The patented interlocking sys tem makes it easy to assemble the indi vidual parts. Internal bars ensure the ta ble is extremely stable. This table is not

Playing surface:

Blue Anthracite

Top rated

6

‘Premium’ Polymer Concrete Table Tennis Table

The table tennis table for the highest de mands. With its especially strong tabletop and solid construction made of polymer

Model

when set

Playing surface material

Playing surface colour

thickness

Suitable net Approx. weight Guarantee Green Blue Anthracite Concrete block

Approved by

mm Incl.

kg

years

concrete, this outdoor table boasts great stability. Suitable for wheelchair users. An aluminium edge all around protects perfectly from damage to the table.

only extremely durable, the design of its base makes it a real asset to all outdoor areas. Suitable for wheelchair users. 30-mm-thick tabletop.

Total weight: approx. 415 kg. Net not included. 10-year guarantee! See table for available versions.

Each

mm

45-mm-thick tabletop. Total weight: 700/715 kg. Net not included. Available with ‘short base feet’ for setup on flat, stable surfaces and ‘long base feet’

+ Outdoor for organisations

for setting in concrete. 10-year guarantee. Short legs, free-standing

See table for available versions.

6| Sport-Thieme Premium Long Base Feet 274x152.5x76 cm

kg

years

Each

concrete Green, blue or anthracite

mm

, page 118, 5|

kg 10 years 71 110 3700

Each

TÜV Süd, certificate no.: Z1A_15_09_14121_038

concrete

blue

mm

, page 118,

kg 10 years

71 110 4048

Each

Polymer concrete Green, blue or anthracite 45 mm 71 110 6813, page 118, 5| 715 kg 10 years 71 110 4019 71 110 4035 71 110 4051

Each

Badminton posts

Sport-Thieme Badminton Posts with Internal Tensioning Mechanism

Badminton posts with internal tensioning mechanism, anodised surface, matt sil ver. Stainless hooks for suspending the net with ease. The badminton posts are inserted 35 cm into the ground and have cover caps. Length approx. 195 cm.

See table for available versions.

Sport-Thieme Badminton Posts for Ground Sockets

Made of high-quality anodised alumini um, for inserting into ground sockets. Ap prox. 195 cm. Matt silver, with net and

See table for available

Ground sockets

Badminton courts can be found at: sport-thieme.com

Badminton court

Tubing,

3

Ground Socket for 80x80-mm and 83-mm-diameter Posts

Made from aluminium, 350 mm long. With cover.

For 83-mm-diameter posts

71 109 6503 Each

For 80x80-mm posts 71 109 6516 Each

Don’t forget to order:

• Badminton racquets and shuttlecocks, pages

Scoreboards, page 122–123 141

Austria,

Top rated sport-thieme.com

Daniel wrote: “Quality-wise, a very good product.”

Badminton Training and Tournament Nets

WxH: 6.02x0.76 m, made of polypro pylene, mesh width approx. 18 mm, black.

See

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

2 ways to tension nets at the posts

Middle posts – for multiple courts

Pulley system

Advantages of the pulley system:

• Quick and easy tensioning of the net

• Easy to use

• Schoolchildren can easily tighten the net

4

10-year guarantee

Mobile badminton posts

4 Suitable for multiple courts

Badminton Our choice!

Sport-Thieme

Mobile Middle Post

For multiple courts next to one another. Badminton nets can be attached and ten sioned on both sides. Sturdy all-steel con struction, 40x40x2-mm tubing, painted blue, approx. 155 cm high. Solid material in the base, LxW: approx. 73x35 cm. Incl. 2 side-mounted castors and 4 rubber buffers to protect the floor. Approx. 70 kg per post. Features 2 welded-on eyelets for tensioning the net. 10-year guarantee!

See table for available versions.

10-year guarantee

4 With base

Belt tensioning system

Belt tensioner with clamp and two hooks for tensioning the net to com petition standards . Polyester web bing, approx. 25 mm wide, stretched length approx. 100 cm. Tension can be freely adjusted from 15 to 60 cm. Can also be retrofitted to any badminton net.

5

Sport-Thieme

Support Post with Base Plate

These posts are necessary to achieve the regulation height for nets on multi-courts.

Plastic, approx. 1.55 m high including base, dia. approx. 50 mm. With milled groove for attaching net to post. Nets not included. 10-year guarantee!

71 116 3605 Each

Additional weight

Sport-Thieme Badminton Post

Free-standing, manufactured according to DIN EN 1509 and DBV regulations. Low overall height without additional struts increases safety. Designed for quick assembly and disassembly. In creased stability thanks to high net weight and 4 rubber buffers. Incl. 2 large castors mounted to the sides. All-steel construction. Tubing: 40x40x2 mm. H: approx. 155 cm. Solid base, LxW: approx. 66x62 cm. Approx. 71.5 kg. 10-year guarantee!

6 See table for available versions.

7

Sport-Thieme Badminton Post with Additional Weight

Same as 6| but with an additional weight (54 kg). Due to its increased net weight (approx. 117 kg instead of approx. 63 kg), the post is ideally suited for multi-courts: longer nets require a higher counter weight to ensure they’re taut. 10-year guarantee!

Accessory

12

Sport-Thieme ‘Badminton’ Net-Winder Trolley

For rolling up and uncoiling badminton nets quickly and easily. Will hold ap prox. six 6.02-m nets. Strong steel tub ing design with 4 wheels. HxW: 120x73 cm. Net not included.

71 116 2703 Each

121sport-thieme.com/ Teamsport Balls Teamsport Athletics Equipment Swimming Fitness Gymnastics Movement Therapy Leisure Games Service For advice and to place an order: +49 5357 181 503 sport-thieme.com See table for available versions.

4 Height can be adjusted exactly 4 Very stable due to its increased weight

Tensioning device

guarantee

Also take a look at:

Practical complete sets, pages 124–125

1

Victor ‘AL 2200’

Badminton Racquet

Highly balanced school racquet. Hard ened steel shaft with aluminium head, isometric head shape. Strung with Asha way ‘Rally 21’ string. Approx. 98 g, L: 68 cm.

71 117 2108 Each

3

Victor ‘G 7500’

Badminton Racquet

An ideal low-torsion ‘real one-piece rac quet’ made from 100% graphite, with iso metric head, strung with Ashaway ‘Rally 21’. With ‘Inner Waves’ frame structure to reduce shock and increase face stability. Includes 3/4 insulation bag. Approx. 85 g. L: approx. 68 cm.

71 116 9300 Each

5

Victor ‘Starter’

Badminton Racquet

A learner’s racquet for children aged 4–6 years. The racquet for an optimal in troduction to badminton. With an alumini um head, without a shaft, approx. 43 cm long. With teardrop-shaped head and Lawntex stringing. Handle specially de signed for children’s hands. Approx. 90 g.

71 116 7304 Each

6

Victor ‘Advanced’

Badminton Racquet

7

Victor ‘Training’

Badminton Racquet

A learner’s racquet for children aged 9–11 years. With a shortened steel shaft and aluminium head, approx. 58 cm long. With teardrop-shaped head and Lawntex stringing. Approx. 99 g.

71 116 7320 Each

8

Victor ‘Pro’

Victor ‘AL 6500 I’

2 4

Badminton Racquet

Great racquet for club players. Top-heavy balance. Internal T-joint for maximum sta bility. Isometric head shape. Strung with Ashaway ‘Rally 21’. Carbon shaft. L: ap prox. 66 cm. Approx. 90 g. 71 114 3805 Each

Badminton 10

Talbot Torro ‘Isoforce 651.8’

Badminton Racquet

This racquet is perfect for beginners and advanced users alike. It impresses with an extended shaft for maximum power and speed. Strung with multifilament Galaxy stringing. L: 68 cm, 91 g.

71 275 3906 Each

A learner’s racquet for children aged 6–8 years. Shortened steel shaft with al uminium head, approx. 53 cm long. With child-friendly teardrop-shaped head and Lawntex stringing. Optimal handling thanks to the shortened handle. Approx. 93 g.

71 116 7317

Tube

9

Victor ‘Pro Court’

Badminton Shuttles

Great for preparing for tournaments and competitions. Excellent flight characteris tics. Cork base. Skirt made of selected duck feathers.

71 116 7900 Tube of 12

122 1

Each

Badminton Racquet

An innovative learner’s racquet for chil dren over 12 years old. Steel shaft with aluminium head, approx. 66 cm long. Classic head shape, with Lawntex string ing. The oval learner’s handle makes hold ing the racquet easier. Approx. 102 g.

71 116 7333 Each

12

Victor ‘Shuttle 1000’

Badminton Shuttles

Up to 30% more visible, making them ide al for dark halls. Strong PU cork base. Ny lon skirt.

Blue, medium, white

71 117 2805

Blue, medium, neon yellow

Tube of 6

71 117 2818 Tube of 6

Green, slow, white

71 117 2821

Red, fast, white

71 117 2834

Tube of 6

Tube of 6

Victor ‘Shuttle 2000’

Badminton Shuttles

Tournament and match shuttles. Ap proved by all German state associations. Up to 30% more visible. Cork base. Nylon skirt.

Green, slow, white

71 117 2850

Green, slow, yellow

71 117 2876

Blue, medium, white

71 117 2847

Blue, medium, yellow 71 117 2863

Red, fast, white 71 117 2889

Tube of 6

Tube of 6

Tube of 6

Tube of 6

Tube of 6

‘Standard’ Overgrip for Badminton Racquets

Anti-vibration, non-slip overgrip. For wrapping around the handle without adhesive. Length approx. 110 cm, for 1 badminton racquet. Assorted colours. 71 117 2326 Set of 10

13

‘Premium’ Overgrip for Badminton Racquets

Anti-vibration, self-adhesive overgrip. Length approx. 105 cm, for 1 badmin ton racquet. Assorted colours.

71 118 7801 Set of 5

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Victor school sport sets

1

Victor ‘Starter Set’ for School Sports

Beginners’ set especially for children aged 4–6.

The set includes:

• 10 Victor ‘Starter’ badminton racquets, page 122, 5|

• 2 tubes of 6 ‘Shuttle 1000’ badminton shuttles, blue, page 122, 10|

Also included: storage bag with strong carry strap, school sports booklet and badminton rules poster (both in German).

71 235 1201 Set

2

Victor ‘Advanced Set’ for School Sports

Specially developed for children aged 6–7. Perfect for learning stroke technique. Innovative learner’s grip pre vents holding the racquet the wrong way.

The set includes:

• 10 Victor ‘Advanced’ badminton racquets, page 122, 6|

• 2 tubes of 6 ‘Shuttle 1000’ badminton shuttles, blue, page 122, 10|

Also included: storage bag with strong carry strap, school sports booklet and badminton rules poster (both in German).

71 235 1214 Set

Set

Accessories

3

Victor ‘Concept Set’ for School Sports

A 21-piece set specially selected for school and club sports.

The set includes:

• 2 Victor ‘Starter’ badminton racquets, page 122, 5|

• 4 Victor ‘Advanced’ badminton racquets, page 122, 6|

• 4 Victor ‘Training’ badminton racquets, page 122, 7|

• 2 Victor ‘Pro’ badminton racquets, page 122, 8|

• 1 tube of 6 ‘Shuttle 1000’ badminton shuttles, blue, page 122, 10|

Also included: large storage bag, booklet with training instructions and badminton rules poster (both in Ger man).

71 116 7405 Set

Talbot Torro ‘ELI’

Badminton Set for Learners

The new, innovative learning concept for school sports.

The set includes:

• 10 ‘ELI Mini’ badminton racquets

• 10 ‘ELI Junior’ badminton racquets

Individual components of

online at:

•

racquets

Sport-Thieme Ring-Bound Scoreboard

indoor school and club sports. Made of plastic. LxWxH: 48x31x22 cm. 6 digits.

Sets

‘Standard’ Overgrip for Badminton Racquets

Anti-vibration, non-slip overgrip. For wrapping around the handle without adhesive. Length approx. 110 cm, for 1 badminton racquet. Assorted col ours.

71 117 2326

of

Digit height, set results and point scores: 10 and 14.5 cm. 1.2 kg.

71 111 4209 Each

•

•

sport-thieme.com

Talbot Torro badminton racquets

‘Premium’ Overgrip for Badminton Racquets

Anti-vibration, self-adhesive overgrip. Length approx. 105 cm, for 1 badmin ton racquet. Assorted colours.

118 7801 Set of 5

Hanging Rail for Badminton Racquets

For tidy and theft-proof storage of up to 20 badminton racquets. Strong and stable metal frame for wall mounting. WxH: ap prox. 62x8 cm. Rack is only approx. 18 cm deep so requires little space. Lockable, including lock. Racquets not included.

71 117 8207 Each

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

1

Speedminton ‘S65’ Set

For beginners, schools and clubs. Requires no net and can be played without any limits. comes with glowing ‘Night’ speeder for games in the dark.

The set includes:

• 2 aluminium racquets

• 3 speeders (1 ‘Fun’, 1 ‘Match’ and 1 ‘Night’)

• 1 wind ring for increased stability in windy conditions

• 2 speedlights (each glowing for approx. 3 hrs)

• 1 racquet bag with shoulder strap

• 1 set of playing instructions

71 313 1507 Set

More Speedminton products online at: sport-thieme.com

Speedminton

2

Speedminton & Pickleball

Speedminton sets

3

Speedminton ‘S400’ Set

For school and club sports. Can even be played in the dark thanks to glowing ‘Night’ speeder.

The set includes:

• 2 carbon racquets with Mega Power zone and U-profile

• 5 speeders (1 ‘Fun’, 1 ‘Cross’, 1 ‘Night’ and 2 ‘Match’)

• 2 wind rings for increased stability in windy conditions

• 1 basic Easy Court (red belt straps and 8 pegs for mark ing out a court)

• 4 speedlights for games at night (each glowing for approx. 3 hrs)

• 1 set of playing instructions

• 1 racquet bag with shoulder strap

71 313 1406 Set

Speedminton ‘School’ Set

Everything you need for school sports or training.

The set includes:

• 10 Speedminton aluminium school racquets (5 red and 5 blue)

• 10 ‘Fun’ speeders, 10 ‘Match’ speeders, 10 ‘Heli’ speeders

• 40 cones for individual set up of playing areas

• 1 large Speedminton sports bag (LxW: 75x35 cm)

• 1 handbook for teachers and coaches

71 237 1506 Set

Speedminton guide

Download the PDF now: sport-thieme.com

71 237 1506

4

Pickleball-X ½ Court ‘Starter Set’

The ‘Starter Set’ consists of 2 plastic paddles with wrapped grip, 1 indoor ball and 1 Quickset net. Ideal for active breaks in schools and perfect for first attempts at pickleball. Quick to assemble thanks to straightforward instructions. Comfortable handles with wrist strap for a secure grip. Handle length: approx. 15.2 cm (6 inches).

Weight: 9.6 g (per paddle). Net with high-quality steel frame and quick attachment system. LxW: 375x91.4 cm. Ball diameter: 74 mm. 26 g. Total weight: 950 g.

71 305 1809 Set

5

Pickleball-X ‘X-40 Optic’

3 pickleballs with 40 machine-drilled holes. Plastic. Diameter: 74 mm. 26 g. 71 305 4808 Set of 3

More Pickleball products online at: sport-thieme.com

1

Tennis court equipment

Double-Row Tennis Net, Edging All Around

Six-layer double-row net. Strong quadruple-stitched polyester net edging. Mesh size: approx. 43x43 mm. LxW: 12.8x1.08 m.

71 136 9986 Each

4

2

‘Deluxe’ Tennis Net

Weatherproof tournament net for outdoor use. Polyester fabric. Mesh size: 42x42 mm. LxW: 12.72x1.07 m.

71 137 0300 Each

Tennis Umpire’s Chair

Tennis nets

As per DIN EN 1510 regulations (LxH: 1272x107 cm). Tennis nets that comply with national and in ternational standards, for adults and teens.

More tennis court equip

Tennis Court Drag Net

4 Special spindle makes net tensioning and releasing quick and easy

Single Net Supports

Regulation height for singles matches. Al uminium. L: 1.10 m. Approx. 600 g.

71 137 2407 Pair

Haspo ‘Aluminium’ Tennis Posts

Robust thanks to thick-walled profiles. In ternal tensioning mechanism prevents the system from becoming damaged by exter nal forces. Removable spindle. Alumini um. Ground socket insertion depth: 350 mm. Approx. 12 kg. Incl. ground sock ets and end caps.

71 298 5305  80x80 mm Pair

71 298 5318  83 mm diameter Pair

Approved by TÜV AUSTRIA, certificate no.: ZSTS/APZE/2010

New! Carrington Tennis Scoreboard

UV-resistant, weatherproof and easy to use. Double-sided. 6 sliding discs with digits from 0–7 for 3 sets. Choice of 2 sizes and languages (German and English).

60x46 cm

71 322 8308  Gast/Heim Each

71 322 8311  Guest/Home Each  82x58 cm

71 322 8409  Gast/Heim Each

71 322 8412  Guest/Home Each

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Children’s Small Tennis Net Set

This practical set is used by the DTB (Ger man Tennis Association) for small court events and has performed well. Very stur dy thanks to wide feet. Quick and easy to set up. Aluminum frame with polyethylene net. Official DTB dimensions (LxW): 610x85 cm. Approx. 8.8 kg. Incl. storage bag.

71 137 2902 Set

Mobile tennis net frame for standard court, online at: sport-thieme.com

71 249 6304

Height of net adjustable: 0.85 m and 1.55 m

2

Toolz Mobile

Small Tennis Net Set

Quick and easy to set up thanks to plug connections. Also suitable for children as net is height-adjustable. Aluminum frame with polyethylene net. LxW: 300x85 cm. 4 kg. Incl. carrying bag.

71 137 3022 Each

‘Agility’ Coordination Ladder

With ground pegs and suction cups for se curing to grass and hard courts as well as indoor floors. High-quality fabric and un breakable plastic rungs. L: 4 m. W (rungs): Approx. 40 cm. Approx. 1.5 kg. Incl. carry ing bag.

Single ladder

71 137 3934-1

Also

Mobile systems

220 cm

3

Sport-Thieme Mobile Tennis Wall

The mobile tennis wall is the perfect train ing aid for beginners and professionals. It allows a variety of stroke techniques to be practised, without the need for a training partner. The polyester net is securely

fixed to a sturdy steel frame with hooks and springs. Rebound is excellent. Size when assembled: 280x220 cm, 16 kg. 71 137 6803 Each

Training aids

All variants and more training aids, from page 62

Each

New! Universal Sport ‘Tennis Twist Kids’ Ball Machine

Designed for children and to introduce newcomers to tennis. Holds a max. of 28 tennis balls. Battery life: 6–10 hrs. 12 balls per min. Max. speed: 15 km/h. The straight trajectory can be adjusted from 3 to approx. 6 m. HxWxD: 50x20x20 cm. 5 kg.

71 315 6100

Each

6

Playmate ‘Volley Dream’ Ball Machine

4 m 4 Suitable for novices, advanced players and coaches alike

The portable tennis ball machine for train ing alone or in a group. Made of robust al uminium, featuring transport castors and space for approx. 180 tennis balls. 7 shooting directions (right/left/middle, top spin or slice). The ball sequence can be set anywhere between 6 and 60 balls per minute. Features a built-in sensor, which immediately stops the balls from being dispensed when someone steps in to the firing line. Comes with a lockable lid, which must be locked during opera tion for safety reasons. LxWxH: 56x48x64 cm.

71 136 8606

Each

Don’t forget to order: Tennis balls, page 128

127sport-thieme.com/ Teamsport Balls Teamsport Athletics Equipment Swimming Fitness Gymnastics Movement Therapy Leisure Games Service Psychomotricity Sensory Stimulation For advice and to place an order: +49 5357 181 503 sport-thieme.com 4 Highest levels of safety: built-in sensor immediately stops ball shots

Even more space to train. Divide a standard court into 2 small courts using two nets.

Tennis racquets

Victor ‘Junior’ Tennis Racquet

The easy and correct way of learning tennis. Recommend ed by leading experts as the right racquet for every child. See table for available versions.

Robust and very light mid-size racquets made from alu minium with Lawntex strings. Fully strung.

Victor ‘Tour Energy TI’ Tennis Racquet

High-quality, robust racquet strung for advanced play ers. Fused graphite frame. Fully strung. Handle: medium. Incl. bag. Approx. 310 g. 68 cm long.

71 218 2823 Each

Victor ‘Winner’ Tennis Racquet

Entry-level tennis racquet. Aluminium frame, fully strung, synthetic leather-taped handle. Approx. 350 g, 68.5 cm long.

71 218 2807 Each

Tennis balls

Sport-Thieme ‘2.0’ Tennis Balls

Non-pressurised practice balls for clubs and schools. Consistent bounce due to high-quality materials and workmanship. Suitable for use with tennis ball machines. See table for available versions.

5

Wilson ‘Trinity’ Tennis Balls

Robust quality for school and club sports. High-quality woven felt, ideal rebound properties and extremely dura ble. 72 balls made of STR felt in a practical bucket. Ball diameter: 6.7 cm. 58 g.

See table for available versions.

New! Wilson ‘Roland Garros’ Tennis Balls

ITF-approved. Official match ball of Roland Garros from 2020. Durable felt and natural rubber core. ‘Clay Court’ for clay courts, ‘All Court’ for all court surfaces. Ball dia.: 6.6 cm. 58 g per ball. Incl. storage can.

See table for available versions.

Sport-Thieme ‘Soft Fun’ Technique-Training Balls

Play & Stay level 1. Slightly lighter and slower than balls for adult players. Suitable for U10s/U12s. 25% reduced pressure.

8

See table for available versions.

Sport-Thieme ‘Soft Jump’ Technique-Training Balls

Play & Stay level 2. Light and soft ball for technique train ing. Suitable for U9s/U10s. Pressure reduced by 50%.

9 See table for available versions.

Sport-Thieme ‘Soft Start’

Technique-Training Balls

Play & Stay level 3. Each ball is very soft and a little big ger than a standard tennis ball. Suitable for U8s/U9s. 75% reduced pressure.

See table for available versions.

Sport-Thieme

Suitable for Training Training

Training

Training technique

Training technique

Product code

71 280 5001 71 299 8709 71 303 4907 71 137 7545 71 299 9601 71 299 9614 71 299 9500 71 299 9513 71 299 9409 71 299 9412

Quantity 4 balls

60 balls 72 balls

4 balls

4 balls 60 balls

4 balls

60 balls

4 balls 60 balls

Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Junior 43 Junior 49 Junior 53 Junior 58

Junior 63

Paris Valais, football coach and project consultant at Sport-Thieme since 2009

1

Shelved Trolley for Dry Areas

Tidies up any equipment room. Heightadjustable wire-mesh shelves with up stand offer ample space for balls of all siz es. The trolley can be divided up to suit your needs. Close-meshed, high-gloss gal vanised steel frame with pressed steel grid (mesh size 50 mm). Lockable variant with double castors and catch. With 4 easy-roll ing swivel castors (dia. 125 mm). The mod el with the 16-cm-high railing provides space for marking cones and other small items. Contents and padlock not included. 10-year guarantee!

See table for available versions.

2

Sport-Thieme

‘Classic Rollbox N°5’ Trolley

Close-meshed, galvanised steel frame construction. Plastic bottom shelf with metal bars to reinforce the frame. 2 swivel castors with brakes and 2 fixed castors for ease of transport. Can be padlocked if re quired. Contents and padlock not includ ed. 10-year guarantee!

See table

3

Shelf

For equipment transport trolley 2|. 10-year guarantee! 71 131 1772 Each

4

Pool Wire Storage Trolley

Close-meshed aluminium – suitable for wet areas. The trolley’s wire grid design allows swimming equipment to drip-dry. Freely adjustable shelves. 2 sliding doors on plastic runners. With wheels or base feet. Can be padlocked if required. Con tents and lock not included. 10-year guarantee!

See table for available versions.

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Storage

Sport-Thieme ‘Stackable’

Storage Trolley

Games Equipment

Sport-Thieme Ball Carrier

Ideal for storing and transporting balls: tear-proof nylon container on 4 sturdy legs with castors. Collapsible. With finger trap protection. WxDxH: 65x65x88 cm,

With ventilation holes

with space for approx. 20 balls (size 5). Capacity: 168 l. Max. load: 15 kg. Ap prox. 6.2 kg. Contents not included. 71 130 8714-1 Each

Sport-Thieme Ball Bin

A practical storage solution for balls and other sports equipment. Great ventilation due to special holes. Solid rubber wheels for easy transportation. Incl. hooks and a snap hook for compact storage of training equipment. 240-l capacity. Plastic. Locka ble. Weatherproof. LxWxH: 58x73x107 cm. 13.5 kg.

Sport-Thieme storage boxes

Compact, stackable and recyclable. Made of high-strength, special plastic with rein forced edges. Smooth inside, making them easy to clean. Corners with safety vents. Lid can be clicked shut and locked. HxWxD (outer dimensions): approx. 31.5x80x52 cm. HxWxD (inner dimen sions): approx. 31.5x72.8x41.8 cm. 3.2 kg. Capacity: 90 l. Max. load: 150 kg. Contents and padlock not included.

Set of 4 Storage Boxes

130-litre capacity

Enders Aluminium Box

Odourless and suitable for food. With hinged fasteners and extra-thick walls. Ideal for dust- and splash-proof transport of sports equipment and games. Made of robust aluminium. HxWxD (outer dimen sions): 36.5x80x54 cm. HxWxD (inner di mensions): 33x77.5x51 cm. 6.6 kg. Capac ity: 130 l. Max. load: 130 kg.

Giant holes for

Sports Equipment Cabinets

Clever shelves

Shelves with a 24-mm-high upstand to prevent sports equipment from falling out of the cabinet. Shelves come in Light Grey (RAL 7035) as standard, except for the galvanised shelves provided with cabinet type 4.

Safe perforated metal

The standard 23-mm square mesh for double doors and 8-mm mesh for sliding doors helps to prevent finger injuries. In addition to improving safety, the mesh also enables you to quickly get a clear view of the cabinet’s contents, and provides optimal venti lation for sports equipment.

Acrylic-glass doors

A modern design offering a clear view of the cabinet’s contents. With a recessed handle (see be low). The following versions are available with acrylic-glass doors:

• Type 1

• Type 3: size 195x120x50 cm

Various door handles

Choose your colours at no

You can customise the colour of all of our equipment cabi nets: simply choose the de sired combination of body colour (choice of 2 colours) and door colour (choice of 6 colours).

Bow-shaped handle L-shaped handle* Recessed handle*

* For these handles, you will receive separate keys for each cabinet, but you can also order identical keys for all cabinets (one key for all locks, at sportthieme.com).

More cabinets in various colours as well as accessories, such as cylinder locks & spare keys, can be found online at: sport-thieme.com Lockers Relevant product code

The universal cabi net for numerous small pieces of equipment

Multipurpose cabinet for various balls or ropes, nets, etc.

The cabinet for all kinds of balls

With drawers

The universal solution for a vari ety of balls and small pieces of equipment

With sliding doors

The wide cabinet for all kinds of balls

With sliding doors

The spacious, universal solu tion for numerous balls and other pieces of equipment

All cabinets available online at: sport-thieme.com Lockers

Modular equipment cabinet

The different modules:

• ensure optimum use of space

• require no tools to attach to the cabinet and are freely adjustable

• can be retrofitted

133sport-thieme.com/ Equipment Balls Teamsport Athletics Equipment Swimming Fitness Gymnastics Movement Therapy Leisure Games Service Psychomotricity Sensory Stimulation For advice and to place an order: +49 5357 181 503 sport-thieme.com additional charge

Sport-Thieme Changing Room Benches

Benefit from:

Single-sided with backrest complies with DIN 7917

Mitring service

Single-sided complies with DIN 7917

Mitre-cutting: upon request, you can have the corners of your Sport-Thieme benches mitred. Just let us know!

+49 5357 181 503

Design service

Are you planning a changing room and don’t yet know how to arrange it? Send us the floor plan of your changing room to gether with the location of doors, win dows and radiators. We will help you with a plan for positioning the benches and provide you with an individual quote. Re quest a free quote from us:

Mitre info@sport-thieme.com

Assembly information

Style A

Style B Style C

These benches come fully assembled

These benches come with their seat slats as sembled , only the back rest and hook rail need to be assembled on site.

Style EE

These benches for wall mounting must be fully assembled on site.

Sustainable resource management: sport-thieme.com

Sustainability

71 131 3749 71 131 3752 71 131 3778 71 131 3765 71 131 3794 71 131 3781 71 131 3736

134 Wheelchair-friendly changing room benches online at: sport-thieme.com

by TÜV-Austria, certificate no.: 0239-PS19-002-Z

Please contact us

and shipping costs.

Made-to-measure changing room

benches

All of the changing room benches on these two pages are tailored to suit your requirements

4 Manufactured in compliance with DIN 7917

4 Suitable for dry areas

4 Corrosion-resistant

4 Very comfortable thanks to rounded edges

4 Partially pre-assembled –ready to use in no time

Sport-Thieme benches have a modular design and are made-to-measure in your desired length.

Product information:

• Made to measure (max. bench length 3.5 m)

• Base frame made from square steel tubing , painted in RAL 9006 White Alu minium (additional charge of 10% for other colours)

• Every leg on the base frame has heightadjustable sliders for levelling out uneven floor surfaces

• Seat slats, backrest and hook rail made from glue-laminated wood and with rounded edges

• Treated using solvent-free, eco-friendly, water-based varnish

• All screws facing the wall are covered with a cap to protect the wall from damage

• The hook rail features double hooks, giving you even more space to hang your clothing

• Easy to clean under the bench because the cross member is at the back in the version without shoe rack

• Available with or without shoe rack

Hook rail

Sport-Thieme

Front and back hook rail

For wall mounting

DIN

With backrest on both sides

Accessories for styles &

Sport-Thieme

Wall-Mounted Hook Rail

Can be placed at any height above the bench. Plastic. 4 double hooks per me tre. WxH: 90x28 mm.

10-year guarantee!

E

71 131 5602 Per m

Approved by TÜV AUSTRIA, certificate no.: 0239-PS19-0021-Z

Sport-Thieme Spacer for Wall Mounting

For mounting the hook rail 1| on the wall. Comes with fixings. Made of galvanised metal. L: approx. 14 cm. Each metre of rail requires 2 spacers. For lengths over 200 cm, spacers must be placed every 150 cm.

10-year guarantee!

71 131 5615 Each

Approved by TÜV AUSTRIA, certificate no.: 0239-PS19-0021-Z

For advice and to place an order: +49 5357 181 503 sport-thieme.com

Double-sided with backrest complies with DIN 7917 45 cm

165 cm 35 cm

Optional shoe rack

sport-thieme.com/

4 Can be made to any length you need!

135 4 Can be made to any length you need!

Teaching Aids

Magnetic Sports Hall 100

Magnetic cards to show equipment set-up in sports lessons. Each set in cludes a laminated key.

Set A includes: gymnastics benches, mats, vaulting boxes, gymnastics rings, wall bars, high bar, marking cones, vari ous balls, skipping ropes, mini trampo lines, etc.

Set B includes: various pieces of equip ment as in set A, plus high jump stands and equipment, take-off boards, hurdles, starting blocks, etc.

71 221 4900

New! Sport-Thieme

‘Mobile’ Swivel Writing Board

Rotates by 360 degrees. Double-sided: whiteboard and/or chalkboard. Smoothrunning castors with locking brakes. Painted steel frame. Incl. tray for storing pens and/or chalk.

150x100 cm

Double-sided whiteboard

71 322 4700 Each

Whiteboard/chalkboard

71 322 4713 Each

Double-sided chalkboard

71 322 4726 Each

180x100 cm

Double-sided whiteboard

71 322 4739 Each

Whiteboard/chalkboard

71 322 4742 Each

Double-sided chalkboard

71 322 4755 Each

Accessory

2

With a practical tray for storing pens or chalk

Can be used anywhere thanks to smoothrunning castors with locking brakes

Whiteboard Accessory Set

For whiteboards and flipcharts. Supplied in a storage box. Set includes: 4 board markers, 1 eras er, 10 replacement eraser pads, 1 bot tle of whiteboard cleaner and 5 spheri cal magnets (diameter: 30 mm).

71 217 5430 Each

Whiteboard Set

Magnetic dry-wipe board. Static. Silveranodised aluminium frame. Set includes: whiteboard with pen tray, 4 board mark ers, 1 whiteboard eraser and fixings.

197 2779  60x90 cm Set

197 2782  90x120 cm Set

Sport-Thieme

Mini Gymnastics Hall

Ideal for coaches and teachers to show equipment set-up. Comes in storage

6

136 1

Extension Set for Mini Gymnastics Hall

To show equipment set-up. Comes in a storage box.

The set includes:

• 1 set of two high bars

• 1 ladder wall

• 1 set of support bars

• 1 large vaulting box

• 2 small boxes

• 2 vaulting bucks

• 1 mini trampoline

• 10 gymnastics mats

• 2 landing mats

• 2 springboards

71 145 1711 Set

More teaching mate rials online at: sport-thieme.com Teaching materials

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

1

Pocket

‘Original’ Time Timer

Red section shows the time remaining. New version with dry-erase card for tasks and schedules. The card slides into a holder on the clock. ‘Pocket’ requires 1 AA battery, ‘Medium’ and ‘Large’ each re quire 2 (not included). End sound can be switched off. LxW (Pocket): 7.5x7.5 cm. LxW (Medium): 18x18 cm. LxW (Large): 30x30 cm.

71 309 9302

71 309 9315

309 9328

4 No batteries required

4 Sounds an alarm once time has run out

4 Displays the current re maining time using a traffic light system

TimeTex ‘Automatic’ Tabletop/Wall-Mounted Timer

Traffic light system to display the time re maining: green = plenty of time left, yel low = 8 minutes remaining, and red = just 3 minutes left. No batteries required. End sound indicates when the time is up. Mag netic, with folding feet and wall mounting hole. LxW: 19x19 cm.

71 290 1709 Each

4 Shows you when the time has run out

4 Keep an eye on the time wherever you are, at home, work, school, when training, etc.

View product video now at: sport-thieme.com 71 123 1003

Also take a look at: 151Interval timers, page

20 minutes

minutes

minutes

TimeTex ‘Automatic’ Compact Timer

Compact with magnetic back and traffic light system. No batteries required. End sound indicates when the time is up. Di ameter: 7.8 cm.

71 290 1712 Each

More timers online at: sport-thieme.com

Timers

60 minutes

4 End sound can be switched on and off 4 A silent countdown – no ticking!

2

Time Timer ‘Plus’

The coloured section shows the time re maining for a task, activity or meeting. Strong and transparent front protects the coloured section. Easy-to-use controls for any age and easy to carry around using the carry handle. Battery-operated (battery not included). LxW: 14x18 cm.

White

253 4842

253 4813

253 4826

253 4839

Black

253 4800

minutes

minutes Each

minutes Each

minutes Each

minutes Each

Timers 3

Time Timer ‘Max’

With interchangeable displays to show different time intervals from 5 minutes to 24 hours. There is also space to add your own individual labels. Countdown timer, with the red section showing the time re

minutes Each

maining. End sound indicates when the time is up. Desired time can easily be set on the back. With built-in stand, as well as a wall bracket. Requires type C battery – not included. WxH: 44x44 cm. 2.9 kg

71 286 9908 Each

137sport-thieme.com/ Equipment Balls Teamsport Athletics Equipment Swimming Fitness Gymnastics Movement Therapy Leisure Games Service Psychomotricity Sensory Stimulation For advice and to place an order: +49 5357 181 503 sport-thieme.com 4

4 Displays the current remaining time using a traffic light system

1

Top rated sport-thieme.com

Sport-Thieme Fitness and First Aid Box, with Contents

For portable use in schools and sports clubs. Filled according to DIN 13160. Compartments can be changed to suit you. LxWxH: approx. 45x32x14 cm.

71 217 8804 Each

4 Contains 43 items

Sport-Thieme Fitness and First Aid Box, without Contents

71 217 8817 Each

4

4 MDR-certified

device

‘School Sport’

First Aid Box

Can be used on site or on the go, in sports halls or outdoors. Designed specially for sports lessons. ABS-plastic case. LxWxH: 31x21x13 cm. Incl. wall bracket.

71 218 7147 Each

4 Contains 50 items

4

SportsMed ‘Pro’

First Aid Box

Case made from sturdy plastic. Two trans parent covers ensure optimal protection and give you a clear overview of the con tents. For mobile and stationary use, incl. wall bracket.

LxHxW: approx. 43x30x14 cm.

71 142 4850 Each

for schools

6

New! Ultramedic ‘Ultra’

First Aid Backpack

Water-repellent, durable and tearresistant as made of Cordura nylon fabric. For mobile use. According to DIN 13157.

With handle, adjustable and padded straps and reflective stripes. LxWxH: 45x27x21 cm.

71 319 3701

Safety information

For first aid kits and refill packs: Caution! Danger! Extremely flammable aero sol. Danger! Pressurised container: may burst if heated. Harmful if swallowed. Caus es skin irritation. May cause allergic skin re actions. Causes severe eye irritation. Keep out of the reach of children. In the event of contact with eyes: gently rinse with water for several minutes. Remove contact lenses if possible. Continue rinsing. Seek medical ad vice. Read label before use. Keep away from heat, hot surfaces, sparks, open flames and other ignition sources. Do not smoke. Do not pierce or burn, even after use. Protect from sunlight.

Each

‘Scout’ First Aid Bag

Shoulder bag with belt loops, carrying handle and adjustable shoulder strap. Filled for the most common types of acci dents children and young people have. Dressings in sizes suitable for children. Made of water-repellent nylon. HxWxD: 29x21x7.5 cm.

71 142 2724 Each

5

4 Contains 31 items

‘Junior’ First Aid Box

Sturdy, high-quality aluminium box with practical compartments and first aid con tents for young people. LxWxH:

‘Ruck-Zuck’ First Aid Bag for School Sport

Designed for sports lesson injuries. Ad justable carry strap with shoulder pad ding. When opening the bag, the inner compartments are protected so that the bag can be used as a storage and working space. WxHxD: 28x25x15 cm.

71 142 2753

Each

4 Contains

4 MDR-certified

Refill packs for all first aid bags and boxes online at: sport-thieme.com

First aid

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Stretchers & Treatment Tables

1

Söhngen Vertically Folding Wall-Mounted Treatment Table

Wall-mounted treatment table with verti cal folding mechanism. Adjustable head rest. Easy-care cover made of imitation

1

4 Folds down vertically

6

leather. With paper roll holder. LxWxH: 200x70x50/60 cm. Max. load: 150 kg. 45 kg.

71 219 1401  50 cm Each

71 219 1414  65 cm Each

2

Söhngen Folding WallMounted Treatment Table

Folds down horizontally. Designed for small spaces. With adjustable headrest. High-quality foam padding and fabric-

4 Folds down horizontally

Also take a look at:

Therapy & massage tables, page 284

Accessory for 3|

4

Paper Roll Holder for Mas sage & Treatment Tables

This paper roll holder is a must-have ac cessory for your treatment or therapy table. Simply slide the paper roll onto the holder and secure it between the ta ble legs at the foot of the table. Made of steel.

71 293 3203 Each

5

4 Choice of mobile and sta tionary variant

3

Massage & Treatment Table

Heavy-duty, multi-purpose couch with ad justable headrest. Durable imitationleather cover is kind to the skin and easy to clean. Mobile version with 4 lockable swivel castors. LxWxH: 190x70x68 cm.

Max. load: 150 kg. 45 kg.

71 142 7400  Stationary Each

71 142 7439  Mobile Each

Accessories for 1| – 3|

5

Blanket

For placing underneath or covering things, or for storing. 100% polyester.

LxW: 200x140 cm. Washable at up to 40°C.

71 130 8655-1 Each

paper roll holder. LxWxH: approx. 200x70x65 cm. Max. load: 150 kg. 39 kg. 71 142 7442  50 cm Each

4 Very durable covering

4 Collapsible for com pact storage

4 MDR-certified medical device

4 MDR-certified medical device

6

Couch Paper Roll

Hygienic paper roll with tear-off perfora tion for stretchers and treatment tables.

LxW: 5,000x55 cm.

71 203 6814 Roll

7

Sport-Thieme ‘Fix’ Stretcher

Complies with DIN 24. Collapsible, with head pad and 2 quick-release fasteners. Sliding and rolling feet for easy transport. Made of light alloy. LxW (when assem bled): 230x56 cm. LxW (folded): 192x15 cm. Max. load: 150 kg. Approx. 9 kg.

71 142 5505 Each

Sound Systems & Amplifiers

With 230 V mains adapter

‘M200’ series‘M100’ series

rooms

to

250 m²

For outdoor use

4-hour battery life

JVC Boomblaster

5-year guarantee

TLS ‘M100 Combi’ Sound System

For large spaces such as halls and in schools. Can play music files from CDs, cassettes, SD cards and USBs.

With cinch and jack connection, lockable drawer, USB charging station and integrated trolley. Gapless player for playing music without a transition period. AMS func tion: speech is prioritised over music when microphone is used. Incl. remote control, 2 radio receivers and 1 wire less microphone. WxHxD: 33x58x29 cm. 16.4 kg. 5-year guarantee!

71 259 6600 Each

TLS ‘M100 Wireless’ Sound System

Same features as ‘M100 Combi’, but without cassette deck. 5-year guarantee!

71 259 6509

TLS ‘M100 Blue’ Sound System

Same features as ‘M100 Combi’, but without cassette deck, radio receiver and wireless microphone. 5-year guarantee!

71 259 6408

(WxHxD)

Each

5-year guarantee

TLS ‘M200 Combi’ Battery Sound System

Mobile outdoor system. Plays music files via Bluetooth and from CDs, cassettes, SD cards and USBs. Equipped with cinch and jack connection, pitch, trolley, wheels and storage compartment. Battery lasts for at least 4 hours at full power. With AMS: speech is prioritised over music when microphone is used. Incl. remote control, radio re ceiver and wireless microphone. WxHxD: 33x58x29 cm. Approx. 25 kg. 5-year guarantee!

71 280 7603 Each

TLS ‘M200 Wireless’ Battery Sound System

Same features as the ‘M200 Combi’, but without a cas sette deck. 5-year guarantee!

71 280 7616 Each

TLS ‘M200 Blue’ Battery Sound System

Same features as the ‘M200 Combi’, but without a cas sette deck, radio receiver and wireless microphone. 5-year guarantee!

Excellent for gyms and classes. Plays music files via Bluetooth, or from CDs and USBs. 2 subwoofers (160 mm), 2 mid-/high-range speakers (100 mm), an equaliser and coloured effect lighting. Front: headphone jack and AUX IN (3.5-mm jack). Back: microphone and guitar sockets (6.3-mm jack). With DAB+ and FM radio re ceiver. Incl. remote control.

71 292 7406  RV-NB300DAB Each

Accessories for 9|

Each

10

Dynamic Microphone

Connected using a 6.3-mm jack plug. With on and off switch. Mains-powered. Cable length: 3 m. 71 261 6504 Each

TLS Wireless Microphone with Transmitter

Wireless handheld microphone for TLS ‘M100’ and ‘M200’ Combi boxes. With transmitter. No licence required. Batteryoperated. Indoor range approx. 25 m, outdoor 150 m.

More sound systems & accessories online at:

Sound systems

Each

11

JVC Battery Pack for ‘Boomblaster’

Lithium-ion battery (14.4 V; 5,000 mAh) for the JVC ‘RV-NB200 BT’ and ‘RV-NB300DAB’ Boomblasters. Runs for up to 10 hours without a mains supply. 71 292 7507 Each

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Scoreboards

37 cm

1

2

Bürk Mobatime

‘MSA 50’ Scoreboard

For 9 sports. Stopwatch and suitable for interval training. Portable indoor score board. Can be read from 50 m. 12 digits (H: 7/10/12 cm). Integrated control panel and built-in buzzer. Easy to operate and transport.

Table model – WxHxD: 62x41x26 cm.

On frame – WxHxD: 62x125x61 cm. 11.3 kg. With 4 lockable swivel castors.

cm

71

2

Remote Control for ‘MSA 50’ Scoreboard

For conveniently operating key functions such as the score as well as start and stop.

Range approx. 15 m. LxWxH: 16x4.5x2 cm. Approx. 500 g. 71 131 6735 Each

Interchangeable name plates

3

Sport-Thieme ‘Gametime’

Portable Scoreboard

Waterproof and weatherproof to -10°C. Portable for indoor and outdoor use. WxHxD: 60x35x15 cm. Can be read from 100 m. 11 digits to display the score (H: 12 cm), game period (H: 6.9 cm) and

185

playing time (H: 8 cm). Built-in speak ers, microphone port and carry handle. Easy to operate via an app for iPad/ iPhone. Approx. 7 kg. Incl. power cable. 71 281 0209 Each

4

Stramatel ‘Multi-Top’

Scoreboard

Portable, battery- or mains-operated scoreboard. For 14 different sports. Folda ble console on the back with LCD screen.

• 5-language program control

• Foldable console on the back

• Reliable LED display

• Impact-proof, anti-glare, polycarbonate

DIN 18032-3 front

• Battery life: approx. 20 hours

Mains-powered

71 131 5208 Each

Battery-powered 71 131 5211 Each

Mains-powered with remote control 71 131 5237 Each

Battery-powered with remote control 71 131 5224 Each

Don’t forget to order: Desktop timers, page 151

5

Sport-Thieme

‘Derby 19 RC’ Scoreboard

Also take a look at: 137

Time Timers for sports halls, page

Wireless football scoreboard with remote control. Static for indoor and outdoor use. WxHxD: 185x100x2 cm. Can be read from approx. 200 m. With 6 digits (H: 33 cm). Displays the score from 0–19 and minutes from 0–99. Approx. 7 kg. 71 266 0208 Each

141sport-thieme.com/ Equipment Balls Teamsport Athletics Equipment Swimming Fitness Gymnastics Movement Therapy Leisure Games Service Psychomotricity Sensory Stimulation For advice and to place an order: +49 5357 181 503 sport-thieme.com 5.1 kg.

Handle Individual adjust ment options

4 Easy to operate using the scoreboard controls or via the app for iPhones and iPads

Built-in control panel on the back

Line Marking Machines

Sport-Thieme line marking machines

Line Up 2.0

4 Horizontally adjustable spraying unit – keeps your shoes clean

Roll Liner

4 With a roller system for paint application

2

Sport-Thieme ‘Roll Liner’

Wet Line Marking Machine

1

Sport-Thieme ‘Line Up 2.0’

Wet Line Marking Machine

Semi-transparent paint container (11 l) with scale, so the remaining capacity can always be seen. For hard courts and grass pitches. Required pressure: approx. 4 bar. 71 271 2909 Each

Paint intensity and consumption are con trolled via spring-loaded, adjustable brushes. After marking, simply return the remaining paint to the original canister, and clean the container as well as the roll ers using clear water. For hard courts and grass pitches.

71 111 5404 Each

Easy LineChamp

Easy to clean Features electric pump

4 No pre-mixing of the paint necessary

Sport-Thieme ‘Champ’

Wet Line Marking Machine

The electric pump (12 V, 2.1 A) can be easi ly turned on and off using a convenient button on the handlebar. For hard courts and grass pitches. Required spraying pressure: approx. 4.8 bar. Flow rate: 2.6 l/ min. Incl. paint funnel and sieve.

71 306 5802 Each

Our tip for 3| & 4|

Time saver: fill one container with the marking paint and the second container with water for cleaning the hoses, pump and spray head at a later stage. More

4

Sport-Thieme ‘Easy Line’

Wet Line Marking Machine

The electric pump (12 V, 2.1 A) can be easi ly turned on and off via a switch on the handlebar. Removable plastic container can hold approx. 19 l of water. Required pressure: approx. 5.5 bar. Flow rate: 5.5 l/ min. Incl. battery, charger, paint funnel and sieve.

71 116 6301 Each

savings: use the liquid from cleaning the hoses and tank for the next paint application.

Sport-Thieme Marking Rail for Wet Line Marking Machines

An additional accessory for the ‘Champ’ and ‘Easy Line’ wet line mark ing machines. For better handling and easy line marking. Spraying unit ad justable over the entire width of the frame. Powder-coated steel tubing frame. 60 cm.

71 275 4000 Each

Replacement Spray Head

For ‘Easy Line’ and ‘Champ’ spray line marking ma chines.

71 186 5312 Each

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Dry Marking Machines & Marking Aids

With

Model

2

1

Approx.

Bundesliga

All-metal

Approx.

2

Bundesliga

(solid-rubber

All-metal 35 litres 12 cm Approx. 19

With Perlon

Marking

New! Sport-Thieme

‘Pro’ Marking Aids

All-weather grass tufts with convenient twist-in mechanism. Won’t be in the way during play and when cutting the grass.

PP spiral cone with synthetic UV-resist ant tufts. L, spiral cone: 10 cm. L, tufts: 8 cm. 25 marking aids required to mark out 1 football pitch. Insertion tool in cluded.

71 316 8501 Set of 25

71 111 5619

With

3| Soccer

(pneumatic tyres)

All-metal 50 litres 5–12 cm Approx. 28

Dry marking machines

vibrating

71 111 5101

Dry marking machines are equipped with brushes to be used with chalk, gypsum or lime. The innovative spread er slit guarantees precise and even line marking. All marking machines are powder-coated and are therefore bet ter protected against rust and corro sion.

Plifix Marking Aids

For permanent identification and marking. Synthetic grass tufts with convenient screw-in mechanism. No risk of injury to the players as the spiral cone is fully in serted into the ground. L, spiral cone: 10 cm. L, tufts: 7 cm. One set includes 25 marking aids, which is enough to mark out one football pitch. Supplied with in sertion tool.

71 111 6700  White Set of 25

71 111 6739  Red Set of 25

71 111 6742  Yellow Set of 25

4 100% biodegradable

Marking Spray

The small practical aid that can be used whenever lines are needed. Whether it’s on a sports field or on a volleyball or bad minton court – with this non-permanent spray chalk you can create temporary markings on any playing field (grass, sand or asphalt). The marking spray is 100% biodegradable and leaves no environmen tally harmful residues. Contents: 150 ml per can. White.

71 265 7703 Set of 3

Attention! Keep out of reach of children. Read label before use. Keep away from heat, hot surfaces, sparks, open flames and other ignition sources. No smoking. Do not pierce or burn, even after use. Pro tect from sunlight.

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Boundary Poles & Corner Flags

3

Don’t

Sport-Thieme ‘Club’ Boundary Pole

Flexible and colour-fast made of elastic plastic. L: 172 cm (160.5 cm above ground). Diameter: 28 mm. Incl. metal spike and cap. Flag not included.

71 136 1201

Each

1

Sport-Thieme Flag for Boundary Poles with a Diameter of up to 30 mm

Weatherproof. 100% polyester. LxW: approx. 40x40 cm.

For all boundary poles with a diameter of up to 30 mm (3|).

71 111 6205  Neon yellow Each

71 111 6218  Red/white Each

2

Sport-Thieme Flag for Boundary Poles

with a Diameter of up to 50 mm

Weatherproof. 100% polyester. LxW: approx. 40x40 cm.

For all boundary poles with a diameter of up to 50 mm (4| & 5|).

71 111 6306  Neon yellow Each

71 111 6319  Red/white Each

Sport-Thieme

‘All-Round’ Boundary Pole Set

The set includes:

• 6 ‘All-Round’ boundary poles, incl. ground sockets,

4|

• 6 corner flags, 2|

4 Can be used on a wide range of pitches

Sport-Thieme

Ground Socket for Boundary Poles

Stable metal ground socket to set up poles. Poles with a diameter of up to 30 mm fit into the socket, while plastic poles with a diameter of 50 mm are placed over the top of the socket. Lxdia.: 27.5x12 cm.

71 111 7716 Each

4

Sport-Thieme ‘All-Round’ Boundary Pole

Injury-proof, weather-resistant and colour-fast. Made of elastic plastic. Can also be used with the ‘All-Round’ round base, 9|. L: approx. 165 cm (150 cm above ground). Diameter: 50 mm. Incl. 2 caps and ground socket. Flag not included.

71 111 7400  White Each

71 111 7413  Yellow Each

5

Sport-Thieme Tilting Boundary Pole

Returns to its original position thanks to articulated joint. Made of thick-walled, weather-resistant plastic. L: 175 cm (155 cm above ground). Diameter: 50 mm. Incl. ground socket. Flag not included.

71 111 6410 Each

Sport-Thieme

White poles, red/white flags

71 111 7631

White poles, neon yellow flags

71 111 7657

Yellow poles, red/white flags

12-piece set

12-piece set

71 111 7660 12-piece set

Yellow poles, neon yellow flag

71 111 7673 12-piece set

Tilting Boundary Pole Set

The set includes:

• 6 tilting boundary poles, 5|, incl. ground sockets

• 6 corner flags, in red/white or neon yellow, 2|

Red/white flags

71 111 7107

Neon yellow flags

12-piece set

71 111 7110 12-piece set

Boundary pole accessories

Sport-Thieme ‘All-Round’ Round Base

Great stability, inside and out! Diameter of base: 26.5 cm. For boundary poles with a diameter of 28 mm or 50 mm. Compatible with ‘All-Round’ poles, 4|. 10-year guarantee!

71 111 7703  Black Each

71 111 7729  Grey Each

Sport-Thieme ‘All-Round’ Ground Socket

Plastic. Inserted into grass pitches. With cap. L: approx. 30 cm. Insertion depth into ground socket: approx. 18 cm. Compatible with ‘All-Round’ boundary poles, 4|.

71 111 7455 Each

sport-thieme.com

4 For wooden and plastic poles

145sport-thieme.com/ Equipment Balls Teamsport Athletics Equipment Swimming Fitness Gymnastics Movement Therapy Leisure Games Service Psychomotricity Sensory Stimulation For advice and to place an order: +49 5357 181 503 Boundary poles

Sports Ground Equipment

2

Easy to use

The hose on the hose trolley is at tached to the tap and the sprinkler. After opening the tap, the sprinkler pulls itself along the steel cable, which has been laid out in advance, and covers the surface to be sprayed.

At the end of the process, the sprin kler turns itself off and stops spray ing. The 1-inch diameter water hose is pulled along behind the sprinkler.

‘Rollcart-V’ Sprinkler

For automatically sprinkling sports stadiums, sports fields and green are

as.

• Adjustable speed

• Adjustable water quantity

• Drives and sprinkles independently

• Switches the water off automatically after reaching the end position

• Practically maintenance-free

• Handy and keeps grass in good condi tion

Specification:

• Speed: 10–20 m/hour

• Water pressure: at least 4 bar on the sprinkler

• Water consumption: 3.0 m³/hour

• Max. width covered: 28–36 m

• Max. length covered: 120 m

• Dimensions (LxWxH): 77x47x40 cm

71 111 8067 Each

Hose Trolley

Secure transport and clean storage of water hoses. Robust steel construction with water flowing through the drum ax le, which is covered in red/black plastic and comes with removable bracket.

Specification:

• Water connection with 1-inch brass coupling

• Reel width: 390 mm, with water flow

• Dimensions (LxWxH): 75x75x80 cm

• Drum capacity: max. 100 m for a 1-inch hose or approx. 180 m for a 3/4-inch hose. Hose not included.

71 111 8012 Each

Water Hose for Sprinklers

Quality plastic hose with fabric lining. Flexible at low temperatures and permanently elastic. Diameter: 1 inch (2.54 cm). Length 100 m.

71 111 8096 Each

4

6

Chain Post Set

Consists of 6 plastic posts and 5 plastic chains. The concrete-filled posts are par ticularly stable and resist being tipped over or unwanted movement. Height: 870 mm, post diameter: 40 mm. Post caps with 4 integrated chain connection points. Max. distance between posts: ap prox. 2.5 m. Max. length when set up: ap prox. 10 m.

71 195 5200 Set

8

Stud Cleaner

A simple, practical and effective device for cleaning football boots. The cleaner is made from thick aluminium, with highquality brushes for cleaning boots. Clean the underside of the boot with hard brushes and the sides with softer natural bristles. LxDxH: 50x31x19 cm.

71 131 6155 Each

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Kai Kazmirek, decathlete and member of the German Olympic squad, fourth place at the Rio Olympics and bronze medallist at the 2017 World Championships in London

“Top

Stoptec ‘141’ Stopwatch

The Stoptec ‘141’ stopwatch is a value-for-money

stopwatch

tions

be

by anyone. Features

Hanhart ‘Stratos 2’ Stopwatch

the Hanhart ‘Stratos 2’ stopwatch.

4 Simple, two-button operation

Hanhart ‘Stopstar 2’ Stopwatch

130 3504

Hanhart ‘Profile 25’ Stopwatch

Large LCD display

Hanhart ‘Delta E 200’ Stopwatch

Stopwatch with analysis, quick search, memory function,

Seiko ‘S062’ Solar Stopwatch

Fully automatic calendar. Memory recall after or during timing thanks to Easy Button feature. Countdown with auto repeat function (1–100x) and various alarm sounds. 71 235 9700 Each

‘Alpha’

Stopwatches

2

4 Waterproof and shock proof

3

Waterproof up to 10 bars

For swimming coaches

4 Waterproof and shockproof

Crown stop watches

4 Metal casing

4 1/10 second

4 15-min. display panel

5

Hanhart Crown Stopper

Diamond-cut metal case (55 mm) with bow ring and shockproof precision mechanics. Protected against dust and water. For athletics, swimming and school sports. LxWxH: 110x90x30 mm. Approx. 114 g.

71 130 3302 Each

1

Sport-Thieme ‘Stroke’ Stopwatch

Measures strokes per minute. Perfect for swimming, ca noeing and rowing. Displays fastest lap, slowest lap and average lap time. Pacer function with adjustable inter vals. Stopwatch with memory space for 300 individual times or 100 data blocks.

71 281 9206

2

‘PC-73’ Multi-Functional

DIGI Watch with 50 Memory Spaces

Each

Compact timer with a 2-line display, countdown function and 50 memory spaces for laps and interval times. Com bined timer and pacer can be accurately set to 1/10 of a second. Counts up to 99 laps. Splash- and shockproof. Incl. battery and lanyard.

71 130 5005

Each

150 4 Ideal for rowing and canoeing

Digi Sport ‘PC 110’

Multi-Functional DIGI Watch

500 memory spaces, large display, strokes per minute and speed measurement. Dual timer for breaks and loads. Performance data can be printed straight away or at a later stage using the DIGI Print Timer (page 151, 3|).

Incl. protective pouch.

71 130 4608 Each

Seiko ‘S141’ Stopwatch

Professional watch for swimming and competitions. Suitable for use in shallow water (waterproof up to a pressure of 10 bars). Ideal for swimming coaches. Stroke rate for swimming and rowing. ID numbers for storing in dividual athletes’ times separately, e.g. during competi tions or group training. Memory space for 300 individual times or 100 data blocks. With battery life indicator.

71 159 9901

and

per minute for

Each

4 1/10 second

4 15-min. display panel

6

Hanhart ‘Amigo’ Stopwatch

Strong and for all types of sport, incl. ice and field hockey, basketball, handball and football. With small display panel. LxWxH: 110x90x30 mm. Approx. 85 g. Incl. lanyard.

71 130 3403 Each

4 1/5 second

4 60-min. display panel

Hanhart ‘Amigo Allsport’ Stopwatch

Shockproof pin lever movement in strong ABS case.

Splash-proof. Winding mechanism on the back.

LxWxH: 110x90x30 mm. Approx. 85 g. Incl. lanyard.

71 130 5500 Each

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Stopwatches & Interval Timers

2

4 Digital stopwatch and printer

Seiko ‘S149’ Digital Stopwatch

Results can be printed during or after tim ing. Identification number for differentiat ing different users. Automatic start func tion. Splash-proof. Anti-bacterial casing. Space for 300 individual times or 100 data blocks. WxHxD: approx. 80x200x30 mm. 415 g. Incl. battery and lanyard.

71 130 7102 Each

3

DIGI Print Timer

Stopwatch and printer with USB port. Da ta can be printed straight away or later. Splash- and shock-proof. Pacer, dual tim er, 12/24 clock, date, alarm, speed con version function. 2,000 memory spaces.

LxWxH: 205x80x30 mm. Approx. 240 g. 71 164 7903 Each

White Red Blue

5

TFA Digital ‘Cube’ Timer

Simply place the cube face up with the de sired digit – and the countdown starts. End sound can be set to loud or soft, on or off. Optional sound 10 seconds before the time is up. LxWxH: 6x6x6 cm. 58 g. White: 5, 15, 30 & 60 minutes. Blue: 10, 20, 30 & 60 seconds. Red: 1, 2, 3 & 5 minutes.

71 313 1305  White Each

71 313 1318  Red Each

71 313 1321  Blue Each

8

Hanhart ‘Prisma 200’

Desktop Timer

Choice of 2 timers 1/10 sec or 1/100 min. Start/stop/reset, addition, countdown with adjustable end sound, up/down tim er for intervals, repeat, fly-back and time of day. Time resolution can be switched.

2 memory spaces. HxWxD: 175x130x40/90 mm. Approx. 390 g.

71 130 4507 Each

9

Hanhart ‘Mesotron’

Desktop Stopwatch

With fluorescent dots on face. Start/stop/ reset, addition, countdown. Sturdy, easy to read and quartz-controlled. HxWxD: 175x130x40/95 mm. Approx. 375 g. Bat tery included.

71 130 6705 Each

Sport-Thieme

LED Interval Timer

5 pre-set programmes for customised cross training, personal training and group training sessions. 10-second count down before the programme starts. Beeps at the start of training or breaks, as well

4 Easy to read thanks to large LED display

as in countdown mode. Aluminium cas ing, plastic glazing. WxHxD: 73.5x17.6x5 cm. 2.6 kg. Remote control and mains adapter included.

71 282 2408 Each

Paper for thermal printer can be found online at: sport-thieme.com

Sport-Thieme ‘Pocket’ Interval Timer

Up to 99 interval times. Times up to 99 minutes and 59 seconds. With alarm, vibration and switch-off function. For in terval training, Tabata, cardio and HIIT.

LxWxH: 6.5x5.3x2.6 cm. 44 g. Incl. fasten ing clip.

71 282 2509 Each

Also

a look at:

Time Timers,

6

Sport-Thieme ‘Counter’ Timer

Entry-level model for timing during reha bilitation and running training. With countdown and count-up function. Mag net on back of casing. LxWxH: 80x56x19 mm. Approx. 300 g.

71 291 0303

Each

7

Sport-Thieme ‘Time Session’ Timer

Timer with plastic casing and rubber edg ing for optimal handling. Time, alarm, countdown and count-up function. Mag net on the back of the casing. LxWxH: 80x65x16 mm. 700 g.

71 291 0101 Each

Desktop timers

8

4 Countdown function with 2 times

4 11-cm-diameter face, for schools, sports and business use

151sport-thieme.com/ Athletics Balls Teamsport Athletics Equipment Swimming Fitness Gymnastics Movement Therapy Leisure Games Service Psychomotricity Sensory Stimulation For advice and to place an order: +49 5357 181 503 sport-thieme.com 4Thermal paper

1

New! SmarTracks

Mobile Timing Gates

Unique magnetic timing technology for professional performance diagnostics at any location. With free app to view live stream timing on your smartphone. Great tool for short-, medium- and long-distance runs, hurdles and relays, but also for pole vault and long jump. This is how it works: put on the belt with the sensor electronics and run through the gates. These can be set up with a minimum distance of 5 me tres. The data recorded by the sensor can be viewed in real time on your smartphone

or another online device. Use 2 gates for runs without split times and 4 gates for runs with split times. Packed dimensions (LxWxH): 43.7x37.9x13/16 cm. Approx. 8/12 kg.

The set of 2 gates includes:

• 1 DX5.0 timing sensor with belt

• 2 magnetic gates which can be used with the Smart Run app

• Measuring tape

• Info board on set-up and certain agility tests

• Carrying case

The set of 4 gates includes:

• 1 DX5.0 timing sensor with belt

• 4 magnetic gates which can be used with the Smart Run app

• Measuring tape

• Info board on set-up and certain agility tests

• Carrying case

71 321 7405  2 gates Set

71 321 7418  4 gates Set

Also take a look at:

New! SmarTracks

Extension Set for Mobile Timing Gates

For accurate performance analysis of ad ditional split times (to be combined with main set). Professional diagnostics via the Smart Run app. Can be used at any loca tion. Great tool for short-, medium- and long-distance runs. The set of 2 gates in cludes: 2 magnetic gates and 1 carry case, internal case dimensions (LxWxH): 43.7x37.9x13 cm. Approx. 6.7 kg. The set of 4 gates includes: 4 magnetic gates and 1 carry case, internal case dimensions (LxWxH): 43.7x37.9x13 cm. Approx. 11.6 kg.

71 327 7300  2 gates Set  71 327 7313  4 gates Set

New! SmarTracks ‘DX5.0’ Timing Sensor with Belt

The sensor belt is comfortable to wear and an ideal addition to the mobile timing

gates as it allows several athletes to be tracked and measured at the same time. Using the Smart Run app, the data can be viewed in real time or later. Recharging the sensor to 100% takes approx. 3 hrs and to 80% approx. 2 hrs (via a standard 5-volt USB adapter). Battery life: 8–10 hrs. Made of plastic. LxWxH: 30x25x8 cm. 500 g. 71 327 7603 Each

Relay Baton Set

Set of 6 batons and suitable storage

bag. Made of light alloy. L: 29.9 cm.

Weight of set: 0.5 kg.

Junior, dia. 32 mm

71 290 2715

71 290 2728

290 2744

Sport-Thieme

Relay Baton

Made of light alloy, assorted colours. Length: 299 mm. Approx. 100 g per baton.

Junior, dia. 32 mm

71 124 8904 Each

Senior, dia. 38 mm (World Athletics specification)

71 124 8917 Each

2757

71 290 2760

Senior, dia. 38 mm (World Athletics specification)

71 290 2816

290 2829

2845

2858

2861

Set

Set

Set

Set

Set

Winners’ rostrums, online at: sport-thieme.com

Winners’ rostrums Start numbers

Set

Set

Set

Set

Set

6

New! Sport-Thieme

‘Numbers’ Relay Baton Set

8 numbered batons in different col ours. Choice of Junior and Senior set. Senior set complies with World Athlet ics specifications. Light alloy. 299 mm long. Dia. of Junior batons: 32 mm. Dia. of Senior batons: 38 mm.

Junior, dia. 32 mm

71 319 8100 Set of 8

Senior, dia. 38 mm (World Athletics specification)

71 319 8113 Set of 8

4 Visible from a long distance

7

Sport-Thieme

Starting Clap Board

Clear acoustic signal for the start of any club and school race. Excellent acoustic ef fect. With mechanism that prevents the board from opening up accidentally. Made of wood. LxWxH: 46x26x6 cm. Approx. 1 kg.

71 130 2400 Each

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Starting blocks

There are generally two types of start ing blocks: those for competitions and those used for training. Competition starting blocks are manufactured as per the official regulation specifica tions and differ in terms of the size of the blocks, adjustment options and their carry handles. Competition start ing blocks can also be used in training. Training starting blocks, on the other hand, may have certain features that can make training easier. Indoor start ing blocks come with a special non-slip rubber underside, for example.

Starting blocks

Competition starting blocks

Starting Blocks

4 Can be linked up to a false start detection device

4 Replaceable surface

Training starting blocks

4 The classic

4 With sturdy aluminium centre rail

4 Angle of blocks is adjustable

4 For plastic and cinder tracks

Universal starting blocks

4 Freely adjustable

4 Lightweight and compact

Ideal for schools

Sport-Thieme ‘Super’

Starting Blocks Trolley

For schools and clubs. Can accommodate up to 10 starting blocks. Trolley for con venient transport and practical storage. With brakes. Made of powder-coated steel. LxWxH: 127x56x140 cm. 16 kg. 71 303 6004 Each

Spare parts can be found online at: sport-thieme.com

Starting blocks

The adapter turns these outdoor starting blocks into indoor ones!

Indoor starting blocks

Sport-Thieme Lane Marker Boxes with False Start Indication

Practical set of 8 lightweight and stacka ble lane marker boxes. Fold-down false start indicators made of aluminium. Boxes made of GRP. LxWxH: 48x48x41 cm. 1.7 kg each. 71 307 3807 8-piece set

Hurdles

Training hurdles

4 Helps greatly with hurdle training

2

Sypro ‘Small’ Zacharias Hurdle

Handy practice hurdle for new athletes. Freely height-adjustable from 8–60 cm. Al so suitable for jump strength or long jump training. Powder-coated, sturdy steel tubing frame or lightweight aluminium frame.

Width: 80 cm, tubing diameter: 22 mm, alu minium version: 2.25 kg, silver. Steel ver sion: 3 kg, yellow.

71 293 3812  Steel tubing Each

71 293 3809  Aluminium

Sypro

‘Classic’ Zacharias Hurdle

Excellent hurdle for beginners, jumpstrength training or use in circuit training. Height adjustable from 8–107 cm. Powder-coated tubular steel or light weight aluminium frame. With foampadded frictionless joints. Tube diameter: 22 mm. W: 112 cm. Aluminium version: 2.8 kg. Steel variant: 3.5 kg.

71 123 4507  Steel tubing Each

71 123 4510  Aluminium Each

3

4 Height adjustment to 40, 50 and 60 cm

4 Flexible crossbar

4 Extremely versatile –suitable for use in athletics and fitness

4

Sport-Thieme

‘All-Round Hurdle

Versatile, for schools and clubs as well as rehabilitation and fitness. Soft, thanks to two-piece padded crossbars. High-quality and accurate telescopic push-button height adjustment. Made of steel, with weighted base. 2 variants – LxWxH: 107x70x50 mm, height adjustment: 50–85 cm, 11 kg; and LxWxH: 107x70x85 mm, height adjustment: 85–150 cm, 13.5 kg.

71 303 0716  50–85 cm Each

71 303 0703  85–150 cm Each

Sport-Thieme ‘Kids’ Hurdle

Hurdle for children’s athletics events.

Easy height adjustment thanks to pushbutton system. Adjustable heights: 40, 50 and 60 cm. Padded crossbar for increased safety. Compact storage thanks to remov able base. 40x80x60/50/40 cm. Approx. 4.4 kg. Silver, black, white and blue. 71 296 1008 Each

Training hurdles for encouraging training sessions

Sport-Thieme Mini Hurdles Set

Expand your training programme with this set of 6 complete hurdles. The best way to combine play and training.

The set includes:

• 18 gymnastics bars (100 cm)

71

6106

4 No need to be afraid to jump over the magnetic crossbar

New! Sport-Thieme Hurdle

A robust mini hurdle with magnetic hurdle crossbar, which falls down when contact is made. Easy height adjustment (25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55 and 60 cm) using spring pressure mechanism. W: 60 cm.

71 298 1606 Each

BlockX

The multifunctional blocks are excellent for use in athletics training. Thanks to the soft material, beginners can train and practise without fear of injury. This makes the blocks perfect for use in school and club sport for training with anyone from small children to adults.

The large BlockX blocks measuring 50x15x8 cm are the originals. The Mini BlockX blocks measuring 25x7.5x8 cm are compatible with the large blocks, but can also be used separately.

Sport-Thieme Mat Hurdle

Robust foam mat hurdle for indoor train ing. Can also be used as a barrier board or small gym mat. Simply undo the press studs and unfold. With hook-and-loop bands to join up with other hurdles. Can be adjusted to 2 heights: 25 and 32 cm.

LxW: 60x40 cm. 2 kg.

71 270 0003 Each

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Powder-coated, sturdy steel tube frame

Training hurdle

Competition hurdles

Handy lever for height and counter weight adjustment

4 Height-adjustable from 65.0–106.7 cm

4 Height-adjustable from

1

Sport-Thieme Training Hurdle

Robust training hurdle for schools and clubs. The hurdle can be easily and con veniently adjusted to 7 heights (65.0–106.7 cm) using the spring-action mecha nism. Frame made of steel and aluminium. Cantilevers made of steel/aluminium tub ing.

71 272 6739 Each

Polanik training & competi tion hurdles,

at:

2

Sport-Thieme Competition Hurdle

Suitable for use in national competitions and training. Internal counterbalances for the necessary tip momentum. Height ad justable from 68.6–106.7 cm thanks to the spring-action mechanism. Galvanised steel, powder-coated aluminium cantile ver, blue/white. World Athletics-certified. 71 272 6638 Each

3

Sport-Thieme ‘Flash’ Auto matic Competition Hurdle

Hurdle with automatic counterweight ad justment. Quick and easy height adjust ment thanks to lever below crossbar. Made of durable aluminium alloy. LxWxH: 113x66x76.2 cm. Adjustable heights: 76.2 cm, 83.8 cm, 91.4 cm, 99.1 cm and 106.7 cm. 13.8 kg.

71 298 1909 Each

Training hurdles for encouraging training sessions

4

5-year guarantee

Sport-Thieme

‘Get Up’ Hurdle

Easy to set up. Stackable. For indoor and outdoor use in school and club sports.

Padded aluminium crossbar automatically folds back into position after having been

struck. Can be jumped over from both sides. Height adjustable from 64–106.7 cm. Approx. 8.2 kg.

5-year guarantee!

71 123 4914

Approved by TÜV AUSTRIA, certificate no.: ZSTS/APZE/2350

“The ‘Get Up’ hurdles make hurdling easy. The folding mechanism and padding mean it’s not a problem if you clip the hurdles. Perfect for chil dren and teenagers that want to learn to hurdle.”

Kai Kazmirek

Decathlete and member of the Olympic squad

This innovative hurdle automatically re turns to position after it has been struck, saving you time so you can concentrate on your training. The perfect training product with many variation possibilities. Stable, light aluminium construction with folding feet. Height adjustable in 5-cm incre ments.

Available versions:

Mini: height adjustable from 40–60 cm

Midi: height adjustable from 55–84 cm

Maxi: height adjustable from 66–106 cm

71 124 3114  Mini Each

71 124 3101  Midi Each

71 124 3127  Maxi Each

Counterweight can be adjusted to suit the height of the hurdle

Sport-Thieme ‘Club’

High Jump Stands

The light-alloy stands have a recessed centimetre measuring tape which is both easy to read and accurate. The design in cludes screw clamps allowing for accurate adjustment of the crossbar in centimetre increments. With non-slip rubber cushion ing on the underside of the stable Tshaped base and a safety device to pre vent the T-shaped base from falling over.

5-year guarantee!

8206

8219

Accessories for 1| & 2|

2

We’re more than happy to supply Nordic & Polanik high jump equipment.

Call us on: +49 5357 181 503

More accessories for 2|, online at: sport-thieme.com 71 317 9000

Sport-Thieme ‘World Class’ High Jump Stands

Our premium model. 2 World Athleticscertified high jump stands made of alu minium. Complete with screw clamps for setting the jump height and weighted Tshaped bases. Sturdy aluminium posts (80x80 mm) with 1-cm increments marked on the side ensure accurate readability. Infinitely variable height adjustment. Ide al for competitions. LxW, stand: 67.5x60 cm. Approx. 20 kg each. 2.5 m

71 271 2707  Aluminium natural PairC

Section of uprights

mm 80 mm

With spirit level to check the level of the bar

6

With diversion brackets

Sport-Thieme Screw Clamps

With protective pads, to prevent dam age to the aluminium uprights. Inner di mensions 45x42 mm for uprights of 40x40 mm.

8525

Sport-Thieme ‘Club Safe’ Screw Clamps with Diversion Brackets

The crossbar is diverted and does not fall on the high jump mat. Screw clamps 45x42 mm, with pads for protecting the aluminium uprights. Suitable for 40x40-mm uprights.

8512

45x45

‘Club Safe’ Crossbar Holder

With diversion bracket and viewing win dow. The height can easily be adjusted in 5-cm increments and can be read thanks to the viewing window. The addi tional diversion brackets ensure that the crossbar does not fall on the landing ar ea. Inner dimensions: 45x45 mm. 5-year guarantee!

123 9805

Sport-Thieme High Jump Stand Scale for ‘Club’

Great for both training and competi tions. Easy to use thanks to steel screw clamp (included). White measuring scale on the aluminium is easy to read. Measurements from 5–240 cm. Height: 250 cm. 2.8 kg.

71 294 7408 Each

7

Sport-Thieme High Jump Stand Scale for ‘Premium’

Telescopic measuring scale. Accurate and clear readout thanks to rotating measuring tape, viewing window and built-in spirit level. Made of aluminium.

L: 66 cm, measurement: 66–300 cm. 1.6 kg.

71 308 6807 Each

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

High

Fibreglass with rubber end

technique training,

Zacharias

Training aids

High jump

Sport-Thieme

Wooden Vaulting Pole

Vaulting pole made of ash for beginners. With protective rubber end cap. LxW: 200x3.5 cm. Max. load: 50 kg. 1.3 kg.

71 255 0103

Sport-Thieme

‘Kids’ Vaulting Pole

Perfect for use in children’s athletics to gently introduce the young athletes to

pole vaulting. The two rubber end caps mean that the little ones don’t have to pay attention to the pole’s vaulting end, while the pole’s diameter of approx. 2.5 cm makes the pole easy for children’s hands to grip. Made of fibreglass. LxWxH: 250x3x3 cm. Rubber end cap at its widest point: approx. 4 cm. Max. load: 40 kg. 2.6 kg.

71 298 2205

Vaulting poles

9 Don’t forget to order:

Sport-Thieme ‘Lift’

Telescopic Crossbar Placer

Useful pole vaulting tool. Made of alumini um. Length – retracted: 1.8 m, fully ex tended: 4.4 m. Approx. 1.2 kg. 71 295 8604 Pair

We’ll happily supply you with Pacer and Nordic vaulting poles in lengths/ loads not listed here –just give us a call: +49 5357 181 503

Long Jump & Triple Jump

Sport-Thieme ‘Jump’

Jump Strength Trainer

Extra-large jumping surface. Suitable for use with spikes. Height can be adjusted by adding additional box sections. Birch multiplex and Regupol, L: 146 cm, W: 46 cm (not including base feet), 75 cm (with base feet), H: top section 13.3 cm, base with feet 14 cm, additional box sec tions 10 or 20 cm. Available in three ver sions:

• Small: base set – top section and base; can be adjusted to heights of 13.3 and 27.3 cm

Sandpit cover

• Medium: base set + 2x 10-cm elements; can be adjusted to heights of 13.3, 27.3, 37.3 and 47.3 cm

• Large: base set + 1x 10-cm + 2x 20-cm elements; can be adjust to heights of 13.3, 27.3, 37.3, 47.3, 57.3, 67.3 and 77.3 cm

For

down

Steel

•

Steel

chain per metre: 100x2x2 cm,

Rake

Sport-Thieme

Long Jump Pit Cover

This cover will protect your long jump pit from dirt and prevent sand movement. 100% polyester mesh, water-permeable, approx. 400 g/m², 5-cm hem around the edges with cut-out sections at the corners for steel chains or cables. Sandbags can also be used to weigh it down. 71 111 9738 m²

Need help?

trained advisors

to assist:

5357 181 503

Rake and Spazzle

Rake and spazzle in one, to prepare the pit for training and competitions. For lev elling and smoothing the sand. Made of aluminium. LxW: 180x54 cm. Approx. 1.4 kg.

297 2709

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Aluminium

4 Protects the sand from dirt and moving around

Water-permeable mesh material

Long Jump & Triple Jump

Which take-off board is the right one for me?

Take-off boards differ in terms of mate rial, size and versatility. Rubber takeoff boards are a great choice for schools and clubs as they are very dura ble. Wooden take-off boards , on the other hand, offer excellent and more di rect jump characteristics due to their firmness. High-quality boards made of a special plastic composite combine the advantages of both rubber and wooden boards. These boards have out standing jump characteristics and are extremely durable.

Competition take-off board

School take-off board Blanking board

Multi-laminated plywood

Black inlay board is particularly easy to see

Wood/plastic

Sport-Thieme Aluminium Take-Off Board Frame

For securing take-off boards with ease. Perfect for long jump and triple jump. Alu minium angular frame. Competition vari ant for take-off boards measuring 122x34x10 cm (LxWxH). Each approx.

Accessory

Sport-Thieme Take-Off Board Set

Take-off board set made of weatherproof GRP. Includes: 1 ‘GRP’ take-off board, 4|, (LxW: 122x34 cm, 16 kg), 1 aluminium

Take-off and blank ing board in one

123 cm, approx. 4 kg),

replacement take-off

Togu Nock Ball

Excellent product for javelin training made of hard-wearing Ryton to practise correct hand positioning. Ideally suited for indoor use. 10 cm in diame ter. 400 g: rice filling. 600 g: sand and rice filling. 800 g: sand and iron granulate filling.

contact us for prices and shipping

Nemeth ‘Standard’ competition javelin, online at:

Also take a

not

Nordic Sport ‘Viking’ Competition Javelin

Very forgiving and joint-friendly competition javelin with great flight characteristics for clubs and competitive athletes. World Athletics-certified. Made of a special aluminium alloy, with steel tip.

C

14

14

Sport-Thieme Javelin Bag

Tearproof javelin bag made of polyester with 2 practical carry handles. For up to 5 javelins measuring up to 2.70 m.

Javelin Trolley

Polanik Javelin Trolley

For up to 18 javelins. Max. load: 50 kg. Sturdy, powder-coated steel tubing.

12 LxWxH: 94x51x40 cm. 71 272 7107 Each

Contents not

For track and field in clubs and schools as well as for athletics stadiums. Can accommodate 30 javelins. Easy to use thanks to sturdy wheels with brakes. Made of steel. LxWxH: 127x56x140 cm. 13.6 kg. 71 303 6307 Each

L: approx. 279.4 cm. Diameter: 12.5 cm. Approx. 690 g. 71 285 2401 Each

More javelin bags, online at: sport-thieme.com

Javelin bags

Indoor shot puts

1

Sport-Thieme

Plastic Shot Put

Robust shot put, made from good-grip plastic and filled with iron pellets – ideal for beginners to practise correct tech

4 Plastic 4 Does not bounce

nique. Suitable for indoor and outdoor use. Does not bounce. Each weight is a different colour.

See table for available versions.

2

4 Rubber 4 Does not bounce

WV Shot Put

Does not bounce. Training shot put for in door and outdoor use. Made of thickwalled rubber, filled with pellets. See table for available versions. T

4 Can be used indoors without protective mats

Has a larger diameter than conventional shot puts, making it great for training technique

New! Sport-Thieme

‘World Class’ Stop Board

Very robust and weatherproof, as fully made of plastic. Rectangular variant is World Athletics-certified. Made in Germa

71 123 5379 71 123 5366

Shot Put Board

Sport-Thieme Shot Put and Hammer Throw Throwing Circle

Rectangular:

Athletics-

ny. Incl. fixings. LxWxH, curved variant: 133x11.5x8 cm. 10 kg. LxWxH, rectangular variant: 120.8x11.5x8 cm. 12 kg. 71 316 3506  Curved Each  71 316 3519  Rectangular Each

New! Sport-Thieme

‘GRP’ Stop Board

Weatherproof shot put stop board for schools, clubs and stadiums. Meets com petition regulations. Incl. fixings for soft surfaces such as grass. Attaches to the front of the ring. Made of GRP. LxWxH: ap prox. 121x11.2x8 cm. 2.7 kg. 71 315 5703 Each

3 T

Turboshot ‘Soft’ Practice Shot Put

Flexible practice shot put with hand posi tioning markers for beginners. For indoor and outdoor use. Can also be used as a medicine ball and in the Turboshot Turbo hammer. Won’t mark or damage the floor. Made of rubber, with gel filling. Diameter: 180 mm. 1.8 kg.

71 285 3101 Each

H: 80 mm. Diameter: 2.13 m. 5-year guarantee! 71 124 0001 Each

Sport-Thieme ‘Wooden’ Stop Board

Robust softwood stop board for outdoor use. Weatherproof. LxWxH: 128x28x8 cm. 4.8 kg.

71 286 5209 Each

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

supports for easier installation and great er measuring accuracy, reducing installa tion costs. Made of strong aluminium.

Deforms on impact as gel-filled, which protects hall floors!

Polanik Shot Put Trolley

For up to 24 shot puts. Sturdy, powdercoated steel tubing design. LxWxH: 94x51x81.5 cm. Max. load: 160 kg.

272 7006

Sport-Thieme ‘Shot Put’ Distance Marker Boxes

For clubs and stadiums. Lightweight and stackable for effortless transporta tion. Perfect distance indicator for both spectators and athletes. 8 boxes, num bered 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20 and 22.

Made of GRP. LxWxH (each): 39x39x31 cm, 0.8 kg.

71 307 3908 8-piece set

Sport-Thieme transport trolley, online at: sport-thieme.com

71 303 6105

Soft shot puts for children’s athletics can be found online at: sport-thieme.com

71 254 9718

Sport-Thieme ‘School’ Training Shot Put

Made of cast iron, ideal for schools and training. Not ideal for competitions. Each weight is a different colour.

Sport-Thieme ‘Cast Iron’

Competition Shot Put

Made of robust cast iron and suitable for competition use. Perfectly balanced, sits optimally in the hand. Each weight in a different colour.

shot puts

Sport-Thieme ‘Steel’ Competition Shot Put

Complies with DLV and World Athletics regulations for competitive sports and competitions. 100% round as machinerounded. Made of burnished steel.

See table for available

cast

varnish, complies with DRTV competition

Training stone puts are

online

Sport-Thieme ‘Leather 80’ Throwing Ball

Excellent-grip. Does not bounce. Ideal for (youth) athletics. Made of leather. Diameter: 6.5 cm. 80 g.

108 0647

108 0663

Competition throwing balls

Each

Each

2

Sport-Thieme ‘Leather

200’ Throwing Ball

Does not bounce. Easily visible competi tion throwing ball for indoor and outdoor use. Size and weight according to DLV.

Made of leather. Dia.: 8 cm. 200 g.

71 108 0650 Each

3

Competition Throwing Ball, 200 g

4

80-g Throwing Ball

Throwing and batting ball made of porous rubber for training in schools and clubs. Excellent bounce properties. Diameter: 6.5 cm. 80 g.

71 108 0504 Each

WV 80-g Throwing Ball

Sport-Thieme throwing balls are availa ble as leather or rubber balls. Both kinds are suitable for competitions. The competition weight is 200 g, with a diameter of 7.5–8.5 cm.

Tennis rings

Rubber competition throwing ball with bounce. For learning and improving tech nique. Diameter: 7.6 cm. 200 g.

71 108 0201 Each

Can be wiped clean. Does not bounce. Ex cellent introductory ball to throwing and batting. Made of rubber with filling. Diam eter: 6.5 cm. 80 g.

71 108 0302

8

Sport-Thieme

DTB Competition Ring

Official DTB competition ring with excel lent flight characteristics. Firm cellular rubber. Inner diameter: 10.5 cm, outer di ameter: 17 cm. Approx. 220 g.

71 232 1905 Each

Discus throw

Sport-Thieme ‘Air-Filled’ Tennis Ring

Air-filled. Made of PVC. For holding, pulling and throwing. Inner diameter: 11.5 cm. Outer diameter: 18.5 cm. Approx. 220 g.

10

Sport-Thieme ‘Solid’ Tournament Tennis Ring

High-quality tournament tennis ring for co ordination and strengthening exercises.

Made of cellular rubber. Inner diameter: 10.5 cm. Outer diameter: 17 cm. Approx. 220 g.

71 135 3512  Blue

71 135 3525  Red

71 135 3538  White

71 135 3541  Yellow

71 135 3554  Green

6

Togu Throwing Ball, 200 g

Plastic training ball. Size and weight comply with DLV for schools and clubs. Does not bounce. Dia.: 7.5 cm. 200 g.

71 108 0403 Each

7

Togu ‘Extra’ Throwing Ball

For practising your throwing technique. Suitable for all age groups. Excellentgrip grooved surface. Ryton, with granu late filling. Diameter: 6.5 cm.

71 262 7814  200 g Each  Each

Sport-Thieme ‘Wood’ Competition Discus

Made of plywood, with metal ring. Extremely durable and robust. Rotates slowly.

See table for available versions. C

Sport-Thieme ‘Plastic’

Competition Discus

Made of special durable plastic with met al ring, complies with DLV and World Ath letics regulations. Ideal rotation and flight characteristics at all distances.

Polanik Competition Discus

Made of fibreglass-reinforced plastic, with calibration screw. Ring made of spe cial, corrosion-resistant alloy. Therefore very robust. Great rotation characteris tics. World Athletics-certified.

See table for available versions. See table for available versions.

Discus storage trolley, online at:

Hammer throw equipment can be found online at:

throw

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Measuring & Marking

Version: case

BMI Steel Measuring Tape

White lacquered, made from rust-proof steel, 13 mm wide with cm increments on one side, Flextop film cover made from transparent and highly flexible plastic (which prevents breakage at the start of the tape). Easy to read and very hardwearing. Accuracy complies with EC Class II, i.e. tolerance is ±2.3 mm per 10 m.

Sport-Thieme Steel Measuring Tape

The ideal measuring tape for longdistance competitions in schools and

BMI Single-Sided Fibreglass Measuring Tape

Rustproof and unbreakable fibreglass tape measure with impact-resistant, ergo nomic plastic casing and soft-touch sur face. Cm divisions on one side. Accuracy according to EC Class ll (i.e., tolerance is ±2.3 mm per 10 m). Made of fibreglassreinforced plastic. 13 mm wide.

Sport-Thieme Double-Sided Fibreglass Measuring Tape

Clear cm divisions allow for a high level of accuracy compliant with EC Class II (toler ance of ±2.3 mm per 10 m). Will not stretch whilst measuring. 13 mm wide (printed on both sides).

293 4105

293 4118

293 4121

293 4134

293 4147

Distance measuring equipment

Each

Each

Each

Each

Each

Marking Plate

Weatherproof, triangular marking plate made of stainless steel. LxW: 23x33 cm.

Approx. 0.6 kg.

71 130 0202

Each

for Marking Cones

Self-adhesive numbers for attaching to marking plates and cones. Digit height: 10 cm, numbers ascending from 5, 10, 15 to 75.

71 130 0648 15-piece set

BMI ‘Rollfix Easy’ Distance Measuring Device

A handy distance-measuring device with folding handle for easy transportation. Es sential for measuring playing fields, run ning tracks, cross country, obstacle cours es and much more. The display shows the precise distance in centimetres. Measur ing range from 1 cm up to 99,999.99 m. It is possible to measure going forwards and backwards, incl. storage bag.

Diameter: 31.8 cm. 2.2 kg.

71 130 1218

Each

Distance Measuring System

The compact distance measuring system with folding handle. A must-have for meas uring playing areas such as running tracks, cross country, obstacle courses and much more. The result can be easily read, straight from the counter. Measuring range from 10 cm up to 9,999.90 m. Can meas ure going forwards and backwards, mak ing it easy to correct any mistakes if you pass your target. Incl. storage bag. Di ameter: 31.8 cm. Approx. 1.5 kg

71 270 9707 Each

Version: frame

Orienteering

1

Silva ‘Field’ Compass

A versatile beginner’s compass ideal for youth groups, schools and recreational navigators. Easy-to-read scales (1:50,000 and 1:25,000). With finger strap and rotat ing rubber bezel. LxWxH: 9x5x1 cm, ap prox. 28 g.

71 291 1407 Each

2

Sport-Thieme

‘Starter’ Compass

An entry-level compass suitable for orien teering classes in school sport, with be ginners, in clubs and for walking. Trans parent baseplate for ease of using a map.

Scales: 1:25,000 and 1:50,000. With lan yard. 12.8x6x1.5 cm. 50 g.

71 293 6404 Each

5

Sport-Thieme Control Kite for Orienteering

Reflective, neon nylon material for clearly identifiable control stations – day or night. Easy to attach using string and plastic fixing hooks. Orange/white. 15x15 cm

71 292 5703 Each  30x30 cm

71 292 5716 Each  30x30 cm with internal pocket

71 292 5729 Each  80x80 cm 71 292 5732 Each

6

Please order control punch 9| separately

Sport-Thieme

‘Orienteering’ Control Post

For clubs and schools. For attaching con trol kites and control punches in orien teering. Made of aluminium – weather proof. Control punches not included.

LxWxH: 100x3.1x1.8 cm. 300 g.

71 297 9700 Each

7

Sport-Thieme ‘Orienteering’ Control Marker

Sport-Thieme ‘Starter’ Compass Set with Bag

A sturdy control marker for attaching to wooden posts, fences, etc. Ideal for per manent stations. 0.8 mm thick. LxWxH: 10x10x0.08 cm. 71 292 6100 Each

More compasses and head torches online at: sport-thieme.com Orienteering

Silva ‘Dry’ Map Case

Waterproof pouch for map. Quick and easy zip-lock. Transparent on both sides, saving valuable time. Incl. lanyard with two scales (1:25 and 1:50).

A4 – LxW: 297x240 mm. M30 – LxW: 300x300 mm. Large – LxW: 265x480 mm.

71 307 1407

71 307 1410

71 307 1423

166 Sets

Each

Each

Each

Sport-Thieme Control Punches for Orienteering

The marks punched into the control cards prove that competitors have run past the set route markers. The set includes: 10 control punches, each with a different pattern of holes. 4 different model sets for even more patterns. Easily attached using the cords included. Plastic. Dimen sions (each): 10x2x2 cm.

71 292 6009

Set A Set  71 Set

292

10

Silva ‘Explore 4’ Head Torch

Battery-operated head torch lasting for up to 120 hours. 3 different light modes, incl. floodlight and spotlight. Light distance: max. 75 m. Waterproof (IPX7). With bat tery level indicator, headband and belt clip. Approx. 53 g. Items included: head torch, headband, 3 AAA batteries, helmet clip incl. adhesive tape and quick-start guide.

71 291 1915 Each

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Swimming Aids for Babies & Children

‘Swimi’ Baby Swimming Ring

Specially shaped buoyancy aid helping children to get used to the water. Inner and outer air chamber with 2 safety valves

New! Beco-Sealife Shark Fin Swimming aid for gaining more confidence in the water. Suitable for beginners and children aged 4 or more. Total freedom of movement. Helps to adopt natural swim ming position. Hook-and-loop straps for optimal fit. For learning breaststroke, backstroke and butterfly stroke. Accord ing to EN 13138 and EN 71. Made of UVA foam. Strap length: 78 cm. Overall dimen sions (LxWxH): 26x8x30 cm. 190 g.

71 318 9506

Each

Finis ‘Booster’ Children’s Swimming Fins

Perfect size for children’s feet. Short fins for learning the right kicking techniques. With closed foot section for optimal fit.

Made of rubber.

• Size 24–26: 250 g/pair, LxWxH: 42x6x23 cm

• Size 26–29: 350 g/pair, LxWxH: 42x7x23 cm

• Size 29–33: 450 g/pair, LxWxH: 42x9x23 cm

4 Step-on flap for safety

Sport-Thieme Baby Water Slide

Inflatable water slide in a baby/toddlerappropriate size to promote the early de velopment of babies and to stimulate their sense of balance. With step-on pool-edge flap, 6 separate air chambers and height ened side walls for increased safety.

Made of PVC film. LxWxH: 130x70x60 cm. Approx. 3 kg. From 6 months.

71 112 1823 Each

Attention! Only to be used in water in which the child is within its depth and under adult supervision.

New! Beco-Sealife Learning to Swim Set

Excellent swimming aid for toddlers aged 1–3 years. The combination of armbands and belt provides the best possible buoy ancy and makes being in the water fun.

With safety buckle. For toddlers weighing 15–18 kg. Made of neoprene. LxWxH: 62x24x13 cm. Approx. 340 g.

Attention! To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

1

Anti-slip film inside the armhole section

Flipper SwimSafe Swimming Aid

Swimming aid with an unbreakable PE foam core and tear-resistant air chambers for optimum buoyancy. There is even enough buoyancy to keep your child above water when the air chamber is dam aged. Total freedom of movement. With anti-slip film inside the armhole section for increased safety. Compliant with EN 13138. Made of UVA foam. Dia.: 180 mm. Armhole dia. (deflated): 70 mm. Approx. 0.275 kg (each). For children aged 1–6 years.

71 224 8703 Pair

Approved by TÜV RHEINLAND, certificate no.: S 60141867

4 Rounded corners

Swimming Aids for Children

2

Bema Armbands

Skin-friendly and odourless armbands for babies and toddlers learning to swim. Double-chamber system with rounded corners. Laminated PVC film.

WxH: 12.5x19.5 cm. 0.10–0.22 kg.

Size: 00, up to 11 kg, up to 1 year old

71 113 4009 Pair

Size: 0, 11–30 kg, 1–6 years old

71 113 4012 Pair

Size: 1, 30–60 kg, 6–12 years old

71 113 4025 Pair

Size: 2, over 60 kg, 12 years and above

71 113 4038 Pair

4 Swimming aid for children and adults

Designed by swimming teachers

3

Bema ‘Soft’ Armbands

PVC armbands with a soft polyester inner. Comfortable to wear. Comply with EN 13138-1:2008. Size: 0. WxH: 14.5x19.5 cm. For children weighing 11–30 kg or aged 1–6. 240 g. 71 283 6906 Pair

Approved by TÜV RHEINLAND, certificate no.: S601341804

Original Schlori Swimming Cushion

Swimming cushion made to EN 13138 specifications providing great freedom of movement. Optimally adapts to user’s body. Resistant to seawater, chlorinated and thermal water. Soft, skin-friendly cot ton without any stoppers or valves. One size fits all: babies, children and adults.

LxW: 26x23 cm. 0.2 kg.

71 230 1600 Each

Approved by TÜV RHEINLAND, certificate no.: S60155291

Original Delphin Swimming Discs

Unsinkable swimming aid. Ready to use immediately, no need to inflate. Comply with EN 13138. Buoyancy can either be in creased or reduced based on the number of discs used. Closed-cell foam, 100% waterproof and resistant to salt water. Recommended use: 3 discs per arm for beginners up to 60 kg. 2 discs per arm for advanced swimmers weighing over 60 kg.

Up to 12 years (2x 3 discs)

71 113 4504 Pair

12 years + (2x 2 discs)

71 113 4517 Pair

Approved by TÜV RHEINLAND, certificate no.: S60148723

4 Two separate air chambers with safety valves prevent air from escaping

4 Excellent freedom of movement and a comfortable fit

Swimming Aids

Sport-Thieme ‘Hydro Tone’

Aqua Therapy Swimming Saddle

Swimming saddle for children and adults with physical disabilities and for anyone who needs a little extra support in the wa

Top rated sport-thieme.com

Very comfortable to wear as seams are on the inside

Secumar ‘Secumar 9S’

Swimming Collar

Swimming collar to allow nervous swim mers and people with disabilities or an ill ness feel more at ease and safe in the wa ter. Supports their head when swimming on their back and keeps their mouth and nose above water. Made of high-quality synthetic material with skin-friendly coat ing. Complies with DIN EN 393.

S, neck size 28–32 cm

71 113 7402

M, neck size 33–38 cm

71 113 7415

L, neck size 39–43 cm

‘Schwimmi’ Swimming Collar

Each

Each

71 113 7428 Each

Double-chamber safety swimming collar with two safety valves. Absolute safety is ensured thanks to two separate air cham bers. Will ensure the head is held vertical ly above the water. The body’s natural buoyancy is fully used. Also suitable for adults.

71 113 7301 Each

4 Perfect fit thanks to hookand-loop fasteners on the shoulders and sides

4 Also available for teenagers and adults

3

Beco ‘Sinbad’ Swimming Vest

Comfortable swimming vest that offers maximum freedom of movement. With 2 hook-and-loop fastenings on the sides and shoulders. 100% polyester outer, PEfoam floats. Complies with DIN EN 13138.

Children: ages 2–6, up to 30 kg. Teenag ers: ages 6–12 and weighing 30–60 kg.

Adults: over 60 kg.

71 207 8700  Children Each

71 207 8713  Teenagers Each  71 207 8726  Adults Each

Therapy Swimming Collar

Swimming collar with outstanding fit and stability for anyone who needs support in the water (whether with a physical disabil ity, mental disability or simply to feel se cure and protected in the water). Hookand-loop fastening at the front and belt ensure maximum safety. According to EN 12182. Filling made of fire-retardant EPS beads. Outer material 100% polyester.

‘Bodyfit’ Swimming Collar

ter. Offers great stability and promotes the feeling of freedom and weightlessness in the water. Special foam with vinyl coat ing. LxWxH: 50x50x4 cm.

71 257 1108

Each

Particularly robust swimming collar for ef fective workouts and aqua jogging in the water. Allows muscles to relax. Made of PVC. 0.4 cm thick. LxWxH: 35x17x3 cm. 300 g.

71 114 1900 Each

Sport-Thieme

Swimming Collar

Swimming collar for adults made of PE foam with hook-and-loop fastening. Com fortable to wear. LxWxH: 44x27x10 cm.

71 113 6308 Each

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

4 Gives you a feeling of freedom and weightlessness in the water

4 The saddle’s special shape acts as a stabiliser in the water

Sport-Thieme

Swimming Belt

Strong and durable swimming belt for swimming lessons. With safety buckle. Freely adjustable. Complies with EN 13138-1:2014. Plastazote floats.

propylene belt.

Sport-Thieme

Swimming Belt Set

Excellent set for swimming pools and schools.

The set includes:

• 10 Sport-Thieme swimming belts (15–30 kg, 4 floats)

• 5 Sport-Thieme swimming belts (30–60 kg, 6 floats)

• 1 mesh bag

71 285 1509

Improved safety buckle Strong and durable Meets all DIN EN safety standards Offers excellent buoyancy

Swimming Belt

of

with

131381:2014.

Training Equipment

1

1 |

Top rated sport-thieme.com

Isabelle wrote: “Excellent quality and handy size. Great for children and adults alike.”

Sport-Thieme Pullbuoy

For technique and endurance training in the water. Made of closed-cell polyethyl ene foam. LxWxH: 22x8x15 cm. 90 g.

71 113 3514  Blue/white Each

2

Sport-Thieme ‘Junior’ Pullbuoy

Small pullbouy for children and smaller people. Enables perfect posture in the water and offers maximum buoyancy. Pol yethylene foam. LxWxH: 22x8x9 cm. 50 g.

71 239 6907  Blue/white Each

71 239 6910  Pink/white Each

Arena Pullkick

Ideal 2-in-1 training aid which can be used as a kickboard or a pullbuoy. Hydro dynamic shape. Its rounded edges pre vent chafing. Made of durable closed-cell polyethylene foam. Approx. 31x28 cm. Approx. 300 g.

172

2

Ideal for technique and endurance training

Suitable for all age groups

Made of strong closed-cell polyethylene foam

The pullbuoy is the perfect piece of training equipment for technique and endurance training in the water. For ambitious swimmers of all performance levels, the one-piece pullbuoy is a musthave for training arms.

The universal version from Sport-Thieme does not absorb water and consists of extremely strong closed-cell polyethyl

ene foam. The material is kind to the skin and has rounded edges.

The pullbuoy supports the body during arm training by compensating for the buoyancy normally generated by the leg strokes. Thanks to its adapted shape, the pullbuoy can easily be held between the thighs. The swimmer moves for wards solely by using their arms.

Beco ‘Sprint’ Kickboard

Made of high-quality, strong EVA foam. With smooth surface for ease of cleaning and disinfection. Elastic and unbreakable.

47x30x4 cm. 114 g. 71 304 3208

Beco ‘Sprint Junior’ Kickboard

Child-friendly kickboard made of hardwearing foam, which is difficult to dam age, e.g. by biting off pieces.

37x24x2.5 cm. 300 g. 71 304 3309 Each

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Sport-Thieme Double Kickboard

aqua

super-strong EVA

LxWxH: 49x30x6 cm. Approx. 440 g.

Kickboard

For beginners. High-quality foam board, very robust. 3 layers. With 2 grip holes at the top. Blue/red/blue. LxW: 45x31.5x3.8

Sport-Thieme ‘Push’

Kickboard

Robust, 3-layer kickboard for advanced swimmers. With 2 grip holes and recessed grips in the lower part. LxWxH: 45x31.5x3.8 cm. Approx. 100 g. 71 246 7203

Sport-Thieme Multi-Grip

Kickboard

Multi-grip kickboard which can be used in a multitude of various ways during swim ming classes with beginners or in aqua fit ness classes. With ergonomically de signed holes. Made of plastazote.

71 114 1014  35x22x3 cm Each

71 114 1001  49x29x3.8 cm

Swimming Fins

2

1

‘High Speed’ Sprint Fins

For improving leg strength and increased propulsion. Fins with soft, short blades, therefore ideal for use in sprint training.

Made of rubber, blue and orange. Weight of each pair approx. 500 g.

71 253 9401  34–35, L: 29 cm Pair

71 253 9414  36–37, L: 30.5 cm Pair

71 253 9427  38–39, L: 32 cm Pair

71 253 9430  40–41, L: 35 cm Pair

71 253 9443  42–43, L: 37 cm Pair

71 253 9456  44–45, L: 39 cm Pair

4 Short, soft blades

4 Ideal for sprint training

Other fins available online at: sport-thieme.com

Swimming fins

Mono fins – ideal for the butterfly stroke!

comfortable on the foot. Made of 100% silicone. Weight per pair approx. 750 g. Resistant to chlorinated water and sea water.

Sprint fins

Swimming fins come in all sorts of dif ferent shapes, sizes, levels of firmness, weights and materials. Compact, short models like sprint fins focus on the swimmer’s legwork without overloading

71 244 0402  33–35, L: 30 cm Pair

71 244 0415  36–38, L: 32 cm Pair

71 244 0428  38–41, L: 32 cm Pair

71 244 0431  41–43, L: 34 cm Pair

71 244 0444  44–46, L: 36 cm Pair

their muscles and triggering cramps. The kick technique can be as close to the actual swimming motion as possi ble, allowing you to see the effect of your training straight away.

The Wave

3

Finis Mono Fin

Flexible plastic fin for swim training in clubs and schools. Quick and easy to use thanks to the adjustable heel strap.

Swimming just like a dolphin! ‘The Wave’ for children – LxW: 40x50 cm, 1.1 kg.

3

‘Rapid’ for adults – LxW: 50x54 cm, 1.9 kg.

‘The Wave’ for children, sizes 32–39

71 113 9408 Each

‘Rapid’ for adults, sizes 40–44

71 113 9411 Each

174 4

Finis ‘Luna’

Mermaid Mono Fin

The mono fin made of translucent silicone creates a magical radiance in sunlight due to its striking colours. The crescent shape and waved structure guarantee fluid movement of the water which allows you to train a smooth dolphin kick and your leg strength. Separate foot sections and adjustable heel strap provides a comfort able fit and improved performance. Col ours: Children: Mystic Melon. Adults: En chanting Emerald.

For children, size 28-35

71 261 7901 Each

For adults, size 36-42

71 261 7914 Each

Diving masks online at: sport-thieme.com

Diving

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Swimming training

The perfect power paddle!

Beco

Goggles

With anti-fog unbreakable lenses, 100% UVA/UVB protection, poly-vinyl ribbed seal with wide, split silicone headband.

Adjustable nose bridge. Packed in a prac tical zip-up bag. Black.

111 9969 Each

Sport-Thieme

Swim-Power Paddles

Swim-Power paddles for targeted training of the muscles used for propulsion in swimming. Comfortable to wear thanks to their ergonomic shape, and gentle on the shoulders thanks to adjustable rubber straps. Incl. rubber tubes.

Size XS, 17x13 cm, orange

71 114 0109

Size S, 19x16 cm, green

71 114 0112

Size M, 21x18 cm, yellow

71 114 0125

Size L, 23x19 cm, red

71 114 0138

Size XL, 24x20 cm, blue

114 0141

Adults

Finis Slide Dryland Trainer

Designed to simulate the full swimming stroke cycle with consistent resistance. Improves strength and cardiovascular fit ness. Joint-friendly training thanks to ro tating handles. Attachment options: verti cal, horizontal and diagonal. Made of plastic and latex. Yellow for novices, dia.: 7 mm. Red for advanced swim mers, dia.: 9 mm. 2.5 kg.

291 8701

8714

7 mm

9

Sport-Thieme Finger Paddles

Finger paddles for improving strength and technique in swimming. Great for develop ing spatial awareness and a feel for the water. Junior: 12.5x8 cm. Senior: 14.5x9 cm.

Aqua Resistance Belt

For swimming strength training in wa ter. An excellent and reliable training aid that enormously increases stroke strength. The resistance can be adjusted with the quantity of beakers and the swimming speed. Belt with five removable beakers and quick fasteners.

71 224 8006 Each

Swimming caps

‘Top’ Swimming Goggles

Perfect fit due to the soft, flexible, onepiece frame and silicone ribbed seal.

Highly elastic silicone double headband with adjusting clip. Tinted polycarbonate anti-fog lenses. 100% UVA/UVB protec tion. Packed in a shockproof plastic box.

Blue/lime: children/teenagers

71 242 1302 Each

Black: adults

71 242 1315 Each

Latex Swimming Cap

Strong deluxe quality with reinforced edge, for men and women. Also avail able in other colours for orders exceeding 100

Printed swimming caps online at: sport-thieme.com

caps

Fabric Swimming Cap

100% polyester. For children or adults.

Children

71 238 9224  Black/white Set of 12

71 238 9237  Red/white Set of 12

Adults

71 238 9325  Black/white Set of 12

238 9338  Red/white Set of 12

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Junior

Senior

2

Nora Kirchmer Club swimmer since 1993. Member of the marketing team, has worked for Sport-Thieme since 2006.

“My personal favourite product for swim ming training! The pull cord is small, handy and extremely durable. I’ve had mine for approx. 20 years and it hasn’t let me down yet!”

Sport-Thieme Aqua Pull Cord incl. Abdominal Belt

Rubber cord to improve swimming performance. Plastic fasteners, hand loops made of webbing and belt made of 100% nylon. Includes training instructions (in German) and belt for resistance training in the water.

Pull cord (L): 4.5 m. Belt (L): 1.3 m.

• Type I: Strengthens children’s and novices’ muscles used for swimming and increases their stamina. Re sistance: approx. 5 kg.

• Type II: Increases children’s, advanced users’ and stronger beginners’ swimming-specific strength and stamina. Resistance: approx. 10 kg.

• Type III: Builds up strength for beginners and stamina for advanced users. For girls (youth) at a general train ing level. Resistance: approx. 15 kg.

• Type IV: Improves stamina and the muscles used for swimming, including (performance-level) boys’ sprint capacities. Resistance: approx. 20 kg.

• Type V: Increases stamina and sprint capacity for welltrained swimmers at a higher level. Resistance: ap prox. 25 kg.

with

StrechCordz Aqua-Gym Long Belt

For swimming strength training in the water. Improves speed, stamina and strength. Made to DIN EN 1176 stand ards. Special latex cord stretches up to 25 m. Incl. belt with quick-release fastener. Neoprene belt, nylon fasten er. Cord (L): 6 m. Belt (L): suitable for a waist of up to 1.1 m.

Silver, resistance: 1.3–3.6 kg

71 224 6000

Yellow, resistance: 2.2–6.3 kg

71 224 6013

Green, resistance: 3.6–10.8 kg

71 224 6026

Red, resistance: 5.4–14.1 kg

71 224 6039

More swimming training products available online at: sport-thieme.com

Swimming Strength Training

4

Abdominal belt

Each

Each

Each

Each

StrechCordz Aqua-Gym Short Belt

For training pushing off from the side and stationary swimming training in a smaller pool. With shortened cord that stretches to 4 m. Neoprene belt, nylon fastener.

Cord (L): 1.2 m. Belt (L): suitable for a waist of up to 1.1 m.

W: 4.7 cm.

Green, resistance 3.6–10.8 kg

71 224 6042

Red, resistance: 5.4–14.1 kg 71 224 6055

StrechCordz with Hand Paddles

Pull cord with hand paddles for targeted swimming strength training on land. The cords are extremely elas tic, which means that their resistance doesn’t increase too much when pulled. The high-quality latex tubes are securely attached to the plastic parts. L: 120 cm.

Yellow, resistance 2.2–6.3 kg

71 213 0822 Each

Green, resistance 3.6–10.8 kg

71 213 0806 Each

Red, resistance 5.4–14.1 kg

71 213 0819 Each

Blue, resistance 6.3–15.4 kg

71 213 0848 Each

4

version now includes abdominal belt

hand loops made of durable webbing

Learning to Dive

1

Sport-Thieme Slalom Diving Game

Slalom diving course for people of all age groups. Im proves diving skills. The 150-cm-long plastic bands have a built-in float at the top and are filled with ballast at the lower end. Simply throw the bands into the water and let the fun begin.

71 112 0804

Mini

Set of 8

2

Top rated sport-thieme.com

Michaela wrote: “Super hoops. The prod uct lives up to its promis es. The hoops stand up all by themselves.”

Stand-Up Hoop

Hoop with ballast inside meaning that it stands upright in the water. Ideal for diving through. Unbreakable poly ethylene. Hoop dia.: approx. 70 cm. Tube dia.: 2 cm. Approx. 820–824 g.

71 112 5809 Each

Aqua Pairs Game

Game to take the fear out of diving for children and adults in swimming or diving schools. The aim of the game is to find the 12 pairs with the same picture among the 24 cards. The diver with the most pairs at the end wins. Suitable for freshwater and seawater. Made of hard, 3-mm-thick PVC. Mini – LxW of each card: 15x15 cm. Maxi – LxW of each card: 25x25 cm.

71 246 5311  Mini Set  71 246 5308  Maxi Set

5

Puzzle Water Game

4

Maxi

Puzzles are for everyone! Prove your dexterity, fitness as well as jigsaw skills and try to quickly piece together a picture under water. Ideal for learning to swim or dive. Non-fade, suitable for use in freshwater and saltwater. Square (100x100 cm): sea creatures and seal each con sist of 25 pieces.

Square

71 246 5803  Sea creatures Set

3

‘Stand-Up’ Half Hoops

The half hoops fill up with water and therefore stand upright in the pool. Unbreakable polyethylene. Al uminium crossbar. Arch dia.: approx. 70 cm. Tube dia.: 2 cm. Half hoop: 360 g. Crossbar: 160 g.

71 242 7906 Set of 4

Diving Batons

Set of 6 coloured plastic batons, with numbers printed on. The batons sink slowly and vertically to the bottom of the pool and remain there upright. 100 g, approx. 21 cm, made from plastic that is difficult to break.

71 113 7008

178

Set of

Sunflex ‘Aqua Zoo’ Diving Baton Set

Set with 8 flexible diving batons with fun aquatic-animal designs. Filled with ballast, they slowly sink to the bot tom of the pool where they remain upright, making them easy to grab when diving. Rubber. L: 17 cm. 90 g each.

71 268 3300 8-piece set

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. Only to be used in wa ter in which the child is within its depth and under adult supervision.

Diving Ring

Great for diving drills. Plastic. Outer dia.: 14.5 cm. Inner dia.: 12 cm. Approx. 100 g.

71 113 8607

Each

German Lifeguard Association

Diving Ring

Great diving ring for life-saving and water rescue drills. Made of high-quality plastic. Outer dia.: 31 cm. Inner dia.: 18 cm. Approx. 5 kg.

71 113 9004 Each

Ribbed Diving Ring

Excellent-grip. Made of flexible plastic. Diameter: approx. 15 cm. Approx. 200 g.

71 113 8900 Each

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Aqua Fitness Set

for

Sport-Thieme ‘Hydro Tone 2.0’

Aqua Jogging Belt

Aqua jogging belt for any form of aqua fit ness in deep water. Quick and easy to put on thanks to snap-in buckle. The doublestrap system provides additional support for the lower back. Made of soft, closedcell and flexible foam with pleasant vinyl coating (PVC cover). Belt length: 135 cm.

Sport-Thieme ‘Top Fit’

Aqua Jogging Belt

Aqua jogging belt for advanced group training. With safe snap-in clip. Made of high-quality EVA foam. Belt length: 150 cm. LxWxH: 73x23x3.5 cm. Will sup port body weights up to 100 kg.

Perfect for advanced users

Beco Aqua Fitness

Top rated sport-thieme.com

Heike wrote: “Lightweight and can be used in many differ ent ways for both your hands and feet.”

1

Ideal for pool fun, cardiovascular training and performance training

Develops coordination, balance, strength, endurance and flexibility

Top rated sport-thieme.com

Elizabeth wrote: “A great training aid with a variety of uses.”

Beco Aqua Disc

Innovative aqua disc with ergonomically shaped grip holes for aqua fitness, aqua exercise and power fitness.

Two discs provide enough buoyancy to keep one grown adult afloat. Made of high-quality, hard foam. Diameter: approx. 25 cm. Thickness: approx. 5 cm.

71 281 0805

71

4 Folding

2

Beco ‘BEBelt’ Aqua Jogging Belt

Particularly compact aqua jogging belt with folding side sections. Close-fitting for optimal freedom of movement.

Can be used in deep water. Made of PE foam. Belt length: 150 cm. LxWxH: 75x22x3 cm. LxWxH (folded): 35x22x10 cm. 145 g.

Up to 80 kg body weight

71 244 8507

Bodyweight up to 120 kg

Each

71 244 8510 Each

3

Improves coordination, strength, endurance and mobility

Beco Aqua BeTomic

Practical fitness product with joint-friendly, multifunc tional shape for increasing your strength. You can quickly change from hand to foot, allowing for a wide variety of workouts. Made of EVA foam. Dia.: 20 cm. 200 g.

71 228 8619  Pink

Each

71 228 8635  Turquoise Each

71 228 8648  Dark blue Each

4

‘Superior’ Aqua Jogging Belt

Offers maximum support in the waist area for jointfriendly aqua jogging. Optimal buoyancy and stability in deep water. Can be adjusted to suit you. With snap-in buckle. Belt length: 120 cm. LxWxH: 82x27.5x4 cm. Max. load: 70 kg. 500 g.

71 238 9703  Medium Each

71 238 9732  Large Each

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Aqua jogging

1

Sport-Thieme ‘Sportime’ Aqua Jogging Dumbbells

Aqua jogging dumbbells increase water resistance mak ing you work harder in your aqua fitness classes. For ver satile workouts in the pool. Made of skin-friendly EVA foam.

• Junior – handle length: approx. 13 cm; foam disc width: approx. 7.5 cm; 150 g

• Senior – handle length: approx. 9 cm, foam disc width: approx. 10.5 cm; 200 g

Junior: 9 cm dia., approx. 28 cm long

71 112 9234

Senior: 15 cm dia., approx. 30 cm long

71 112 9247

Sport-Thieme ‘Sportime’ Aqua Jogging Dumbbells with Holding Strap

Aqua jogging dumbbells with holding strap for aqua fit ness and water therapy. Straps allow for exercises with an open hand and therapeutic leg work. Made of skinfriendly EVA foam. Handle width: 11 cm.

• Junior – handle length: approx. 13 cm; dia.: 9 cm; 200 g

• Senior – handle length: approx. 10 cm; dia.: 15 cm; 250 g

71 239 4406

71 239 4419

Skin-friendly foam

Top rated sport-thieme.com

Michèle wrote: “Excellent water dumb bells for training your strength, back and en durance. Great to hold and can be used to tar get specific areas.”

With holding strap

Using aqua fitness products in chlorinated and saltwater pools

We advise you to rinse the equipment with clean water after use in chlorinated or saltwater pools to make it more durable and last longer.

View product video now at: sport-thieme.com

More water aerobics products online at: sport-thieme.com

1| Senior

Junior

Senior

Senior

Aqua Fitness

Sport-Thieme Elasticated Aqua Textile Resistance Band

For use in water. Pulling exercises in crease your strength. Loops for varying training intensity. Approx. 96 cm long. Made of latex and polyester fibres. Wash able at 30°C. Incl. exercise poster.

Aqua Bodyflex II

The multi-functional stabilisation trainer for use in water. The Bodyflex vibrates, al lowing it to be used as a stabilisation trainer for core, shoulders and arms. The stabilisation of arms, shoulders and en

tire core (stomach and back) is trained by swinging, bending, turning, paddling, jab bing and many more movements.

Sport-Thieme ‘Elasticated Aqua Textile Resistance Band’ Aqua Fitness Set

Great set for aqua fitness classes as with various resistance levels. The set includes:

• 10 Sport-Thieme elasticated textile bands, resistance: 7 kg

• 10 Sport-Thieme elasticated textile bands, resistance: 10 kg

• 5 Sport-Thieme elasticated textile bands, resistance: 15 kg

Beco AquaticBand

The resistance trainer for your entire body! The elasticated resistance band al lows you to complete a range of exercises in the water. 6 pre-shaped loops for indi vidual adjustment to suit your training lev el. Ideal for use in swimming pools and lessons. L: 80 cm. Loop length: 10 cm. Re sistance: 10 kg. 45% nylon, 29% rubber, 26% polyester.

71 246 7607 Each

4 For drumming, moving and swinging through the water

Aqua Drumsticks

Let off steam by drumming on the water with others. Great fun and reduces stress. These aqua drumsticks are made from plastic, meaning they are hygienic and can be disinfected. Orange. L: 45 cm.

71 270 9303 Pair

Aqua Multi Trainer

The floating barbell! Versatile training de vice for aqua fitness, swimming lessons and resistance training for performance swimmers. Ideal for improving lateral sta bility for water polo and synchronised swimming. Also suitable for use as a

swimming

bled

in hydrotherapy

For coordination and balance exercises

Beco Power Stick

body workout.

Training device

tion and balance exercises in both shal low and deep water. Includes

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

4 Stabilisation trainer for the core, shoulders and arms

Aqua fitness gloves

4 Greater comfort and improved feel for the water 4 Choice of open or closed fingertips

With open fingertips

Sport-Thieme Open-Fingertip

Aqua Fitness Gloves

Aqua fitness gloves with open fingertips to increase the resistance when exercising in the water. Very comfortable to wear. Im proved feel for the water. Textile surface, neoprene palm.

With closed fingertips

Sport-Thieme

Aqua Fitness Gloves

glove size

glove size

glove size

23.5x16.5

Beco BeBoard

Mat for yoga, Pilates, fitness and cardio workouts on the water. With 5 handles for support during exercises and for carrying, as well as 6 eyelets for securing and con necting. The layered construction and sta bilising straps provide sufficient stability during any workout. Upper and lower layer made of PVC. With non-slip EVA surface. LxWxH: 250x90x15 cm. Max. load: 110–120 kg. 12 kg. 71 261 9200 Each

4 An air-filled mat for balance training on the water

forget to

Pump for Beco BeBoard

Pump for Beco BeBoard with integrated pressure gauge for optimum pressure. Flexible hose with a bayonet connector. LxWxH: 61x25x12 cm. Approx. 1.05 kg.

71 268 5609

Each

Aqua fitness gloves with closed fingertips for exercising in the water. They increase the level of resistance and improve the training effect. With hook-and-loop fas teners on the wrists. Textile surface, neo prene palm. S: glove size 7. M: glove size

8. L: glove size 9.

sport-thieme.com

Aqua Mat Trolley

Storage and transport trolley for up to 5 mats. Supplied fully assembled. With removable barrier and 4 swivel castors. Made of PVC plastic. LxWxH: 105x102x170 cm. Max. load: 100 kg.

25x18

26.5x19

258

Floating fitness

cm

‘Light’

4 For more buoyancy

4 Very comfortable to wear

Sport-Thieme

‘Sportime’ Leg Floats

Foam leg floats for more buoyancy in deep water. Very comfortable to wear with wide hook-and-loop straps for a perfect fit. L: slightly less buoyant. XL: extra-buoyant.

Size L, blue, height 21 cm

71 200 1601 Pair

Size XL, blue, height 31 cm 71 200 1614 Pair

Top rated sport-thieme.com

Size

View product video now

71 209 2007

Beco Aqua Twin II

Power sandals for joint-friendly and ef fective workouts for legs, abs and glutes in shallow or deep water. Adjustable thanks to foot straps and hook-and-loop fasteners. Very comfortable to wear thanks to sunken sole. Made of hard foam. LxW: 23x20 cm.

Top rated sport-thieme.com

Babett wrote: “Great for arms and legs. Very buoyant for good wa ter resistance.”

shoe size 36–41, red

209 2007 Pair

shoe size 42–46, blue

209 2010 Pair

4 Very comfortable

4 Adjustable strap

Aqua Fitness ‘Superior’ Cuffs

Comfortable ankle cuffs providing excel lent buoyancy for aqua jogging and aqua fitness in deep water. Very comfortable to wear. With adjustable strap and hookand-loop fasteners. Made of soft, highquality Evazote. Small – LxWxH: 40x11x1–2.5cm (less buoyant). Large –LxWxH: 40x11.5x1–5 cm (extra-buoyant).

239 4624  Small, green

239 4637  Large,

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

4 Suction cups ensure secure positioning

1

Aqua Step with Suction Cups

High-quality, plastic aqua step for use in the water. Suc tion cups and high net weight ensure secure positioning.

With non-slip surface. LxWxH: 67x35x17 cm. 6 kg.

71 112 9638 Each

‘Puzzle Step’ Aqua Step

Stackable aqua step for more variety in aqua fitness classes. With 6 large suction cups on their underside and 10 ‘docking points’ on the platform, the steps can be stacked on top of one another in different formations. Made of polyethylene.

LxWxH: 70x35x19 cm. 6 kg.

71 244 9904  Green Each

71 244 9917  Lime Each

71 244 9920  Orange Each

Wide, ergonomically shaped handlebar

More info on page 261

Extremely low and wide entry point for people with arthritis, hip or knee problems

6 settings for the handlebar height and 10 for the distance

3 pedal resistance levels

Round pedal motion thanks to blade system for ergonomic leg movement

3 settings for the therapy crank with multifunctional pedal

Castors for effort less relocation

AquaKinetics Aquarider ‘Plus’

Low-impact cardio machine for aqua fitness, rehabili tation and therapy. Wide, ergonomically shaped han dlebars. Extremely low and wide entry point, making it easier for people with arthritis and/or hip or knee problems to get on the bike. 10 settings for the saddle height and distance. 14 settings for the handlebar height and distance. Certified medical device compli ant with CE 93/42 and CE 92/59. 8 settings for water depths of 125–160 cm. Resistance levels from 50–250 watts (in 50-watt increments). High-alloy stainless steel frame. Dimensions (LxW): 1.50x2.00 m. Max. load (in the water): 180 kg. 25 kg.

71 245 5701

Each

Beco ‘SharkBike Compact Variant’ Aqua Fitness Bike

An all-rounder for aqua training – aqua cycling. Made of 316L stainless steel for training in the water. Adjusta ble resistance thanks to locating pins. Boosts blood cir culation in the skin, connective tissue and muscles, and strengthens the cardiovascular system. Ideal for group training, physiotherapy, rehabilitation, personal fitness training or professional athletes such as triathletes.

71 291 1508 Each

Robust PVC pedals with foot loops

4 suction cups for increased stability

More Aquariders online at: sport-thieme.com

Aqua cycling

4 Can be arranged in different ways for more variety in your aqua fitness class

Pool

1

Pool Stick, Short Pool Noodle

Short and compact pool noodle for aqua fitness and ther apy. Made of high-quality, closed-cell PE foam. Approx. 76–78 cm. Dia.: 7 cm. 0.15 kg.

71 234 0308 Each

2

Sport-Thieme Compact Aqua Pool Noodle

Compact and robust pool noodle for professional aqua fitness classes. Made of hard-wearing, closed-cell PE foam. L:160 cm. Dia.: 7.5 cm. 380 g.

71 234 1705 Each

Comfy ‘Aquafit’ Pool Noodle

Easy to hold. Ideal for aqua fitness, rehabilitation, and exercise for older people or those with disabilities. Greatgrip triangular design with a firm core for even more re sistance when you bend it. L: 120 cm. Dia.: approx. 6 cm. 820 g. Purple.

71 293 0901 Each

With plastic

Sport-Thieme ‘Comfy III’ Storage Trolley

Fully galvanised storage trolley for up to 60 Comfy noo dles. Incl. 4 plastic baskets for other swimming equip ment. Contents not included. Transport trolley (LxWxH): 165x65x115 cm. Baskets (LxWxH): 60x40x24 cm.

71 114 6064 Each

Additional baskets available online at: sport-thieme.com

9

Sport-Thieme Comfy Noodle Trolley

Waterproof trolley made of PP twin-wall sheets with plas tic wheels. Supplied with 20 Comfy noodles. LxWxH: 40x30x82 cm. 3.17 kg.

71 238 9804

186 3

Sport-Thieme Pool Noodle Storage Trolley

Plastic trolley for up to 40 Comfy noodles. Open design for quick water drainage. With galvanised, chromeplated rubber castors. LxWxH: 60x40x106 cm. 6 kg.

71 210 8706  60x40x106 cm Each

71 210 8735  60x40x135 cm Each

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Pool Noodles & More

Top rated sport-thieme.com

Anja wrote: “Firm and yet flexible. An excellent choice for aqua fitness classes.”

The classic

L: 160 cm, ø 7 cm

4

Sport-Thieme Comfy Pool Noodle

Waterproof, flexible pool noodle for water aerobics exer cises, school sports and people with disabilities. Made of closed-cell, durable polyethylene foam. L: 160 cm.

Dia.: 7 cm. 100 g. Assorted colours.

71 258 4401

Comfy Marble-Effect Pool Noodle

Each

Stylish, marble-effect pool noodle made of closed-cell polyethylene foam for aqua fitness and exercising. Great for schools, clubs and people with a disability. Dia.: 70 mm. 160 cm long. Assorted colours.

71 113 2263

Each

Marble-effect

Sport-Thieme

Comfy Pool Noodle Set

The set includes:

• 24 Sport-Thieme Comfy pool noodles

• 24 Comfy connectors with 6 holes, 32 cm

Set

A great set to combine the noodles in a multitude of different ways.

71 258 4603 Set

Comfy Connector

For joining and combining Comfy pool noodles. Made of PE foam. The openings in the connector provide endless ways of building your own creations. L: 14 cm. Dia.: ap prox. 10 cm. 25 g.

71 113 2335  14 cm, 2 holes

Each

71 113 2348  22.5 cm, 4 holes Each

71 113 2306  32 cm, 6 holes Each

Beco Pool Noodle Water Seat

A water seat made from strong nylon mesh material. With nylon loops so the noodle can be inserted and tightened. Pool noodle not included.

71 234 0207

Each

4 Makes funny neigh sounds!

12

Comfy Pony Whistle

Waterproof and bacteria-repellent pool noodle in the shape of a pony for children. When the pony’s head moves, it makes a funny neigh sound. Made of polyethyl ene foam. L: 160 cm. Dia.: approx. 7 cm. Assorted col ours.

71 246 2501

11

Each

Incl. 6 con nectors per float

4 Create a tunnel with just 3 floats

4 Connect a number of floats as desired

4 Easy to use, can be used anywhere

‘Modular’ Swimming Float

Endless combination possibilities and easy to use. Mat with 8 holes for Comfy pool noodles and gym bars. 6 con nectors included per float. Assorted colours: orange, red, blue, green and purple. 101.5x52x2 cm. 1.2 kg.

71 257 1313

187sport-thieme.com/ Swimming Balls Teamsport Athletics Equipment Swimming Fitness Gymnastics Movement Therapy Leisure Games Service Psychomotricity Sensory Stimulation For advice and to place an order: +49 5357 181 503 sport-thieme.com Lots of fun with pool noodles!

Aqua Superfloat

ness:

Jive Board

Waverider made of soft yet unbreakable Plastazote foam. Suitable as a kickboard, float or aquaplane. LxWxH: 95x48x5 cm. 1 kg.

Each

Fashy ‘Rainbow’ Kickboard

Kickboard made of

foam for

be used in chil dren’s pools,

LxWxH:

pools and in the

92.5 g.

Sport-Thieme Swimming Bar

Excellent teaching aid and training prop. The swimming bar can quickly and easily be connected to the octagonal foam floats. Use them to build goals, as float ing borders or to mark off an adventure diving area. The possibilities are endless! One set includes 1 plastic bar (100 cm long) and 2 foam floats.

71 112 7209 Set

2

Sport-Thieme Foam Float

Octagonal foam float with 6 inser tion holes. Diameter: 23 cm. 115 g.

71 112 7212 Each

3

Sport-Thieme

Water Building Blocks

Even the smallest of children will have fun with this set of building blocks. Create simple designs with just a few blocks. They put no limits on creativity and imagi

Sport-Thieme Water Basketball Hoop

Great fun for everyone, big or small, in schools, clubs or leisure time. Suitable for swimmers and non-swimmers. Can be used anywhere, quick to set up and very sturdy construction. Plastic ring with floats, hoop and net. Ball not included.

71 112 7108 Each

nation. Made of floating, unbreakable PE foam. The set consists of 48 blocks each 20x10x5 cm. In assorted colours of yel low, green, red and blue.

71 242 2103 Set of 48

Fashy Water-Bomb Animals

12 different aquatic animals that soak up water. 100% polyester.

71 304 3501

Set of 12

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. Contains individual parts that may be swallowed. Danger of suffocation. Only to be used in water in which the child is within its depth and under adult supervision.

Waboba fun balls can be found online at: sport-thieme.com

SetWater Basketball Set

The set includes:

• 2 baskets,

• 1 water polo ball,

71 112 7401 Set

Water Polo Ball

Soft, great-grip and easy to spot. Suitable for many games in the water. Plastic. Dia.: approx. 20 cm. 420 g.

71 108 0908-1 Each

Sport-Thieme Mini Water Polo Goal

Universal goal for school and team games. Strong aluminium design. With net. Ball not included. LxWxH: 96.5x71x61 cm. 1.5 kg.

71 112 6903

Each

Set of Mini Water Polo Goals

The set includes:

• 2 Sport-Thieme mini water polo goals, 8|

• 1 water polo ball, 7|

286 5603 3-piece set

Also take a look at:

More water polo products, page 198

Pool Fun

‘Giant’ Float

195x95x5 cm.

to 96 kg.

Sport-Thieme Rubber Ring

An ideal aid and toy for swimming lessons and water ex ercises. Helps the learner to build confidence and prac tise the leg stroke. Rubber ring with safety valve.

Outer diameter: approx. 55 cm

112 4200 Each

Outer diameter: approx. 85 cm

112 4213 Each

Outer diameter: approx. 135 cm

112 4242 Each

Outer diameter: approx. 180 cm

112 4226 Each

4 Ideal for pool use

Rectangular

Sport-Thieme ‘Combi’ Float

catwalk

joined up with any number of floats thanks to

connecting links. Made of Plastazote. LxWxH:

112 3601 Each

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Swimming Pool Equipment

3

New! Plastic Storage Trolley

1

New! ‘Mini’ Storage Trolley

For storing small items such as swimming goggles, aqua jogging gloves and pullbuoys. Can accommodate up to 3 plastic baskets of 60x40x41 cm each. LxWxH: 66x54x180 cm. Max. load: 90 kg.

71 315 0304  Aqua Each

71 315 0317  Blue Each

71 315 0320  Grey Each

More storage solutions available online at: sport-thieme.com

4

Pool Wire Storage Trolley

Closed, lockable pool trolley for storing swimming pool equipment. With aluminium wire grid design to allow items to dry off more easily. Sliding doors and plastic runners allow you to easily access the equipment. Freely adjustable shelves. 970-litre trolley – WxHxD: 125x125x62 cm, with 2 shelves. 1,376-litre trolley –WxHxD: 148x165x62 cm, with 3 shelves.

10-year guarantee!

With wheels

71 270 7903-1  125x125x62 cm

Each

71 270 7916-1  148x165x62 cm Each

New! ‘Combi’ Storage Trolley

With 3 shelves for storing balls, swimming belts and aq ua fitness products. LxWxH: 138x60x177 cm. Max. load: 150 kg.

Storage trolley with 2 or 3 compartments that can be locked individually. Can accommodate 9 baskets of 60x40x41 cm each. LxWxH: 136x76x183 cm. Max. load (small/large): 125/200 kg.

Large, without attachment

71 318 3625  Aqua Each

71 318 3612  Blue Each

71 315 0405  Aqua Each

71 315 0418  Blue Each

71 315 0421  Grey Each

Storage trolley for your pool equipment

The holes in this storage trolley allow your training equipment to dry quickly and prevent mould stains from forming.

Your storage trolleys will last even longer if you rinse your training equipment with clean water after each use.

5

4 Ideal for aqua fitness equipment, fins and kickboards

6 2

Sport-Thieme Wheeled Storage Basket

For storing and transporting aqua fitness products, kick boards, floats and water games. With galvanised, chrome-plated transport wheels. Plastic. Max. load:

20 kg.

71 210 8722  60x40x42 cm

71 210 8719  60x40x74 cm

Each

Each

Sport-Thieme ‘Comfy Float’ Storage Trolley

Plastic trolley for storing up to 40 Comfy floats. Open de sign for quick water drainage. With galvanised, chromeplated rubber castors. Max. load: 20 kg.

71 210 8706-1  60x40x106 cm Each

71 210 8735-1  60x40x135 cm Each

191sport-thieme.com/ Swimming Balls Teamsport Athletics Equipment Swimming Fitness Gymnastics Movement Therapy Leisure Games Service Psychomotricity Sensory Stimulation For advice and to place an order: +49 5357 181 503 sport-thieme.com 71 318 3609  Grey Each

Aqua

Swimming Pool Equipment

Fibreglass Diving Board

Robust diving board with great spring, for daily use in pools. Complies with DIN 13451-10. Incl. parts for attaching to hinged end brackets: bolts, upper panel and rubber intermediate panel. Carborundum-coated fibreglass. 5-year guarantee.

71

Each

Sport-Thieme ‘Strandgut’ Changing Cubicle

Practical changing cubicle for beaches, parks, outdoor pools, etc. Particularly bright and well-lit thanks to its domed roof light. Comes fully-assembled. Weatherproof, made of fibreglassreinforced polyester resin. Saran curtain (100% polychloride). H: 200 cm. Diame ter: 120 cm. Approx. 45 kg.

71 245 0605

71 245 0618

Each

Each

Replacement Curtain for ‘Strandgut’ Changing Cabin

Replacement curtain for ‘Strandgut’ changing cubicles. Made of tear-resistant Saran material (100% polyvinylidene chloride). LxW: 170x60 cm.

71 112 8130 Each

‘Lighthouse’ Changing Cubicle

Lockable changing cabin with storage space for clothing. For any beach and swimming area. 3 attachment points. High-quality fibreglass-reinforced polyes ter resin. Weatherproof surface. H: 234 cm. Diameter: 168 cm. Approx. 80 kg. Each

Lifeguard Observation Chair

Aluminium lifeguard observation chair. Seat and supporting parts can be folded down for compact storage. Comfortable thanks to anatomically designed plastic bucket seat with holes. Includes weather proof plastic notice board, storage net and 2 coat hooks. LxWxH: 240x70x153 cm. Seat height: 202 cm. Max. load: 100 kg. 14 kg.

71 242 3106 Each

6

Sport-Thieme ‘V4A’

Hinged End Bracket

Hinged end bracket for fibreglass diving boards. Made of V4A 1.4571. LxWxH for boards already installed: 70x20x20 cm; 5 kg. LxWxH for new installations: 70x70x25 cm; 8 kg.

For boards already installed

71 112 1429 Each

For new installations

71 112 1432 Each

1122709 approved by SACHVERSTÄNDIGENBÜRO FÜR

SPIEL- UND SPORTGERÄTE, certificate no.: 01-13451-1021-BÖGE

1122712 approved by SACHVERSTÄNDIGENBÜRO FÜR

SPIEL- UND SPORTGERÄTE, certificate no.: 01-13451-1022-BÖGE

1122725 approved by SACHVERSTÄNDIGENBÜRO FÜR

SPIEL- UND SPORTGERÄTE, certificate no.: 01-13451-1023-BÖGE

Please note

faultless hinged end brackets and substructures guarantee a longlasting diving board. For your safety, we therefore recommend that you al so buy new hinged end brackets when purchasing a new board. All diving boards are delivered with out substructures ; these can be or dered separately, see 7| and 8|.

8

‘Competition’

Roller Substructure

Absolutely-maintenance free. Made of V4A stainless steel with strong rubber rollers, non-wearing polyamide cogs mounted on polyamide racks. Can be op erated directly with a plastic hand wheel. The brakes can only be released with a special key. 5-year guarantee on the cogs and racks!

71 112 1504 Each

Diving Board Unit

Unit for fibreglass diving boards. Con sisting of 2 U-shaped iron beams for ad ditional height with roller substructure and hinged end bracket. Made of hot-dip galvanised steel.

For 4.8-m-long diving boards

71 112 3308 Each

For 4.5-m-long diving boards

71 112 3353 Each

For 4-m-long diving boards

71 112 3366 Each

For 3.5-m-long diving boards

71 112 3379 Each

10

Swimming lane lines not included

Sport-Thieme Aluminium Reel

For two conventional 25-m swimming lane lines. Untreated aluminium surface. W: 700 mm. Reel diameter: approx. 0.98 m. 10 kg.

71 114 5410 Each

9 10

Sport-Thieme Aluminium Reel Trolley

A reel trolley that can be taken apart. Made of strong aluminium tubing, so that the reel can be stored without damaging the swimming lines. Reel not included.

LxWxH: 1.30x0.80x1.17 m.

71 114 5537 Each

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

4 Very bright thanks to its domed roof light

4 Crossed clock hands in 4 colours

4 Robust training clock for continuous use

Sport-Thieme ‘Prima Super’ Training Clock

Robust training clock for continuous use in indoor and outdoor pools. 1 rotation takes 60 seconds. Crossed hands in 4 colours. Hard-wearing aluminium casing with Perspex front.

• 30x30 cm: Free-standing tabletop model. Start/stop switch. Incl. 1.5-V AA battery.

• 67x67 cm and 90x90 cm: To be attached to wall. Elec tric (24 V) with 20-m lead. Safety transformer with mains plug. 30x30 cm, tabletop model 71 291 8408 Each

67x67 cm, to be attached to wall

291 8411 Each  90x90 cm, to be attached to wall

291 8424

Life-Saving Equipment

1

Sport-Thieme

Lifebelt

Heat- and oil-resistant life belt. Made of closed-cell foam with plastic cover. Polypropylene grab line (10 mm thick).

• 90 N – inner dia.: 34 cm, outer dia.: 60 cm. Will support up to 100 kg.

• 220 N – inner dia.: 46 cm, outer dia.: 76 cm. Will support up to 220 kg. Lifebelt printing available.

71 114 0750  90 Newton Each

71 114 0718  220 Newton Each

4 100% cotton

4 Ideal for life-saving training groups

3

Life-Saving Training Suit

A suit for different training exercises. Jack et with covered buttons, one chest pocket and two side pockets. Trousers with two pockets, optional with belt or braces. 100% cotton. Weight 240 g/m².

Trousers with belt

71 114 0008  Size: 40 Each

71 114 0011  Size: 44 Each

71 114 0024  Size: 48 Each

71 114 0037  Size: 52 Each

71 114 0040  Size: 56 Each

Trousers with braces

71 114 0053  Size: 40 Each

4 Suitable for practising vari ous life-saving techniques

4 Contains 3 filling levels and line attachment

4

Life-Saving Practice Dummy Dummy for practising various life-saving techniques. Complies with international regulations. With various stoppers so it can be filled as well as emptied. With line attachment. Shockproof plastic. H: ap prox. 100 cm. Weight when empty: approx 6 kg.

71 243 1101 Each

‘Standard’ Lifebelt

Complies with EN 14144. Made of hard plastic. For day/night markers. Features 4 reflective stripes and a grab line the

locks 2

whole way round. Outer dia.: 75 cm, in ner dia.: 45 cm. Buoyancy: 145 N.

2.5 kg.

71 114 0066  Size: 44 Each

71 114 0079  Size: 48 Each

71 114 0082  Size: 52 Each

More lifebelts online at: sport-thieme.com

Life-saving equipment

6

5

RCS ‘Waterproof’

Handheld Megaphone

Handy handheld megaphone with siren for use in water sports. Range: 1,000 m. Operating time: approx. 6 hours. Max. power: 25 watts. Power source: 6 UM-2 batteries (not included). Made of ASA plastic. L: 32 cm. 1.1 kg.

71 114 6716 Each

Sport-Thieme Life-Saving Pole

For leisure centres, swimming pools,

and similar.

4.2 cm.

Pole diame

71 114 0095  Size: 56 Each

9

194 71 206 8129 Each

20 m. Approx. 0.45 kg.

71 114 1607 Each

8

Rescue Belt

This belt secures the lifeguard when in ac tion. Rescue line not included.

71 113 7200 Each

9

‘Baywatch’ Rescue Torpedo

Baywatch-style rescue torpedo made of foamed thermoplastic for lasting buoyan cy outdoors. With rope and shoulder strap. LxWxH: 66x23x12.5 cm. 1.5 kg.

71 114 0910 Each

10

Life-Saving Throw Bag

The rescue throw line for life-saving. Com pact and easy to carry, with hook-andloop fastening to attach to trouser belt.

Consists of a bag with a float sewn into the top to help you throw accurately. With an 18-m buoyant line which can withstand approx. 5,000 N and has a loop on each end. The end of the line is attached to the bag. Also suitable for use on boats and canoes.

71 243 1000 Each

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Swimming Lane Lines & Dividers

Swimming lane lines

Outdoor version:

Stainless steel cable Incl. end attachment 10|

1

Sport-Thieme Training Lane Line

Thick-walled Hostalen float-on-float train ing lane line according to FINA regulations. 5 m of red floats at each end, middle alter nates between 100 cm of white floats and 100 cm of red floats. Incl. end attachments, rope/cable and plastic Hostalen floats.

Indoor version: 6-mm-diameter Multilon rope; end attachments: 2 snap hooks, 2 Simplex clips and 1 eight-link adjust ment (all made of rustproof V4A stainless steel).

Customisation

Outdoor version: Stainless steel cable Incl. end attachment 10|

Indoor version: Multilon rope Incl. end attachment 9|

All swimming lane lines online at: sport-thieme.com

Outdoor version: 4-mm-diameter stain less steel cable (AISI 316 7x7); end attachments: stainless steel turnbuckle and S-hook.

2

Sport-Thieme Swimming Lane Line

Indoor version: Multilon rope Incl. end attachment 9|

Training lane line as per FINA regulations with thick-walled red and white Hostalen floats. 5 m of red floats at each end, middle alternates between 100 cm of white floats and 100 cm of red floats. Incl. end attachments.

Indoor version: 6-mm-diameter Multilon rope; end attachments: 2 snap hooks, 2 Simplex clips and 1 eight-link adjustment (all made of rustproof V4A stainless steel).

Indoor

25 m (floats every 25 cm)

71 282 5612 Each

25 m (floats every 50 cm)

71 282 5609 Each

50 m (floats every 25 cm)

71 282 5638 Each

Outdoor version: 4-mm-diameter stain less steel cable (AISI 316 7x7); end attach ments: stainless steel turnbuckle and Shook.

Outdoor 25 m (floats every 25 cm)

71 282 5654 Each

25 m (floats every 50 cm)

71 282 5641 Each

50 m (floats every 25 cm)

71 282 5670 Each

Lane lines and dividers with Hostalen floats in blue, yellow or green are availa ble on request. So are other lengths and end attachments.

Barrier lines

50 m (floats every 50 cm)

71 282 5625 Each

50 m (floats every 50 cm)

71 282 5667 Each

Dividers

Barrier Line

A safety dividing line for use in open water. Large floats offer better visibility and in creased buoyancy. This barrier line only in cludes the line with Hostalen floats. Ac cessories like large floats, end attach ments and snap hooks must be ordered separately. 7x7-mm steel line. Hostalen floats (LxW: 70x65 mm).

71 253 9108

Metre

Large Float for Barrier Lines

Provides better visibility and increases buoyancy. Made of UV-protected polyethyl ene. LxW: 300x170 mm. 0.52 kg.

71 253 9209

Each

Snap Hook for Barrier Lines

Snap hook for barrier line. Made of VA steel. LxW: 80x8 mm. Approx. 0.125 kg.

71 253 9007

Pressed Loops for Barrier Lines

Each

Pressed loops at both ends of the line. Made of V4A stainless steel and PVC. L: 95 mm. 0.25 kg.

71 253 8903

Pair

Outdoor version: Stainless steel cable Don’t forget to order: End attachment 10|

Sport-Thieme Divider

For separating lane swimming from gener al swimming areas. Alternating red and white Hostalen floats. End attachments not included. Stainless steel rope with plastic Hostalen floats.

Indoor version: 6-mm-diameter Multilon rope. Only for use with ‘Indoor’ end at tachments.

Indoor

8

Sport-Thieme Hostalen Float, 8-mm Hole

For swimming lane lines and dividers.

With 8-mm hole. Polyethylene. Diame ter: 6.7 cm. L: 7 cm. 34 g (each).

71 254 6201

Each

71 254 6214  White Each

Indoor version: Multilon rope Don’t forget to order: End attachment 9|

Outdoor version: 4-mm-diameter stain less steel cable (AISI 316 7x7). Only for use with ‘Outdoor’ end attachments.

Outdoor

Replacement parts & accessories

Sport-Thieme ‘Indoor’ Swimming Lane Line End Attachment

Includes 2 snap hooks, 2 Simplex clips and 1 eight-link adjustment (all made of rust proof V4A stainless steel). Approx. 0.05 kg.

71 282 6006 Set

10

Sport-Thieme ‘Outdoor’ Swimming Lane Line End Attachment

Consists of pressed loops at both ends of the line, turnbuckle and S-hook. Stainless steel. Approx. 0.55 kg. 71 283 0302 Set

195sport-thieme.com/ Swimming Balls Teamsport Athletics Equipment Swimming Fitness Gymnastics Movement Therapy Leisure Games Service Psychomotricity Sensory Stimulation For advice and to place an order: +49 5357 181 503 sport-thieme.com Swimming lane lines

Competition Lane Lines & Lane Line Trolleys

Malmsten Lane Line Slider

This ‘slide’ makes the unrolling and roll ing up of your competition lines quicker, easier, more convenient and in a way that is more gentle on the material. Just place the slider on the edge of the pool and feed the line over the channel – the floats can no longer become caught. This prevents damage to the pool and also makes your swimming lines last considerably longer. Made of plastic.

LxWxH: 62x38x44 cm. 3.3 kg. 71 245 0302 Each

Swimming Lane Line Trolleys

With reel locking

No maintenance required

Particularly strong

Suitable for pools, can be moved any where quickly and easily

Lines roll up and out with ease

Smooth-running wheels that leave no marks, in 5| and 6| two are swivelling, two have a locking mechanism

Natural aluminium Lines not included.

Malmsten Racing Lane Lines

Tried and tested at the Olympic Games and other major events. With these lines manufactured according to FINA and LEN regulations, you can create the optimal conditions for competitions – a key re quirement for maximum performance. The plastic discs are strung onto the stainless steel cable. Optimal water calming effect: the discs break the waves before they cause turbulence in the next lane. The turnbuckle has a cover, whilst a differen tial spring on the opposite side ensures good positioning in the water. V4A steel. In standard colours red/white/blue (5 m red on each end, alternating white/blue in the middle section). Other colour combi nations available on request for an addi tional charge of approx. 10%.

Malmsten ‘Classic’ Racing Lane Line

With standard, 10-cm-diameter floats.

71 114 3704  25 m Each

71 114 3717  50 m Each

2

Malmsten ‘Gold’ Racing Lane Line

With improved wave turbulence control. Large floats with a diameter of 15 cm.

71 114 3906  25 m Each

71 114 3919  50 m Each

Malmsten ‘Gold Pro’ Racing Lane Line

An official lane line used at the 2019 World Championships. Optimal wave breaking. Large floats with diameter of 15 cm.

71 114 3964  25 m Each

71 114 3977  50 m Each

Malmsten replace ment parts online at: sport-thieme.com 71 150 6323

2 lines 4 lines 4 lines 2 lines

lines

lines

1 line 2 lines 2 lines 1 line 2 lines 4 lines 71 114 5739 Each

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Original Sport-Thieme Competition Lane Lines

Sport-Thieme ‘Competition’ Racing Lane Line

Wave-breaking racing lane line. Manu factured according to FINA regulations. The ‘Classic’ line comes with a standard turnbuckle, which is made of stainless steel and features a tensioning mecha nism with a protective cover. The 4-mmthick steel cable can be tensioned using the ‘ratchet’ turnbuckle key included.

The ‘Pro’ line comes with a higher-end stainless steel turnbuckle and a HDPEplastic sleeve with left and right-hand thread for easy tensioning/loosening of the line. Both line variants feature a stainless steel cable for increased safety and durability, and high-strength poly ethylene floats. The ‘micro doughnut’ system with freely rotating discs im proves the wave-breaking effect by 75%. The lines are in the standard red/white/ blue colour combination (each end with 5 m of red, middle section with alternat ing blue/white, each with 40 cm of blue and 40 cm of white). Other colour combi nations available on request. Float di ameter: 10 cm.

Sport-Thieme Turnbuckle Key

For the classic variant of the Sport-Thieme ‘Competition’ racing lane line.

71

New! Sport-Thieme ‘Compe tition’ Circle-Swim System

Edge Protector for Swimming Lane Lines

Protect the edge of your pool! The line protector is the handy aid for setting up and putting away swimming lane lines. The lines slip down the slide when being unwound or wound up without getting stuck on the edge of the pool. Set up your swimming lane lines quickly, easily and without dam age. 60x38x40.5 cm.

Robust solution for implementing social distancing guidelines in the water. With clear information board displaying the rules. Incl. ‘Competition Classic’ racing lane line and end attachments. Each end features 3 m of red floats; the middle stretch alternates between 40 cm of blue floats and 40 cm of white floats.

The 40-mm-thick stainless steel (V4A) brackets are inserted into a 15-cm-deep ground socket on either side of the pool, and connected by a lane divider. 235x8x147 cm. Swim-through width: 2 m.

Water

Aluminium Water Polo Goals

Free-floating, sturdy aluminium water polo goal with fold ing net brackets. Front bevelled floats ensure it will not sink. Goal nets not included. White enamel finish. Post profile (LxW): 80x40 mm. LxWxH: 3x0.9x1.35 m. 89 kg.

112 7603

Water Polo Goal Nets

Water polo goal nets made of polypropylene. 3 mm thick. LxWxH: 3x1x0.8 m.

71 112 7906

‘Youth’ Mini Water Polo Goals

Push-fit mini

polo

Aluminium goal, 3-mm-thick

Crossbar/post

polo

& timers

Pair

4

Togu Water Polo Ball

Excellent-grip, soft water polo ball. Suitable for many games in the water. Plastic. Dia.: approx. 20 cm. 420 g. 71 108 0908 Each

Sport-Thieme ‘Official’ Water Polo Ball

For training and competitions. Indented grooves on the rubber surface provide excellent grip. Nylon body with butyl rubber bladder. Size 3: 360 g, dia. 19 cm. Size 4: 420 g, dia. 21 cm. Size 5: 440 g, dia. 22 cm.

71 281 6021  Size 3 Each

71 281 6005  Size 4 Each

71 281 6018  Size 5 Each

Mikasa Water Polo Ball

Official water polo ball of the Olympic Games, World and European Championships. Made of high-quality and particularly great-grip special rubber. Dia., women: 21 cm. Dia., men: 22 cm. 420 g. 71 108 1044  W6009W/women Each  71 108 1031  W6000W/men Each

Stramatel ‘SC30’ 30-Second Timers

For timing ball possession. Incl. 2 digital displays, 2 con trol cables and a control panel with klaxon. SC 30: radiocontrolled and battery-powered, can be set up on the ground or installed on the wall. Can be used with a Stra matel scoreboard. SC 30 Automatic: radio-controlled and battery-powered, can be set up on the ground or in stalled on the wall. Can be used on its own or combined with the Stramatel ‘W-Top’. Polycarbonate. Digit height: 20 cm. Can be read from 100 m. WxHxD: 50x30x6.5 cm. Approx. 2 kg.

SC 30, radio-controlled

Stramatel ‘452 PS 900’

Water Polo Scoreboard

Electronic scoreboard for water polo, to be mounted to the wall in indoor areas. Displays score, period, pause time, time-outs and timer in minutes and seconds. Incl. 116-dBA klaxon with a range of 1 m. Digit height: 16 and 15 cm. Can be read from 60 m. WxHxD: 150x100x9 cm. Approx. 24 kg.

71 131 7103 Each

Stramatel ‘W-Top’

Water Polo Scoreboard

Portable water polo scoreboard for indoor use. With LCD display and folding control panel on the back of the board. Displays score, period and time-outs. Polycarbon ate. Incl. 86-dBA klaxon with a 3-m range. Digit height: 9 cm. Can be read from 35 m. WxHxD: 73x37x11.5 cm. Approx. 6 kg.

71 131 7217  Mains-powered Each

71 131 7204  Battery-powered Each

71 131 7318

SC 30 Automatic, radio-controlled 71 131 7321

Water polo scoreboard for outdoor use

found online at:

71 257 9506

Pair

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Special features

Longer roller Longer roller Ideal for beginners

For people more susceptible to pain and beginners, ideal for use in therapy

For intensive use and heavier people

Ribbed surface for new stimuli

More intensive self-massage Special surface to stimulate skin, ideal for treating the spine, calves and parallel-running muscles

Great for targeted treatment, e.g. forearms

Blackroll fascia rollers

Fascia are thin fibrous tissues enclosing our muscles. Fascia rollers can help you improve your blood circulation, prevent muscle complaints and loosen the tissue. They are great in physiotherapy as well as for regeneration, warm-ups and cooldowns.

All Blackroll products are skin-friendly, odourless and manufactured in Germany. They are 100% recyclable and made of high-quality EPP, which makes them ro bust, lightweight and easy to clean. Per fect for frequent use in practices, clubs and gyms.

Roller size comparison:

Example uses online at: sport-thieme.com

71 137 5813

Product code

71 232 7004 71 232 7017 71 137 5813 71 137 5884 71 137 5897

71 137 5871 71 275 0301 71 297 5900

71 137 5868 71 235 7209 71 235 7212 71 235 7225 71 265 9002 71 265 9015

Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each

Please contact us for

Targeted treatment of minor tension

Ideal for occasional treatments

71 261 4524 Each

and

Sport-Thieme fascia trainers

A real winner! Fascia rollers and balls for the hard-to-reach parts of your body. Excellent value for money. Great for beginners, advanced users and professionals alike.

Roller size comparison:

1

Soft: 20% softer

Sport-Thieme ‘The Roll’

Fascia Trainer

Multifunctional EPP roller for relieving tension and clogged connective tissue or strengthening the supporting muscles. Can accelerate regeneration. With smooth surface. Lxdia.: 30x15 cm. Standard level of firmness or 20% soft er.

71 137 7819  Standard Each

71 137 7806  Soft Each

2

Standard

Sport-Thieme ‘Duo’

Fascia Trainer

Easy-to-clean massage roller made of ABS and EVA foam with textured surface for a deeper massage. Lxdia.: 32.5x13 cm. Approx. 800 g. 2-in-1 roller. Green: soft. Blue: firm.

71 277 8307 Each

Sport-Thieme ‘Tri-Point’

Fascia Trainer Set

3 self-massage tools for effectively treat ing trigger points. Made of ergonomical ly shaped, easy-to-wipe silicone.

LxWxH: 7.4x4.4x5.4 cm.

3

Pedalo ‘Cork’ Fascia Roller

Rigid fascia roller made of natural materi al. Recyclable and odourless. To treat large areas of various body parts. Firm cork material is ideal for advanced users.

L: 30 cm. Firm.

71 271 0903  10 cm in diameter Each

71 271 0916  15 cm in diameter Each

4

Sport-Thieme ‘Mini Roll’

Fascia Trainer

Small roller for targeted self-massage and trigger-point massage. Made of polymer foam. ABS plastic inner tube. Large bumps to affect deeper tissues.

Lxdia.: 16x6.5 cm. Firmness: standard.

71 140 1804 Each

Don’t forget to order: Exercise mats, pages 357–361

Sport-Thieme ‘Cork’ Fascia Ball

Robust and easy-to-clean fascia ball for self-massage and regenerative massage of small muscle groups. Firm.

71 273 3715  7.5 cm in diameter Each

71 273 3728  9 cm in diameter Each

Sport-Thieme Fascia Ball

Odourless massage ball to work those hard-to-reach areas of our body. EEP. Firmness: standard.

71 235 7603  8 cm in diameter Each

71 235 7616  12 cm in diameter Each

Set Set

The set includes:

• 1 green Sport-Thieme ‘Tri-Point’ (soft)

• 1 orange Sport-Thieme ‘Tri-Point’ (me dium)

Sport-Thieme

Fascia Trainer Set

The set includes:

1 2 3 8 5 6 71 291 6402 Set of 3

• 1 Sport-Thieme ‘The Roll’ fascia trainer, 1|, standard or soft

• 2 Sport-Thieme fascia balls, 6| (one of each diameter: 8 cm and 12 cm)

71 266 2406  Standard Set

71 266 2419  Soft Set

201sport-thieme.com/ Fitness Balls Teamsport Athletics Equipment Swimming Fitness Gymnastics Movement Therapy Leisure Games Service Psychomotricity Sensory Stimulation For advice and to place an order: +49 5357 181 503 sport-thieme.com • 1 blue Sport-Thieme ‘Tri-Point’ (firm)

Fascia

SoftX

Made of soft material, these fasciae trainers are perfect for beginners and to work painful areas. They can also be used to treat osteoporosis.

‘SoftX’ products are made of polyethylene (PE).

RumbleRoller

Latex-free massage roller with particularly large, flexible bumps, which penetrate more deeply into the tissue than smooth fascia rollers. The distance between the alternately-placed bumps ensures that several bumps exert pressure on the body at the same time. Made of high-density EVA foam for high resilience. Blue: stand ard. Black: 36% firmer.

Multifunctional, non-slip and very resil ient. Made of PE.

cm diameter, 15 cm long, blue

205 5305 Each

cm diameter, 40 cm long, blue

205 5318 Each

cm diameter, 40 cm long, blue

205 5321 Each

cm diameter, 40 cm long, black

205 5334 Each

Black:

RumbleRoller ‘Gator’

Sweat-resistant massage roller with 954 specially shaped bumps on the surface for a deep-acting massage. Particularly hy gienic thanks to the use of antibacterial EVA material. Lxdia.: 55.8x11.5 cm.

Each

SoftX Fascia Ball

For trigger point treatment on the back. Made of PE.

205 5204

205 5217

Wooden Trigger

Non-slip underside. Water-repellent as well as impact- and abrasion-resistant. ‘Plus’ variant has a slightly sharper nose for treating painful trigger points. German beechwood. Lxdia.: 7.5x7 cm.

317 4904

Each

Each

SoftX Fasciae Set

The set includes:

• 1 SoftX fascia roller, dia. 14.5 cm

• 1 SoftX fascia roller, dia. 14.5 cm, 15% firmer

205 5406 Pair

SoftX ‘Pro’ Fascia Set

The set includes:

• 1 SoftX fascia roller, dia. 5 cm

• 1 SoftX fascia roller, dia. 9.5 cm

SoftX fascia ball, dia. 6.5 cm

SoftX fascia ball, dia. 9 cm

205 5709 4-piece set

Blackroll Trigger Set

tension

regeneration and can alleviate pain.

EPP. The set

2 or

trigger tool

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Cupping & Massage Equipment

BellaBambi

Cupping Cup

body (back, abs, legs, shoulders). Vacuum massage with peeling edge for increased efficacy. Unbreakable,

treat large areas of

BellaBambi ‘Original Solo’ Cupping Cup Cupping Cup

Cupping cup for skin tightening, skin smoothing, skin care, relaxation and a feeling of well-being. Ideal for selfmassage. Biocompatibility determined ac cording to EN ISO 10993. Made of silicone. 3 different intensity levels. ‘Trio’

244 5104

3-piece set

Cupping cups

For targeted treatment of fascia tissues by creating a vacuum. This causes the tissue beneath the cup to be drawn up, loosening the fascia and connective tissues, and to increase blood circula tion. BellaBambi cups create a vacuum at specific points, drawing impurities to the surface, removing toxins, and re leasing tension.

Togu Faszio Ball

Ryton ball for loosening tension and con nective tissues. For therapy and fitness. Diameter: approx. 4 cm (Local) and 10 cm (All-round).

71 184 3516  Local Each

71 184 3503  All-round Each

Sport-Thieme Floss Band

Level of compression can be individually adjusted. For use following an injury (on arms, calves, wrists, knees and ankles). Skin-friendly natural rubber. W: 5 cm. Thickness: 1.3 mm (standard) and 1.5 mm (heavy).

Togu Actiball

Nubbed surface to loosen tension and to aid quick and deep-acting regeneration. Made of toughened Ryton. Diameter: approx. 9 cm. 71 137 1101

Togu Faszio Ball Set

The set includes:

• 1 Togu ‘Local’ Faszio ball

• 1 Togu ‘All-round’ Faszio ball

71 184 3529 Set

New! Theragun ‘Wave Roller’

Vibrating Massage Roller

Vibrating foam roller to treat large areas of your body. 5 intensity levels. Bluetoothenabled, operated via Therabody app. Wireless charging. Battery life: approx. 3 hours. Hypoallergenic, wave-shaped surface texture (EVA foam). Lxdia.: 30x13 cm. 1.5 kg. Incl. charging cable and

carry bag. 71 314 8802

Percussive Therapy

Percussive therapy

High-frequency vibrations stimulate blood circulation in the parts of the body being massaged. This loos ens and warms the muscles in these areas, alleviat ing aching, stiff or tense muscles.

1 2

New! Hyperice ‘Hypervolt 2.0’

Percussion Massage Device

High-torque 60-watt motor. Improved ergonomic design and lower net weight. Incl. 5 head attachments (fork, ball, cushion, flat and bullet), bag for head attachments, AC cable, charger (24 V) and instruction manual.

71 323 3405

Each

New! Hyperice ‘Hypervolt 2.0 Pro’

Percussion Massage Device

Even more powerful, 90-watt motor. Incl. 5 head attach ments (fork, ball, cushion, flat and bullet), bag for head attachments, AC cable, charger (24 V) and instruction manual.

71 323 3506

Each

3

Theragun ‘Prime’

Percussion Massage Device

High-quality percussive therapy device with ergonomic handle design. QX65 motor with QuietForce technology provides up to 2,400 percussions per minute. 5 speed settings with up to 13 kg force. Battery life of 120 min utes. Includes: Theragun ‘Prime’, carrying pouch, 4 at tachments & power adapter.

Theragun ‘Elite’

Percussion Massage Device

Particularly quiet percussive therapy device with ergo nomically shaped multi-grip handle. QX65 motor with up to 2,400 percussions per minute and 18 kg force. Battery life: 120 minutes. Includes: Theragun ‘Elite’, protective carrying case, power adapter & 5 attachments.

Theragun ‘Pro’

Percussion Massage Device

Professional-grade percussive therapy device with trian gle ergonomic handle design. QX65 motor with Quiet Force technology provides up to 2,400 percussions per minute. Up to 27 kg force. Battery life of 150 minutes. In cludes: Theragun ‘Pro’, carrying case, 6 attachments, 2 rechargeable lithium-ion batteries & charger.

204

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Neuro training

4 Improves performance through neuronal training

Nearly all of our movements are con trolled by the visual system. The eyes provide our brain with all the important information about our environment, al lowing for targeted movement. Even small losses of information or distur bances can lead to less than optimal movement. The aim of neuro athletics is to train and optimise visual perception processes to improve athletic perfor mance.

• Poor accommodation (the ability to focus at various distances) – Near/far charts: Position the distance vision chart on the wall (with the letters still clearly legible), and have the patient hold the near vision chart in their hand (with the letters clearly legible). They then have to switch between reading one letter from the distance chart and one from the near chart, only ‘jumping’ to the other chart once the letter has be

152 g

1 Artzt Vitality Brock string, 5 wooden beads made of FSC-certified beech

Uncontrolled eye movements (saccades) – Saccade charts: Have the patient read the letters from right to left and back again (from top to bottom). They are only allowed to ‘jump’ from

chart to chart once they can clearly see each letter and should read the letters out loud. The further apart the charts are positioned, the more challenging the exercise becomes.

Made of plastic. LxWxH: 16x1x1 cm. 20 g.

71 297 4109 Each

Attention! Contains individual parts that may be swallowed. Danger of suffocation.

1 pair of Artzt Vitality pinhole glasses made of plastic incl. case, WxDxH: 14.5x14.5x5 cm

• 2 Artzt Vitality saccade pencils, mate

rial sourced from local, sustainable for estry, PEFC-certified, LxWxH: 24x1.2x0.8 cm

• 1 Artzt Vitality eyepatch, plastic with polyester pad

• Various Artzt Vitality eye charts

71 288 4309 Set

The individual parts of this set and other prod ucts are available online at:

sport-thieme.com

Neuro training

Artzt Vitality ‘Relaxator’ Breathing Retrainer

Made of plastic in blue/green, with 5 ad justable resistance levels. For targeted breathing exercises to improve your breathing habits. Helps to relax, increase your oxygen uptake and improve your overall sense of well-being. LxW: 4x6 cm. Approx. 100 g.

71 288 9900 Each

For

Artzt Vitality SoundVibe

Sound transmitted to the inner ear as vi brations through the skull. For neuro training, e.g. to treat dizziness or improve coordination. Used with smartphone or similar via Bluetooth. For music, phone calls and sensory input via a correspond ing app. Playback time: max. 6 hours.

Plastic. Incl. micro USB cable, 2 silicone earplugs and instructions.

71 314 0707 Each

sport-thieme.com

Artzt Vitality Set of Neuro Training Glasses

Neuro training glasses for targeted colour and light therapy to treat each brain hemi sphere individually. Can be worn on both sides. The set includes: 11 two-tone glass es in the colour combinations green/blue, blue/transparent, red/transparent, red/ blue, red/green, green/transparent, yel low/green, yellow/transparent, red/yel low, blue/yellow and grey/transparent. 71 297 3207 11-piece set

Brock string

Saccade pencils

Feetup ‘Classic’ Trainer

Training aid for learning to do headstands. Soft padding protects your neck and spine. Beech wood, upholstered in leath erette. LxWxH: 64x40x40 cm. Max. load:

4

6

Sissel Cork Yoga Block

Excellent support for yoga beginners as well as professionals. With rounded cor ners. Cork. LxWxH: 23x7.5x12 cm. 200 g.

71 184 6704 Each

5

Sport-Thieme Cork Yoga Block

Support and/or an underlay for yoga exer cises. Robust with rounded corners for optimal safety. Cork. LxWxH: 23x7.5x12 cm. 450 g.

71 266 3308 Each

6

Sport-Thieme

Wooden Yoga Block

Training aid for sitting, lying and support exercises. Pinewood.

LxWxH: 22.5x15x7.5 cm. 460 g. 71 273 4907

2

Aerial Yoga Hammock

Multifunctional for yoga, fitness, Pilates and to relax. Washable at 30°C. 100% polyamide. LxW: 4.2x2.8 m. Max. load: 220 kg.

Incl. aerial yoga hammock, 2 snap hooks (aluminium), 2 straps, installation, main tenance and exercise instructions (in Ger man).

FUHLFP2021-08242

INTERTEK,

2703914 approved by INTERTEK, certificate

FUHLFP2021-08242

approved by INTERTEK, certificate

FUHLFP2021-08242

Sport-Thieme

‘Classic’ Yoga Chair

Very sturdy construction Non-slip rubber feet For use in a variety of yoga exercises

Makes exercises easier to perform and aids correct posture. Ideal for older peo ple, pregnant women and overweight peo ple. Folding. Metal. Rubber feet for stabili

ty. Total height: 81 cm. Seat height: 43 cm. LxWxD (folded): 104x50x6.3 cm. Max. load: 125 kg. 3.6 kg.

71 291 6008 Each

12

Sport-Thieme

‘Purple’ Yoga Belt

Each

7

9

Sport-Thieme Yoga Block

For standing and sitting exercises for im proving your positioning and balance. Can be used at 3 heights (horizontal, vertical, lying flat). Rounded corners. Made of EVA. LxWxH: 22.5x15x17.5 cm. Approx. 120 g.

71 273 4806  Soft, green Each

71 273 4819  Firm, blue Each

8

Sport-Thieme

‘Shallow’ Yoga Block

Extra thin for selected yoga and asana ex ercises. Easy to wipe clean. EVA foam.

LxWxH: 30.5x20.5x5.5 cm. 300 g.

71 291 5803 Each

9

Sport-Thieme

‘Wedge’ Yoga Block

Promotes correct posture during more challenging yoga exercises. Relieves strain on the joints due to its 20-degree incline. EVA foam, making it just 220 g, yet still as firm as a comparable wooden or cork wedge. LxWxH: 50x15x5 cm.

71 291 5904 Each

10

Sport-Thieme

Cotton Yoga Belt

This yoga belt provides the stability and flexibility required for exercises. Gently stretches your muscles, strengthens your positioning without putting unnecessary strain on muscles, and improves posture. The length of the belt is individually ad justable using the buckle. 100% cotton, plastic buckle, 182 cm long. 3.8 cm wide.

71 273 5001  Natural Each

71 273 5014  Blue Each

11

Extra support and stretching aid for your exercises. Sturdy metal buckle for adjust ing the length. 100% cotton.

LxW: 244x3.8 cm. 160 g.

71 291 6109 Each

Sport-Thieme

Polyester Yoga Belt

To enhance and improve postures. Ideal for seated and standing training sessions. 100% polyester. Plastic buckle.

LxW: 244x3.8 cm. Approx. 100 g.

71 273 5102 Each

13

Sport-Thieme

‘Chill’ Yoga Sitting Cushion

Comfortable and stable. The inner can be removed. 100% cotton cover with draw string, can be washed up to 30°C. Filled with cleaned spelt husks. Hxdia.: approx. 15x35 cm. Max. load: 100 kg. Approx. 1 kg.

71 123 8802 Each

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

1

Sport-Thieme ‘Classic’

Yoga Mat

Pleasantly soft, slightly stretchy, insu lating and easy to clean. Textured on both sides and non-slip. Made of PVC (active biocidal agent: thiabendazole).

LxWxH: 180x60x0.5 cm. 900 g.

71 260 2006  Gentian blue Each

71 260 2019

71 260 2022

71 260 2035

green Each

Each

blue Each

Attention! Use biocides safely. Always read the la bel and product information before use.

4 Non-slip nubbed side

Textured side for optimal grip

Sport-Thieme ‘Premium’

Yoga Mat

Non-slip nubbed side and great-grip tex tured side. Soft for improved comfort dur ing workouts. Easy to roll up and out. Closed-cell PVC foam. LxWxH: 180x60x0.6 cm.

71 260 2107 Each

Deuser Sports ‘Cork’

Yoga Mat

Non-slip, good-grip and robust. SGSapproved. Shape-retaining and pleasant to the touch thanks to latex-free foam with dampening cork coating. LxWxH: 183x61x0.6 cm. 1.1 kg. Incl. carry strap.

71 284 8004 Each

Sport-Thieme ‘Exclusive’

Yoga Mat

Non-slip and tearproof thanks to fabric in sert. Skin-friendly. Certified by the Ger man Öko-Tex Standard 100. Closed-cell polyvinyl foam. Sanitized finish (active bi ocidal agent: pyrithione zinc). Latex-free.

LxWxH: 185x70x0.6 cm. 1.8 kg.

71

9401

Sport-Thieme ‘Slim’ Yoga Mat

An extra-thin yoga mat made of 1.5-mmthick rubber. Provides a natural, skinfriendly feeling of direct contact with the floor. Non-slip and insulating. Printed guide lines on the surface aid orientation and help you to maintain proper posture during any exercise. LxWxH: approx. 180x67x0.15 cm. Black/blue-grey.

71 287 2908

New! Calyana ‘Pro’ Yoga Mat

Textured on both sides: optimal grip and great slip resistance. Extra-large. Can be used outdoors and is easy to clean. Certi fied according to standard 100 by OEKOTEX. Made of PVC. LxWxH: 185x66x0.45 cm. Approx. 1.7 kg.

71 317 2504

317 2517

Yellow Each

Grey Each

More yoga equipment online at: sport-thieme.com

Yoga

Foldable

very flat on the floor

4 Shape-retaining, dampening cork coating with a pleasant feel

4 Processed materials are particularly grippy, non-slip and durable

Non-slip underside

Pilates & Balance Training

1

Sport-Thieme

Soft Pilates Ball

Strengthens the core and deep muscles. Improves balance and coordination. Very soft surface. Made of PVC. Latex-free. Max. load: 100 kg. Incl. plastic tube for inflating.

Also take a look at: 51Exercise balls, page

Blue

Sport-Thieme ‘Premium’

Pilates Pad

The ‘wobble effect’ forces the users to continuously compensate and stabilise themselves, stimulating receptors inten sively and improving proprioceptive abil ities. Textured, non-slip surface on both

71 149 1542  19 cm dia., green Each

71 149 1555  22 cm dia., grey Each

71 149 1526

cm dia., blue Each

4 For toning arms and shoulders

2

Sissel Pilates Toning Ball Set

Great addition to your Pilates mat routine.

Tones arms, shoulders and the upper body. Silicone. Filled with sand. Dia.: 9 cm. 450 g each.

71 149 3607 Set of 2

3

Togu Redondo Soft Pilates Ball

Great for gripping exercises thanks to very soft, elastic surface. Level of inflation can be adjusted. Made of PVC. Latex-free.

Max. load: 120 kg. Incl. straw for air regu lation and gift box with exercise instruc tions.

18 cm dia., anthracite

71 176 0053-1 Each

22 cm dia., blue

71 176 0037-1 Each

26 cm dia., ruby red

71 176 0040-1 Each

4

Sissel Soft Pilates Ball

For deep relaxation exercises and for strengthening abdominal muscles and the muscles along the spine. PVC. Latex-free. Max. load: 150 kg. Incl. gift box and exer cise instructions.

71 149 1816  22 cm dia., blue Each

71 133 6809  22 cm dia., metallic Each

71 133 6812  26 cm dia., blue Each

71 133 6825  26 cm dia., metallic Each

sides. Dirt-repellent. Easy-care. Supersoft special foam. LxWxH: 50x40x6 cm.

71 132 0028  Blue Each

71 132 0073  Anthracite Each

Sissel BalanceFit

Specially shaped bumps in 2 sizes on the front and rear to improve perceptive abili ties and circulation. Can also be used for foot massages if you’re suffering from vein problems. Needle valve. Made of PVC powder. Latex-free. Dia.: 34 cm. Max. load: 130 kg.

71 149 2936 Each

Sissel BalanceFit Pad

Suitable for indoor, outdoor and use in water. With non-slip coating. Made of TPE.

LxWxH: 50x41x6 cm. Approx. 1 kg.

71 149 1845  Blue marbled Each

71 156 8905  Black marbled Each

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Bottom

Anthracite

For building up core Well-suited

Particularly robust and

Sport-Thieme Balance Beam,

210 Please contact us for prices and shipping costs. Balanced Body Pilates Arc

4 Non-slip surface

MDR-certified medical device

Airex ‘Elite’ Balance Pad

Additionally stimulates the foot receptors. Can be used on both sides. Non-slip, warm against the body and skin-friendly. Made of closed-cell, super-soft foam. LxWxH: approx. 50x41x6 cm.

Balance pads

Balance pads are ideal for improving co ordination, reaction and balance. In an attempt to counteract the dynamics of the soft pad, the body has to make con

Airex Balance Pad

Dirt-repellent and skin-friendly. Extremely durable. Smooth surface. Closed-cell spe

adjustments to remain balanced.

stimulates the receptors and also improves proprioceptive performance.

Sport-Thieme

‘Premium’ Balance Pad

One side is more stable, the other slight ly softer, creating a greater ‘wobble ef fect’. Easy-care, non-slip and water- as well as dirt-repellent. Very soft, skinfriendly and robust special foam. LxWxH: 50x40x6 cm.

71

0002

0060

Each

Each

4 Particularly robust thanks to vinyl-coated surface

Balance Pads

Sport-Thieme

‘Vinyl’ Balance Pad

For coordination training. Returns to its original shape after use. Particularly ro bust, easy to clean and versatile. Spe cial foam with smooth vinyl-coated sur face. LxWxH: 50x40x6 cm.

71 148 3000 Each

With non-slip surface

4 Easy-care

4 Textured on both sides

Airex ‘Solid’ Balance Pad

Excellent for rehabilitation. Firmer, there fore resulting in less strain. Nubs for re flex zone massage. Made of foam.

Sport-Thieme

‘Pro’ Balance Pad

Can strengthen the knee, foot and hip muscles. For workouts, rehabilitation or prevention. With textured surface. Water- and dirt-repellent.

Balance Steps

Togu Jumper

Both sides can be used. Non-slip on all surfaces. Also designed for side jumps. Dynamic rebound (trampoline effect). Incl. pump and training chart.

• Mini – Hxdia.: 18x36 cm. Max. load: approx. 120 kg. Approx. 2.3 kg.

• Standard – Hxdia.: 24x52 cm. Max. load: approx. 200 kg. Approx. 4.4 kg.

• Pro – Hxdia.: 24x52 cm. Max. load: approx. 200 kg. Approx. 5 kg.

Terra-Core Balance Trainer

Over 250 exercise possibilities. Air-filled to make it more challenging. Level of air can be adjusted. Bottom side features handles. LxWxH: 117x44x26 cm. Max.

load: 450 kg.

6706

well

Togu Double Jumper

Reebok Core Board

Moves in 3 dimensions. Non-slip surface. Develops abdominal muscles and tone through tilting, pushing and rotating

movements of the body. 2 degrees of stability. LxWxH: 72x52.5x17.2 cm. Max. load: 110 kg. Approx. 12 kg. 71 225 6665 Each

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Pro: 52x24 cm incl. base plate for a level surface underneath

1

Bosu Balance Trainer

Both sides suitable for balance training. Can also be used for cardio workouts and to strengthen your abs.

• Sport – Hxdia.: 18x50 cm. Max. load: 136 kg. Approx. 4.8 kg. With 6 non-slip pads. For home use.

• Pro – Hxdia.: 23x65 cm. Max. load:

• NexGen Pro – Hxdia.: 22x65 cm. Max. load: 150 kg. Approx. 8.8 kg. Special surface texture for perfect grip. Mark ings for symmetrical positioning. For professional use.

71 209 0232  Sport Each

71 209 0216  Pro Each

4 Excellent-grip nubbed surface

Non-slip

Balance Steps

For active standing at height-adjustable desks. Helps to stretch your back, calves and feet. Takes the strain off your back and ensures upright posture. Stimulates your muscles, whilst improving your circu

composite (30–40% cellulose, 60% PP), underside: needle felt. 1.5 kg, grey. Max. load: 300 kg.

71 315 5400 Each

2

Sport-Thieme

‘Balance Step 3’

Strength and balance trainer in one. For solo and group workouts. Adjustable air

Set

Bosu Balance Pods

Small air-filled hemispheres made of vi nyl. Non-slip thanks to textured under side. Valve on bottom for air regulation. Hxdia.: 3.5x16.5 cm. 500 g each. Max. load: approx. 136 kg.

71 297 3308  2 pods Set of 2  71 297 3311  4 pods Set of 4

pressure. Wipe-clean surface. Hxdia.: 21x59 cm. Max. load: 200 kg. Approx. 5.5 kg. Incl. pump. 71 291 8509 Each

NexGen

4512

LxWxH:

load:

1

Reebok ‘Original’ Step

For cardio, strength and core training. Comes with in struction manual. Wipe-clean, moisture-resistant train ing surface. Three levels of height adjustment. 86% PP, 13.6% TPR and 0.4% ABS.

Reebok ‘Deck 2.0’ Step

Step and workout bench in one. Two levels of height ad justment (20 and 35 cm) and four different backrest posi tions (flat bench, incline bench and seat). Internal stor age compartment for small fitness products. Comes fully assembled. Easy to clean, moisture-resistant and hardwearing. 70% PP, 11.5% TPR, 10% iron, 7% nylon and 1.5% ABS. LxWxH: 121.5x33.7x35 cm. 12.4 kg. Max. load: 150 kg.

Reebok Step with Bluetooth Counter

step for gyms and clubs.

ture-resistant

YAB Fitness Exercise Mat

Unique exercise mat in innovative T-shape for workouts with a step. Made of vinyl. 125x90x0.8 cm. 1.7 kg. 71 298 3309

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Sport-Thieme

‘Classic’ Aerobic Step

Stackable with non-slip surface and sta ble bases. For gyms and clubs. Height ad justable in 3 increments. Plastic. LxWxH: 97x36x15/20/25 cm. Max. load: 200 kg.

Approx. 8 kg. 5-year guarantee!

71 139 8902  Grey/black Each

2

SetAerobic Step Club Set

The set includes: 10 Sport-Thieme ‘Classic’ steps (grey/black), 1 ‘Step Aerobics’ book (in German) and

1 ‘Aerobic Step’ CD.

71 133 4308 Set

4 Available in 2 different sizes

4 Can be set to 3 different heights

Sport-Thieme

‘Training’ Aerobic Step

For endurance and coordination training.

Nubbed non-slip surface. Max. load: 100 kg.

Standard: LxWxH: 91x37.5x16/21/26 cm.

Approx. 7 kg.

Medium: LxWxH: 68.5x37.5x16/21/26 cm.

Approx. 5.8 kg.

71 273 2800  Standard Each

71 273 2813  Medium Each

3

5-year guarantee

Top rated sport-thieme.com

Renate wrote:

4

Sport-Thieme

‘Workout’ Aerobic Step

Compact with non-slip surface for extra stability. Using the base makes the work out more challenging. Max. load: 110 kg.

With base: 74.5x40x13/18.5 cm (LxWxH).

Without base: 74.5x40x13 cm (LxWxH).

With height-increasing base

71 149 1119 Each

Without height-increasing base

71 149 1177 Each

5

Sport-Thieme

‘Basic’ Aerobic Step

Robust entry-level model with slipresistant surface. Easily stackable. Fixed height. LxWxH: 70x40x10.5 cm. Very strong – max. load: 300 kg. Approx. 2.5 kg.

71 217 3014 Each

4 Maximum load 300 kg

Set of 5 TheraBand Resistance Bands

The set includes:

• 1 TheraBand, low, 2|

• 1 TheraBand, medium, 2|

• 1 TheraBand, high, 2|

• 1 TheraBand, extra-high, 2|

• 1 TheraBand, ultra-high, 2| 71 148 5006 5-piece set

TheraBand Resistance Bands

Resistance bands made of 100% natural rubber (12.5 cm wide). For use in strength and coordination training in therapy, clubs and competitive sport.

Incl. practical zip bag and exercise instructions (in German).

71 148 1509

71 148 1512

71 148 1525

71 148 1538

71 148 1541

Each

Each Each Each Each Each

71 218 3103

71 218 3116

71 218 3129

71 218 3132

71 218 3145

71 218 3158

71 218 3161

71 218 3174

Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each

71 218 3350

71 218 3305 71 218 3318 71 218 3321 71 218 3334 71 218 3347 71 218 3363 71 218 3376

Each

Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each

band – 4

TheraBand CLX Bands

4-in-1: resistance band, loop, tubing with hand grips, door anchor. 11 loops (W: 5 cm). Synthetic rubber. Latex-free. See table for available versions.

6

Product

71 195 9707 71 195 9710

71 195 9723

71 195 9736

71 195 9749 71 195 9752 71 195 9765

Each Each Each Each Each Each Each

71 195 9808

71 195 9811

71 195 9824

71 195 9837

71 195 9840 71 195 9853 71 195 9866

Each

Each Each Each Each Each Each Each

TheraBand Club Set

For therapy, clubs and group training. Different resistance levels to cater to any fitness level.

The set includes:

• 6 TheraBand exercise bands, medium, 1|

• 7 TheraBand exercise bands, high, 1|

• 7 TheraBand exercise bands, extra-high, 1|

• 20 pairs of TheraBand handles

• 1 ‘Fit mit dem TheraBand Übungsband’ exercise instruc tions (in German)

71 274 6803

Artzt Vitality ‘Plus Set’ Resistance Bands

Set of resistance bands in two resistance levels: low and high. Excellent grip thanks to fine textured material, even during sweat-inducing exercises. Bands made of synthetic polyisoprene, powder-free. Free of allergy-causing proteins. 2.5 m long. Incl. strap for even better grip.

71 282 5801

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Resistance Bands

The advantages of Sport-Thieme resistance bands:

• The length: many customers require shorter resistance bands; Sport-Thieme resist ance bands come in lengths of 2 m and 25 m, thereby meeting all of the customers’ needs

• Top-quality at a low price

Set

Resistance bands

Resistance bands are perfect for target ed muscle building and joint-friendly training in fitness classes, rehabilitation centres or at home. The advantage of us ing bands is that you can vary the inten

sity of your training and the effort re quired. The various resistance levels and sizes are listed in the tables on the relevant product pages.

Sport-Thieme Resistance Band Set for Schools and Clubs

The set includes:

• 10 Sport-Thieme resistance bands, low, 8|

• 10 Sport-Thieme resistance bands, medium, 8|

• 10 Sport-Thieme resistance bands, high, 8|

• 1 Sport-Thieme storage bag

71 257 7500-1 Set

Sport-Thieme Resistance Bands

The classic latex and therapy band on a 2-m or 25-m roll. Made from skin-friendly natural rubber that is extremely stretchy and features progressive resistance. For increasing strength and stam ina. Incl. exercise poster! See table for available versions.

14 15 cm wide

2

Product

Thomas wrote: “Great product – great value for money!”

Sport-Thieme Latex-Free Exercise Bands

For building up muscles and for movement training. For therapy, club and for home use. Excellent stretching qualities. Latex free. Length 2.5 m, width: 15 cm. Incl. exercise poster.

cm

m long 25 m long versions.

2 m long

15 cm wide

5.5 m long

25 m long

code Product code See table

71 227 0904

71 227 0917

71 227 0920

71 227 0933

71 227 0988

25 m long2.5 m long

Product code Each

Each Each Each Each Each

71 227 0946

71 227 0959

71 227 0962

71 227 0975

71 227 0991

Snakecurl ‘Resistance’

Ankle Straps

Replaces traditional and cumbersome at tachment methods. For resistance train ing of the lower body using open bands or loop bands. 40% polyester, 30% nylon, 30% polypropylene. LxW: 32.5x4 cm.

Product code Each

Each Each Each

Product code

Each Each Each Each Each

71 227 1008

71 227 1011

71 227 1024

71 227 1037

Each Each Each Each Each

71 291 2501

71 291 2514

71 291 2527

71 291 2530

Each Each Each Each Each

71 148 7510

71 148 7523

71 148 7536

71 148 7549

71 148 7552

71 227 1079

18 Resistance

71 232 6708

71 232 6711

71 232 6724

71 232 6737

71 232 6740

Each Each Each Each Each Each

71 266 0703

71 266 0716

71 266 0729

71 266 0732

71 266 0745

71 266 0758

71 232 6753

71 291 2543

Deuser Sports Fitness & Therapy Band

Designed for aqua fitness, physiotherapy and rehabilitation. Chlorine- and saltwaterresistant. Pleasant and non-slip. The bands do not stick together, so powder is not re quired. Latex-free. Natural rubber. See table for available versions.

4 Skin-friendly natural rubber 4 Incl. exercise poster Product code 71 148 4902 71 148 4915 71 148 4928 71 148 4931 71 148 4944 Each Each Each Each Each Product code Each Product code Each

217sport-thieme.com/ Fitness Balls Teamsport Athletics Equipment Swimming Fitness Gymnastics Movement Therapy Leisure Games Service Psychomotricity Sensory Stimulation For advice and to place an order: +49 5357 181 503 sport-thieme.com Each Each Each Each Each Each

sport-thieme.com

Resistance Bands

Sport-Thieme

Elasticated Textile Band

For exercise classes, training, aqua fit ness and therapy. With 8 extra-wide loops, so easier to use with trainers. La tex with polyester threads. L: 96 cm.

71 237 8204  Resistance: 7 kg Each

71 237 8217  Resistance: 10 kg Each

71 237 8220  Resistance: 15 kg Each

71 237 8233  Resistance: 20 kg Each

Sport-Thieme

20

Set

Elasticated Textile Band Set

The set includes: 10 Sport-Thieme elasti cated textile bands of one strength (1|) and 1 exercise poster.

71 237 8305  Resistance: 7 kg Set

71 237 8318  Resistance: 10 kg Set

71 237 8321  Resistance: 15 kg Set

71 237 8334  Resistance: 20 kg Set

Sveltus Elastiband

Very strong, elasticated textile band.

With 8 integrated, numbered loops. 100% nylon. L: approx. 80 cm.

71 237 7908  7 kg, orange Each

71 237 7911  10 kg, yellow Each

71 237 7924  15 kg, black Each

71 237 7937  20 kg, blue Each

10 kg

Sport-Thieme ‘Loop Resistance’ Exercise Band

For strengthening the core, arms, legs and shoulders. Various resistance levels and stretching properties for a host of differ ent exercises. Suitable for allergy suffer ers. Washable. LxW: approx. 32x5 cm.

Sveltus Multi Elastiband

The Multi Elastiband is a very strong tex tile band with a length of 110 cm. It com bines the Elastiband with the Maxi Elastiband. 2 larger loops at each end allow

of

Sveltus Maxi Elastiband

Wide range of exercise options for an ef fective whole-body workout. 5 oversized, ready-made loops (L: 20 cm). L: 100 cm.

Resistance: 10 kg.

71 237 8103 Each

Blackroll Loop Band Set

For training small muscle groups, which improves body statics. Skin-friendly tex tile prevents chafing. With different resist ance levels and stretching properties. Each set incl. an information leaflet.

• Resistance levels in the set of 3: low (or

band is available with resistances of 10 kg, 15 kg and 20 kg.

71 270 3204  10 kg, green Each

71 270 3217  15 kg, purple Each

71 270 3220  20 kg, blue Each

ange), medium (green) and high (blue)

Resistance levels in the set of 6: extralow (yellow), low (orange), moderate (red), medium (green), high (blue) and extra-high (black)

265 9204

265 9217

of 3 Set of

of 6

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Top rated sport-thieme.com

Reto wrote: “Great quality, very versatile.”

Bands

Sport-Thieme Sprint Trainer

The effective resistance trainer for im proving explosive strength, speed, endur ance and reaction times. Integrated stain less steel rings for fastening the tubes to the belt. Training belt individually adjust able. Suitable for many different kinds of sport. Each tube is 2.60 m long.

71 135 8201 Each

1

Sport-Thieme

3-Piece Rubber Band Set

Includes:

• 1 rubber band, low

• 1 rubber band, medium

• 1 rubber band, high

• 1 exercise poster

71 275 6208 3-piece set

2

Sport-Thieme Set of

10 Rubber Bands

Set includes: 10 rubber bands of one re sistance level, 1 set of exercise instruc tions.

71 148 8702  Green, low Pack of 10

71 148 8715  Pink, medium Pack of 10

71 148 8728  Purple, high Pack of 10

3

Sport-Thieme Set of 5 ‘Performer’ Rubber Bands

Set includes: 5 ‘Performer’ rubber bands of one resistance level.

71 135 7804  Green, low Set of 5

71 135 7817  Pink, medium Set of 5

71 135 7820  Purple, high Set of 5

4 5 resistance levels for strengthening all areas of the body

4

Artzt Vitality Rubber Bands

For strength, stabilisation and stretching exercises. Latex. Wxdia.: 5x20 cm. The set includes 1 band of each resistance level.

71 270 7105 5-piece set

Sport-Thieme

‘Jumpstretch’ Powerband

For general stretching, strength training and stretching tight muscles, as well as for challenging athletics, swimming and running training. Made of natural rubber. L: approx. 105 cm. Incl. exercise instruc tions.

low Each

Black, medium

8710  Purple, high Each

105 8723  Green, extra-high Each

105 8736  Blue, super-high Each

105 8749  Orange, ultra-high Each

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Oscillating bar for body stabilisation

Can also be used in therapy

Great for stamina, coordination and strength training, as well as reha bilitation. Carrying bag included!

Top rated sport-thieme.com

2

Sport-Thieme Oscillating Fitness Bar

Suitable for beginners, advanced users and professionals. Soft hand grips for a firm hold and comfortable workouts. L: 155.5 cm. Frequency range: 4.6 Hz. Incl. carrying bag. 71 231 0002 Each

Experts say:

Michael wrote: “Awesome fitness prod uct. Does what it says on the tin. High quali ty.”

Renate wrote: “Looks great! Sits well in the hand. Excellent oscillation.”

Flexi-Bar Oscillating Bar

There’s a suitable Flexi-Bar for everyone: ‘Kids’ (L: 118 cm) for children aged 6–12. ‘Sport’ (L: 153.5 cm) for beginners and ad vanced users. ‘Intensive’ (L: 153.5 cm) for higher intensity. ‘Athletic’ (L: 152.5 cm) for professionals. Frequency range for all var iants: 4.6 Hz. Incl. exercise poster and DVD.

71 200 9924  Kids Each

71 200 9908  Sport Each

71 200 9937  Intensive Each

71 200 9911  Athletic Each

Accessories

Sport-Thieme Hook for Individual Oscillating Bar

A space-saving way to store your oscillat ing bar. Metal. Black. Fixings included.

71 276 3604 Each

Flexi-Bar Stand

For up to 30 Flexi-Bars (suitable for all types of Flexi-Bars). Wooden. Mobile. Lx WxH: approx. 49x43x12 cm. Flexi-Bars not included.

71 200 9979

Flexi-Bar Carrying Bag

A large carrying bag for all Flexi-Bar models in 2 designs. The bag provides optimal protection against damage and dirt.

71 212 5507

30 Flexi-Bars Each

10 Flexi-Bars Each  71 212 5510

221sport-thieme.com/ Fitness Balls Teamsport Athletics Equipment Swimming Fitness Gymnastics Movement Therapy Service Psychomotricity For advice and to place an order: +49 5357 181 503 sport-thieme.com 4 Sport-Thieme fitness bar

Kids Sport Intensive Athletic

Chris Löffler Head trainer of equipment fit ness and physiotherapist

“The Sport-Thieme fitness bar is ideal for improving fitness and coordination.”

Sport-Thieme Flow Slide Pads

Double-sided

for different types of floors

Sport-Thieme ‘Flow Slide Pads’ School & Club Set

4 Incl. DVD (in German)

4 Can be used on carpets and hard floors

Flowin Training Mat with Accessories

For comprehensive and effective full-body workouts. Versatile and for people of all ages and fitness levels. Fitness: 97.5x68x0.6 cm incl. storage bag (rolls up) for leisure use. Sport: 140x100x0.4 cm, incl. storage bag (rolls up). Professional: 140x100x0.6 cm (does not roll up), high-quality design for com mercial use.

yourself fit!

Gymstick

Powerslider

Perfect for field hockey, ice hockey and racquet sports. For practising chang ing direction quickly. Improves your balance, speed, explosive strength and flexibility. For any fitness level thanks to variable speed. Set consists of Powerslider board (180x50 cm or 230x50 cm), 1 pair of sliding socks, exercise instructions (in German) and mesh

New! Terra-Core ‘Terra Glide’ Balance Trainer Step, ab trainer, push-up handles and bal ance trainer in one. For over 250 different exercises. Can be used on both sides and combined with resistance bands. Level of air can be adjusted. Fold-in wheels for

5-piece set

7-piece set

trampoline

gee

Powder-coated steel frame. Polypropyl ene bed. Hxdia.: 32x125 cm. Diameter of jumping area: 90 cm. Adjustable handle bar: 92–116 cm. Max. load: 130 kg. 16 kg.

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Fitness

Green = low

Blue = medium

Black = high

Silver = extra-high

Gold = maximum

1

Gymstick 2.0

Strengthens upper and lower extremities. Stabilises the body. Can be separated in to 2 parts. Made of fibreglass with pad ded handles. L: 130 cm. 5 resistance lev els. Incl. 2 resistance tubes, workout poster (in German), a link to online train ing and a storage bag.

71 255 1702  Green, low Each

71 255 1715  Blue, medium Each

71 255 1728  Black, high Each

71 255 1731  Silver, extra-high Each

71 255 1744  Gold, maximum Each

Don’t forget to order:

Exercise mats, pages

Green

Togu Jacaranda Ball

When the Jacaranda ball is moved, the stainless-steel balls within begin to move. The vibrations transfer to your body and work your core. Ryton. Diameter: 14 cm. 400 g. 71 267 2306 Each

Togu Brasil Hand Trainers

Deep muscle trainers offering targeted movement feedback. Strengthening of connective tissue and preventative back training. Sensory spikes promote blood circulation. Latex-free Ryton. Partially filled with metal grit. LxWxH: 10x3x3 cm. 200 g each. 71 147 2631  Green Pair  71 319 1200  Berry Pair

Berry

4 A stabilisation trainer for the entire body

4 Improves heart function and circulation as well as strength

Separates into 2 parts

4

Togu Brasil Aqua

Perfect for aqua fitness. Trains finger, hand and core muscles. With wrist straps so that the trainers don’t get lost in the water. Waterproof. Made of latex-free Ry ton. LxWxH: 10x3x3 cm. 200 g each. 71 147 3807 Pair

Top rated sport-thieme.com

3 kg, green, low resistance

4 The additional straps prevent you from losing the Brasils in the water

View product video now at: sport-thieme.com

71 147 2631

6 kg, red, medium resistance

Original ‘Bali Impander’

Resistance trainer for developing your car diovascular fitness and breathing capaci ty. Sweat-resistant. Suitable for any fit ness level. Low resistance to return your muscle tone to normal (corresponds to the resistance of water when swimming). Straps not included.

71 149 0015

149 0028

149 0031

kg, green, low Each

kg, red, medium Each

kg, blue, high Each

Foot and Hand Straps

For the Bali Impander, adjustable.

149 0406

Pair

10 kg, blue, high resistance

Foot and hand loops

Balls Teamsport Athletics Equipment Swimming Fitness Gymnastics Movement Therapy Leisure Games Service Psychomotricity Sensory Stimulation For advice and to place an order: +49 5357 181 503 sport-thieme.com 357–361

Sport-Thieme Plyo Boxes

2

Sport-Thieme

‘Vario’ Wooden Plyo Box

6-part vaulting box. Ideal for plyometric training. The top has an approx. 12-mmthick Regupol cover which allows training with spikes or other specialist shoes. A high level of sturdiness and stability, does not slide sideways. Height is adjust able in 10-cm increments, the lowest pos sible height is approx. 12.8 cm (top only). Max. load: approx. 150 kg. LxWxH: 65x67x70 cm. 10-year guarantee!

71 121 4619-1 Each

Sport-Thieme

Wooden Plyo Box

Plyometric training for the entire body. The box can be rotated and any of its heights can be used. Dimensions / train ing heights: 40x60x75 cm or 30x40x50 cm. Untreated plywood with rounded corners.

71 233 7917  30x40x50 cm Each

71 233 7904  40x60x75 cm Each

Sport-Thieme

Combi Plyo Box

Trains jump strength, explosive strength and maximum strength. Improves speed and mobility. Adjustable jump height. Available in three heights. Made of birch plywood, with a non-slip surface, dark brown.

71 161 0505  50x50x15 cm Each

71 161 0518  50x50x30 cm Each

71 161 0521  100x50x15 cm Each

SetsSport-Thieme

Combi Plyo Box Set

The small set includes:

• 1 Combi plyo box 50x50x15 cm

• 1 Combi plyo box 50x50x30 cm

• 1 Combi plyo box 100x50x15 cm

The large set includes:

• 2 Combi plyo boxes 50x50x15 cm

• 3 Combi plyo boxes 50x50x30 cm

• 1 Combi plyo box 100x50x15 cm

71 184 6108  Small Set

71 184 6111  Large Set

Sport-Thieme plyo boxes

Can be used in lots of different sports! The Sport-Thieme plyo boxes provide the base for effective plyo metric training . With these fitness trainers you can increase reactivation in muscle-building workouts

Plyo boxes are used for explosive jumping in training sessions. As a re sult they can predominantly be found being used for fast sports such as ball sports, athletics and martial arts because, as well as improving explo sive strength, they also train speed, coordination and mobility

3

Sport-Thieme Soft Plyo Box

Improves muscle development. Increases performance. Non-slip underside for safe training. Hook-and-loop fasteners for easy combination. Can be easily stacked. PVC, EVA foam, 3 different sizes.

235 4301

235 4314

235 4327

cm,

cm,

cm,

Sport-Thieme Soft Plyo Box Set

all

Sport-Thieme Plyo Box

Ideal for speed strength training. Trains jump strength, response times and explo sive strength. Available in five sizes. With non-slip jumping area. Stable, made from steel.

Step size, base size, height, weight:

• 29x29 cm, 32x32 cm, 15 cm, 5.5 kg

• 33x33 cm, 38x38 cm, 30 cm, 7 kg

• 35x35 cm, 46x46 cm, 45 cm, 8.5 kg

• 39x39 cm, 53x53 cm, 60 cm, 10 kg

• 42x42 cm, 60x60 cm, 75 cm, 13 kg

163 2008  15 cm Each

163 2011  30 cm Each

163 2024

163 2037

163 2040

cm Each

cm Each

cm Each

SetSport-Thieme Plyo Box Set

set includes all 5 available variants of 7|.

164 0003

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Sport-Thieme Movebox

Wide range of training options on just 2 m² for your legs, abs, back and pelvis. Can be used for therapy and exercising. Non-slip surface. Wood. LxWxH: 67x50x44 cm. Max. load: 120 kg. 13 kg.

The Movebox with contents includes:

• 1 cork roller (L: 30 cm, dia.: 10 cm)

Sport-Thieme ‘Club 10’ exercise mat

TheraBand, 5.5 m, red (medium)

Sport-Thieme ‘Gymfit’ balance cushion, dia.: 33 cm

Sport-Thieme soft Pilates ball, dia.: 22 cm, grey

Sport-Thieme skipping rope, blue

pair of Sport-Thieme wrist cuffs, 1 kg each

1 pair of Sport-Thieme aerobics weights, 1 kg each

1 Sport-Thieme beech gymnastics bar, 60 cm

2 Sport-Thieme elasticated textile bands, 7 kg

2 Sport-Thieme elasticated textile bands, 10 kg

Nohrd TriaTrainer

Can be used as a bench for ab crunches and weight training. Also suitable for use in training your back and glutes. Foot sup port can be adjusted. LxWxH: 140x35x44 cm (when set up) and 90x35x55 cm (when folded). Max. load 150 kg. 14 kg.

Imitation leather

158 1401

1427

1443

1469

1485

Sport

finishes:

Pull-Up Bars & Dip Stations

Can be mounted to the wall or ceiling

Attachment points for snap hooks, resistance tubes, etc.

Each

1

Sport-Thieme

Multipurpose Pull-Up Bar

To be mounted to a wall or ceiling. 4 vari ants of grip for a wide range of exercises. With 12 built-in eyelets for attaching train ing equipment. Made of powder-coated steel. LxWxH: 120x41x30 cm. Dia.: 30 mm. Max. load: 200 kg. Approx. 10 kg.

Approved by TÜV AUSTRIA, certificate no.: ZSTS/APZE/2351

Doorway pull-up bars can be found online at: sport-thieme.com

Doorway pull-up bars

3

Nohrd ‘Sport-Thieme Edition’

Wall Bars

Wall bars with 10 rungs and fold-out arm. Exclusive Sport-Thieme colour scheme. Made of ash. LxWxH: 230x80x15 cm. Di ameter of rungs: approx. 38 mm. Distance between rungs: 17.7 cm. Down-tilt: ap prox. 42 degrees. Distance to wall: ap prox. 6 cm. Max. load: 120 kg. 19 kg. Incl. fixings (screws and wall plugs).

71 304 3804 Each

4

2

4 Gym quality

Sport-Thieme Wall-Mounted Dip Station

For strengthening chest, shoulders, abs and arms. With back and lower arm pad ding. Made of steel. WxHxD: 72x58.8x75 cm. Max. load: 150 kg. 15 kg. 71 133 5200 Each

Approved by TÜV AUSTRIA, certificate no.: ZSTS/APZE/2351

4 A set of wall bars for rowing and sit-ups

4 With ‘rowing machine’ sliding seat

4 Bench can be conveniently stored on the wall bars

Nohrd Combi Trainer

Can be hooked into the wall bars at any height. Also suitable for leg training when used vertically and with its feet retracted. Compact storage. Silent cable pulley with ball-bearing rollers. Real leather uphol stery. LxW: approx. 190x60 cm. Bench (LxW): 85x35 cm. Max. load: 120 kg. 19 kg.

71 232 5008

More colour options availa ble online at: sport-thieme.com

71 232 5008

5

New! Sport-Thieme

‘Fit’ Wall Bars

Multipurpose wall bars for gyms, clubs, etc. To be mounted on load-bearing walls only. Quickly converts into a rowing ma chine: just place the roller board on the bench. The bench and sliding seat are both padded and upholstered in imitation leather. Incl. roller board, bench and ex pander. Plywood frame and bench, ash rungs. Bench, LxW: 180x35 cm. Wall bars, LxWxH: 190x110x20 cm. 45 kg. Max. load: 120 kg. 71 317 4601

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

GEPRÜFT TÜV

Multi Trainer

Colour-coded push-fit system for up to 10 grip positions to work specific muscle groups. With non-slip pads . Made of plastic. LxWxH: 60x18x2 cm. Max. load: 120 kg. 1 kg.

71 314 6008 Each

Abdominal Trainers & Push-Up Handles

Push-up handles

Sport-Thieme Pull-Up Bar and Dip Station

To be suspended from wall bars at any height. Metal construction with wooden bars. WxHxD: approx. 70x50x34 cm. Max. load: 120 kg. 5.5 kg. Not suitable for wall bars with oval rungs.

71 267 1808

U.N.O. Fitness ‘Power Ab Roller’ Abdominal Trainer

Adjustable neck support for correct train ing posture. Made of metal and hard rub ber. LxWxH: 70x62x60 cm. Max. load: 100 kg. Incl. exercise instructions. 5 kg.

71 149 1379

For varied strength training and muscle building

sides

Sport-Thieme ‘Twister’ Push-Up Handles

For ergonomic movements that are kind to your joints. With non-slip surface. The push-up handles have 3 functions: rotat ing, for stationary push-up training by re moving the handles from the platform, and a rotating platform as a dynamic base. LxW, base: 23x27 cm. Handle dia.: 18 cm. Max. load: 100 kg.

71 273 4503 Pair

Sport-Thieme Push-Up Handles

Choice of stable and unstable variant. Made of steel with foam handles. ‘Basic’ with straight surface (LxWxH: 21x13.5x12.5 cm). Max. load: 100 kg. Ap prox. 0.64 kg.

71 273 4402  Basic Pair

Sport-Thieme Ab Wheel Abdominal Trainer

For working your abs, back and arms. Extra-wide wheel for increased stability. Ergonomic handles. ‘Return’ comes with return support for beginners, which al lows the wheel to roll further forward and offers support when rolling back. Polypro pylene with rubber handles and wheel. Lxdia.: 32x18 cm. Max. load: 100 kg. 1 kg.

71 273 4604  Basic Each

71 273 4617  Return Each

Sport-Thieme ‘Power Ab Roller’ Abdominal Trainer

Works your entire body. With strong han dles and pedals for your feet. Made of metal, rubber and polypropylene. Lxdia.: 50x30.5 cm. Max. load: 100 kg. 1.85 kg.

71 148 3909 Each

Don’t forget to order:

Exercise mats, from page 357

Dual Core Wheels

For strengthening your abs, core and up per body. Safe, smooth and quiet. Won’t mark the floor. Ergonomic, non-slip foam handles. Ball bearing-mounted PVC/PP wheels. Lxdia.: 20x14.5 cm. Wheel track: 180 mm. Wheel dia.: 145 mm. Max. load: 100 kg. Approx. 1.2 kg. Incl. training tips and QR code to workout video.

71 314 6109 Each

New! Styleholz ‘Venter Roll’

Abdominal Trainer

Elegant and stylish. Handmade in Austria. Non-slip oiled-walnut handles. Lacquered ash wood wheel with natural-rubber cover for controlled rolling even on slippery sur faces. Wood from sustainable resources.

Lxdia.: 28x18.5 cm. Max. load: 150 kg. 1 kg.

71 315 5309 Each

Abdominal Trainers & Push-Up Handles

Sport-Thieme ‘Top’ Parallel Bars

For effective full-body workouts. Compact storage thanks to screw connections. Steel with foam grips. Abrasion-resistant rubber feet for indoor use. LxWxH: 62x72x50 cm. Max. load: 250 kg. Each bar weighs 6 kg.

4 Train your whole body with just one product

Lebert Equalizer

Effective full-body workouts using your own body weight. Robust iron with foam handles. Max. load: 180 kg. Basic

– HxW: 72.5x63 cm. Approx. 3.6 kg per bar. XL – HxW: 80x63 cm. Approx. 4.4 kg per bar. Paralletes – HxW: 30.5x63.5 cm. Approx. 2.3 kg per bar.

Body Solid Dip and Pull-Up Station

For professional use in gyms and clubs. The 10-degree angle increases the movement radius. Simple to get onto thanks to the foot step. Back padding with lumbar sup port, push-up handles, pull-up bar, dip bars, armrests. Steel construction. LxWxH: 145x109x208 cm. Max. load: 130 kg. 52 kg.

1806

Sport-Thieme Bodyweight Gym

A supportive piece of training equipment with heightadjustable pull-up bar. Made of steel. Paint (frame): matt black and grey. Chrome-plated bracket. Approx. 19 kg. Tube diameter (frame): 35 mm. Tube diameter (bracket): 30 mm. 80–120 cm in 10-cm increments. Height adjusta ble pull-up bar: 125.5–195.5 cm in 10-cm increments. Max. load 100 kg.

Each

PowerCube

For callisthenics and body-weight training. Improves co ordination, strength and body control. Three-dimension al training possible. Made of galvanised steel. LxWxH: 113x63x63 cm. Diameter of poles: approx. 34 mm. Max. load: 150 kg. 22 kg.

Each

Suspension Training

TRX ‘Rip Trainer’ Basic Kit

an elastic cord attached to it. For more rotational strength, speed, endurance and core stability.

for ice hockey, tennis, golf and kayaking. Nonslip grips. L: 100 cm (bar) and 140 cm (cord). Includes: TRX ‘Rip Trainer’, medium resistance cord with transport bag, door hook, training DVD and training manual (both

Ceiling

Anchor Point

new options regarding the adjustment of re sistance and the variety of exercises! Solid steel. Hxdia.: 55x115 mm. Max. load: 300 kg. 71 107 3342

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Suspension training

Suspension training is a challenging training method that is perfect for a functional whole-body workout . Above all, it improves strength, coordination as well as flexibility and it strengthens core muscles.

The principle of suspension training is to allow full, free movement in all directions. Depending on the exercise, the user hangs their hands or feet in the straps. The user’s own body weight therefore acts as their training resist ance. By changing their body position in relation to the suspension points, the intensity of the exercise is quickly and easily adjusted.

1

Sturdy

High-quality

Sport-Thieme

‘Switch’ Suspension Trainer

Suspension trainer for strength and stabilisation train ing. All exercises engage and help to stabilise the core. Allows you to perform exercises while standing or sup ported on your hands, and you can even do single-leg squats. Rope length can be adjusted using a snap hook. Rubberised handles for perfect grip. L: approx. 158 cm. Suspension height: up to 3.80 m. Max. load: 150 kg. Includes: a suspension trainer, door anchor, sling and storage bag.

71 282 2206

Suspension Training

More suspension training

online at: sport-thieme.com

Suspension training

Each

Sport-Thieme Suspension Trainer Ceiling Mount

As an addition to your suspension trainer. Steel, galva nised, includes snap hook. Wall plugs and screws not included.

71 184 3301

Each

Sport-Thieme Wall and Ceiling Mount

Made of solid steel for optimal safety. Hxdia.: 6x12 cm. Max. load: 200 kg. Incl. 4 screws.

71 291 5106

Each

Suspension & Cross Training

2

4D Pro Bungee Trainer 3.1

AeroSling Elite Plus

Further-developed version of the standard AeroSling Elite for advanced users. Its particularly easy-running ball-bearing mounted pulley makes training more chal lenging, as less friction on the pulley ne cessitates more body tension and activa tion of deep muscles. Removable loop be

4 Ball-bearing mounted UltraPulley for decreased stability

low the handles allows you to suspend your feet, lower legs or forearms. Integrat ed door anchor. Suspension height: 2.15 m. Max. load: 120 kg. Incl. online DVD, exercise poster and transport bag. 71 107 9207 Each

Innovative suspension trainer with bun gee cords: every movement has to be fol lowed by a countermovement. This makes training more dynamic, more varied and more effective. Body tension is required throughout the entire exercise, working you hard. Suspension height: 2.2–3 m. Extremely durable. Max. load: 400 kg. Includes: 2 non-elasticated, lengthadjustable bands, 4 elasticated bungee cords with small and large snap hooks, 2 neoprene loops, 2 handles, 1 tree sling, 1 duffel bag, access to online training vid eos and 1 training brochure (in German).

71 231 6420 Each

Accessories online at: sport-thieme.com

Suspension

3

Durable rubber with robust aluminium core

Adjustable neoprene straps for use as an abdominal belt or seat

Sport-Thieme ‘Cross-Training’

Indoor Gymnastics Rings

Works triceps, shoulders, chest and back. Made of beech plywood. 100% polypro pylene webbing. Outer diameter: 23.6 cm. Inner diameter: 18 cm. LxW (strap): 500x2.5 cm. Max. load: 200 kg. Incl. sus pension straps with buckles for flexible height adjustment.

71 202 8415  Without storage bag Pair

232

4D Pro Ceiling Hook

To be fixed to solid wooden and concrete ceilings or for wall mounting. LxWxH: 60x65x45 mm. Opening: 25 mm. Max. load: 2,200 kg. 71 266 9104 Each

Sport-Thieme ‘Cross-Training’ Outdoor Gymnastics Rings

Specifically designed for circuit training and functional training outdoors. Plastic rings. Webbing: 100% polypropylene. Outer diameter: 25 cm. Inner diameter: 18 cm. LxW (strap): 450x4 cm. Max. load: 200 kg. Incl. suspension straps with buckles for flexible height adjustment.

71 258 2809 Pair

4 With numbered straps for quickly adjusting the length

6

Sport-Thieme ‘Numbers’ Indoor Gymnastics Rings

Numbered anchoring system for easy ori entation. Strap length individually adjust able. Wooden rings. Nylon webbing. Outer diameter: 23.5 cm. Inner diameter: 16.5 cm. LxW (strap): 200x3.7 cm. Max. load: approx. 200 kg. Incl. 2 nylon straps, 4 snap hooks with safety buckle, 2 straps for additional attachment options and a carry bag.

71 285 2300

4 Short straps

7

Sport-Thieme ‘Shorty’ Indoor Gymnastics Rings

Short straps. Quick and easy to attach us ing snap hooks. When attached, the lower edge of each gymnastics ring is approx. 78 cm below the attachment. Outer diam eter: approx. 23.5 cm. Inner diameter: ap prox. 16.5 cm. LxW (straps): 100x3.7 cm. Max. load: 200 kg. Incl. 2 snap hooks and storage bag. 71 303 2901 Pair

Also take a look at: 235Medicine balls, page

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Sport-Thieme Battle Rope

Trains strength, endurance and coordina tion. Exercises can be carried out at various speeds and variations according to fitness and performance level. 50% polypropylene, 50% polyester. Diameter: 3.5 cm.

Accessory

Sport-Thieme

Battle Rope Mount

Wall mount for battle rope training. For ropes with a diameter of up to 7 cm. Made of solid steel. LxWxH: 11x7.5x7.5 cm. 300 g. Incl. screws and wall plugs for mounting.

71 291 4103 Each

9516

New! Inertia Wave Rope

Much lighter than a battle rope, therefore easier to handle and store. For indoor and outdoor use. ‘Single’ comes with snap hook and attachment loop (e.g. to pillars, fences, doors, etc). ‘Duo’

strap

each end

Stroops Accelerator

Resistance running increases explosive strength, speed and fitness. Size can be adjusted. Padded harness. Protected by polypropylene sheathing.

L (at max. stretch): 3 m.

71 203 0601  Approx. 35 kg Each

71 203 0614  Approx. 48 kg Each

71 203 0627  Approx. 68 kg Each

For advice

Resistance Training

Top rated sport-thieme.com

Stroops The Beast

For use in the gym or rooms with sufficient space. Can be used when training with a partner and also alone. Hand straps at the ends for endurance-specific training of the shoulder, chest and back muscles. Protec tive nylon cover. L (at max. stretch): 15 m.

71 109 4204  Approx. 35 kg Each

71 109 4217  Approx. 48 kg Each

71 109 4220  Approx. 68 kg Each

an order:

5357

sport-thieme.com

Without

Slashpipes: a different kind of training

Slashpipes allow for varied workouts – be it while sitting, stand ing or lying down. The coloured water inside the pipes moves

Slashpipe ‘Mini’

Barbell-like exercise equipment for beginners, children, women, older people and fitness classes. Polycarbonate. Lxdia.:120x6 cm. 2.25 kg.

71 237 6602  Orange Each

71 237 6615  Blue Each

Slashpipe ‘Fit’

For advanced users, adults, fitness classes and personal training. Polycarbonate tube. Lxdia.: 150x7 cm. 3.5 kg.

71 237 6703  Orange Each

71 237 6716  Blue Each

Slashpipe ‘Pro’

For top athletes, personal and functional training. Poly carbonate plastic tube. Lxdia.: 150x9 cm. 5.5 kg.

71 237 6804  Orange Each

71 237 6817  Blue Each

2

New!

Compact and lightweight: can easily be transported by bicycle and on foot. For use at home, in the office, when travelling, etc. Polycarbonate plastic tube. Lxdia.:

Sport-Thieme Weighted Steel Bar

Weighted bar with different weights for any training re quirements. For core and aerobic training, as well as for therapy and to keep fit in general. Compact syntheticrubber grip section. L: 122 cm. Dia.: 30–37 mm.

71 140 1107

71 140 1110

71 140 1123

71 140 1136

140 1149

140 1152

140 1165

140 1178

kg, grey

Each

kg, light blue Each

kg, red Each

green Each

yellow Each

kg, purple Each

kg, bright red Each

kg, orange Each

Sveltus Weighted Bar

Ideal for warming up, and for core and strength training. Colour-coded weight levels. Steel filling. L: 100 cm. Dia., 1–3 kg: 30 mm. Dia., 4–6 kg: 40 mm.

71 143 7300

143 7313

143 7326

143 7339

143 7342

143 7355

143 7368

Each

Each

Each

Each

Each

Each

Each

Trolley for Weighted Bars

Collection, transport and storage container. With handle and wheels. For up to 24 weighted bars (with a diameter of 40 mm). Metal. Hxdia.: 95x28 cm.

71 116 9023 Each

9

New! Sport-Thieme ‘Power’ Fitness Hoop

For all ages. Weighted to slow the hooping – ideal for firsttime users. Click-together assembly, hence quick to put together and take apart. Compact to store. With foam padding and smooth surface, making it safe and comfort able to use. NBR outer and PP inner. Dia.: 100 cm. 1.4 kg.

71 317 7307 Each

10

New! Sport-Thieme ‘Power Wave’ Fitness Hoop

With wavy bumps on the inside to stimulate regeneration and circulation through massage. Quick to put together and take apart thanks to click-together assembly. Com pact to store. With foam padding and smooth surface,

making it safe and comfortable to use. NBR outer and PP inner. Dia.: 100 cm.

71 317 7408  1.2 kg, Grey/pink Each

71 317 7411  1.5 kg, Grey/purple Each

71 317 7424  1.8 kg, Grey/blue Each

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Sport-Thieme Medicine Ball with Grip Recesses

With grip recesses, so it can be used as a dumbbell, medicine ball or kettlebell. Durable and abrasion-resistant. Wipeclean, non-slip rubber. Dia., 3–4 kg: ap prox. 23.5 cm. Dia., 5 kg+: approx. 28 cm.

Trial ‘Fluisense’ Medicine Ball

Water-filled therapy ball made of synthet ic rubber to stimulate deep sensitivity and blood circulation. Users must compensate for constant instability by better control ling their muscle activity.

New! Suples Bulgarian Bag

For solo and group workouts to develop explosive strength, endurance, general fitness and coordination. 3 grip options. Made of genuine leather. Filled with recy cled textiles and sand.

Original

LxWxH, 5 kg: 60x36x14 cm.

LxWxH,

Functional & Weight Training

New! Trial ‘Skin Ball’ Medicine Ball

A liquid-filled medicine ball for dynamic training. Ideal for strength and weight exercises. Various weight levels for any training level. Can be used in a variety of exercises for strengthening muscles. Particularly hygienic as the surface is easy to clean. Made of silicone.

71 316 9201 71 316 9214 71 316 9227 71 316 9230 71 316 9243 71 316 9256 71 316 9269 71 316 9272 71 316 9285 71 316 9298 71 316 9302

Sport-Thieme Slam Ball

For team, core and circuit training. Tex tured surface for increased grip. Plastic, filled with steel pellets. Dia., 3–10 kg: ap prox. 23 cm. Dia., 15 kg+: approx. 28 cm. 71 235 3904

kg, red Each

Dynamax Medicine Ball

For coaches, athletes and physiothera pists. Robust and keeps its shape. Made of vinyl and nylon. Diameter: 35 cm.

Sport-Thieme

cuffs

Weight Cuffs

wrists

ankles for use

straps. Outer and weights can be washed separately. Made of soft mesh and neo prene. L, 0.5/1 kg: 33/42.5 cm.

Sport-Thieme

Weight Cuffs

The wider and longer hook-and-loop straps mean you can use these on both the wrists and ankles. 100% polyester.

218 3608

Ideal for beginners to learn basic move ments. Strengthens core and other mus cles. Soft outer layer ensures that the floor won’t get damaged. 4 straps. Fixed core ensures a stable weight. Filled with metal grit. Lxdia.: 50x20 cm to 60x29 cm.

Wide hook-and-loop fasten ers for a perfect fit to your wrist

4 For your wrists and/or ankles

Ironwear Wrist/Ankle Cuffs

Wrist/Ankle Irons are wrist and/or ankle cuff weights for aerobics, (kick)boxing, karate, fitness and running training. They will fit all wrists perfectly thanks to their wide hook-and-loop fasteners. 100% ny lon. The ‘Flex-metal’ weights also mean the cuffs can be used in water. Available in 2 weight categories:

198 2435

198 2464

Sport-Thieme

‘Premium’ Weighted Vest

Weighted vest to make your fitness, strength and/or running training harder. Can be filled to suit your performance lev

the wrists and ankles. Hook-and-loop straps for individual adjustment. Soft cot ton and neoprene outer layer. Fluorescent strip for increased safety when training outdoors.

291 4507

291 4510

kg, red Pair

kg, blue

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Top rated sport-thieme.com

Frank wrote:

“They look stunning and are very easy to hold on to. Great fun to train with.”

Dumbbells for targeted muscle training

Dumbbells are the most well-known and most popular weights for effective and targeted muscle training. Freely choose the weight of your dumbbells based on your fitness level.

Sport-Thieme Vinyl Dumbbell

Sport-Thieme Neoprene Dumbbell

Version

0.5 kg 1 kg 1.5 kg 2 kg 3 kg 4 kg 5 kg 6 kg 7 kg 8 kg 9 kg 10 kg

Product code

71 269 5408

71 269 5411

71 269 5424

71 269 5437

71 269 5440

71 269 5453

71 269 5466

71 269 5479

71 269 5482

71 269 5495

Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each

Smooth surface prevents sweat absorption and is easy to clean. Made of cast iron with a coloured plastic cover.

Product code

71 270 6708 71 270 6711 71 270 6724 71 270 6737 71 270 6740 71 270 6753 71 270 6766 71 270 6779 71 270 6782 71 270 6795 71 270 6809 71 270 6812

Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each

Star-shaped design – won’t roll away. Made of cast iron with neoprene cover for a secure grip even with sweaty hands.

Product code

71 276 3705 71 276 3718 71 276 3721 71 276 3734 71 276 3747 71 276 3750 71 276 3763 71 276 3776 71 276 3789 71 276 3792 71 276 3806 71 276 3819

Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each

Sets Curved handle for top handling. Seamless transition from handle to dumbbell head. Chrome-plated steel.

Sport-Thieme Vinyl Dumbbell Set

Sport-Thieme Chrome Dumbbell Set

The sets include 1 pair of each weight listed.

71 269 5509  1–10 kg

Set

71 269 5512  1–10 kg, with stand Set

The sets include 1 pair of each weight listed.

71 270 8704  0.5–3 kg

71 270 8717  1–10 kg

Set

Set

71 270 8720  1–10 kg, with stand Set

237sport-thieme.com/ Fitness Balls Teamsport Equipment Gymnastics Movement Therapy Leisure Games Service Psychomotricity Sensory Stimulation For advice and to place an order: +49 5357 181 503 Sport-Thieme Chrome Dumbbell

sport-thieme.com

Compact Dumbbells

4 The classic dumbbells with cast-iron discs

Sport-Thieme Compact Dumbbell

For professional use, e.g. in gyms. Steel handle. Permanently screwed-on cast iron discs, not interchangeable. 5-year guarantee!

See table for available versions.

Sport-Thieme Compact PU Dumbbell

With knurled handle for more grip. PU outer material protects the floor from damage and allows for quiet training. 5-year guarantee!

See table for available versions.

PowerBlock ‘Sport’ weight sets

Sport 24

A complete set of compact weights in just one dumbbell. ‘Selector Pin’ system to adjust the weight within seconds. Colour-coded weight scale. Urethanecoated discs. Rubber-coated steel handle. LxW: 46x56 cm. Replaces the equivalent of up to 37 different pairs of dumbbells.

Variant

2.5 kg 5 kg 7.5 kg 10 kg 12.5 kg 15 kg 17.5 kg 20 kg 22.5 kg 25 kg 27.5 kg 30 kg 32.5 kg 35 kg 37.5 kg 40 kg

Double dumbbell stand, page 241, 2|

Product code

Product code

71 227 0207 71 227 0210 71 227 0223 71 227 0236 71 227 0249 71 227 0252 71 227 0265 71 227 0278 71 227 0281 71 227 0294 71 227 0308 71 227 0311 71 227 0337 71 227 0340 71 227 0353 71 227 0366

Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each

2.5–30 kg set

2.5–22.5 kg set with stand

Variant 2.5 kg 5 kg 7.5 kg 10 kg 12.5 kg 15 kg 17.5 kg 20 kg 22.5 kg 25 kg 27.5 kg 30 kg 32.5 kg 35 kg 37.5 kg 40 kg

Double dumbbell stand, page 241, 2|

Product code

Product code

71 158 7308 71 158 7311 71 158 7324 71 158 7337 71 158 7340 71 158 7353 71 158 7366 71 158 7379 71 158 7382 71 158 7395 71 158 7409 71 158 7412 71 158 7425 71 158 7438 71 158 7441 71 158 7454

Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each

71 227 0324

5| 2.5–30 kg set 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 71 140 1208

Sets

6| 2.5–25 kg set with stand 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 71 140 1211

Sport 90 EXP

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Variant

1 kg 2 kg 3 kg 4 kg 5 kg 6 kg 7 kg 8 kg 9 kg 10 kg 12.5 kg 15 kg 17.5 kg 20 kg 22.5 kg 25 kg 27.5 kg 30 kg

Dumbbell stand, page 241, 5|

Double dumbbell stand, page 241, 2|

Product code

Product code

71 220 0503 71 220 0516

71 220 0529 71 220 0532 71 220 0545 71 220 0558 71 220 0561 71 220 0574

71 220 0587 71 220 0590 71 220 0604 71 220 0617 71 220 0620 71 220 0633

71 220 0646 71 220 0659

71 220 0662 71 220 0675

Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each

Variant

1 kg 2 kg 3 kg 4 kg 5 kg 6 kg 7 kg 8 kg 9 kg 10 kg 12.5 kg 15 kg 17.5 kg 20 kg 22.5 kg 25 kg 27.5 kg 30 kg

Dumbbell stand, page 241, 5|

Double dumbbell stand, page 241, 2|

Product code

Product code

71 267 3107

71 267 3110

71 267 3123

71 267 3136

71 267 3149

71 267 3152

71 267 3165

71 267 3178

71 267 3181

71 267 3194

71 267 3208 71 267 3211 71 267 3224

71 267 3237

71 267 3240 71 267 3253 71 267 3266 71 267 3279

Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each

Sets

Professional gym equipment – durable and floor-friendly. Ergonomic design, chrome-plated and knurled handles. Rubber-coated heads. 5-year guarantee!

See

Sport-Thieme

Bowflex Selecttech Dumbbell

Particularly compact all-in-one dumbbell. Saves on having to buy various weight plates. Weight can be quickly selected using the adjustment wheels. Made of metal with thermoplastic coating. Incl. base for safe storage.

2.3–23.8

4–41

For continuous use in gyms. Thanks to their shape, the dumbbells won’t roll away. With ergonomically shaped, chrome-plated and knurled han dle. Steel bar. Rubber-coated cast-iron heads. 5-year guarantee! See table for available versions.

Bowflex Selecttech Dumbbell Stand

Height-adjustable base feet for levelling uneven sur faces. 85% steel, 10% nylon, 4% EVA foam. LxWxH: 66.9x63.4x68.2 cm. 13.5 kg. Incl. media rack for smartphones and tablets. 71 280 3904 Each

kettlebells

Trains your endurance, coordination and mobility. Strengthens

body.

Sets

7

Product code

The kettlebell for an effective full-body workout. Entire muscle chains are trained, strengthening the core and increasing in speed and coordination abilities. Powdercoated for durability. Can be used indoors and outdoors. Eleven different weight lev els. 10-year guarantee!

See table for available versions.

Sport-Thieme ‘Competition’ kettlebells

Variant 4 kg 6 kg 8 kg 10 kg 12 kg 14 kg 16 kg 20 kg 24 kg 28 kg 32 kg 36 kg 40 kg 44 kg 48 kg

Product code

71 159 0803 71 159 0816 71 159 0829 71 159 0832 71 159 0845 71 159 0858 71 159 0861 71 159 0874 71 159 0887 71 159 0890 71 159 0904 71 159 0917 71 159 0920 71 159 0933 71 159 0946

Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each

Starter 1 1 1 1 71 140 1400 Each

1 1 1 1 71 140 1413 Each

1 1 1 1 71 140 1426 Each

1 1 1 1 71 140 1439 Each

Perfect competition dumbbell with seven different weight levels. You train the cen tre of the body, core muscles, shoulders and arms. Furthermore, you boost the cardiovascular and circulatory systems, speed, coordination skills and move ment. What’s special about these kettle bells? They are all the same size.

21x21x28 cm, powder-coated, black. 10-year guarantee!

See table for available versions.

The rubber coating protects the floor as well as the kettlebell itself. For indoor and outdoor use. Rubber-coated cast iron with smooth, chrome-plated steel handles. 11 weight levels. 10-year guarantee!

Variant 4 kg 6 kg 8 kg 10 kg 12 kg 14 kg 16 kg 20 kg 24 kg 28 kg 32 kg

Product code

Product code 71 119 0801

71 119 0814 71 119 0827 71 119 0830 71 119 0843 71 119 0856 71 119 0869 71 119 0872 71 119 0885 71 119 0898 71 123 3605

Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each

Sets

Each

Each

Each

Each

Each

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Sport-Thieme

Sport-Thieme

Mobile Storage Rack for Fitness Dumbbells

Mobile and lockable storage rack with 4 swivel castors for max. 30 (small) or 60 (large) pairs of dumbbells. Made of steel. LxWxH: 70x50x70 cm or 111x42x90 cm. Max. handle diameter: 48 mm. Max. load: 250 kg. Incl. lock. Dumbbells not included.

71

71

Sport-Thieme

Mobile Storage Rack

For exercise and aerobics weights and dumbbells in gyms and clubs. To store up to 80 dumbbells. Quick and easy to take to next training location thanks to strong double castors . LxWxH: 112x65x86 cm. Max. load per shelf: 120 kg. 5-year warranty

71 145 9278 Each

Sport-Thieme Wall Rack

Compact storage for up to 50 exercise and aerobics weights and dumbbells. Shelf width can be adjusted. Made of strong rectangular tubing. LxWxH: 150x48x24 cm. Max. load per shelf: 100 kg. Wall fixings not included. 5-year guarantee.

71 145 9281 Each

Sport-Thieme Double Storage Rack for Dumbbells

For compact weights, dumbbells, kettle bells, chrome weights and gym weights. The sloping shelves are designed for ergo nomic use. The distances can be adjusted individually to enable the storage of dif ferent types of weights. Sturdy steel con

Sport-Thieme Dumbbell Stand

Storage for 10 pairs of dumbbells ranging from 1–10 kg. Can fit in any training area due to its compact size. Easy and safe to remove and store dumbbells. LxWxH: 60x40x120 cm. Max. load: 200 kg.

For chrome- and rubber-coated compact dumbbells

71 255 0305 Each

For vinyl and neoprene dumbbells

71 255 0321 Each

struction with double storage option. 150x65x73 cm. Max. load for each row: 150 kg. 5-year guarantee!

71 145 9252 Each

1–10 kg

Sport-Thieme

Medicine Ball Wall Bracket

For medicine or slam balls with a diameter of 18–35 cm. Durable steel design made of strong round tubing. LxWxH: 202.6x150x306 mm. Max. load: 50 kg.

Incl. fixings (wall plugs, screws).

71 283 3200 Each

7

Sport-Thieme

Medicine Ball Wall Rack

For up to 8 balls with a diameter of 18 cm or 4 balls with diameter of 35 cm. Durable and low-maintenance. Black steel. Lx WxH: 154x33x31 cm. Max. load: 150 kg. Incl. fixings.

71 283 3109 Each

Sport-Thieme

Medicine Ball Rack

With 10 shelves for medicine balls. Ushaped shelves made of robust steel for tidy storage. LxWxH: 32.5x58.5x157 cm.

Max. load: 30 kg.

71 267 3602 Each

Please note

All products on this page are supplied without dumbbells, medicine balls, etc.

Sport-Thieme Disc Storage Rack

Sturdy disc storage rack with 7 stainless steel bars for compact storage of discs with 30-mm holes. LxWxH: 78x45x100 cm. 5-year guarantee!

145 9210  30 mm, 7 bars Each

145 3108  50 mm, 6 bars Each

Individually adjustable bars

1

Original Pumpset! Barbell Set

The original from the pumpset! range. Barbell and steel grit-filled weight plates, plastic-coated to protect your flooring.

The set includes: 1 barbell (Lxdia.:

for

1

4 With handle recesses

130x2.55 cm, approx. 2 kg), 2 quick-re lease collars. ‘Standard’ with 6 weight plates (2 of each: 1 kg, 2.5 kg and 5 kg). ‘XL’ with 8 weight plates (2 of each: 1 kg, 2.5 kg, 5 kg and 10 kg).

for 1|

Pumpset! Weight Plates

Plastic-coated discs with steel grit fill ing. For 27-mm-diameter barbells.

71 146 5701

71 146 5714

146

146

Sport-Thieme Forearm Trainer

Strengthens lower arms, hands and shoulders. Suitable for weight discs with a 30-mm or 50-mm hole. Can prevent forearm complaints. Iron, polypropylene rope, foam-covered handles, length of handle per side: approx. 14 cm, rope length: approx. 135 cm.

71 232 6304 Each

Sport-Thieme ‘Premium’ Forearm Trainer

Very stable and high-quality handle made from wood, sufficiently long ‘easy-link’ cord for quick length adjustment and also for tall users. Suitable for 30-mm and 50-mm weight discs. Can hold up to 50 kg. Weight discs not included.

71 146 5310 Each

Sport-Thieme Barbell (Core) Trainer

Barbell trainer for professional, continu ous use. With strong double joint, so the barbell can be moved in any angle. Non-

3

Pumpset!

Quick-Release Collars

With quick-release mechanism. For 27-mm-diameter barbells.

71 146 5756 Pair

Pumpset! Barbell Bar

Robust, powder-coated steel bar. L: 130 cm. Lxdia., sleeve: 18.5x2.55 cm. Lxdia., shaft: approx. 93x2.55 cm. Max. load: 90 kg. Approx. 2 kg.

71 146 5743 Each

Sport-Thieme Weight Chains

For dynamic weight training. Weight chains are easily attached to the barbell. The load increases with every chain link that is lifted. As a result, an increasing load with maximum contraction speed is achieved throughout the entire exercise. Optimal muscle stimulation. Made from chrome-plated steel. Comes as a pair. 50-mm locking ring. Length approx. 150 cm.

71 144 1619  2x 8 kg Pair

71 144 1606  2x 12 kg Pair

71 144 1622  2x

Silverton Leather Weightlifting Belt

Helps to support, stabilise and take strain off the spine. Soft padding on the inside of the back section for improved comfort. With sturdy belt buckle: 8 adjustment holes. Made of leather. Approx. 15 cm wide. Black.

71 280 8202

Each

10

Sport-Thieme ‘Guard’

Shoulder Protection Roll

Padding for the shoulder and neck, used in barbell training. Made of polyester fab ric and EPE foam. Lxdia.: 42x8 cm. For 30-mm-diameter barbells.

71 292 4700 Each

Barbell storage and accessories online at: sport-thieme.com

Barbell stands

Fat Gripz

The ‘Fat Gripz’ alter the thickness of the grip section of dumbbells, barbells and pull-up bars. This creates increased mus cle activity and leads to the building up of strength and muscles. ‘Fat Gripz’ can be used for every type of training. Made from rubber. L: 12.5 cm.

71 132 2907  Original, 5.7 cm Pair

71 132 2910  Extreme, 7 cm Pair

12

Gum-Tech Deadlift Impact Barbell Rests

Protects equipment and flooring when putting down and picking up barbells. The wedge-shaped design holds the barbell in position and prevents it from rolling away. Made of rubber granulate.

71 284 1410  52x27x10 cm Pair

71 284 1407  52x52x10 cm Pair

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Sport-Thieme Weight Plates & Accessories

Cast iron Rubber-coated Chrome-plated

Details and product codes: see table.

Discs with a 30-mm hole – single

Model 1| Cast iron

2| Rubber-coated

3| Chrome-plated

Cast iron set consisting of 1| Rubber-coated set consisting of 2| Chrome-plated set consisting of 3|

0.5 kg 71 146 4809 Each 71 146 4900 Each 71 145 8709 Each

1.25 kg 71 146 4812 Each 71 146 4913 Each 71 145 8712

Each

2.5 kg 71 146 4825

Each 71 146 4926 Each 71 145 8725

Each Set of 4 Set of 4 Set of 4

5 kg 71 146 4838 Each 71 146 4939 Each 71 145 8738

Each Set of 4 Set of 4 Set of 4

10 kg 71 146 4841 Each 71 146 4942 Each 71 145 8741 Each Set of 2 Set of 2 Set of 2

15 kg 71 146 4854 Each 71 146 4955 Each 71 145 8754 Each

20 kg 71 146 4867 Each 71 146 4968 Each 71 145 8767

inlay

Huge range of dumbbells available online at: sport-thieme.com Weight plates

Each Product code 71 300 3608 71 300 3611 71 300 3624

Set Set Set

Weight plates are quick to add. L: 35 cm.

Sleeve diameter: 30 mm. Max. load: 100 kg. Approx. 2.5 kg. Incl. 2 collars.

71 146 5802 Each

Sport-Thieme Dumbbell Bar

Threaded. Sleeve diameter: 30 mm. Max. load: approx. 100 kg. 35 cm: 2.3 kg. 40 cm: 2.5 kg. Incl. 2 spinlock collars.

71 146 5815  35 cm Each

71 146 5828  40 cm Each

244 Dumbbell bars & special bars

Sport-Thieme Dumbbell Bar with Twist Grip

Threaded and with twist grip for free rota tion of the weights. L: 38 cm. Sleeve di ameter: 30 mm. Max. load: 100 kg. 2 kg. Incl. 2 spinlock collars.

71 138 1809 Each

7

Sport-Thieme ‘30 mm’ Triceps Trainer

Ligament-friendly bi- and tricep workouts thanks to natural hand position. L: 86 cm.

Sleeve diameter: 30 mm. Max. load: 200 kg. 10 kg. Incl. 2 spring clips. Weight plates not included.

71 124 8409 Each

8

Rubbercoated

Sport-Thieme Barbell Set, 52.5 kg or 77.5 kg

Various barbell sets with high-quality cast iron, rubber or chrome-plated weight discs and a 220-cm-long barbell bar incl. quick-release fasteners. 30-mm hole.

Barbell sets include:

• 52.5-kg set: 4x 1.25 kg, 6x 2.5 kg, 4x 5 kg

Sets Sport-Thieme Dumbbell Bar

• 77.5-kg set: 4x 1.25 kg, 4x 2.5 kg, 2x 5 kg, 4x 10 kg

• 1 barbell bar (approx. 10 kg) and 1 pair of spring collar clips (30 mm) per set

52.5 kg

Cast iron 71 276 7202 Set

Rubber-coated 71 276 7215 Set

Chrome with rubber inlay 71 276 7228 Set

77.5 kg

Cast iron 71 276 7231 Set

Rubber-coated 71 276 7244 Set

Chrome with rubber inlay 71 276 7257 Set

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Details and product codes: see table.

Details and product codes: see table.

hole

single

1.25 kg 71 146 2308

Each 71 146 4203 Each 71 231 8208

Each

2.5 kg 71 146 2311

Each 71 146 4216 Each 71 231 8211

5 kg 71 146 2324

Each 71 146 4229

Each 71 231 8224

10 kg 71 146 2337

Each 71 146 4232 Each 71 231 8237

15 kg 71 146 2340

Each 71 146 4245 Each 71 231 8240

20 kg 71 146 2353

Each 71 146 4258 Each 71 231 8253

25 kg 71 146 2366 Each 71 146 4261 Each 71 231 8266

Cast iron set consisting of 1| Rubber-coated set consisting of 2| PU rubber-coated set consisting of 3|

Each Set of 4 Set of 4 Set of 4

Each Set of 4 Set of 4 Set of 4

Each Set of 2 Set of 2 Set of 2

Each

Each

noise than traditional weight discs. Sets

Less

Different

Available

With steel ring

2 3 so easier to put on and take off the bar

Each Product code

Sport-Thieme Bumper Plates

that

For barbells

Solid rubber weight plates

Set

weight levels for a workout Sets

Should you drop the weights during your workout, the solid rubber discs won’t get damaged. The rubber also means that the weights can be put down quietly.

245sport-thieme.com/ Fitness Balls Teamsport Athletics Equipment Fitness Gymnastics Movement Therapy Leisure Games Service Psychomotricity Sensory Stimulation For advice and to place an order: +49 5357 181 503 sport-thieme.com 50-mm hole Sport-Thieme Weight Plates Sets Cast iron Rubber-coated PU rubber-coated Details and product codes: see table. Details and product codes: see table. Details and product codes: see table. PU rubber-coated Rubber-coated Sport-Thieme Barbell Set, 60 kg or 85 kg 6 different versions for a diverse workout. Incl. spring collar clips. Weights in sets are as follows: • 60-kg set: 4x 1.25 kg, 6x 2.5 kg, 4x 5 kg • 85-kg set: 4x 1.25, 4x 2.5 kg, 2x 5 kg, 4x 10 kg • Barbell of 220 cm in each set, approx. 20 kg and 1 pair of 50-mm spring collar clips 4 Competition quality 4 Solid cast iron 4 Recessed handles 4 Very long-lasting and rustproof 4 Low noise thanks to rubber coating 4 Cast iron core 4 Very robust, durable and rustproof 4 Incl. steel ring to stack the weights more easily 4 Recessed handles 60 kg 71 237 9409  Cast iron Set  71 237 9412  Rubber-coated Set  71 237 9425  PU rubber-coated Set  85 kg 71 237 9438  Cast iron Set  71 237 9441  Rubber-coated Set  71 237 9454  PU rubber-coated Set 4 Black Coloured Model Product code Product code 5 kg 71 235 4604 Each 71 235 4503 Each 10 kg 71 235 4617 Each 71 235 4516 Each 15 kg 71 235 4620 Each 71 235 4529 Each 20 kg 71 235 4633 Each 71 235 4532 Each 25 kg 71 235 4646 Each 71 235 4545 Each 4 All discs are the same size but differ in weight Details and product codes: see table. 71 300 3637 71 300 3640 71 300 3653

Barbell bars Curl bars

Note for 1| & 2|

220-cm-long barbell bars are ideal for press workouts

Don’t forget to order: Storage solutions for weight plates and barbell bars, page 241

Bars & Accessories

Close-up: collar with grub screw

Sport-Thieme

Sport-Thieme

Sport-Thieme

Sport-Thieme

Sport-Thieme

Sport-Thieme

Close-up: threaded sleeve with spinlock collar

Close-up: collar with grub screw

Close-up: threaded sleeve with spinlock collar

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Sport-Thieme Barbell Bars & Accessories

1

Chromeplated sleeve

Sport-Thieme Competition Barbell Bar

With ball-bearing rotary bush and knurled grip section. Made of special steel. L: 220 cm. Sleeve diameter: 50 mm. 20 kg. Please order collars separately. 5-year guarantee!

71 146 2409  Max. load: 450 kg Each

71 146 2438  Max. load: 700 kg Each

Note for 1| & 2|

220-cm-long barbell bars are ideal for bench press workouts

steel. Sleeve diameter: 50 mm. Max. load: 60 kg (160 cm), 120 kg (180 cm) and 140 kg (200 cm and 220 cm). Incl. collars.

160 cm long, approx. 11 kg

71 146 4304

180 cm long, approx. 13 kg

71 146 4317

200 cm long, approx. 16.5 kg

71 146 4320

220 cm long, approx. 20 kg

71 146 4333

4

Sport-Thieme

50-mm Competition SZ Bar

With ball bearing-mounted sleeve and knurled grip sections. Made of steel. L: 120 cm. Sleeve diameter: 50 mm. Max. load: 250 kg. 9.5 kg. Collars included. 5-year guarantee!

71 146 2425 Each

4

Don’t forget to order:

120 cm

Storage solutions for weight plates and barbell bars, page 241

142 cm

Sport-Thieme 50-mm Dumbbell Bar

Weight plates are quick and easy to put on thanks to smooth sleeves. Textured handle. L: 50 cm. Sleeve diameter: 50 mm. Max. load: 50 kg. Approx. 5 kg. Incl. 2 spring collars.

71 137 9903

Sport-Thieme 50-mm Hex Bar

Each

Ideally suited for shrugs, squats and deadlifts. With 2 grip positions. LxW: 142x63 cm. Sleeve diameter: 50 mm. Max. load: 100 kg. Approx. 27 kg. Weight plates and collars not included.

71 147 4800

advice

an

Each

Sport-Thieme

‘Deluxe’ Multi-Grip Barbell Bar

For intensive and varied barbell training. By slightly alter ing the angle of your grip, different muscles are targeted, allowing you to precisely define your upper arms.

Suitable for use with weight discs with a 50-mm hole. Made of steel, 20 kg. Max. load approx. 315 kg. 208 cm. Weight discs not included.

247sport-thieme.com/ Fitness Balls Swimming Fitness Gymnastics Movement Therapy Leisure Games Service Psychomotricity Sensory Stimulation For 71 267 5002

sport-thieme.com

unaided

Personal advice

Our specialists will be happy to as sist you in selecting the right prod ucts to suit your needs. Just give us a call for a free consultation: +49 5357 181 503

Sport-Thieme ‘Pro’ Boxing Set

of professional materials for commercial use.

1 Sport-Thieme ceiling mount for punchbags

1 Sport-Thieme ‘Studio Line’ punchbag (PU, LxW: 100x35 cm, 30 kg), page 252, 2|

1 pair of Sport-Thieme ‘Workout’ boxing gloves (PU, 10 oz), page 249, 1|

Boxing rings and accessories available online at: sport-thieme.com

Boxing rings

Adidas ‘Performance’ Boxing Set

For any athlete who wants to improve their coordination, reaction and speed.

The set includes:

1 punchbag (canvas, 80x30 cm, 18 kg)

1 pair of boxing gloves (leatherette, 10 oz)

1 pair of hand wraps (L: 2.55 m each)

296 7208

of foam

hook-and-loop

Boxing Dummy Set

set to work out like a pro.

The set includes:

1 Sport-Thieme boxing dummy, page 254, 1| (beige or black variant)

1 pair of 10 oz ‘Workout’ boxing gloves, page 249, 1|

pair of hand wraps, page 249, 10|

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Sport-Thieme

‘Workout’ Boxing Gloves

High-quality training gloves with hookand-loop fastening, making them easy to put on and take off. With fixed thumb to avoid injuries. Ideal for workouts, boxing aerobics and home boxing. Outer materi

100% polyurethane. Inner padding: 100% polyester.

Sport-Thieme ‘Sparring’ Boxing Gloves

High-quality training gloves with im proved padding. Breathable thanks to perforations on the palms of the glove. Wide hook-and-loop straps provide firm support and make the gloves easy to put on and take off. Outer: 100% polyure thane, can be wiped clean. Lining: 100% polyester.

Super Pro ‘Champ’ Boxing Gloves

Super Pro Boxing Gloves

Ideal for novices in kick-boxing, Thai box ing and K-1. Hook-and-loop strap ensures a good fit on the wrists. One-piece pad ding for extra support and comfort. Made of grained PU material.

For Thai boxing, kick-boxing, boxing and K-1. Thai-style fit. Wide hook-and-loop strap for extra wrist support. Made of du rable buffalo leather. Particularly comfort able inside thanks to velvet fabric. 1-piece padding made of high-quality PU foam.

Black/white

311 5406

298 9903

298 9916

Adidas

Traditional Grappling Gloves

Best suited for grappling training in mixed martial arts. Open thumb and fingers. De signed for grappling and punches. Extra padding around the fingers and back of the hand area for even more safety. Wide hook-and-loop fasteners for a perfect fit around the wrist. Made from artificial leather. Black/red.

71 277 7232

277 7203

277 7216

277 7229

Boxing Gloves

The boxing gloves with open fingers are perfect for training a wide variety of com petition sport techniques. From boxing to Ving Tsun, punchbag training to grip tech niques – you are always well-equipped with these open-finger gloves. Leather.

149 9979

149 9982

Adidas ‘Speed 100’ Boxing Gloves

Impressively comfortable to wear. Optimal speed and effectiveness. High-quality as made of durable PU foam.

Black/white

277 7708

277 7711

277 7724

277 7737

277 7740

Inner & training gloves

New! Adidas

‘Hybrid 80’ Boxing Gloves

For novices and advanced boxers alike. Breathable. With hook-and-loop strap for a good fit. Durable PU synthetic leather. Multi-layer foam padding. Black/pink

319

wraps

Adidas ‘Speed Quick Wrap’

Breathable inner and training gloves. With Climacool technology. 2-mm-thick neo prene with elasticated finger loops. 10-mm-thick gel padding. Incl. hook-andloop hand wraps (L: 2 m).

277 8701

277 8714

Can easily be put on without any help

Sport-Thieme Hand Wraps

Elasticated for optimal fit. With thumb loops and hook-and-loop fastening. Pro tect and stabilise hands and wrists. 90% cotton, 10% elastane. LxW: approx. 400x4 cm.

150 0963

Adidas ‘Super Pro’ Head Guard

CE-certified head guard with optimal shock absorption thanks to EVA padding. Reduces the risk of injury due to PU lining and PU fabric. With hook-and-loop fasten er system at the back of the head. Black.

Super Pro ‘Legionaire’ Head Guard

Adidas

‘Textile Instep’ Shin Guards

Must-have training equipment in martial arts. With instep protectors. 3 hook-andloop straps for optimal adjustment to the leg. Made of high-quality textile materi als.

3601

Adidas Reversible Boxing Chest Guard

Easy to attach thanks to 2 flexible straps. Can be worn on both sides. 100% imita tion leather upper. High-density Duraflex soft foam padding. Chest: <99 cm (S), 99–

ropes

4 Double-sided for different types of floors

Shock Doctor

‘Gel Max’ Mouthguard

3-layered mouthguard for children and adults. Gel insert for a comfortable fit. Built-in breathing channels. Protects your teeth during direct blows. Incl. storage box.

258 6814

258 6801

youth Each

adult Each

Super Pro ‘Guardian’ Shin Guards

Moulded 3-layer padding with genuine leather outer. Adjustable thanks to hookand-loop straps on the back and elastic in the foot section. Recommended shin lengths (S/M/L/XL): approx. 30, 32, 34 and 37 cm respectively.

71 313 8902

71 313 8915

313

Adidas ‘Cup Supporters’ Groin Guard

For combat and ball sports. Special mate rials and Climacool technology will keep your body temperature down. Wide, elas ticated support straps. Reinforced plastic cup. Waist: 66–71 cm (S), 76–81 cm (M), 86–91 cm (L) and >96 cm (XL). Approx. 200 g.

273 3207

273 3210

273

Each

Each

4 With additional weights

Sport-Thieme

‘Leather’ Skipping Rope

Skipping rope for boxing, fitness training, school and club sports. Leather rope ap prox. 280 cm long, length individually ad justable. Break-resistant plastic handles incl. weights, 190 g each.

71 149 9706

Sport-Thieme Boxer’s Skipping Rope with Additional Weights

The professional skipping rope for boxing, fitness, high performance and PE lessons. Adjustable plastic-coated steel rope, ap prox. 280 cm long. Shockproof plastic ro tating handle with removable 190-g weights.

71 150 1432 Each

Sport-Thieme

/ Steel Cable Speed Rope

Rope length can be individually adjusted via screw clamp. Knurled aluminium han dles for optimum grip. Plastic-coated steel rope. Lxdia.: approx. 300x0.26 cm.

71 267 5103-1

11

Accessories Fresh K.O. Sports Spray Mint-scented sports spray for disinfecting your gear. Instantly elimi nates bacteria and bad smells. Active biocidal agent: 2-pro panol, isopropyl alcohol, isopropanol (67-63-0). Contents: 300 ml.

71 228 5809 Each

Attention! Danger! Extremely flammable aerosol. Danger! Pressurised container: may burst if heat ed. Causes serious eye irritation. Use biocides safely. Always read the label and product infor mation before use. Keep away from heat, hot sur faces, sparks, open flames and other ignition sources. No smoking. Do not pierce or burn, even after use. Protect from sunlight. Do not spray on an open flame or other ignition source. Wear pro tective gloves / protective clothing / eye protec tion / face protection. Harmful to aquatic life with long lasting effects.

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

1

Super Pro ‘Thaipad’ Punch Pad

Robust punch pad with curved and par ticularly lightweight design. Hook-andloop straps for optimum support. Made of

Very effective padding made of

different material layers. LxWxH: 37x16x7 cm. 1 kg.

299 0806

299 0819

Each

2

Sport-Thieme

‘Curve’ Punch Pad

Ideal for kicking and punching exercises. Ideally suited to fitness training and combat sports. 75x35x15 cm, 3 kg, black, incl. looped handles for holding on to.

71 144 6702

Each

3

Punch Pads

Sport-Thieme Punch Pad

For kicking and punching exercises. With focus point. With 2 loops for holding on to when sparring with a partner. Bisonyl out er with PU filling. LxWxH: 75x35x15 cm. 2 kg.

71 150 1748 Each

4

Adidas ‘Round Kick Pad’ Punch Pad

Perfect shock absorption properties. With 2 handles on the sides and hook-and-loop fastener for a secure hold. Hard-wearing leatherette. Foam padding. Dia.xD: ap prox. 38x10 cm. Approx. 500 g.

71 287 8704

Each

5

Super Pro ‘Focus Target’ Focus Mitts

For novices, advanced and professionals alike. Glove on the back of the pad. Dura ble buffalo leather. 2-layer EVA foam pad ding. Lxdia.: 18x5 cm. 300 g.

71 299 1001

Pair

Sport-Thieme Punch Pad

Ideal for punching and sparring with a partner. Tear-resistant. With sewn-on handles for ideal grip. Bisonyl outer, foam padding. Dxdia.: 6x27 cm. One size fits all. 500 g.

71 150 0123

Each

Adidas ‘Curved’ Focus Mitts

For Thai-/kickboxing and boxing training. Sits well in the hand due to curved shape and grip ball. PU outer. Strong EVA foam padding for ideal shock absorption. Lx WxH: 26x18x9 cm.

71 277 7610 Pair

8

6 7

Adidas ‘Speed Coach’ Focus Mitt

Focus mitt for partner training. Hook-andloop fastening and grip ball for improved hold. Made of imitation leather. Flexible and durable due to EVA foam. One size fits all. LxWxH: approx. 35x30x12 cm. 500 g.

71 287 2302

Each

Super Pro ‘Long Curved’ Punch Pads

Longer than conventional punch pads. For practising kicks and punches. With wrist padding, hook-and-loop strap and grip ball for optimal hold. Made of leather.

Foam padding. LxWxH: 34x21x6 cm.

700 g.

71 299 0705  Black/white Pair

71 299 0718  Black/gold Pair

Super Pro

‘Curved’ Punch Pads

Curved shape to absorb impacts. Particu larly lightweight. Additional support for the wrist. Grip ball for improved hold.

Made of PU. Padding made of 2 EVA foam layers. LxWxH: 26x19x6 cm. 500 g.

71 299 0503  Black/white Pair

71 299 0516  Black/gold Pair

4 Ideal for partner exercises

Black/white Black/gold

Black/white

Hammer ‘Sparring’ Punchbag

With punch points for learning punch combinations, reaction training, building up muscles and improving stamina. The swivel means that the succession of punches is continually changing. Made of tear-proof nylon fabric. Filled. LxW: 80x28 cm. Approx. 18 kg. Incl. hanging chain and swivel.

71 150 0237 Each

Sport-Thieme

‘Studio Line’ Punchbag

Professional punchbag for gyms and mar tial arts schools. Made of particularly tear-resistant PU. Filled with linen/rubber compound. Dia.: 35 cm. Incl. 4-point sus pension chain and swivel.

71 150 0309  80 cm Each

71 150 0312  100 cm Each

71 150 0325  120 cm Each

71 150 0338  150 cm Each

71 150 0341  180 cm Each

Sport-Thieme

‘Luxury’ Punchbag

One of the toughest punchbags out there. 3-layer design (synthetic leather outer, canvas and PU inner) means that it keeps its shape even after intensive use. Filled. Dia.: 35 cm. Incl. 4-point suspension chain and swivel.

71 151 3804  100 cm Each

71 151 3817  120 cm Each

71 151 3820  150 cm Each

71 151 3833  180 cm Each

Sport-Thieme

‘Leather’ Punchbag

Stitched multiple times for optimal pro tection during every strike. Double bag inside, making it particularly strong. High-quality leather outer, filled with linen fabric. Dia.: 35 cm.

71 285 3202  100 cm Each

71 285 3215  120 cm Each

71 285 3228  150 cm Each

71 285 3231  180 cm Each

Sport-Thieme

Punchbag Wall Bracket

approx. 100 cm. For punch bags of up to 60 kg. Incl. snap hook.

Punchbag Bracket

bracket for

Over hang approx. 75 cm. Will support up to 50 kg. Incl. eyelet, wall plugs and

150 1979 Each

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

1

2

Sport-Thieme Pro Speedball

For wall boxing apparatus. Made of highquality artificial leather with outlet valve. Hxdia.: 32x28 cm. 600 g.

71 150 1227 Each

2

Sport-Thieme

Double-Ended Ball

For intensive interval and reflex training. Can be filled with air. Made of plastic. WxH: 20x35 cm. 1 kg. Incl. tensioning belt and snap hooks.

71 150 0514

Each

3

3

4

Sport-Thieme Speedball

Much more mobile than a punchbag – for developing stamina, target accuracy and sense of distance. Made of PU. Filled with rubber granulate. Hxdia.: 50x35 cm. 14 kg.

71 112 2103

Each

4

Sport-Thieme

Wall Punch Pad / Makiwara

For various combat techniques. Durable PU. Polyester foam padding. LxWxH: 60x60x25 cm. 4.5 kg. Incl. 4 fixing plates.

71 150 1751 Each

4 For training a variety of combat techniques

5

with Platform

Compact free-standing boxing station. Al lows for 2 people to train at the same time. With 3 pins for 50-mm weight plates for optimum stability. Steel. LxWxH: 130x140x220 cm. Accessories not included.

71 111 3701 Each

Platform for speedball can be found online at: sport-thieme.com

71 150 1230

Boxing for children

6

Super Pro

‘Talent’ Boxing Gloves

For boxing training with children, incl. for K-1, Thai boxing and kick-boxing. Hookand-loop straps for increased support. Quick to put on and take off. Excellent shock-absorption properties. Made of PU. Foam filling. 6 oz.

71 299 1102

71 299 1115

Pair

Century ‘Kid Kick’ Punch Pad

Will tempt any child to have a go. 2 han dles on the back for a secure grip. Nylon cover with high-density foam filling. Lx

WxH: 40x30x12.5 cm. 540 g.

71 296 5909

Century

‘Kid Kick Blocker’ Punch Pad

Kick pad for martial arts schools and clubs working with children. Plastic han dle with wrist strap and nylon pad. PU foam. LxWxH: 40x15x15 cm. 600 g.

New! Adidas

‘Teenager’ Boxing Set

Excellent starter set for 10- to 16-year-olds. With 4-point suspension (steel hooks not included).

The set includes:

• 1 punchbag (nylon, Hxdia.: approx. 75x30 cm, 16 kg)

• 1 pair of boxing gloves (leatherette, 8 oz)

71 319 0409 Set

Super Pro ‘Junior’ Boxing Set

For children aged 4–8. Robust and par ticularly safe thanks to high-quality nylon suspension.

The set includes:

• 1 punchbag (nylon, Hxdia.: approx. 43x19 cm, 4.5 kg)

• 1 pair of boxing gloves (PU, 6 oz)

71 299 1203 Set

Don’t forget to order: Free-standing punchbag for children, pages

253sport-thieme.com/ Fitness Balls Teamsport Athletics Equipment Swimming Fitness Gymnastics Movement Therapy Leisure Games Service Psychomotricity Sensory Stimulation For advice and to place an order: +49 5357 181 503 sport-thieme.com Punchbags 71 296 6003

4 Two people can train at the same time

Training Dummies & Free-Standing Punchbags

1

Sport-Thieme

Boxing Dummy

Even more realistic training options as punches and kicks can be practised to target specific areas of the body. The base can be filled with water or sand (ap prox. 126 kg when filled). Dummy made of PU, base made of PE, incl. post padding. Can be set to one of 3 heights: 155–175 cm, 175x56x56 cm.

71 235 6105  Beige

Each

71 235 6118  Black Each

Century ‘Bob’ Boxing Dummy

An even more realistic training aid for many techniques. Long, height-adjustable dummy for practising punches and kicks. Base can be filled with sand or water. PE base and vinyl dummy.

Sport-Thieme Free-Standing Punchbag

Base can be filled with water or sand. PVC-coated PU foam punchbag. Punchbag dia.: 42 cm. Unfilled/filled: 29/140 kg. Basic – Fixed connection between base and punchbag. H: 186 cm. Flex – Flexible connection (spring) between base and punchbag. H: 195 cm.

148 4508  Basic Each  71 148 4511  Flex Each

Sport-Thieme

Punchball with Stand

For home use to start boxing and tech nique training. Can be filled with sand or water. Made of polyurethane. Hxdia., punchball: 26x20 cm. Base dia.: 45 cm. Unfilled/filled: 5/55 kg.

71 111 3802 Each

Sport-Thieme

‘Pro Flex’ Punchball

Height-adjustable from 152–177 cm. Complete with central spring on the ball for quick and accurate pendulum mo tions, just like in speedball training. For improving mobility, technique and re flexes. Boosts your speed, stamina and coordination. Base can be filled with sand or water, black.

71 287 3901 Each

Sport-Thieme

‘Power Spin’ Punchball

Height-adjustable from 156–196 cm. With a spring attached to the ball for quick and

Sport-Thieme

‘Anti-Aggression’

Free-Standing Punchbag

For indoor use. Also suitable for children. Base to be filled with water only. Made of PVC. Hxdia., punchbag: 131x26 cm. Base dia.: 48 cm. Unfilled/filled: 7/37.4 kg. Incl. protective pad for the spring.

71 235 6004

Sport-Thieme

Heavy Boxing Trainer

Extra-large pad. Great alternative to a ceiling-mounted punchbag. Can be filled with sand or water. Polyurethane. Hxdia., punchbag: 62x32 cm. Base dia.: 62 cm. Unfilled/filled: 12/60 kg.

71 270 2908 Each

Each

SetSport-Thieme

‘Anti-Aggression’

Free-Standing Punchbag Set

The set includes:

• 1 Sport-Thieme ‘Anti-Aggression’ punchbag, 8|

• 1 pair of 8-oz Sport-Thieme ‘Workout’ boxing gloves

71 235 8000 Set

Sport-Thieme ‘Flex’

Free-Standing Punchbag

For boxing training in martial arts schools, clubs and gyms. Can be filled with sand or water. Made of imitation leather. Hxdia., punchbag: 60x28 cm. Base dia.: 55 cm. Unfilled (Kids/Big): 10.5/11 kg. Filled: 44 kg.

71 287 3813  Kids Each  71 287 3800  Big Each

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Sport-Thieme WoodEffect Sports Flooring

Protects floors against even the heaviest of loads. Point elastic and joint-friendly. Easy to clean due to the smooth surface. The interlocking edges mean the tiles can be perfectly combined with other woodeffect sports flooring. Made of EVA foam, hardness rating 52–55 degrees, 2.5 kg. LxWxH: 100x100x1.4 cm.

71

‘Sport Grip’ Sports Flooring

Shock-absorbing, non-slip and hygienic. Quick to lay thanks to the interlocking edges. Can be extended to any size or shape. Made of EVA foam with recyclable rubber surface made of elastic SBR and EPDM. LxWxH: 60x60x1.8 cm. 1.4 kg. Each tile is supplied with 2 edging pieces (W: 15 mm).

71

‘Sport Tile Light’

Sports Flooring

Sport-Thieme Unicolour Sports Flooring

The same properties as the Sport-Thieme wood-effect sports flooring, just single coloured. Made of EVA foam, hardness rating 52–55 degrees, 2.5 kg. LxWxH: 100x100x1.4 cm.

sports flooring

‘Everroll’ is the flexible special flooring that has been laid in thousands of gyms, clubs, sports facilities, exhibition halls and sales areas throughout the world. Everroll is manufactured using a combina tion of different elastomers, giving it unique wear resistance and flexibility. These properties make Everroll the ideal flooring for areas exposed to high me chanical loads. It is easy on the joints and has excellent non-slip properties.

Slip resistance for safety

Everroll slip resistance is rated at R9. It of fers the perfect balance between a nonslip surface to prevent accidents and min imal slippage when stopping abruptly dur ing sport.

Quick and easy to lay Everroll is easy to lay. Depending on use, it can either be glued to a solid founda tion, same as conventional flexible floor ing, or placed on the floor without glue.

‘Everroll’ Sports Flooring

‘Everroll’ is special flexible flooring for gyms and sports facilities. Comes in 10-m-long and 1.25-m-wide rolls.

or 11 kg/m².

6 mm

240 1704

6

Also

BSW ‘Everroll’ FlameRetardant Sports Flooring

sports centres and

Perfectly ab sorbs shocks and noise from the heaviest of sports equipment. The interlocking

to

in

varying

240 1717

mm

240 1720

240 1733

Awarded fire classification Cfl-s1 accord ing to DIN EN 13501-1 and general building authority approval from DIBt. Extremely hard-wearing even if under continuous load. Gentle on joints and perfect protec tion against point loads. High slip-resist ance even on wet floors. Each roll is 10 m long and 1.25 m wide. Black/grey.

71 235 5708  6 mm Roll

71 235 5711  10 mm

Martial Arts Mats

Tatami fitness and

Tatami judo mats

ProGame Trocellen ‘Tatami’ Judo Mat

As a result of their special density, the Trocellen ‘Tatami’ judo mats are a real breakthrough in technical mat produc tion. Even during its development phase, complex factors influenced this innova tive floor covering for use in judo.

• Made of polyethylene foam

• Non-slip due to a special rice-straw em bossing

• Closed-cell, washable and does not ab sorb moisture

• Can be used on both sides, green/red

• Easy to clean with mild soapy water

Due to their highly elastic shock absorp tion, the mats considerably reduce the risk of accidents and injury. Water-jet cut

edge piece 100x2.5x4 cm.

71 266 3207 Each

ProGame Trocellen Set of Edge Pieces for ProGame Trocellen ‘Tatami’ Judo Mats

For tatami judo mats. For closing off open edges. Set of 2. LxW: 100x2.5 cm. Green/ red. Hardness rating: 32–38 degrees.

71 276 8700 Pair

ProGame Trocellen

‘Tatami’ Exercise Mat

This sports flooring has excellent shockabsorption properties and meets the WKF’s highest requirements for karate and combat sports mats.

• Made of flame-retardant polyethylene foam

• Closed-cell, washable and does not absorb moisture, anti-allergic

• Non-slip due to indentations

• Can be used on both sides, blue/red

• Easy to clean with mild soapy water

Due to the clever interlocking edges on each individual mat (1x1 m), assembling the surface is made easier and a firm con nection is guaranteed. The special edge

71 207 7358 Each

4

ProGame Trocellen ‘Tatami’ Exercise Mat Edge Pieces

For tatami exercise mats. For closing off open edges. Set of 2. LxW: approx. 100x2.5 cm. Red/blue. Hardness rating: 26–32 degrees.

71 276 8609 Pair

5

4 Very robust MMA (Mixed Martial Arts) mat

4 Ideal shock absorption due to even hardness

Rubberised waffle-effect underside: non-slip

Sport-Thieme MMA Mat

Martial arts mat that meets the highest of standards. 100% Agglofoam core ensures even hardness all over, optimal shock ab sorption and durability. The smooth vinyl surface provides stability and prevents

New! Foeldeak ‘MMA Performance’ Roll-Out Mat

For martial arts clubs and centres, but al so suitable for gymnastics and fitness. Straightforward to use. Can be custom ised to fit in any room. Excellent-grip due to vinyl material. Puncture-proof and ex tremely robust thanks to intermediate lay

Foeldeak ‘TL Premium’ Wrestling Mat

For training and competitions. Durable and robust wrestling mat surface. Will not stain and has no joins. Available in 4 dif ferent sizes: 6x6, 8x8, 10x10 as well as 12x12-m competition size. Available on re quest: mats conforming with UWW regula tions, customised wrestling mats. Se cured using hook-and-loop fasteners. Lightweight polyethylene sandwich con struction, upper: carpet, underside: nonslip film.

294 4005

4 Particularly slip-resistant underside – which is unique for a roll-out mat

er of Protection mesh. Easy to roll up, will keep its shape. Non-slip leatherette sur face, particularly slip-resistant underside (great for hall floors). Without core. LxW: 3x1.5 m, 6x1.5 m and 12x1.5 m. 40 mm thick. Approx. 6.3 kg, 12.6 kg and 25.2 kg.

71 317 8805  3x1.5 m Each

71 317 8818  6x1.5 m Each

71 317 8821  12x1.5 m Each

mat

in

wresting mat cover, 6x6

m, training

wrestling mat

wresting mat cover, 8x8

m, training

wrestling mat

wresting mat cover, 10x10 m

m, competitions

wrestling mat elements

1 wresting mat cover, 12x12 m

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

4 cm thick – ideal for judo and jiu-jitsu

1

Judo mats

Fact about 1|

Blue and yellow judo mats (200x100x4 cm) meet the international standard.

1 |

4 Manufactured and approved to European EN 12503-3 standard

Sport-Thieme Judo Mat

Complies with EN 12503-3.

Suitable for competitions. Nationally and international ly recognised. Core made of composite foam (approx. 235 kg/m³). Surface and sides are laminated with vinyl rice-straw embossing (100% polyester). Bonded cor ners and edges, non-slip, waffle-effect underside, sealed all-round. Medium variant.

SurfaceRubberised waffle-effect under side: very slip-resistant

Accessories

36 cm

Mats

Sport-Thieme Mat Trolley for ‘Tatami’ Mats

The practical transport and storage aid for your Tatami mats. The trolley moves from room to room on smooth-running wheels. For approx. 17–18 mats that are 2 cm thick. Assembled size (LxWxH): 62x44x90 cm. Height including mats approx. 115 cm.

71 187 3506

Sport-Thieme Transport Trolley for Judo Mats

4

Sport-Thieme

‘Nage Komi’ Throw Mat

Instructional mat for judo clubs. For learning throwing techniques, absorbs impacts. No tripping hazards. Special foam filling, vinyl cover with non-slip underside. LxWxH: 200x100x4/8 cm. 22 kg. 71 297 0804

Each

For transporting and storing up to 15 or 30 judo mats. Birch plywood board (12 mm thick) screwed on to strong round steel tubing. With 2 fixed and 2 swivel castors (dia.: 125 mm). LxWxH, 100x100 cm: approx. 105x107x148 cm. LxWxH, 200x100 cm: approx. 218x100x90 cm. Max. load: 300 kg.

10-year guarantee!

71 122 1305  100x100 cm

Each

Each  1221318 approved by TÜV AUSTRIA, certificate no.: 1903-PS19-290-Z

71 122 1318  200x100 cm

Surface5 6 Training: 4 cm thick

Competition: 5 cm thick

ProGame Trocellen

‘I-TIS Competition’ Judo Mat

For judo, grappling and Brazilian jiu-jitsu: durable tatami for competitions and tournaments, approved in accordance with NF EN 12503-3 and by the International Judo Federation. Made of polyethylene foam with a tex tured PVC surface, providing secure grip and will not slip. The new, invisible connection system makes it quick and easy to set the mats up. Waterproof. Incl. set of con nectors. 5 cm thick . Dimensions (LxWxH): 200x100x5 cm. 7.7 kg.

71 288 7601  Red

71 288 7614

ProGame Trocellen

‘I-TIS Training’ Judo Mat

Same as 5|, ProGame Trocellen ‘I-TIS Competition’ judo mat, but without certification from the International Judo Federation and 4 cm thick . Incl. set of connectors.

Dimensions (LxWxH): 200x100x4 cm. 6 kg.

71 288 7702  Red

257sport-thieme.com/ Fitness Balls Teamsport Athletics Equipment Swimming Fitness Gymnastics Movement Therapy Leisure Games Service Psychomotricity Sensory Stimulation For advice and to place an order: +49 5357 181 503 sport-thieme.com 100x100x4 cm 71 288 7715  Yellow

Heart Rate Monitors

Sigma ‘iD Free’ Fitness Watch

Multisport watch and ideal for outdoors – also for geocaching. Waterproof up to 50 m. Wrist-based heart rate monitor. Time, date and alarm clock. GPS navigation. Target zone alarm. Max. heart rate. Calorie counter. Bat tery life max. 2 weeks. LxW (display): 2.1x2.5 cm.

sleep tracking, weather trends and crash alert. Incl. charging cable and bicycle mount.

Sigma

RUN HR’ Heart Rate Monitor

speed and distance via GPS. Integrated activity tracker (can be switched off). Data can be analysed via the Sigma Link app or Data Center. Backlit display. Sigma HR for heart rate monitoring on the wrist. Silicone strap, mineral glass, black.

71 270 9811 Each

Sigma ‘iD GO’ Heart Rate Monitor

Adjustable heart rate zones. Can also be used as a stop watch. ECG-accurate heart rate monitoring. With button on the top. Clear display. Displays tenths of a second. Chest strap included. Different colours available.

261 2805

2818

Heart rate monitor accessories

Sigma ‘PC 15.11’ Heart Rate Monitor

Can be set to 1 of 5 languages. Waterproof to 3 atm –ideal for swimming training. Records average, maximum and current heart rate. Display for lap times, lap counter, time, total calories burnt, training time, etc.

278 2603

278 2616

Polar Elastic Chest Belt

For Polar ‘T31’ and ‘T34’ chest belt transmitters.

polyester,

Polar ‘T31’ Chest Belt Transmitter Set

For Polar and Polar-compatible heart rate monitors. Can be used in water. Coded. Incl. elasticated chest belt.

71 218 2706

Each

‘T34’ Chest Strap Transmitter Set

ucts. Uncoded.

elasticated

260

range.

Sigma

The

GO’

Each

Each

rate

Each

Each

elastane,

Polar ‘H10’ Heart Rate Sensor

Bluetooth, ANT+ and 5-kHz heart rate sensor with built-in memory for training sessions. Improved belt with addi tional contact points and new fastening mechanism. De livers data directly to the app on your phone or Polar re ceiver. Can be used with all Polar products as well as with compatible fitness devices and apps. Built-in memory. Sizes M–XXL (approx. 65–90 cm).

71 267 8304

Each

be paired with a wide range of devices and apps

even with several at the same time. Heart rate data transfer in real time.

296 0207

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Polar ‘H9’ Heart Rate Sensor

Professional

Sport-Thieme ‘ST 510’

Indoor Exercise Bike

Wireless power supply and integrated pulse receiver. Heart rate can also be monitored using a chest strap. Resistance can be set to any level. Monitor displays time, revolutions per minute, distance, calories burnt and HR. With triathlon handlebars and emergency stop.

291 4800

New!

Indoor

4-way handlebar and saddle adjustment means that you can work out in comfort. Assisted height adjustment thanks to inte grated gas and oil pressure system. Mag netic resistance with 300-degree adjust ment range. Effective power transmission via poly-V belt. Extremely low-maintenance and quiet. Incl. padded sports seat, water bottle holder, stretch plates, shrouds and guards, as well as frame stabiliser bars with levelling feet.

71 321 8701 Each

Recumbent Ergometer Exercise Bike

entry point. Handles with quick-select buttons. Console

adjusted to any angle. 1 info screen and 1 backlit LCD display for interactive training with the Run Social app and Bluetooth interface. With feet and trans port wheels. Media tray for tablet and/or smartphone. 71 294 1309

Need help?

specialists will be happy to assist: +49 5357 181 503

2

New! Sport-Thieme ‘B700’ Ergometer Exercise Bike

For professional use. Perfect bike to suit any needs: it offers 20 resistance levels and 40 training programmes, incl. 12 different profiles and 4 intensity levels. Horizon tally adjustable gel saddle. DOT matrix screen and LED display. With transport wheels and water bottle holder. 71 321 8424 Each

Also take a look at:

Floor protection mats, page 263

U.N.O. ‘EB

Ergometer Exercise Bike

Professional cardio machine for hotels, spas and gyms. Multi-grip handlebar with different grip options. Clear LCD display with blue backlight. With transport wheels, height adjustment, non-slip pedals with straps, and port for MP3 player and headphones.

71 264 3508 Each

262

Ergo-Fit ‘Cardio Line 407’

Ergometer Exercise Bike

Very user-friendly: super easy to use, low entry point and comfortable pedals with straps. Made in Germany. Back lit LCD display. With transport wheels. 71 146 0953

Emotion Fitness ‘Motion Relax 600’

Recumbent Ergometer Exercise Bike

For back-friendly cardio sessions. Recumbent seat re lieves back, knees and pelvic. Display with multicolour backlight. Low access, padded seat and backrest. Water bottle holder and pedal straps.

71 249 0205  Motion Relax 600 Each  71 249 0218

6000 Pro’ Relax 600 MED Each

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Nautilus ‘E628’ Cross Trainer

Electric height adjustment up to 11% for a joint-friendly workout. Variable pedal angle: this allows different mus cle groups to be targeted and trained. Multi-position handlebars. Firm hand grips. 2 LCD displays. 2 transport handles and castors. With 3-speed fan, sound sys tem, tablet and magazine holder as well as bottle holder. Incl. chest strap.

Sport-Thieme ‘E700’ Cross Trainer

Professional cross trainer for heavy use. Mains connection required. Very smooth and quiet thanks to aluminium rails and V-ribbed belts. Also great for taller people. With LED screen, pulse sensors, adjustable stabilisers, anti-corrosive paint, as well as smartphone, tablet and bottle holder, fan, transport wheels, and oversized non-slip pedals.

321 8323

Matrix ‘Endurance Suspension’

Cross Trainer

A quiet HIIT trainer for burning the maximum amount of calories in the shortest amount of time. For a real hill climber feel. 10 resistance levels, 5 training programmes such as the Sprint-8 interval programme. 5.5-inch LCD display showing time, calories, distance, heart rate, rpm and resistance. Max. load: 136 kg. 71 314 2107 Each

Ergo-Fit

4000’ Cross Trainer

The soft elliptical movements on elliptical trainers re duce the pressure on the joints to a minimum and at the

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

4 Training options:

1

The advanced Rebound cushioning sys tem allows you to run in comfort, even over longer distances. 2 high-definition

Vision Fitness

‘T600’ Treadmill

Robust and heavy welded steel frame for increased stability and durability. Totally

maintenance-free. Easy-to-use LED

feet,

New! Sport-Thieme

‘T700’ Treadmill

Phenolic resin treadmill deck, so no lu brication required. Large and abrasionresistant running deck. Designed for continuous use. Quiet AC motor. Dot

matrix and LED display. 28 training pro grammes. With transport wheels, level ling function, loudspeakers, water bot tle holder, MP3 socket and emergency stop button.

Model

Manufacturer

Timer, distance, speed, calories burnt

Hand pulse / ear clip / chest strap

Programmes/pulse-controlled/users

PC interface / USB

MP3 socket + speakers

Incline adjustment

Motor Min./max. speed

Thickness of running deck

Type of damping system

Size of running surface (LxW)

Dimensions when assembled (LxWxH)

Dimensions when stored (LxWxH)

Max. user weight

Years’ guarantee

Product code

266

tray.

bottle

288 9203 Each

Semi-professional

4

Emotion Fitness ‘Motion

Sprint 600’ Treadmill

Particularly smooth-running and does not use much power. With hand grips and extra-long hand rails. Large multicolour display with biometric feedback. With height adjustment, running deck direction reversal and step.

Professional

SL, with height adjustment

71 249 0407 Each

SE MED, without height adjustment

71 249 0319 Each

SL MED, with height adjustment

71 249 0410 Each

Professional | MDR

Treadmills • = Included (• ) = Available separately – = Not included 71 321 8235 Each

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

4 With special rebound shock-absorption system for taking the strain off your joints

Lamella running deck

Rowing

Concept2 ‘RowErg’

Rowing Machine

Particularly lightweight and compact to store, as it can be folded. With userfriendly PM5 performance monitor, which activates automatically when you start

rowing. Height of ‘Standard’ seat: 36 cm. Height of ‘High’ seat: 51 cm. With trans port wheels.

134 5504

319 7703

viding both horizontal and vertical stabili ty. Design allows for excellent freedom of movement. The precision rod coupling transmits the chain’s power without any backlash. Club Sport features special finish for intensive use in a gym. Userfriendly S4 monitor. With transport wheels and folding mechanism.

PB Extreme

Rowing Machine

radio frequencies, ANT+ and chest straps. Ergonomic seat to train in comfort. Battery-operated display. With castors for convenient transport. 71 294 0801 Each

Model

contact

Strength machines

Strength machines are a very effective tool for (re)building your muscle mass and for improving your overall health.

Sport-Thieme offers high-quality equipment for strength training at home, in the gym or in physiotherapy – from lat pull-down and leg curl to shoulder press and multi-station machines.

We’re happy to help Our sales reps will be more than happy to advise and as sist you on site. Just give us a call and arrange a meeting:

us

Markus Poppen, physiotherapist and osteopath at KUNOmed, and part of the Sport-Thieme team since 2012

“Keeping

Therapy Bands

1

TheraBand

Resistance Bands

Resistance bands made of 100% natural rubber (12.5 cm wide). For use in strength and coordi nation training in thera py, clubs and competi tive sport.

Incl. practical zip bag and exercise instructions (in German).

Resistance

71 148 1509-1

71 148 1512-1

71 148 1525-1

71 148 1538-1

Each Each Each Each

71 218 3103-1

71 218 3116-1

71 218 3129-1

71 218 3132-1

71 218 3145-1

Each Each Each Each Each

71 218 3350-1

71 218 3305-1

71 218 3318-1

71 218 3321-1

71 218 3334-1

4

See the bottom of the next page for a comparison of uses for the resistance bands!

Product

71 225 5109

71 225 5112

71 225 5125

71 225 5138

TheraBand CLX Bands

4-in-1: resistance band, loop, tubing with hand grips, door anchor. 11 loops (W: 5 cm). Synthetic rubber. Latex-free.

See

Each Each Each Each Each

71 195 9707-1

71 195 9710-1

71 195 9723-1

71 195 9736-1

Each Each Each Each

Product

71 225 5141

71 225 5154

71 225 5167

table for available versions. Each Each Each Each

71 225 5170

71 195 9808-1

71 195 9811-1

71 195 9824-1

71 195 9837-1

Each Each Each Each

Product code

71 225 5200

71 225 5213

71 225 5226

4 Loop 4 Door anchor CLX band – 4 in 1 4 Resistance band 4 Tubing with hand grips Product code Product code Product code Product code 2 m long Product code 22 m long5.5 m long 45.5 m long2.5 m long1 2 3 5 5 22 m 4 Each Each Each Each

i Each Each Each Each

71 225 5239

Sport-Thieme therapy bands – the advantages:

Therapy Bands • The length: many customers require shorter therapy bands; Sport-Thieme therapy bands come in lengths of 2 m and 25 m, thereby meeting all of the customers’ needs

Resistance bands

Resistance bands are ideal for targeted muscle growth and joint-friendly work outs in fitness classes, rehabilitation or at home. Their advantage? The intensity

and resistance can be controlled. The different resistances and sizes can be found in the tables on the relevant product pages.

9

Sport-Thieme Therapy Bands

The ideal band (7.5 cm wide) for build ing and strengthening muscle. The Sport-Thieme therapy band is also used for movement training in rehabilitation. Includes exercise poster.

Resistance

Extra-

Top rated sport-thieme.com

Thomas wrote: “Great product – great value for money!”

14

Sport-Thieme Latex-Free Therapy Bands

Designed for therapeutic stretching and strength ex ercises, as well as for fall prevention and regenera tion. Optimal stretching properties for joint-friendly workouts. Incl. exercise poster.

See table for available versions.

7.5 cm wide

2 m long

Product code Product code

71 225 4904

71 225 4917

71 225 4920

71 225 4933

Each Each Each Each Each

71 225 4946

71 225 4959

71 225 4962

71 225 4975

Each Each Each Each Each

15 cm wide

Product code Product code

71 225 5008

71 225 5011

71 225 5024

71 225 5037

Each Each Each Each Each

71 291 2602 71 291 2615 71 291 2628 71 291 2631

Each Each Each Each Each

Product code

71 225 5040

71 225 5053

71 225 5066

71 225 5079

71 224 9605

suitable for who? 10

71 224 9621

71 224 9618

Comparison of uses: Which band is

Users Older people / rehabilitation Beginners Advanced Experi enced Athletes Profes sionals Endurance (+ strength) Fitness Strength Low Medium High Extra-high Ultra-high See

Training goal Progressive resistance

71 224 9634

Each Each Each Each Each

Resistance

71 291 2644

Very low Low Medium High Extrahigh Super-/ Ultra-high • Top quality and great value

15 cm wide

25 m long2.5 m long

Product code Product code

71 281 4201

71 281 4214

71 281 4227

71 281 4230

71 281 4243

71 281 4256

Each Each Each Each Each Each

71 281 4302

71 281 4315

71 281 4328

71 281 4331 71 281 4344

Each Each Each Each Each Each

71 281 4357

Balls Teamsport Athletics Equipment Swimming Fitness polypropylene. LxW: 32.5x4 cm. Incl. mesh bag for washing. 71 297 1009-1 Pair

Yellow Red Green Blue

1

Sport-Thieme

‘Physio Ball’ Hand Trainer

Versatile prop to work your hands, fingers and fore arms, e.g. after an operation or injury, or for rheumat ic complaints. Can improve gross and fine motor skills, mobility and grip strength, as well as finger co ordination. Also a great stress reliever. Suitable for heat and/or cold treatments (microwave/freezer).

Thermoplastic rubber with gel filling. Dia.: 5 cm. Incl. instructions with 12 exercise examples (in German only).

71 216 4700  Yellow, extra-low Each

71 216 4713  Red, low Each

71 216 4726  Green, medium Each

71 216 4739  Blue, high Each

Set

3

New! AFH Webshop Therapy Putty

For mobilising and strengthening your fingers and hands. Antimicrobial, therefore hygienic even after repeated use. Vegan, low-odour and non-staining. Various sizes and resistance levels. Silicone and 2–2.5% boron.

See table for available versions.

4 Certified medical product as per the MDR

2

Set of 4 Physio Balls in a Box

A wooden box filled with one physio ball of each colour: yellow, red, green and blue.

71 147 8916

Set

Set

Resistance Extra-soft

Very soft

Soft

Medium/soft Medium

Very firm Firm

Extra-firm

Colour Cream

Light beige Beige Yellow Red Blue Green Black

5x5x2 cm, 15 g 71 323 5401 71 323 5414 71 323 5427 71 323 5430 71 323 5443 71 323 5456 71 323 5469 71 323 5472

Each

8.5x8.5x4 cm, 85 g 71 323 5704 71 323 5717 71 323 5720 71 323 5733 71 323 5746 71 323 5759 71 323 5762 71 323 5775

Each

12x12x8 cm, 454 g 71 323 6000 71 323 6013 71 323 6026 71 323 6039 71 323 6042 71 323 6055 71 323 6068 71 323 6071

Each

16x16x14 cm, 1.5 kg 71 323 6101

71 323 6114 71 323 6127 71 323 6130 71 323 6143 71 323 6156 71 323 6169 71 323 6172

Each

4 12-piece set

4

Togu ‘Anti-Stress Ball’ Set

Air-filled ball for squeezing to strengthen hand and fingers. Pressure can be adjusted to suit your needs thanks to needle valve. Also a great stress reliever. Made of Ryton. Dia.: 6.5 cm. The set includes 12 balls (4 blue, 4 ruby red, and 4 anthracite).

71 265 8100

12-piece set

5

Nohrd HaptikBall

Malleable weight ball with great feel for gripping exercis es. Strengthens and stimulates hand and forearm mus cles. Promotes blood circulation. For stress relief and mobilisation. Leather, with iron pellet filling.

71 282 4000  300 g, 6 cm dia. Each

71 282 4013  650 g, 7 cm dia. Each

71 282 4026  1,250 g, 8 cm dia. Each

71 282 4039  2,100 g, 10 cm dia. Each

6

Sport-Thieme ‘Peanut’ Hand Trainers

Squeeze, twist, stretch – these flexible ‘peanuts’ work the joints and muscles from the finger to the forearm. Hy gienic and durable. Made of PU. Lxdia.: 18x6 cm. Three peanuts of various resistance levels.

71 208 1801 3-piece set

Sport-Thieme Hand Exerciser Web

For effective adductor and abductor training. Relaxes fin gers after working on a computer. Also suitable for the feet. Steel ring with latex cover and latex net. Dia.: 36 cm.

71 219 4208

71 219 4211

71 219 4224

71 219 4237

extra-low

high

Each

Each

Sport-Thieme ‘Flexible’ Finger Exerciser Set

For stretching and strengthening exercises. Small, can therefore be taken and used anywhere. Promotes strength, mobility and dexterity of the individual fingers and the entire hand. Flexible plastic. LxW: 8.5x8 cm. The set includes 4 exercisers: 1 yellow (low), 1 green (medi um), 1 red (high), and 1 blue (extra-high).

71 263 7004

4-piece set

‘Handmaster’ Hand Exerciser Set

Strengthens all hand, finger and lower arm muscles (ad ductors and abductors). Fingers and thumb can be worked individually. Coated foam balls with rubber loops. Dia.: 7 cm. The set includes 3 balls of various re sistance levels: 1 blue (low), 1 red (medium), and 1 or ange (high).

71 208 4800 3-piece set

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Hand & Arm

Top rated sport-thieme.com

Filled with fine-grain plastic granulate

Set of 4

Sport-Thieme Beanbags

The set includes 4 beanbags (1 of each colour: blue, yellow, green and red).

Plastic granulate filling, washable, 120 g, approx. 15x10 cm 71 124 7507-1 Set of 4

Powerball

Trains arm muscles, grip strength and co ordination. Adapts to your level of ability.

For golfers, basketball players, climbers and rowers. Can reach up to 16,000 rpm. ‘AutoStart’: with rotor for fuss-free starts.

Plastic, rubber grip. Dia.: approx. 7.5 cm. Approx. 250 g.

71 259 2800

71 259 2813

Each

Start Each

Plastic granulate filling, washable, 500 g, approx. 20x15 cm

71 124 7709-1 Set of 4

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. Contains individual parts that may be swallowed. Danger of suffocation.

2

Fitness Sandbag

4 Can be used on hands and feet

Hygienic and versatile. For exercising and fitness. Variant with hook-and loop fas tening can be used for all extremities. Al so a great support cushion, as the fine- See table for available versions.

Size 10x10 cm 15x15

25x15 cm 30x15 cm 40x20 cm 35x25 cm 30x30 cm

Weight 0.25 kg 0.5

1

‘Flex-Ion’

Hand Trainer

With a new name, but identical to the original!

grained filling moulds well to any part of the body. Fabric-reinforced imitation leather (100% polychloride outer).

Without hook-and-loop fastening With hook-and-loop fastening

Product code 71 214 2500 71 214 2513 71 214 2526 71 214 2539 71 214 2542 71 214 2555 71 214 2568

Each Each Each Each Each Each Each

Product code 71 199 7402 71 199 7415 71 199 7428

Each Each Each

TheraBand

Flexible Training Bar

Compact, easy-to-grip and lightweight re sistance trainer for rehabilitation to strengthen the hand and wrist as well as the forearm and shoulder. Made of hard rubber. Lxdia.: 30x3.2/3.5/4.5/5.3 cm. Required effort: 3.8/4.5/6.8/11.3 kg.

4

Sport-Thieme ‘Spin’ Hand Trainer

Trains arm muscles, grip strength and co ordination. Gyroscopic force ensures the inner rubber ball is kept in motion through pure muscle power. Increases cir culation in the arm. No batteries required.

Plastic casing, dia. 7.5 cm, 250 g.

71 291 9401 Each

Can be used to work indi vidual fingers. Improves coordination and strength of the entire hand and forearm. Ideal exerciser for fitness, therapy and re habilitation. Ergonomically optimised shape with wide hand rest.

Beige – 0.35 kg/finger

71 255 6606 Each

Yellow – 0.7 kg/finger 71 255 6619 Each

Red – 1.4 kg/finger 71 255 6622 Each

Green – 2.3 kg/finger Each  Each  Each

6

‘Flex-Ion’ Hand Trainer Set

Complete set of ‘Flex-Ion’ hand train ers with 6 different resistance levels. Incl. practical stand!

71 255 6707 Each

71 218 3031

71 218 3002

71 218 3015

71 218 3028

0.7 kg Each

approx. 1.5 kg Each

approx. 2.5 kg Each

approx. 3.5 kg Each

8

Togu Senso Walking Trainer

Works hand, forearm and upper arm muscles all at the same time. Practical, soft, easy-to-grip and hygienic, as wash able. Spikes promote blood circulation. Made in Germany. Ryton.

• Light (air-filled) – LxW: 7.5x4 cm. 17 g each.

• Plus (filled with sand and metal) –LxW: 11x5 cm. 250 g each.

71 147 2602

275sport-thieme.com/ Movement Therapy Fitness Gymnastics Movement Therapy Leisure Games Service Psychomotricity For advice and to place an order: +49 5357 181 503 sport-thieme.com Sets 147 2615

in

2

Sport-Thieme

‘Folding’ Pedal Trainer

Resistance and straps can be adjusted. Digital display shows training time, com pleted revolutions and calories burnt. Iron frame with rubber feet and PP pedals.

LxWxH: 47.5x39x25 cm. 2.2 kg.

71 291 9300 Each

4

balance and coordination

1

New! Artzt Vitality Sensory Flooring

Can activate the neuromuscular and sen sorimotor system and improve intra- and intermuscular coordination. Tiles can be combined in any way you wish. Robust, non-slip and shock-absorbing. Easy to

6

Pedalo ‘PhysioFlip’

Foot Exercisers

An innovation in foot, hand and arm train ing. Resistance individually adjustable via textile strap. For rotational exercises at 90 degrees. Skin-friendly, non-slip cork surface. Incl. instructions, integrated han dles and levelling function. (LxWxH): 47x40x18 cm. Max. load: 120 kg. 4 kg.

71 285 9402 Set

3

1

clean. Made of polyurethane. LxW: 50x50 cm. 3.6 kg. 71 318 8301 Each

Also take a look at: Coordination training, pages 288–297

falls

interlock together

Sport-Thieme

Pebble Puzzle Mat

Use the uneven surface to train balance. The balance movements strengthen liga ments in the foot, ankle, knee and hip. Al so for sensorimotor and proprioceptive training in therapy or rehabilitation. Lx WxH: 31.5x27.5x2 cm.

71 255 9201

Set of

pebble beach for inside

Stabilises joints

zones

4

Sissel ‘Step-Fit’ Mat

Made of TPE (synthetic rubber). LxWxH: 49x49x2 cm. Max. load: 120 kg. 2 kg.

71 260 6604 Each

5

Sport-Thieme

Acupressure Foot Mat

Cone-shaped bumps create a refreshing massage effect. With every step, the re flex zones in your feet are massaged, stimulating circulation and metabolism. Strengthens the muscles in the feet. 100% polychloride. LxWxH: 32.5x30x5 cm. 270 g. 71 262 9403 Each

Pedalo Foot Discs

Combines a disc and foot rocker. Unlike a traditional disc, both feet move and exer cise independently of each other. Thanks to the single-point bearing, the base is able to tilt in all directions – which in creases the level of difficulty. Can be used on the floor or in combination with other Pedalo coordination equipment. LxWxH: 35x12x6 cm. With anti-slip stickers. 71 131 3606

8

Pedalo Foot Exercisers

For healthy feet, counteracts foot deformi ties. Made up of 2 elements which are connected to one another in a way which allows them to still be moved. Tilting strips are attached to the underside using hook-and-loop fasteners so that the appa ratus can be set for any of the movement axes (extension, flexion, supination and pronation). Birch plywood. LxW: 33x12 cm. Max. load: 150 kg. With nonslip cork underlay.

71 282 1900 Pair

More Pedalo products available online at: sport-thieme.com

9 Pedalo

276 4 Tiles can be combined in any way you wish

Pedalo Foot Torsion Trainer

Optimal training aid for rehabilitation, physiotherapy and sport. Trains the ankle joint that gives you stability. Thanks to the 10 moving parts that move left and right, the foot trainer moulds to your foot position. The positioning of each segment enables you to detect misalignments and allows targeted training. The segments can be joined together using 2 fixing rods. Solid beechwood. For exercises using both feet at once, you will need two train ers. LxWxH:32x12x5 cm.

71 134 0509 Each

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Therapy Bath with Rapeseed

Natural cold therapy for sensitivity training, tactile stim ulation, mobilisation and cooling of hand and finger joints. Complete set consists of bath (plastic, LxWxH: 64x48x13 cm) with inlay (100% cotton) and 6 kg of Wenea therapy rapeseed.

71 190 8901

Wenea rapeseed can be found online at: sport-thieme.com

Each

Sport-Thieme Acupressure Cushion

The combination of the user’s weight and the spikes helps to stimulate acupuncture points in the neck and cervical spine area. 23x23x8 cm.

71 280 9306

Sport-Thieme Acupressure Mat

Each

The surface of the mat contains more than 200 circular pads containing spikes. Making contact with the mat stimulates various acupuncture points. This can help to encourage blood circulation. Ideal for relaxation in thera py. Inlay made from plastic, cotton cover with plastic spikes. Cover washable by hand at 30°C. 68x48x2.5 cm.

280 9205

Sport-Thieme Acupressure Set

The set includes:

1 acupressure cushion,

1 acupressure mat,

Each

Set

280 9508 2-piece set

4 Highly effective muscle training for the hands, forearms, feet and lower legs

2

TheraBeans

The hygienic plastic beans offer balanced resistance. This makes TheraBeans perfect for use in therapy and rehabilitation for muscle weakness, relaxation, en hancing circulation, massage, increasing the metabol ic rate and for sensory motor exercises. You will need at least 15 kg (= 3 packs = 25 litres) for training. With out acrylic box. Can be machine-washed at 30°C and disinfected. Amount delivered: 5 kg = approx. 8 litres.

71 199 3804 5 kg

3

TheraBeans Set

The decorative acrylic box can be filled with 30 kg of TheraBeans. That’s the optimal quantity for all arm and lower leg exercises. 50x40x40 cm.

71 199 3888 Each

Complete set, 2|

See

Sport-Thieme Firm Massage Ball

Relaxes the body anytime and anywhere. Whether for use in sports or in the office, the plastic massage ball can help relieve tension wherever this may arise. For fin ger massages and grip strengthening exercises.

Sport-Thieme firm massage balls

Sport-Thieme Soft Massage Ball

By moving the ball in your hands, the soft spikes provide targeted sensory stimulus. This promotes circulation and, by squeezing the ball, strengthens the mus cles. Soft and thereby particularly comfortable.

See

Each

Sport-Thieme soft massage balls

Sport-Thieme ‘Duo’ Massage Bar

Bar with two large, rollable, spiky balls attached to it. Al so a great fascia roller. Plastic. Massage ball dia.: 9 cm.

L, bar: 43 cm. 71 184 1709 Each

Massage & Sensorimotor Function Yoga equipment, pages

Also take a look at:

sport-thieme.com

sport-thieme.com/

Balance Cushions

For a healthy back!

back muscles for both work and leisure. The basis for a healthy back is posture and flexibility when seated – balance cushions are the ideal support.

We need to be able to rely on

Togu Dynair Ballkissen

‘Senso XL 36 cm’ Ball Cushion

Soft nubs on one side and smooth on the other side. Trains upright posture and back muscles. Nubs can be used to mas sage and stimulate blood circulation and metabolism. Ryton. With needle valve. Incl. exercise poster.

See table for available versions.

Cushions

Togu Dynair Ballkissen ‘Sen

so Plus 39 cm’ Ball Cushion

Extra-large ball cushion for even more comfort. Ideal for back training, fitness exercises, rehabilitation and therapy. Can be used on either side: one side has soft nubs the other side is smooth. Ryton. With needle valve for adjusting the air pressure. Incl. exercise instructions.

See table for available versions.

We recommend

Balance cushions with 2 different surface textures that you can switch be tween – look out for this

71 199 9206 71 199 9219

Dynair

/ 7 cm

71 282 7201 71 282 7214

71 282 7227

71 282 7230 71 282 7243 71 282 7256

71 282 7269 71 282 7272 71 282 7285 71 282 7298

Each

John ‘Aerosoft

Sitting Cushion

The perfect sitting cushion for home, of fice or school use. It pleasantly combines the benefits of an exercise ball with a wedge cushion. An upright position is op

Togu Dynair Ballkissen

‘Kids 30 cm’ Ball Cushion

This ball cushion has a smooth surface. Sitting dynamically trains your spine and optimises upright posture. It also strengthens your back muscles. Ryton. In cludes exercise poster and 1 needle valve.

See table for available versions.

7

33 / 7 cm 200

71 128 3017 71 128 3033 71 128 3059 71 128 3004 71 128 3062 71 128 3046 71 128 3020

Each

Dynair

33 / 7 cm

kg

71 128 4007 71 128 4036 71 128 4010 71 128 4023 71 128 4049

71 128 4052 71 128 4065 71 128 4078 71 128 4094

Each

Togu Dynair Ballkissen

‘Senso 30 cm’ Ball Cushion

Perfect size for children and women. Trains your spine and upright posture. En courages dynamic sitting. Nubbed sur face texture for a massage effect and greater air circulation. Ryton. Adjustable air pressure.

See table for available versions.

timised and back muscles are stabilised, preventing bad posture and tension. Ad justable air pressure.

318 3902

Togu Airgo ‘Comfort’ Active Sitting Cushion

Keeps your spine active so that your intervertebral discs are constantly strained then relieved. Takes the strain off your pelvis and the prostate gland. Ryton. Comes with breathable thermal cover (100% polyester). LxWxH: 40x29x3.5 cm. Max. load: 200 kg. 71 199 3312 Each

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

‘Dynair’ ball cushions

‘Gymfit’ balance cushions

4 Incl. exercise poster featuring lots of different therapeutic exercises

Togu Dynair Ballkissen ‘33 cm’ Ball Cushion

The space-saving alternative to a large ball. Ideal as a wobbly cushion for back exercises, workouts, fitness, therapy and rehabilitation. Used as a sitting cushion, it keeps the discs moving and exercises the muscles in the spine. Adjustable air pressure.

See table for available versions.

Togu Ballkissen

‘Dynair’ Ball Cushion with Cover

4 Great prop for fun coordination and fitness training – whatever your age

New! ‘Gymfit 36’ Balance Cushion

Promotes active and dynamic sitting. Ideal for back prob lems and tension. Also for fitness, exercising and thera py. Pleasantly smooth surface. Made of PVC. Hxdia.: 6x36 cm. Max. load: 150 kg. Adjustable air pressure.

See table for available versions.

Sets Set

Sport-Thieme ‘Gymfit’ Balance Cushion with Cover

Balance cushion with a diameter of 36 cm with cover (100% polyester).

71 131 8500 Set

Togu Dynair Ballkissen

‘Senso 33 cm’ Ball Cushion

2-in-1! One side is velvety-smooth and the other has soft, round nubs which can be used to massage the back or feet and increase air circulation when seated. Trains your balance, coordination and muscles. Ryton. Adjustable air pressure. Incl. exercise poster.

See table for available versions.

Shown:

10

Sport-Thieme

‘Gymfit 33’ Balance Cushion

Promotes balance, coordination and healthy posture. One side is pleasantly smooth, the other nubbed for an

Shown:

additional massage effect. PVC. Air pressure can be ad justed via needle valve.

See table for available versions.

Wedge cushions

Togu Dynair Ballkissen Wedge Ball Cushion

This wedge cushion tilts your hips slightly forward – al lowing your body to adopt a healthy upright posture. As the pressure is divided evenly, your thighs are supported in a way that is great for your blood circulation. Ryton.

Kids: 29x29x6 cm. Premium: 37x36x7 cm. Max. load: 200 kg. One side with sensory nubs. Comes with exer cise instructions (in German).

71 204 2510  Kids, red

Each

71 204 2549  Kids, blue Each

71 204 2552  Kids, turquoise Each

71 204 2507  Premium, red Each

71 204 2523  Premium, black Each

71 204 2536  Premium, blue Each

Togu Dynair Ballkissen ‘Comfort’ Wedge Cushion

The ergonomically shaped, air-filled cushion provides re lief which enables you to sit for longer. Through constant ly balancing yourself on the cushion, the spine and mus cles in the back are activated and back problems can be alleviated. Made of Ryton. Latex-free. Anthracite. Max. load: 200 kg. 36x37 cm.

140 2201

sport-thieme.com

Sport-Thieme Wedge Cushion

Firm, durable and holds its shape well. For dynamic and spine-friendly sitting. Upright posture is optimised and the muscles that stabilise the spine are exercised.

Comes with a high-quality foam core with removable cov er (100% cotton) and a zip, washable at 30°C. Ergonomic size . 37x32x6 cm.

71 128 6801

sport-thieme.com/

Active Office

New! Nevio ‘Altezza’

Height-Adjustable Desk

Height-adjustable desk: for standing and sitting. Integrated cable management.

Electric height adjustment from 65–129 cm. Steel/veneer. LxWxH: 100x60x65–129 cm. Max. load: 100 kg. 45 kg.

71 323 4509

Each

1

New! GetUp ‘Light’ Desk Converter

3-part desk converter to transforms any standard desk into an ergonomic work station for sitting and standing. Two-tone laminated wood. LxWxH: 61x54x55 cm.

Max. load: 13 kg. 4.5 kg.

71 323 5108

Each

2

New! GetUp ‘Free’ Desk Converter

Converts any conventional desk into an ergonomic standing/sitting desk. Conven ient height adjustment from 3.2–40 cm thanks to gas pressure spring. Aluminium and steel frame. Plastic worktop. LxWxH (worktop): 79.7x56x0.8 cm. LxWxH (fold ed): 80x56x3.2 cm. Max. load: 10 kg. 10.5 kg.

71 323 5007

Each

3

New! BakkerElkhuizen ‘Riser 2’ Sit/Stand Desk Converter

Suitable for any standard desk. Can re lieve back, neck and shoulders. Infinitely variable height adjustment: 12–50.5 cm. Plastic. LxWxH: 88x41.5x12–50.5 cm. Max. load tabletop and keyboard tray: 15 and 2 kg respectively. 15 kg.

71 323 5300 Each

Sport-Thieme Anti-Fatigue Mat

A soft mat designed to take the strain off your back and joints. Ideal for those who spend long periods standing up. Little

280

New! Bwell ‘Incline’

Under-Desk Treadmill

Gel-padded running deck for low-impact walking. Incline can be adjusted to suit your needs. Effortless relocation thanks to transport wheels. LxWxH: 159x60.5x12 cm. Max. load: 130 kg. 85 kg. 10 user settings. Incl. transport wheels and console.

71 323 4408 Each

movements while standing get your blood flowing – meaning your muscles won’t get tired as quickly. Made of PVC. LxWxH: 91x61x1.9 cm. Approx. 2 kg.

71 282 5003 Each

New! Blackroll Smoove Board

Great motivator for active standing. Can reduce fatigue. Integrated fascia tools for self-massage and stretching. Can be used barefoot, with socks or shoes. ETPU and EPP. LxWxH: 44x43x5.5 cm. 1.55 kg.

71 321 7809  Black/black Each

71 321 7812  Black/green Each

71 321 7825  Red/black Each

71 321 7838  White/black Each

6

New! LifeSpan ‘Unity Solo’ Desk Bike

Adds some exercise to a sedentary life style. Low resistance for strengthening the muscles. Self-powered, maintenancefree and ever so quiet. Steel frame. Ad justable saddle and footrests. LxWxH, standard / with desk: 99x61x102 cm/ 119x79x104 cm. Max. load: 136 kg. Incl. transport wheels.

71 323 4307  Standard Each

71 323 4323  With desk Each

9

Gymba Standing Board

For active standing at height-adjustable desks. Helps to stretch your back, calves and feet. Takes the strain off your back and ensures upright posture. Stimulates your muscles, whilst improving your circu lation and metabolism. Composite (30–40% cellulose, 60% PP). Underside: needle felt. LxW: 46.5x30.5 cm. Max. load: 300 kg. 1.5 kg.

71 270 7004 Each

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Sport-Thieme

‘Edgar’ Back Trainer

Registered design. For spine disc relief and for stretching and relaxing different muscle groups. Suitable for professional use in rehabilitation, therapy or fitness.

The back trainer for therapy and

overlay

Birch plywood. Polygrip cover (outer: 100% polyester). LxWxH: 125x73x46 cm. Max. load: 200 kg. Approx. 13 kg. Incl. ex ercise book with 75 detailed and illustrat ed exercises (in German).

71 195 0801 Each

Neck: 24x20x9 cm

Therapy: 54x25x9 cm

Sport: 90x26x17 cm

3

Blackroll ‘Posture 2.0’

Posture Trainer

For training your posture. Straight posture boosts oxygen intake. This trainer im proves body awareness and is easy to put on. Can be worn under or over clothes. Black. Incl. hook-and-loop fasteners.

71 297 6307

71

‘kyBounder’ Mat

fabric cover: Cover made of 92% polyester, 8% elastane. 1.9 kg or 3.8 kg.

With rubber cover: Cover made of 97% PVC, 3% PU. 0.7 kg.

Back Stretcher

For stretching and relaxing the back muscles, e.g. to counteract repetitive strain of the back when at work. Made of solid beech. Max. load: 140 kg.

• ‘Neck’: For relaxing the vertebrae in the neck. LxWxH: approx. 24x20x9 cm. Approx. 0.6 kg.

• ‘Therapy’: For stretching the legs /

4 Pleasant massage by soft rollers

lower back or chest/neck. LxWxH: ap prox. 54x25x9 cm. Approx. 2.3 kg.

• ‘Sport’: For stretching the entire spine. LxWxH: approx. 90x26x17 cm. Approx. 4.3 kg.

71 255 7609  Neck Each

71 219 5100  Therapy Each

71 219 5113  Sport Each

Sport-Thieme Exercise Roller

For exercising and as a Bobath support cushion. For automatic leg responses, as well as head and core body control. Wash able tarpaulin cover (100% polyester). Very firm (polyether foam) core.

3

Gymnic Physio Roll

Double exercise ball which can be used for many different variations of play and exercising, e.g. you can roll on it, hop with it, balance on it, use it for vaulting and rocking, etc. Won’t burst. With stopper. Plastic. Max. load: 300 kg.

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years.

individual parts that may be swallowed. Danger of suffocation.

lieves the strain on the intervertebral discs. The specific dimensions create a perfect anatomic curve to the surface, al lowing you to always lay at least 4 verte brae on it. Can also be used as a seat or

building block for children. Max. load: 100 kg. Robust artificial leather cover (100% polychloride). PU foam with a solid core. Hxdia.: 48x40 cm.

71 263 5301  Rosewood Each

71 263 5314

71 263 5327

Each

Each

Ledragomma

Original Pezzi Eggball

For strengthening and stabilisation exer cises. Large support surface for greater safety during exercises. Large enough for 2 people to sit on. Can be inflated with air mattress pump or blower. Latex-free PVC and vinyl. Max. load: 400 kg. Mini eggball, 18 cm dia., blue 71 107 7041 Each

45 cm dia., yellow 71 107 7009 Each  55 cm dia., orange 71 107 7012 Each  65 cm dia., green 71 107 7025 Each  85 cm dia., blue 71 107 7038 Each

20

282 Goniometers are particularly popular in physiotherapy, as they can accu rately measure the range of motion of joints, which allows for targeted reha bilitation and training plans to be cre ated.

Saehan ‘360-D1’ Goniometer

360-degree goniometer for measuring joint mobility in 1-degree increments. Can be used with just one hand without hav ing to change position. Transparent plas tic.

• WxHxD (‘15 cm’): 177x35x2 mm

• WxHxD (‘20 cm’): 205x82x2 mm

• WxHxD (‘30 cm’): 317x127x4 mm

297 5001

297 5014

297 5027

cm

Each

cm Each

cm Each

Saehan ‘360-D2’ Goniometer 360-degree goniometer makes it possible to measure the range of motion of joints in 2-degree increments. Can be used with just one hand without having to change position. Transparent plastic for accurate readings. WxHxD: 210x49x2 mm. L (arm): 20 cm. 71 297 5102 Each

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

New! Tape Original ‘XXL’ Kinesiology Tape

For stabilising the muscles, ligaments and joints while still allowing for unrestricted range of movement. Great adhesion in wa ter, latex-free and breathable thanks to high-quality backing material made of 97% cotton. Sticky side with acrylic adhe sive. LxW: 3,200x5 cm.

Accessories

4 Ideal for shoulder, cervical and spinal complaints

Cutape Box

4 tape cutters for 1, 2, 3 and 4 clean parallel cuts, depending on the body area to be taped. Suitable for 5-cmwide tapes. LxWxH: approx. 27x20x5 cm. Incl. carrying case, cleaning brush and instructions for use.

71 314 7304

Each

plasters,

permeable cotton material which has a layer of dermatologically tested acrylic ad hesive. You can shower, use the sauna and play sports when using this tape. The patient can wear it for 3–5 days without any loss of quality. Elasticity of 30–40% is guaranteed. Roll length 5 m, width 5 cm.

Tape Scissors

High-quality scissors for clean cutting of tape. Made from rust-free stainless steel.

218 4803 Each

MDR-certified

Jovitape

Acupuncture Grid Tape

The grid tape is stuck directly onto pain, energy or trigger points. Also suitable for self-treatment. Adhesive leaves no resi due and is free from active agents. Free from latex and medical agents. Includes instructions and application examples (both in German). Waterproof, breathable, skin-friendly and easy to remove, can be worn for a long time. Expiry: 3 years from

date of manufacture. 80% polyester, 15% polyurethane and 5% acrylic with thermo plastic adhesive.

180 plasters: 2.7x2.2 cm

71 221 2308

120 plasters: 3.6x2.8 cm

Each

71 221 2311 Each

40 plasters: 5.2x4.4 cm

71 221 2324 Each

Optimal measuring of hand strength

Saehan ‘SH5005’

Finger Dynamometer

Easy-to-use SH5005 hydraulic finger dy namometer. Displays accurate compres sion readings. Grip strength is shown in kg and lbs. Maximum reading: 20 kg / 45 lbs. Carry case included.

71 277 5904

Each

Baseline ‘LITE’

Hand Dynamometer

Hydraulic device for accurately measuring hand strength. Incl. robust storage case. Includes leak-proof folding bag. Calibra tion possible. Measures strength up to approx. 90 kg. Can be set to child mode. Made of plastic and metal. LxWxH: 25x13x7 cm, 0.63 kg.

71 277 6008

Each

Suitable for stabilising joints (ankles, wrists, knees, fingers). Highly adhesive, high tensile strength but still easy to tear. Roll length 10 m.

142 6276

142 6205

6263

6289

cm wide

cm wide

cm

cm

rolls

Hand Dynamometer

For hand-screening work as well as diag nosis of hand trauma and hand ailments. Handle can be set to 5 positions to suit any hand size. Measures in kg and pounds (lb). Display remains on calculat ed measurement until it is reset. Instruc tions included. Max. reading: 90 kg. Han dle positions can be set between 3.5 cm and 8.6 cm. Metal hand dynamometer. Carry case included.

71 277 5803 Each

Saehan ‘SH5001’

Massage & Treatment Tables

More massage tables and accessories online at: sport-thieme.com

Treatment tables

21

‘Ecofresh’ Therapy Table

The professional treatment table for mas sage and physiotherapy impresses with its high-quality materials and fresh design. Freely adjust the height of the surface electronically using the manual switch –from a wheelchair-friendly 48 cm up to a maximum of 103 cm. The solid scissor lift ing system with low-maintenance dry bearings guarantees long-lasting use. Per fectly comfortable to lie on thanks to the 7-cm-thick padding and a head section

featuring nose slot that can be adjusted between +45 and -90 degrees. The anti microbial leatherette cover can be wiped clean and disinfected with ease. Incl. wheel-raising mechanism. Paper roll hold er and feature to adjust table from any side must be ordered separately. L: 200 cm, H: 48–103 cm. Available in widths of 68 and 80 cm. Can lift up to 150 kg. Complete with nose

See table for available versions.

Restpro ‘Aluminium’

Massage Table in a Case

Lightweight yet extremely sturdy portable massage table. Aluminium frame. 4-cmthick foam padding with durable vinyl cov er. Height adjustable from 57–78 cm. Incl.

284

White frame

71 295 2707 71 295 2710 71 295 2723 71 295 2736 71 295 2749 71 295 2752 71 295 2765 71 295 2778 71 295 2781 Each

4 Wheel-raising mechanism

Anthracite frame 71 295 2909 71 295 2912 71 295 2925 71 295 2938 71 295 2941 71 295 2954 71 295 2967 71 295 2970 71 295 2983 Each

3

White frame 71 295 2808 71 295 2811 71 295 2824 71 295 2837 71 295 2840 71 295 2853 71 295 2866 71 295 2879 71 295 2882 Each

Anthracite frame 71 295 3003 71 295 3016 71 295 3029 71 295 3032 71 295 3045 71 295 3058 71 295 3061 71 295 3074 71 295 3087 Each

New! Meditech ‘Three-Part Vario No. 1’ Treatment Table

Height-adjustable treatment table, from approx. 53–93 cm, with hydraulic scissor lift system. The head section with nose slot is adjustable from +40 to -55 de grees. With disinfectant-, blood- and urine-resistant leatherette cover made of vinyl. Plastic-coated aluminium frame in white (RAL 9010). With a treatment sur face of 198x65 cm or 198x80 cm (LxW). Max. load: 190 kg. 70 kg. 65 cm

71 318 1049  Atoll Each

71 318 1052  Lemon Each

71 318 1065  Cream Each

71 318 1078  Chrome Each  80 cm

71 318 1007  Atoll Each

71 318 1010  Lemon Each

71 318 1023  Cream Each

71 318 1036  Chrome Each

Accessory for any

head-

Mayer ‘Classic’

Stool

Can be adjusted to any height between 39 and 50 cm. Sturdy stool with starshaped base and 5 easy-running castors. Diameter of seat: 40 cm. Upholstered in imitation leather (top: 3% polyurethane, 81% PVC; underside: 16% polyester).

Plastic frame. Max. load: 100 kg. 71 193 2560  Aqua blue Each  71 193 2573  Black Each

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Paper roll holder

Apricot padding White frame

Feature to adjust table from any side

Adjustable headrest

Height electrically adjustable from

With nose slot

Incl. remote control

Lime green padding Anthracite frame

For pain relief and lying in comfort

Don’t

from

71 262 7104

71 219 6901 71 219 7005

71 219 7106

71 219 6507

71 219 7207

71 219 6116

71 219 6217

71 262 6912

71 219 6318

71 219 6611

71 219 6712

71 262 7016

71 262 5414

71 219 6813

71 219 5719

71 219 5810

71 219 5865

71 219 5878

71 219 5911

71 219 6015

71 219 6419

71 262 5515

71 262 7117

71 219 6914

71 219 7018 71 219 7119

71 219 6510

71 219 7210

Bobath

Equipment for Practices

cm

Reverse

cm

1

Möckel ‘ergo S 72’

Therapy Table

The multi-functional therapy table and workbench for therapists, clinics and practices. Can be used whilst standing or seated. Foldable, meaning it can be stored compactly. Stable positioning of the tabletop thanks to braked scissor hinges. Adjustable screw feet for uneven surfaces. Height of the table can be ad justed from 72–122 cm. Freely adjust the angle of the work surface from 0–90 de

Erler Zimmer ‘Oscar’

Skeleton for Schools

A robust, detailed model of a male adult skeleton made from durable, unbreakable plastic. The bones match those of a real human body in terms of size and weight. The limbs can be quickly and easily re moved and reapplied thanks to the quickrelease fasteners. With 3-part skull. Teeth produced separately. Eyelets for hanging up the skeleton and 5-wheeled stand. Ap prox. 178 cm, 9 kg. 3-year guarantee. 71 275 2701 Each

Skeleton Dust Cover

Each

Each

Each

Each

Don’t forget to order:

2

Möckel ‘ergo S 52 R’

Therapy Table

This ergonomic table for wheelchair us ers meets your specific needs. Plenty of legroom thanks to the frame being set back. Tabletop features a curved cutout. Height and angle can be adjusted quickly and with ease. Worktop folds up to save space. The tabletop will stay in position thanks to braked scissor hinges. Table height freely adjustable from 52–102 cm. Freely adjust the angle of the work surface from 0–90 degrees. Tabletop dimensions: 80x60 cm.

Screw feet

71 196 6624  Light grey Each

71 196 6637  Beech-effect Each

Castors with brakes

71 196 6679  Light grey Each

71 196 6682  Beech-effect Each

More ergonomic tables online at: sport-thieme.com

Ergonomic tables

Erler Zimmer Flexible Spine with Pelvis and Stand

Lifelike casting of a human spine. Remov able pelvis. Mounted onto flexible metal spiral tube. Length not including stand: 70 cm. 1.8 kg. Particularly strong plastic.

71 275 2815 Each

Erler Zimmer Flexible Spine

This model of a spine features the occipi tal bone, the cervical, thoracic and lumbar vertebrae as well as the complete pelvis and femur stumps. It also shows the ver tebral arteries, branches of the spinal nerves and a prolapsed disc. With stand. Plastic. Length: 75/85 cm. 2.5/2.9 kg.

With pelvis and femur stumps

71 275 2802 Each

Erler Zimmer ‘Hugo’

Flexible Skeleton

Model of a skeleton featuring a movable spine – great for clearly explaining and understanding movements, posture and misalignments. Sliding joints in the shoul ders, hips and ankles provide realistic movement. Removable arms, legs and feet. Skull can be broken down into 3 parts. Practical 5-wheeled safety stand. 176 cm, 9.5 kg. 3-year guarantee.

71 275 2714 Each

Prevents the skeleton from getting dusty and/or dirty. Hard-wearing plastic fabric. LxW: 174x62.5 cm. 300 g. 71 313 5307 Each

Standard 4-Part Skull

Moulded from a real skull. Can be disman tled into 4 parts. Its impacted wisdom tooth in the lower jaw is another special feature of this skull. A bone flap in the lower jaw allows the dental root, cancel lous bone, nerve channel and impacted

Even more choice online at: sport-thieme.com

Anatomic models

wisdom tooth to be seen. Most of the 32 teeth can be removed from the jaw in dividually and re-inserted using a special adhesive. 24x14x17 cm, approx. 1 kg. 71 308 1916 Each

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Erler Zimmer

Beech-effect

Light grey

Movement Therapy & Rehabilitation

4 Foldable, incl. anti-trap protection

4 Compact storage

4 Perfect for combining with other equipment, e.g. with a springboard or slackline frame

Slackline frame not included

2

1

Ferrox ‘Folding’

Parallel Support Bars

Collapsible . These parallel bars can be pushed together to a width of 18 cm for compact and easy storage. Height adjust able from 75–108 cm.

71 128 4300  Bar length: 250 cm Each

71 128 4313  Bar length: 350 cm Each

Ferrox Parallel Support Bars with Platform

Fixed . The width of the aluminium bars can be adjusted making them wider or more narrow. They can even be set at an

Also take a look at: 300• Slacklines, page • Springboards, page 292

4 MDR-certified medical device

4 Stable platform 4 MDR-certified medical device

angle. The height is adjustable from 78 to 104 cm. Particularly sturdy!

71 128 4326  Bar length: 250 cm Each

71 128 4339  Bar length: 350 cm Each

5

Top rated sport-thieme.com

Reinhard wrote: “I use these wall bars for private therapy and re habilitation, and I’m re ally impressed.”

Elegant metal frame

Ash wood rungs

With overhang

MDR-certified medical device

Ferrox Therapy

Wall Bars

Particularly well-designed wall bars with powder-coated steel frame and 2-bar overhang. Replaceable bars made from beech. Complete with fixings. HxW: 240x90 cm. Can hold up to 120 kg.

71 220 9308 Each

Mesh Grid for Wall Bars

More equipment for prac tices & parallel support bars online at: sport-thieme.com Equipment for practices

Ferrox Parallel Support Bars with Wooden Rails, Folding

Can easily be folded up after use for compact storage. Tulipwood rails, epoxy resin-coated steel frame. LxW, assembled:

4 MDR-certified medical device

300x65 cm. LxW, folded: 350x35 cm.

Height adjustable from 75–108 cm. Max. load: 140 kg (70 kg per rail).

71 311 4403 Each

For advice and to place an order: +49 5357 181 503 sport-thieme.com

To be attached to therapy wall bars. WxDxH: 79x79x79 cm. Max. load: approx. 37 kg.

71 220 9601 Each

More movement therapy products online at: sport-thieme.com

Movement therapy

sport-thieme.com/

5

Sport-Thieme Rocking Balance Board

A versatile board for training balance, body awareness and perception. Rocks from left to right. With non-slip surface for extra safety. Made of plastic. LxWxH: 42x30x8.5 cm. Max. load: 120 kg.

71 235 3500 Each1

Sport-Thieme Balance Fit Board

Twisting movements will make you stronger and improve your balance. Also suitable for press-ups and squats. Various exercises possible for a full-body workout. Stabi lises your core. Made of ABS plastic. LxWxH: 65.5x28.4x7 cm. Max. load: 200 kg.

71 270 6900 Each1

cm

7

Sport-Thieme Wooden Therapy Disc

For balance, coordination and reaction exercises. Works the core, back and abdominal muscles. With slipresistant silk-screen surface. Birch plywood. Hxdia.: approx. 8x40 cm. Max. load: 180 kg.

71 232 9606 Each1

Pedalo Balance Top

Improves coordination and balance. Stabilises ankles and strengthens muscles. Can be used on any surface. Birch plywood, natural varnish. H: 6.5 cm. Max. load: 100 kg.

Non-slip

Pleasant feel

Sport-Thieme Therapy Disc

Trains coordination, balance and body reaction. Ideally suited to use in preparation for various sports. Plastic. Hxdia.: 8.5x39 cm. Max. load: 120 kg. With instructions (in German).

Non-Slip Underlay

Robust rubber mat for increased safety and non-slip sup port with the disc. Blue. Dia.: approx. 23 cm.

71 309 6606 Each1

Therapy Disc Set

Sport-Thieme therapy disc including non-slip underlay.

71 137 3400  Blue 2-piece set

71 137 3413

288

2-piece set

Sport-Thieme Sport/Therapy Disc

Let our handy guide help you choose your ideal piece of equipment: Set Coordination Training

Trains your core, arms and legs to react automatically. Safe and comfortable, also suitable for exercises on your knees. Made of plastic. Hxdia.: 8.5x40 cm. Max. load: 120 kg. Incl. non-slip, skin-friendly fleece surface and exercise instructions (in German).

71 127 7744

71 269 7909  22 cm diameter Each

71 269 7912  38 cm diameter Each 1 1

Pedalo Balance Box

The balance course for increasing motor skills, concen tration and an eagerness to learn. Ideal for any training group or classroom. Sturdy MDF box (LxWxH: 39.4x44.4x21.5 cm), filled with 9 wooden balance ele ments and 2 non-slip rubber underlays. Incl. instruction booklet, test exercises and standard value tables (all in German).

71 216 1118 Set

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

4 With slip-resistant silkscreen surface

Professional

designed

Coordination

1 1

2

Sport-Thieme ‘Multi’ Balance Board

Balance board set with accessories for a wide range of different exercises. Inter changeable thanks to hook-and-loop fasteners. Board: wood with EVA foam. Accessories: EVA foam. Max. load: 100 kg.

The set includes:

• 1 board (LxWxH: 48.5x29.5x2 cm)

• 1 disc (Hxdia.: 9x19 cm)

• 1 rocker (LxWxH: 46.5x27x7/1.5 cm)

• 2 blocks (LxWxH: 25x9.5x6.5 cm)

71 277 8004 Set

Pedalo Rocking Board

Ideal for simple balance exercises. Low tipping moment. Develops body aware ness and perception. Non-slip run ners. With 60x35-cm rocker, exercises with legs hip-width apart possible.

Made of wood. H: 9.5 cm. Max. load: 150 kg.

71 128 5808  45x30 cm

71 128 5811  60x35 cm

Togu Aero-Step One

Individually adjustable air cushion to im prove strength, balance, coordination and everyday mobility. Will also improve your sensorimotor skills and perceptive abili ties. Level 2 more challenging than level 1. Made of Ryton. LxWxH: 38x21x6 cm. Max. load: 150 kg.

71 267 2801  Level 1, red Each

71 267 2814  Level 2, anthracite Each

Togu Aero-Step

For improving coordination and proprio ception in rehabilitation, injury preven tion, medical training therapy (MTT) and during general workouts. Air pressure can be adjusted using the needle valve. Sur face features medium-sized nubs. Made of Ryton. LxWxH: 46x32x8 cm. Max. load: 150 kg. Incl. exercise poster.

71 218 2504

71 218 2517

71 218 2520

Each

Each

Each

Sport-Thieme Balance Pad

Ideal for balance and coordination exer cises. For strengthening foot, hip joint and knee muscles. Easy to clean. Special foam with vinyl coating, 0.77 kg, 50x40x6 cm, blue.

71 148 3000-1 Each

TheraBand Stability Trainer

Firm stability trainer for beginners to pro mote balance, posture, proprioception and coordination. Made of foam. LxWxH: 37x21x5 cm. Max. load: 180 kg.

1 1

Green, LxWxH: 37x21x5 cm

71 148 3518 Each

Blue, LxWxH: 40.5x23x5 cm

1

71 148 3505 Each

Black, LxWxH: 44x26x6 cm

71 148 3521 Each

Togu Aero-Step XL

Specifically developed for fitness and aer obic training. Larger surface and contact area, allowing for a wider range of exercis es. 2 separate, air-filled chambers. Nonslip, nubbed surface massages the feet. Concept based on coordinative (move ment control) and proprioceptive (move ment processing) training methods. Lx WxH: 51x37x8 cm. Max. load: 150 kg. Incl. pump and exercise poster.

71 188 0016  Green Each

71 188 0029  Blue Each

71 188 0032  Silver grey Each

Togu Aero-Step Pro

Larger, more dynamic and even more ver satile. Can be used on either side and ei ther whilst standing, or lying on your front, back or side. Smooth surface on one side, approx. 1,000 round nubs on the other to massage and promote blood circulation. Double-chambered air system makes for wobbly base. Challenging work outs to target and improve perceptive abilities, stimuli processing and stability. Made of Ryton. LxWxH: 52x40x8.5 cm. Max. load: 200 kg. Incl. pump and exer cise poster.

1

71 201 9404  Silver grey Each

71 201 9417  Black Each

71 201 9420  Red Each

71 201 9433  Blue Each

289sport-thieme.com/ Movement Therapy Balls Athletics Swimming Fitness Gymnastics Movement Therapy Leisure Games Service Psychomotricity Sensory Stimulation For advice and to place an order: +49 5357 181 503 sport-thieme.com Set 4 Proprioception 4 Balance 4 Coordination 4 Posture 4

Sport-Thieme XXL Balance Cushion

Meditation, sitting and fitness cushion. With smooth and nubbed surface for foot reflexology massage. Ideal for standing exercises, also with the feet hip-

width apart, thanks to its large diameter. Height and air pressure adjustable. PVC-free TPR. Diameter: 50 cm. Max. load: 150 kg. Incl. pump.

232 6607 Each1

Togu Dynair Ballkissen ‘XXL’ Ball Cushion

Wide diameter for exercising with your feet hip-width apart. Improves joint stability, coordination and balance. Soft material for strengthening your core. Nubbed sur face on one side, smooth on the other. Ryton. Hxdia.: 14x50 cm. Max. load: 200 kg.

71 203 1907  Level III, blue Each

71 203 1910  Level IV, black Each

Togu Dynair Ballkissen ‘Extreme’ Ball Cushion

Giant air-filled balance cushion for exercises on your front or back, or for meditation and sitting. Soft vibra tions are immediately picked up by the cushion and transferred onto the spinal cord. Strengthens the deep spinal and core muscles. With sensory bumps on one side and a smooth surface on the other. Made of Ryton, with stopper valve. Hxdia.: 18x80 cm. Max. load: 200 kg.

71 203 1923  Purple Each  71 203 1936  Anthracite Each

Accessory

guarantee

Sport-Thieme Balance Disc

Improves joint stability and coordination. Also suita ble for meditating and sitting on. Each side with a different degree of difficulty. For exercising on your back or front. Air pressure and height adjustable.

PVC. Dia.: 45 cm. Max. load: 150 kg. Incl. pump.

71 232 6506 Each

290

Also suitable for balance cushions

‘Plus’ Half Ball

Sitting cushion and multifunctional training aid. Stimu lates deep muscles and encourages good posture. Also great for abs and back exercises. Air pressure and height can be adjusted. Ryton. Dia.: 40 cm. Max. load: 120 kg. Incl. air pump and training poster.

71 119 0003 Each

Sport-Thieme Storage Trolley

For storing up to 14 balance tops or cushions with a mini mum diameter of 36 cm. Also suitable for roller boards. Mobile with lockable castors. Contents not included. LxWxH: 75x50x125 cm. 5-year guarantee!

71 215 1801 Each

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Blue Black

Anthracite

4 Stabilises your musculoskeletal system and improves coordination

MFT Trim Disc

Improves coordination and stability of your musculoskel etal system. For home use, PTs and gyms. Max. load: ap prox. 120 kg. Hxdia.: 10.5x40 cm. Incl. exercise instruc tions (in German).

71 191 2500 Each2

MFT Fit Disc

Strengthen your abs and back muscles, and prevent inju ries. Strengthens your spine, can stabilise joints, mobi lise hips and pelvis, and relieve tension. For individual workouts, gyms and physiotherapy. LxWxH: 51x41x8 cm. Max. load: approx. 100 kg. Incl. exercise instructions (in German).

71 192 49012

4 One balance board offering 6 difficulty levels

4 Adapts perfectly to your progress

4 Ideal for use in therapy, rehabilita tion, sports and fit ness

4 Non-slip underside

4 Extremely robust

Top rated sport-thieme.com

The difficulty level is easy to adjust with just one turn!

Coordination

4

‘Wobblesmart’ Balance Board

Individually adjustable, smart balance board for any age, beginners and advanced users. Ideal for use in therapy, rehabilitation, sports and fitness. One simple movement rotates the round knob underneath to change the height and angle which increases the difficulty, setting it to one of 6 levels. Made of wood. Diameter: 40 cm. Max. load: 120 kg.

2704 Each

Medium2

MFT Challenge Disc

Your movements on the flexible ball bearing-mounted disc control balls, cars etc. on the screen. Simply connect the disc to your PC, Mac or tablet via Bluetooth or using the USB port. There are five different difficulty levels for targeted training. The software contains: warm-up, selfcheck, 5 training levels and 6 games. Dia.: 40 cm. Max. load: 120 kg. Incl. free app for Windows, Mac, Android and iOS.

71 194 7104

Each

194 7117  2.0 (Bluetooth) Each

Togu Balance Board

The fitness disc for gym use. Available in three difficul ty levels based on the different lengths of the coloured half ball underneath. Extremely robust, specially hard ened plastic. Dia.: 40 cm. Max. load: 120 kg.

71 129 9609  Easy, red Each

71 129 9612  Medium, green Each

71 129 9625  Difficult, blue Each

4 3 in 1 (2 tops, 1 rocker)

Level of difficulty can be quickly and easily adjusted thanks to the different bases

Sport-Thieme ‘Deluxe’ Balance Board

Balance board for all fitness levels, offering diverse workouts. The different bases allow you to adjust the dif ficulty level. Made of wood with non-slip PVC surface. Dia.: 39.5 cm. Max. load: 150 kg. Incl. small hemisphere, large hemisphere and rectangular rocker.

71 270 3103 Each1 2 3

Experts say:

Markus Poppen Physiotherapist

“The ‘Deluxe’ board is a really versatile piece of training equipment. You can easily adjust the level of difficulty by inserting the differ ent bases.”

Steffen wrote: “This disc is a simple, yet highly effective piece of training equipment.”

Coordination Training

More difficult

4 Very sturdy 4 Level of difficulty can be adjusted

Easier 71 215 1410  With standing platform Each2

1 2

Pedalo Therapy Stabiliser

Improves coordination and reactions. For training stability when standing and for preventing falls, also suitable for patients with neurological conditions. The area of movement, swinging speed and intensity level can be adjusted with the movement

4

Pedalo ‘32’ Springboard

Reacts sensitively to changes in position that need to be counterbalanced immedi ately. For exercises to stabilise ankle and leg joints. To train one leg on its own or both legs together. Birch plywood. Hxdia.: 20x32 cm. Senso spring system with opti mal spring effect for body weights from 15–100 kg. 4 kg.

71 128 5228

2

292

Each

5

Pedalo ‘50’ Springboard

Mini trampoline for improving stability and jump strength. Great fun! Birch ply wood. Hxdia.: 18x50 cm. H: 18 cm. Senso spring system offers spring effect for body weights from 15–110 kg. 6.5 kg.

71 131 3505 Each2

Pedalo Step Rocking Board

Improves ankle stability. Better training results thanks to the 2 curve radii. With non-slip runners. Birch plywood. LxWxH: 52x22x40 cm. Max. load: 150 kg. 6.3 kg.

71 265 6801 Each2

3

4 Works well on all surfaces

Pedalo Balance Board

Pro, Training2 31 limiters. Hip-high rails for holding onto. Powder-coated tubular steel and birch plywood. LxWxH (without/with platform): 58/75x58x108 cm. Max. load: 150 kg. 5.1 kg. With exercise instructions (in German) and non-slip mat.

High-quality balance board with a stable base plate and large, unstable exercise plate that sits on a soft rubber pad. For a variety of exercises while sitting, lying, or propped up with your feet hip-width apart. Non-slip rubber feet ensure a safe footing on all surfaces. Birch plywood. Hx dia.: 13x50 cm. Max. load: 100 kg. 5.7 kg. 71 132 4004 Each2

attachment loops

Pedalo Vestimed Patent 102007048399. Recommended by the German Parkinson’s Association, when following the HORA method. Dy namic training surface strengthens the entire body. Non-slip, water-repellent sur face with lines to aid positioning. Birch

6

4 Increases the maximum load by 15 kg

7

Pedalo Spring Insert

Gives Pedalo springboards more stability. Easy to position one or more Pedalo springs between the platforms. This makes it possible to reduce instability but

also offers targeted alignment. The springs also increase the maximum load, enabling heavier people to train with the springboard. 17x9x9 cm.

71 262 3001 Each

multiplex. Hxdia.: 18x50 cm. For body weights of 30–110 kg. 7 kg. Incl. 2 washa ble textile resistance bands with handles and clips, and 2 attachment loops.

71 209 6520 Each2

More training equipment available online at: sport-thieme.com Coordination

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Movement limiters

With the RollerBone, you can improve your coordination and balance by distributing your weight to stay balanced. The Roller Bone range is also suitable for additional training sessions for athletes wishing to im prove their flexibility and balance coordina tion. By training your body’s balance, you can prevent injuries and sharpen your sens es.

Beginners are recommended to use the soft pad for balance training to start with be cause it can be filled with as much air as necessary to create the desired level of dif ficulty. The pad is also ideal for standing balance exercises and press-ups.

The ‘Classic’ and ‘Pro’ versions present a challenge for advanced users and profes sionals. Alternatively, the ‘Cork’ version with its soft, good-grip cork roller is ideal for children and beginners.

Coordination Training

Set For training

Areas of use

User groups

Difficulty level

Roller LxW: Softpad Balance board LxWxH: Max. load Product code

1| Cork Set

Fitness, building muscle, tricks

Beginners to advanced users

Soft, made of cork 45x10 cm Maple 64x33 cm 90 kg 71 269 3604 Each

2| 1.0 Classic Set

3| 1.0 Pro Set

Balance, coordination, mobility

Fitness, building muscle, tricks

Advanced to experienced users

Soft, with foam covering 32x12.5 cm

Pinewood 74x41.5x3 cm 130 kg 71 273 2002 Each

Fitness, building muscle, tricks

Experienced users to pros

Hard, made of plastic 46x15.4 cm Pinewood 74x41.5x3 cm 130 kg 71 273 1908 Each

4| 1.0 Classic Set + Softpad

Rehabilitation, fitness, building muscle, tricks

Beginners to experienced users

Soft, with foam covering 32x12.5 cm 35.5 cm in diameter Pinewood 74x41.5x3 cm 130 kg 71 273 2204 Each

Health & Fitness Gyroboard

All exercises are possible standing safely with feet hip-width apart. Strengthens legs and core muscles with correct pos ture and improves balance. Suitable for any age and sport. Use in physiotherapy, fitness and rehabilitation, also for fall and injury prevention. Maple board, alumini um legs. LxWxH: 86x86x23 cm (board: 60x40 cm). Max. load: 150 kg. 8.3 kg. In cludes carrying bag.

Sport-Thieme ‘Ortho Pad’ Rocking Board

Rocking board for all directions: front to back and right to left. For improving coor dination, e.g. after ankle or knee injuries, or as a challenge during multi-axis bal ance training. Also useful for specific sports purposes (e.g. for practising ball control). With non-slip surface and slipresistant runners. Wood. LxWxH: 49x49x13 cm. Max. load: 120 kg. 5.3 kg.

Pedalo ‘Triple’ Balance Board

The set includes a board, cork roller, 2 heavy-duty grip balls (assorted colours) and 4 rubber stoppers. For working the entire body in physiotherapy and cross training. 11 layers of wood for increased stability. Underside features 4 exchange able, screwed-on rubber stoppers and 5 recesses for attaching the 80-mmdiameter, rubberised grip balls. The cork roller can help roll out the muscles. Birch plywood board, oiled. LxWxH: 75x36x12 cm. Cork roller: 30x10 cm. 4.2 kg.

4 100 exercise options to im

prove balance and reactions

Cork set

Pro set

Coordination Training

New! Gibbon Giboard

Portable skateboard-design frame. Loose spring effect for tricks and demanding workouts. Modular system for easily attaching 1 or 2 lines without a ratchet. For indoor and outdoor use and any age group thanks to low line

Top rated sport-thieme.com

Sensosports Sensoboard Training Aid

Extra-wide to improve sensorimotor functions and propri oception. Trains quick reactions and moves in all direc tions to keep one’s balance. The rubber bands on the sides pull the foot board back into its initial position. Dif ficulty level can be adjusted by removing some of the rub ber bands or by making them tighter. The ‘Essential’ vari ant is the base model. Made of wood (untreated for ‘Es sential’). LxWxH: 80x52x14 cm. Max. load: 100 kg. Approx. 15 kg.

The footboard is po sitioned on a ball

Trains multiple reactionary movements at the same time, as it can move in all directions

Example uses online at: sport-thieme.com

Perfectly built for improving body awareness, coordina tion and strength. Strengthens complex muscle func tions. Compact and easy to move. 125x78x25 cm, 19 kg. 71 195 4500  Anthracite Each  71 195 4513  Orange Each 3 3

4 Higher spring for increased instability

4 Can be set to one of 3 difficulty levels

Pro Performance Gyroboard

Wobble board for use in balance and coordination train ing. Can be easily set to one of 3 difficulty levels. Strengthens muscles in the legs, feet and core. 4 easyto-attach feet. Approx. 9.5 kg, incl. storage bag and tools.

294 height. FSC-certified beechwood. Polyester line. LxWxH, board: approx. 106x28x14 cm. LxW, line: 140x5 cm. Max. load: 100 kg. Incl. tensioning sticks, cork pads and access to Gibbon app.

4 Challenging stabilisation training when sitting, standing or lying

FitW Fitness Dice

Wobbly fitness trainer. Can be inflated by mouth to ad just level of difficulty. Whole-body strength, balance and stabilisation training for children and adults. PVC. LxWxH: 45x45x45 cm. Max. load: 100 kg. 1.7 kg. 71 256 9707 Each3

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

‘Caesar Jib’

‘Bonzo Classic’

‘Roots Rocker Travel’

Pedalo ‘5S’ Physio Station

Develop your balance and coordination in the smallest of spaces! Featuring 4 pieces of training equipment, resistance bands, a storage trolley and standing platform with clipboard, the ‘5S’ station allows you to perform all of the exercises included in the tried-and-tested ‘5S’ programme in just 2 m². Training focuses on balance, co ordination, mobility and strengthening.

Ideal for rehabilitation and physiotherapy practices with limited space, as well as for use at home. Maximum load 150 kg.

Includes:

• Pedalo balance board

• Pedalo ‘Twister 50’

• Pedalo balance rocker

• Pedalo ‘50’ springboard

• 2 elasticated straps

• Foot loop

• Pedalo shelved trolley

• Pedalo base station with clipboard

• 5 exercise posters (in German)

71 260 8206 Each3

Pedalo Rola-Bola

‘Sport’ Balance Board

Shifting your weight makes the board roll from side to side, requiring you to react against the movements. Just a slight un balance requires you to react quickly to regain balance. This stabilises your move ments and improves your posture. 60x35cm board with rubber pads, solid wood roller with a diameter of 10 cm and rubber buffers. Maximum load 120 kg. Resist ance bands not included.

71 134 7917 Each3

Accessory

Pedalo Textile Powerband

For hooking onto Pedalo coordination equipment. Offers highly effective strength and coordination training. Set of 2 resistance bands, 2 loops and snap hooks. L: 140 cm with 9 loops for hands and feet. Washable.

71 262 4802 Set of 23

4

Pedalo Bike.Visual.Trainer

Trains balance, reactions and ability to act quickly. Dynamically mounted frame on stable base. Handles and foot pegs ar ranged so that body position typical of mountain bikers. Counteracting the dy namic movements to maintain balance works all of the muscles. Birch plywood. LxWxH (48 Natural / 42 Natural): 75x45x80/77 cm. Max. load: 120 kg. Approx. 6 kg.

71 282 1708  48 Natural Each

71 282 1711  42 Natural Each3 3

5

Togu Bike BalanceBoard

Training aid for highly effective sensori motor training. Different versions availa ble for beginners and professionals. Short and highly effective training. Easily ad justable difficulty level. Incl. instructions (in German) and pump. Max. load: 150 kg.

6

Pedalo ‘Sport’ Stabiliser

Registered design. Full-body training product for improving sensory control of posture and movement. The platform moves in all directions and shows when you make even the smallest movements. Improves your reactions and stabilises your entire skeletal system. Top athletes use the stabiliser for perfecting their movements and reducing reaction times.

Comes with non-slip mat. Powder-coated tubular steel and birch plywood. LxW (platform): 60x35 cm. LxW (frame): 58x58 cm. Max. load: 150 kg. 8.1 kg.

71 214 1406 Each3

7

SetPedalo Stabiliser Set

Very challenging workouts thanks to the combination of the stabiliser and foot rockers.

The set includes:

• 1 stabiliser, 6|

• 1 pair of foot rockers

71 214 1480 Set3

8

Pedalo ‘Pro’ Stabiliser

Registered design. Your legs work indepen dently from each other on 2 separate standing platforms (LxW: 54x13 cm each).

Moves in all directions to promote stability in the foot and lower leg muscles. This makes it easier to detect weak muscles and coordination on one side. To reduce the level of difficulty, use the large stand ing platform instead (54x35 cm). Can be adjusted to 10 different difficulty levels. With non-slip mat. Powder-coated tubular steel and birch plywood. LxWxH: 58x58x44 cm. Max. load: 120 kg. 8.8 kg.

71 260 7203 Each

71 136 0123  Pro Each

71 136 0107  Classic Each 3 3

Even more products to improve your coordination online at:

sport-thieme.com Coordination

Classic: with larger ball and small

Pro: with ball

Coordination Training

Wobble boards for improving proprioception

Poor posture is often caused by a change in the way that our central nerv ous system controls our movements. The unstable bases of the training equipment on pages 288–297 challenge the body’s proprioceptive receptors, de

veloping the individual’s deep sensitivi ty (proprioceptive training), balance and ability to react, and improving the interaction between nerves and mus cles.

4 Improves strength and stamina

4 Improves reactions

4 Improves sportspecific techniques

2

Pedalo ‘150’

Spring Balance Board

Whole-body training aid for stabilisation, strength and stretching exercises whilst standing, seated and exercising on all

fours. Ideal for gait training. LxWxH: 150x45x19 cm. Without support bars.

MFT Sport Disc

Increase strength and endurance, im prove reactions and technique specific to your sport. Successfully used in physio therapy, rehabilitation centres, keep-fit and competitive sports. MDF/wood. Dia.: 50 cm. Max. load: 120 kg. Approx. 7.5 kg. Incl. exercise instructions (in German). 71 191 2526 Set3

View example exercises now at: sport-thieme.com 71 191 2526

Connector system for variability

3| & 4| can be used as a rocker and balance disc

4 For competitive sports, fitness, rehabilitation and therapy

4 Magnetic push-fit accessories offer even more training options

4 Stimulates the vestibular system

Incl. 4 resistance pads to adjust the difficulty level

Pedalo Vario Fit Board

Pedalo Vario board + foot rockers = Pedalo Vario fit board! A real challenge for your motor skills: depending on how you connect the two products with each other, you will get either two indepen dently moving rocking tops, i.e. a spinning top and a rocker, or just a spinning top or a rocking top. It will strengthen all leg muscles as well as some core muscles. Beech plywood. Hxdia.: approx. 14x50 cm. Max. load: 100 kg. Approx. 6.8 kg.

71 131 3808 Each

296 71 128 4238 Each3

4

Pedalo ‘500’

Rotating Rocker Board

For improving body awareness, ability to react and posture. Can also be used to treat dizziness, aching joints and balance complaints. Non-slip. Makes planks as well as workouts with resistance tubes and bands harder. Difficulty level can be adjusted with accessories. Birch plywood. Hxdia.: 7x50 cm. Max. load: 150 kg. 6.7 kg. Incl. 4 resistance pads (felt).

71 308 2906 Each

Pedalo Wooden Hemisphere

Converts the rotating rocker board into a spinning top, rotating disc or balance disc. Quick and easy to attach using the 3 push-fit magnets on the board’s under side. Difficulty level can be adjusted addi tionally via the resistance pads. Hxdia.: 5.7x10 cm. 300 g.

71 308 6706 Each

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

3

They have so much to offer! The inte grated steel base of the Sport-Thieme sports discs mean that they sit on the floor without moving – until you get on them, that is! Just the slightest move ment away from the centre results in immediate instability: they tip to the

side and the user must react immedi ately. The hemisphere shape makes the tilt significantly greater than an ellipti cally shaped plastic disc. This makes every balance practice session a sport ing challenge for your sense of balance and coordination. At the same time, it

additional demands on the muscles in the torso when exercising in a kneeling or sitting position, or when lying on your stomach.

of a coated wooden disc with a diameter of 37 cm, fixed onto an 11-cm-high alu minium hemisphere with a steel core. Max. load: 180 kg. Incl. detailed exer cise instructions (in German)!

Top rated sport-thieme.com

Gerte wrote: “Awesome! This disc is of a very high quality and great fun. Perfect balance training for meeting the highest of demands. Couldn’t be better!”

More training and thera py aids online at: sport-thieme.com

Coordination training

4 With slip- and abrasionresistant plastic-coated hemisphere

E

Choosing the right trampoline:

Physio & exercise

Due to their versatility, these tram polines are suitable for both physio therapy and exercising.

Sport & fitness

FP

These trampolines are quite firm, making them the pre ferred choice for cardio work outs and running training.

2-in-1: a fitness product and therapy aid

Fitness trampolines allow for low-impact cardio and coordination training that is good fun and burns plen ty of calories. As a result they are very popular in the therapy sector for working with overweight people and

Physio

As these trampolines are quite soft, they are ideal for therapeutic exer cises, rebounding, and low-impact swinging motions.

for fall prevention or for regaining muscle mass after surgical interventions. The table below displays which trampolines are best for which user and area of appli cation.

4 Popular trampoline for exercising

With 6 different special springs for rehabilitation and fitness

Trimilin Trampolines

The original Trimilin trampolines boast superior bounce, which enables gentle swinging and jumping motions for low-impact workouts. The Trimilin special mats provide additional elasticity. The trampolines are available with folding legs and can also be fitted with handrails. TÜVapproved.

Trimilin

Metallic green Champagne

Sport-Thieme Thera-Tramp

Soft rubber-band suspension and padded cover. Screw-on legs with rubber caps for increased stability. Full frame cover sewn to trampoline bed. Prevents user from

Sport-Thieme Handrail for the Thera-Tramp

Ensures a more secure hold during training. Rail height: 86 cm

sliding between the trampoline bed and the frame. Steel tubing. See table for versions.

for

71 263 2009 Each Handrail

Sport-Thieme Step for the Thera-Tramp

Allows easier and safer access to the Thera-Tramp. Easy to attach to the tram poline’s feet using the hook-and-loop fasteners. LxWxH: 66x44x18 cm.

71 263 1905  Metallic green Each

71 263 1918  Champagne Each

Step

Sport-Thieme ‘Kidz’ Children’s Trampoline

This mini trampoline’s frame and bungee cords are fully cov ered with soft foam padding. 31 rubber bands provide pleasantly soft rebound and a high level of elastici ty. Excellent addition for soft-play areas. Steel tubing. Easy-care leatherette cover. Upper: 100% polyester. Diameter of trampoline bed: 88 cm. See table for available versions.

Trampoline

Manufacturer

User weight

Suitable for

Special features

Advantages

Legs Bounce

Suspension

Trampoline bed

Frame cover

Outer diameter

Frame height

Weight Handrail

Step

Product code

10–60 kg

1| Thera-Tramp Sport-Thieme 60–100 kg

Physiotherapy, rehabilitation

100–160 kg

Particularly soft, joint-friendly Improved safety due to securely attached frame cover, individually changeable rubber bands

Screw-on Extra-soft Rubber bands Black

Metallic green 118 cm 30 cm 15 kg

Optional Optional 71 263 1804 Each

Metallic green 118 cm 30 cm 15 kg

Optional Optional 71 263 1817 Each

Metallic green 118 cm 30 cm 15 kg

Optional Optional 71 263 1820

Each

4| Kidz Sport-Thieme 10–80 kg

F

Children’s physio, nurseries, sensory integration

Padded all around Particularly safe Also suitable for anxious children

Screw-on Soft Rubber bands Black Lime green 128 cm 38 cm 10 kg

Optional 71 262 6505 Each

Sport-Thieme

and

Pro’ Trampolines

299sport-thieme.com/ Movement Therapy Balls Teamsport Athletics Equipment Swimming Fitness Gymnastics Movement Therapy Leisure Games Service Psychomotricity Sensory Stimulation For advice and to place an order: +49 5357 181 503 sport-thieme.com For improving your sense of balance, co ordination and fitness. Single suspen sion: bungee cords can be quickly at tached. For indoor use. Incl. instruction manual with hand tool, plastic hooks, bungee cords and frame cover. ‘Flex Pro’ features folding ‘spider legs’ and is therefore easy to stack. ‘Fix Pro’ comes with screw-on legs for compact storage.

Sport-Thieme ‘Allround’ Slackline Set

All-round slackline in trusted Sport-Thieme quality. Everything you need to get started right away. Flexible line made of 100% polyester with safe ty loops. W: 5 cm. Ratchet to adjust

length. Breaking load: 40 kN. Incl. ratch et with ratchet strap (L: 2 m), carrying bag and tree protectors.

71 217 1500  15 m Set

71 217 1513  25 m Set

Approved by TÜV AUSTRIA, certificate no.: ZSTS/APZE/2352

Gibbon ‘Treewear’ Jibline

Designed for tricklining and jiblining. Also great for those new to the sport. Can be used between trees or similar solid an chor points. 100% polyester. L: 12.5 m.

W: 5 cm. Each ratchet strap has a rein forced loop (L: 2.5 m). Breaking load: 30 kN. Incl. tree protector and ratchet cover, ‘Classic’ ratchet with safety lock and assembly instructions (in German only).

71 307 6301 Each

Approved by TÜV SÜD, certificate no.: Z1A_064713_0006

Easy-to-use,

Incl. ‘Rat Pad’

Gibbon ‘Classic’ Slackline

Fun way to improve coordination and fit ness in any garden, park, by the lake or

indoors. Made of 100% polyester with safety straps. L (slackline): 12.5/22.5 m. W: 5 cm. Length can be individually ad justed using the ratchet (L: 2.5 m). Break ing load: 40 kN. Incl. ratchet cover as well as ratchet with ratchet strap.

71 214 1608  15 m Each

71 214 1611  25 m Each

Approved by TÜV SÜD, certificate no.: Z1A_064713_0006

Slackline-Tools ‘Kids’n’Slack’ Slackline

Child-friendly with extra-soft line. Moulds itself perfectly to children’s feet. Rounded metal parts for maximum safety. Appeal ing animal-track design. 100% polyester.

L: 10 m. W: 4.5 cm. Breaking load: 22 kN. Incl. ratchet cover, 2 tree loops, 4 tree protectors.

71 216 6201 Each

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

Gibbon ‘Slack Rack Fitness’

Slackline Frame

Fun and highly effective full-body work outs. Combines slackline balance training with fitness exercises. For indoor and out door use. Also suitable for rehabilitation and therapy. Rubber feet. Adjustable length: 2–3 m. WxH: 36x30 cm. Max. load: approx. 120 kg. Approx. 27 kg. Incl. stretch band and handles for even more exercise possibilities, fitness line and training plan (in German).

71 216 3420 Each

Gibbon ‘Slack Rack Classic’

Slackline Frame

For leisure use inside and out. Replacea ble rubber feet. Lacquered steel frame. Neoprene fall protection. L: 2–3 m. WxH: 36x30 cm. Max. load: approx. 100 kg. Ap prox. 30 kg. Incl. ‘Classic’ slackline, ratchet with safety mechanism, protective caps, assembly instructions (in German) and Gibbon app.

71 273 1201 Set

Black Bird ‘Slackboard’ Slackline Frame

Quick to set up, making slacklining possi ble almost anywhere. Its height provides safe footing with optimum line freedom. Easy to fold up as it weighs only 11 kg.

Beechwood. WxH: 30x32 cm. Max. load: 120 kg. Incl. slackline. Suitable for ages 5 and above.

71 217 3809  240 cm

71 217 3812  356 cm

Each

Each

Erzi ‘Basic’ Slackspot

Safe children’s indoor slackline. Promotes moving with confidence and motor skills. Fall protection not required due to low height. With stopper base. Adjustable line tensioning. Birch plywood. LxWxH: 135.5x18x11 cm. Max. load: 60 kg. 6.6 kg. Incl. slackline. For children over 3 years of age.

71 228 8909 Each

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

Erzi ‘Double’ Slackspot

Extension of the ‘Basic’ slackspot: the ad ditional spot makes the line longer, allow ing 2 children to balance at the same time. Encourages teamwork, balance and motor skills. For children over 3 years. Each slackline can hold up to 60 kg per section. L: 253 cm.

71 228 8912 Each

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Tree

other

it’s crucial to

from a young age in

gymnastics too. It’s not only

that’s important, but also that the various demands in club sport are met.”

Sophie Scheder, Olympic bronze medallist on the uneven bars, 2016 German all-round champion, member of the Sport-Thieme team of experts since 2017

Minitramps

4 13-mm trampoline bed

Eurotramp ‘Standard’

Open-End Minitramp

This open-ended Minitramp is an adapted version of the tried-and-tested Minitramp. It is ideally suited to ambi tious competitive gymnasts. The front and back are free from any frame or barrier, offering improved safety and making this trampoline great for difficult jumps. The gal vanised steel tube frame is height- and angle-adjustable. Legs feature additional struts. Includes side frame pad ding. 13-mm trampoline bed. 5-year guarantee!

71 123 0808 Each

Approved by TÜV SÜD, certificate no.: Z1A 18 06 30154 037

All the important information

Variant

Designed for

Top-level & competitive athletes

Top-level & competitive athletes

Top-level & competitive athletes

Recreational athletes, clubs & schools

Recreational athletes, clubs & schools

Recreational

2

Eurotramp ‘Premium’

Open-End Minitramp

The ‘Premium’ open-ended Minitramp is a modified ver sion of the tried-and-tested Minitramp. It is specially de signed for high-performance gymnasts and provides even more bounce with its 6-mm trampoline bed. The barrier-free entry and exit zones provide even more safe ty, particularly during difficult jumps. The legs are heightand angle-adjustable. Legs reinforced with additional strutting. Frame sides entirely covered by padding.

5-year guarantee!

71 258 4906 Each

Approved by TÜV SÜD, certificate no.: Z1A 18 06 30154 037

on pages 302 and 303

Frame dimensions (LxW) 120x120 cm 120x120 cm 350x190 cm 112x112 cm 125x125 cm 112x112 cm 125x125 cm 120x120 cm 135x100 cm

Frame design Open Open Closed Closed Closed Closed Closed Open Open

Trampoline bed (LxW) 60x70 cm (nylon strands, 13 mm) 60x70 cm (nylon strands, 6 mm) 292x92 cm (nylon strands, 6 mm) 60x60 cm (100% Perlon) 70x70 cm (100% Perlon) 60x60 cm (nylon strands, 6 mm) 70x70 cm (nylon strands, 6 mm) 60x70 cm (nylon strands, 13 mm) 93x57 cm (100% Perlon)

3

4 Optimally balanced rebound

4

line bed

Eurotramp Minitramp Trolley

This transport trolley is a flexible and space-saving so lution for simple transportation of Minitramps. Made from steel tubing with four easy running castors, with handles and safety straps. The trolley has space for 4 or 8 Minitramps in different sizes. Assembled size (LxWxH): approx. 115x125x156 cm or 125x125x156 cm. Minitramps not included.

71 123 0837  For 4 Minitramps

71 123 0824  For 8 Minitramps

302

Each

Each

Eurotramp ‘Ultimate DMT 6x6’

Double Minitramp

FIG-certified high-performance trampoline bed for opti mal rebound properties. Heavy-duty frame construction made of high-performance steel, trampoline bed made of nylon strands. The height of the front feet can be adjust ed from 43–53 cm. Complete with frame padding and rolling stands. 5-year guarantee!

71 122 7606 Each

Approved by TÜV SÜD, certificate no.: Z1A 18 06 30154 037

Suspension

Steel springs

Steel springs

Steel springs

Bungee cords

Bungee cords

Steel springs

Steel springs

Steel springs

Steel springs

Max. immersion = height of trampoline 48 cm

cm 70 cm

cm 38 cm 38 cm

cm

cm 26.5/32 cm

Also take a look at:

• AirTracks, pages

Product code 71 123 0808 71 258 4906 71 122 7606 71 122 8104

71 122 8205

71 235 1302

71 235 1403

71 312 0604

71 296 1503

306–307

• Mats, pages 340–341

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

1

36

4 Ideal for highperformance sports

4 Very stable mini trampoline with high rebound

2

PE-Redskaber ‘Dorado’ Minitramp

A high-performance trampoline with firm trampoline bed for use in TeamGym. Works silently. Height and angle are easily adjustable: 65, 70, 75, 80 cm, excellent rebound characteristics, strong frame padding, non-slip base feet. Can be disassembled without tools. 36 springs: for juniors and club sport, 40 springs: for elite gymnasts.

Each approx. 79 kg.

36 springs (yellow bed)

71 294 3901

40 springs (red bed) 71 294 3914

Also take a look at:

FloorF

Each

Each

Eurotramp

‘TeamGym Premium’ Minitramp

The take-off trampoline for TeamGym. Exceptional stabili ty and a great level of rebound. With its special frame construction, this is the take-off trampoline for anyone who has reached the limit of their performance on other mini trampolines. 36 steel springs, 185 mm long, dia. 32 mm. Height adjustable from 23.7–28.5 cm. Legs with movable, large base plates. Comes with detachable castors as standard. Incl. all-round frame padding.

5-year guarantee!

71 119 3608 Each

Approved by TÜV SÜD, certificate no.: Z1A 18 06 30154 037

TeamGym

TeamGym is a team sport in gymnastics that is par ticularly popular in Scandinavia and is also growing in popularity elsewhere in Europe. It’s all about the con cept of a team, and participants always perform gym nastics to music. One team is made up of 4–12 people (female, male or mixed). TeamGym consists of the fol lowing disciplines:

FloorF

Tumbling

Trampette

TrampetteT

In the ‘Trampette’ discipline, all team members per form jumps using a special trampoline which is placed at the end of a track. The trampoline usually has a steep angle for high jumps. Parts of this pro gramme are performed using a special vaulting table, which is up to 1.65 m tall – taller than gymnastics vaulting tables – and is placed behind the trampo line. 3 rounds are performed.

PE-Redskaber ‘Tarpan’ Vaulting Table

TeamGym vaulting table. Height-adjustable between 110–165 cm assisted by integrated gas springs, meaning it can be adjusted by just one person. Incl. protective col umn padding. Base complies with max. length of 120 cm specified by the FIG.

• Standard castors: Castors on the sides for transport ing sideways

In the ‘Floor’ discipline, all team members perform a floor exercise on a surface measuring 14x16 m. The rhythmic and gymnastics elements must be synchro nised and performed smoothly. Balance, technique and execution as well as dynamic movement are all key to success.

Open-end Minitramps, pages

Also take a look at: 302–303

T Tumbling

In the ‘Tumbling’ discipline, all team members perform various jumping exercises set to music on a 15-m-long AirTrack or fibreglass tumbling track. The acrobatic ele ments are performed in 3 rounds. In addition to the exe cution of each element, another key success factor is the gymnasts’ ability to maintain their speed. The last ele ment finishes in the landing zone.

• Special castors: Raise the frame using a lever incl. base frame padding

71 294 3608  With standard castors Each

71 294 3611  With special castors Each

More choice for TeamGym products online at: sport-thieme.com

Bumper’

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

5-year guarantee

Standard castors

Special castors

Sport-Thieme ‘TeamGym’ floor gymnastics mat online at: sport-thieme.com

Sport-Thieme AirTracks for TeamGym online at: sport-thieme.com

trainer

1

Springbokx Parkour

Whether you’re jumping, vaulting, balancing, shim mying or swinging around, the Springbokx system turns every sports hall into an exciting landscape with endless possibilities to overcome obstacles.

The Springbokx modular sports equipment is multi functional, mobile and versatile. Developed by Ger man parkour pioneers, the modules can be assem bled and taken apart in no time at all and without re quiring any tools.

Can be combined with classic sports items

Patented, innovative bar adjustment

4 Modular system that can easily be taken apart

4 Special varnish for optimal grip

4 New modules can be added at any time

4 Countless combinations and possibilities

4 Compact storage and easy to transport

Durable & high-quality material

Set-up example

Springbokx ‘S’ Parkour

For schools, clubs, parkour enthusiasts and gyms. Modu lar system for beginners and advanced users alike.

Thanks to the modular design, elements can be quickly assembled, taken apart and rearranged without the need for tools. The Bokxes are made of multiplex birch with a special varnish for optimal grip and the metal compo nents of stainless steel. Space required to store the items when dismantled: approx. 2 m².

Small set, basic set-up (can be assembled in many dif ferent ways):

• 2 Bokxes, 90x90x90 cm

• 1 wall, 150x30x90 cm

• 2 poles, 200 cm

71 307 4103

Set-up video and more information online at: sport-thieme.com

Set-up example

New! Sport-Thieme Parkour Wall

High-quality parkour wall made up of mat-like elements that can be incorporated into obstacle courses and other school and club sport activities in a variety of ways. For running up and crossing over. Can be assembled individ ually, up to 3 m high. Sides feature needle felt for hookand-loop connections. With durable, reinforced corners.

Foam core (2,870 kg/m³), PE foam sides (65 kg/m³).

The small set includes:

• Block 1 (LxWxH: 100x100x140 cm, 56 kg)

• Block 2 (LxWxH: 100x100x90 cm, 36 kg)

• Ramp (LxWxH: approx. 140x100x100 cm, 27 kg)

• 6 hook-and-loop straps (LxW: 42x42 cm, 0.2 kg)

The large set includes:

• Block 1 (LxWxH: 100x100x140 cm, 56 kg)

• Block 2 (LxWxH: 100x100x90 cm, 36 kg)

• Block 3 (LxWxH: 100x100x70 cm, 28 kg)

• Micro ramp (LxWxH: 100x100x25.5/20 cm, 9 kg)

• Mini ramp (LxWxH: 100x100x51.4/55 cm, 15 kg)

• Standard ramp (LxWxH: 140/41x100x100 cm, 27 kg)

• 12 hook-and-loop straps (LxW: 42x42 cm, 0.4 kg)

71 322 8904  Small 3-piece set

71 322 8917  Large 6-piece set

For advice and to place an order: +49 5357 181 503 sport-thieme.com

Need help?

Our trained advisors will be happy to assist:

+49 5357 181 503

sport-thieme.com/

AirTracks by

101

Sport-Thieme ‘Carbon’ AirTrack Range

latest product range by AirTrack Fac tory – ‘Carbon’ – is a Sport-Thieme ex clusive. It offers a variety of AirTrack

Factory

products for training, and for school and club sports. They have a great design with a high-quality carbon look on the sides and red lines that clearly outline the gym nastics area.

Designed for/as

Training in schools and clubs

Training in schools and clubs where space is at a premium

Excellent transition model to larger variants

Training where space is at a premium

AirBeam with 10-cm-thick centre line

Springboard with greater take-off effect than AirBoard

Can be used on its own or as an add-on product, stackable Springboard

Can be used on its own or as an add-on product, stackable

Round AirBoard springboard variant

Can be used on its own or as an add-on product, stackable Air-filled cylinder for a variety of methodical exercises (e.g. flic-flac)

Gym mat-sized AirTrack

and compact AirTrack

The large AirTrack is perfect for training in schools and clubs. The AirFloors are ideal for training where space is limited. The Spark combines the advantages of both variants: excellent bounce characteristics

with a small footprint. Each element al so offers additional methodical training possibilities and enhances the gym nast’s experience.

Basic AirTrack Set

The 4 components of this set provide various options to train jumps and tech niques. The set includes: 1 AirFloor

(3x1x0.1 m), 1 AirBoard (0.6x1x0.1 cm), 1 AirBlock (0.6x1x0.2 cm) & a foot pump. 71 297 1908 Set

Sport-Thieme ‘Carbon’ Training AirTrack Set

With 5 components, this set has every thing you need for versatile training and learning new jumps and techniques. The set includes: 1 AirFloor (3x1x0.1 m), 1 Air

Board (0.6x1x0.1 m), 1 AirBlock (0.6x1x0.2 m), 1 small AirRoll (0.6x1.2 m) & a foot pump. 71 297 2002

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

On the right track

Sport-Thieme AirTracks by AirTrack Factory boast superior quality. The fol lowing product features stand out in particular:

• Five-star workmanship; a lot is hand made (it takes 12 hours to manufac ture one 3x1-m AirFloor)

• High-grade hook-and-loop fastening

• Premium-quality materials

• Reinforced, soft handles

• Unique seam protection

• 5-year guarantee

31

Sport-Thieme

AirTrack and AirFloor

The AirTrack is the classic universal track for all requirements. In comparison with fixed run-up mats, this track has a com pletely smooth surface. It is therefore par ticularly suitable for learning to jump as well as learning jump sequences in mar tial arts, cheerleading or parkour. Easy and safe to attempt acrobatic moves. The AirTrack consists of a robust two-walled fabric which is lightweight and tearresistant. Flat, soft handles are attached on the long side for transport. The air cushion can be inflated in a few minutes. See table for available versions.

Once fully inflated, the AirTrack does not use any additional electricity when in op eration. The degree of firmness can be regulated by inflating the track with more or less air. Incl. carrying bag and instruc tions (in German).

Choosing the right AirTrack/AirFloor

For clubs that cater for beginners as well as advanced gymnasts, we recommend the 30-cm-high AirTracks. These give you more of an opportunity to play with the air pressure. Beginners will benefit from the slow and gentle spring and landings on lower-pressure tracks, while advanced gymnasts will prefer a firmer spring – which requires a higher level of air pressure.

Depending on the sport being practised, as well as the age, skill level and weight of the users, you may need a thicker or thinner AirTrack.

As a rule of thumb:

• The thicker the mat, the more versatile it is

• The thicker the mat, the more of an op portunity you will have to play with the air pressure

Product code

71 317 3305 71 317 3318 71 317 3321 71 317 3334 71 317 3347 71 317 3350 71 317 3363 71 317 0801 71 317 0814 71 317 0827 71 317 0830 71 317 0843 71 317 0856 71 317 3406 71 317 3419 71 317 3422 71 317 3435 71 317 3448 71 317 3507 71 317 3510 71 317 3523 71 317 3536 71 317 3549

Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each

Sport-Thieme ‘S’

AirBag by AirTrack Factory

Inflatable mat for safe landings and dis mounts. Ready to use in just 5 minutes. Easy to carry and compact to store. Pres sure can be adjusted to suit your needs. For indoor and outdoor use. Incl. top and side covers with safety lines, and blower. LxWxH: 400x250x70 cm. Approx. 105 kg. 71 311 8102

Sport-Thieme ‘Landing’ AirTrack by AirTrack Factory

Each

Landing mat (turned upside down, cov ered with tarpaulin) and foam pit in one. Can be set up in approx. 5 minutes with the blower included. Air pressure can be adjusted to suit your needs. Incl. 4 venti lation holes on the sides, hook-and-loop

straps, 8 carrying handles (4 each on the long sides), D-rings and storage bag. Can also be stored inflated (including the foam dice). Available without or with 375 foam dice. DWF (double-wall fabric) with PVC tarpaulin. LxWxH: 360x250x70 cm. LxWxH in storage bag: 110x75x45 cm. Ap prox. 50 kg. Blower output: 1,700 l/min.

Pressure: 250 mbar (3.6 psi). 1,000 W. Ap prox. 1.6 kg.

foam dice Each

foam dice Each

Accessories for all AirTracks listed on this page

Sport-Thieme

Flic-Flac Trainer

6

Sport-Thieme Manometer

A pressure gauge for clearly measuring the pressure of AirTracks to ensure opti mal elasticity, shock absorption and loadbearing capacity. Measures up to 250 mbar. Incl. protective bag.

71 266 4503 Each

The ideal piece of training equipment for learning flic-flacs (handsprings) and som ersaults in schools and clubs. Foam core, canvas cover, complete with carry han dles. Available in 3 sizes.

Small flic-flac trainer:

• User height up to 120 cm

• Approx. 70x70x50 cm, approx. 6 kg

sport-thieme.com

Medium flic-flac trainer:

• User height up to 150 cm

• 85x85x75 cm, approx. 10 kg

Large flic-flac trainer:

• User height over 150 cm

• 100x100x85 cm, approx. 14.5 kg

71 287 5604

71 287 5617

71 287 5620

Each

Each

Each

Large Trampolines & Accessories

full-size trampolines

Eurotramp full-size trampolines are the trampoline equipment of preference for many athletes and coaches. For decades, these competition trampolines have pro vided sterling service at Olympic Games, World and European Championships,

World Cups, major international events and national championships. Thanks to the use of high-grade materials , the op timum balance achieved between perfor mance and athlete controllability , and the trampoline’s outstanding rebound

Please note

Delivery of all large Eurotramp trampolines: At least 4 people needed for unloading.

Easy-lock system for

All the important information at a glance

Springs

Ultimate

Very high

110 steel springs: (Lxdia.: 258x29 mm)

8 corner springs: (Lxdia.: 258x39 mm)

Highperformance

General sports, therapy, schools

General sports, therapy, schools

General sports, therapy, schools

General sports, therapy, schools

Very high

110 steel springs: (Lxdia.:258x29 mm)

8 corner springs: (Lxdia.:258x39 mm)

118 steel springs: (Lxdia.:235x30 mm)

118 steel springs: (Lxdia.:235x30 mm)

100 steel springs: (Lxdia.:235x30 mm)

100 steel springs: (Lxdia.:235x30 mm)

4 Easy and safe to

Sport-Thieme ‘Quick-Click’

Somersault Belt

Belt for learning somersaults and similar elements. Quick, safe and easy to put on thanks to safety buckle. 100% nylon, with reinforced padding on the inside to in crease stability in the hips. Incl. 2 straps. Strap length: 110 cm. Max. load: 120 kg.

All-round

mm

mm foldable

mm fixed

mm

mm foldable

line bed included 426x213 cm 426x213 cm 426x213 cm 426x213 cm 366x183 cm 366x183 cm

Transport unit

Rolling stand

Telescopic rolling stand

S&C telescopic rolling stand

Rolling stand

Telescopic rolling stand

S&C telescopic rolling stand

Rolling stand

Telescopic rolling stand

S&C telescopic rolling stand

Rolling stand

Telescopic rolling stand

S&C telescopic rolling stand

Rolling stand

Telescopic rolling stand S&C telescopic rolling stand

Rolling stand

Telescopic rolling stand S&C telescopic rolling stand

Rolling stand

Telescopic rolling stand S&C telescopic rolling stand

Rolling stand

Telescopic rolling stand S&C telescopic rolling stand

Rolling stand

Telescopic rolling stand S&C telescopic rolling stand

Product code

71 123 7304 71 123 7317 71 123 7320 71 123 7333 71 123 7346 71 123 7359 71 123 7362 71 123 7375 71 123 7388 71 307 6907 71 307 6910 71 307 6923 71 307 6936 71 307 6949 71 307 6952 71 119 3103 71 119 3116 71 119 3129 71 123 6008 71 123 6011 71 123 6024 71 119 3204 71 119 3217 71 119 3220 71 119 3305 71 119 3318 71 119 3321

Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each

Eurotramp ‘Competition’

Safety Mat

Made of high-quality PE foam with nontear PVC canvas. With tied-in wedges. By removing the wedges, this mat has many uses. (LxWxH) approx. 300x200x20 cm. One set consists of: two safety mats and two wedges.

71 123 0332 4-piece set

308 and stability features , these trampolines are excellent pieces of equipment for high-performance sports, schools and clubs alike.

Spieth ‘Secura’

Trampoline Spotting Mat

Spotting mat for use in trampolining, tum bling and gymnastics. PE foam core and PVC cover with 4 flush carry handles. Skin-friendly, elastic canvas upper. Lx WxH: approx. 175x125x14 cm. Approx. 11 kg. 71 123 0361 Each

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Springboards

Guidance on choosing a springboard that suits your needs:

Springboards with wooden springs

Lower spring effect than springboards with metal springs –making them ideal for schools and clubs

Springboards with metal springs

Higher spring effect than springboards with wooden springs –ideal for use in competitive clubs and competitions

1

Spieth ‘Budapest’ Spring board

Highest dynamics with its specially tuned spring characteristics

Original Reuther highly flexible and very dynamic competition springboard thanks to its specially coordinated spring features. With upholstered red take-off surface. Very high spring force.

120x60x22 cm.

71 122 2308 Each

Approved by TÜV AUSTRIA, certificate no.: ZSTSAP ZE2166

2

A great standard board with elastic plywood construction

2

Spieth ‘Standard’ Padded Springboard

Original Reuther springboard in standard design, padded with composite foam and covered with durable needle felt. Flexible plywood construction.

71 122 2106 Each

Approved by TÜV AUSTRIA, certificate no.: ZSTS/AP ZE/2166

4 Increased spring force compared to the stand ard version

3

Spieth ‘Strasbourg’ Springboard

Original Reuther high-performance springboard with improved spring force compared to standard versions. Suitable as an introduction to the World Champi onship springboard. Special foam under lay. Take-off area is upholstered with a red carpet. 120x60x18 cm.

71 122 2207 Each

Approved by TÜV AUSTRIA, certificate no.: ZSTSAP ZE2166

4

Spieth ‘Junior’ Springboard

Original Reuther springboard for children and teens. Same construction as the ‘Bu dapest’ springboard, however specially made for body weights of up to 40 kg.

World Championship springboard

120x60x21 cm

71 122 2409 Each

Mini springboard 100x55x21 cm

71 122 2412 Each

Approved by TÜV AUSTRIA, certificate no.: ZSTSAP ZE2166

5

Bänfer ‘Wiemers Vario’ Springboard

High-performance springboard with 6 slide-in steel springs. The spring position, board height and preload can all be ad justed to meet the performance and weight class of each athlete. Therefore the board is suitable for beginners, ad vanced and top-ranking athletes.

120x60x30 cm.

71 121 7807 Each

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Balance Beams & Accessories

Accessories

2

4 Ideal for competitions and top-level gymnastics

4 Boasts excellent stability thanks to sturdy base frame

3

4 Increases the 10-cm-wide surface to 20 cm

2

New! Sport-Thieme ‘ST’ Balance Beam Surface Expander

For safe balance beam drills and learning new skills. Increases the 10-cm-wide sur face to 20 cm. Easy to attach thanks to

Practice balance beams

hook-and-loop straps. Red centre lines aid the clean execution of the moves. Lx

WxH: 200x20x20 cm or 300x20x20 cm. Approx. 7 kg or 10 kg.

71 316 0901  200 cm Each

71 316 0914  300 cm Each

Sport-Thieme Balance Beam Cover

With the Sport-Thieme balance beam cov er, you can give your unpadded balance beams some padding. Easy to attach us ing the hook-and-loop strips. With nonslip surface. Suitable for 5-m-long and 10-cm-wide balance beams. For attaching the cover to the balance beam without any creases, the hook-and-loop fastener can be trimmed or sections can be cut out.

For balance beams without end caps

71 265 9901 Each

For balance beams with end caps 71 265 9914 Each

4

Sport-Thieme Transport Castors

For all balance beams with T-shape feet.

With four 75-mm-diameter swivel castors.

LxWxH: approx. 57x28x13.5 cm. 71 122 4812 Pair

6

5

4 Haptic white line for orientation

4 Simple connector system

5

Sport-Thieme ‘Coach’

Practice Balance Beam

Balance beam for practising gymnastics exercises. Haptic white line for orientation without needing to look for the line. Nubbed, gymnastics-mat material under side prevents the beam slipping during

312

training. Hook-and-loop flaps allow you to add extra practice balance beams to make it as long as you like. 2-m beam – LxWxH: 200x25x8 cm, 2.6 kg. 3-m beam – Lx WxH: 300x25x8 cm, 4 kg.

71 293 9403  200x25x8 cm Each

71 293 9416  300x25x8 cm Each

More balance beams & accessories online at: sport-thieme.com

Balance beams

The Reivo Rinogym balance beam is great for children to experience balancing on a beam before moving on to the larger ver sion. PE-foam upper section (yellow), LxWxH: 200x20/10x10 cm. PUR foam low er section (blue), LxWxH: 200x38/24x15 cm. Max. load: 60 kg.

71 133 3608 Each

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

cises

Parallel Bars, Asymmetric Bars & Accessories

2

Spieth ‘Club’

Free-Standing Uneven Bars

4 Simple, spring-assisted height adjustment

1

Bänfer ‘Exclusive’

Parallel Bars

FIG-certified. Extremely sturdy tubular steel construction (LxW: 254x250 cm) with non-marking floor protectors. Ply wood rails, approx. 350 cm long. Thanks to the user-friendly clamping device, the

height of the rails can easily and safely be adjusted from 145–205 cm (in 5-cm increments). The width is adjustable from 41–57 cm. With castor kit.

71 106 3716 Each

These new free-standing uneven bars have been developed for sports halls that don’t have the option of fixed tensioning. Suita ble for children and teens. Sturdy tubular steel frame (WxD: approx. 253x150 cm). Ground frame approx. 15 cm wide, with castors and floor protectors. Diagonal width between the bars is adjustable to any distance between 130–205 cm. Height adjustment of the lower rail ranges from 143–193 cm, upper rail from 218–266 cm (in 5-cm increments). Wood-coated fibre

Example image with mat (optional)

glass ‘Carbo-flex’ rails, approx. 40 mm in diameter. For experienced gymnasts, we recommend tensioning the uneven bars. The tensioning consists of two lines each – 3 m, 2 m and 1.2 m long – chains and quick-release tensioners. Available with or without inlay mat.

Free-standing

71 121 6325 Each

Free-standing with inlay mat

71 121 6309 Each

With tensioning

71 121 6338 Each

With tensioning and inlay mat

71 121 6312 Each

3

Sport-Thieme ‘Gym’

Handstand Practice Bars

Taller variant of the familiar Sport-Thieme handstand handles. Same handgrips as in parallel bars. Made of beech. L: 53 cm, W: 32 cm, H: 30 cm. Max. load: 120 kg, ap prox. 2 kg.

71 307 1306 Pair

Chalk

4 Width is individually adjustable

Sport-Thieme Handstand Training Bars

With their adjustable width, these hand stand bars offer excellent conditions for children and youth training. The width can be adjusted to any distance between 30 and 60 cm. Bars are 70 cm long, 5x4 cm, approx. 28 cm high.

71 121 3430 Each

Sport-Thieme Handstand and Push-Up Handles

For diverse training. Handle made of spe cial plywood (oval, 50x40 mm) with side stands made of birch plywood. 21x20x14.5 cm, each pair approx. 1 kg, max. load: approx. 120 kg.

71 258 6508 Pair

6

Sport-Thieme Horizontal-Bar Hand Guards

High-quality leather, three holes with a loop and hook-and-loop fastening.

• Size 1: for men (similar to glove size 9.5–11)

• Size 2: for women and young people (similar to glove size 6.5–9)

• Size 3: for children (similar to glove size 4–6)

71 120 9802  Size 1 (large) Pair

71 120 9815  Size 2 (medium) Pair

71 120 9828  Size 3 (small) Pair

Sport-Thieme Magnesia Powder

Comes in a plastic bag. 1.36 kg.

71 119 1439 Each

Sport-Thieme Chalk Stand

Sturdy metal construction, ap prox. 81 cm high. With stainless steel bowl (34 cm in diameter, 10 cm high) with a capacity of approx. 4.5 litres. With castors.

71 119 1006 Each

8

Sport-Thieme Chalk Blocks

Made of magnesium carbonate. Removes any moisture from the athlete’s hands for improved grip, e.g. during apparatus gym nastics or athletics and when climbing or

weightlifting. 1 box includes 8 bricks (each 65 g) individually wrapped in paper.

Weight per box approx. 520 g.

71 119 1413 Each

More competition bars and suitable mat sets available online at: sport-thieme.com

Gymnastic bars

sport-thieme.com

10

Sport-Thieme ‘Liquid’ Magnesia

For gymnasts, climbers, weightlifters and athletes of all performance levels. Produc es significantly less dust. Quick-drying. For improved grip. Ingredients: ethanol, magnesium hydroxide carbonate and wa ter. 200 ml (250 g).

71 298 7008 Each

Attention! Highly flammable liquid and vapour.

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Made in our own factory

Can also be ordered separately, see 5|.

1 2

plywood rail

Sport-Thieme 3-Piece Parallel Bar Mat Set with Floor Frame Padding

3-piece mat set that fits perfectly over the frame. Approx. 60-mm-thick foam filling and non-slip PVC gymnastics mat cover. The mat set provides padding for the whole base frame. For bars 1|, 2| and 3|. For other models, please request the mat dimension sheet before ordering. For safe gymnastics, we recommend or

dering the mats at the same time as the bars. Mat set shown above.

For school sport (from 2020), paral lel and multi-use bars

For other models of parallel bars

Sport-Thieme 350-cm Replacement Rail

Made of special laminated wood (TBU 7–10) with rounded ends, approx. 51x41 mm, 3.5 m long. For school, youth and adult gymnastics bars. Based on the higher load when doing gymnas tics in competitions and on multi purpose bars, we recommend using rails

with steel cable inserts. Four M8x35 screws included. 10-year guarantee!

steel cable insert

1-part1

4-part

4 Coated in solvent-free, eco-friendly water-based varnish

Top rated sport-thieme.com

Gustav wrote: “Outstanding workman ship and quality. I’m very happy with this vaulting box, we use it for all sorts.”

For your safety

3-part2

Also take a look at: Sport-Thieme jump-strength trainer, page 66

guarantee

Designed by us

Comprehensive equipment testing on all Sport-Thieme vaulting boxes!

Your safety is paramount, therefore we leave noth ing to chance. Each vaulting box is systematically tested with the best technology and highest exper

316 tise. Only when all the tests are completed and all safety requirements are met, will the product re ceive the much sought after ‘GS’ – the German TÜV certification. Your guarantee of certified safety!

Information on sustainable resources management is available online at: sport-thieme.com Sustainability

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Vaulting Boxes

‘Vario’ vaulting box sets

The original! A universal piece of sports equipment offer ing a great variety of exercise possibilities. It can partial ly replace horizontal or parallel bars. It is a very valuable educational tool as the incline of the ladders can be set at different angles. The ‘Vario’ vaulting box set is ideally suited to PE lessons in nurseries and primary schools as well as for people with disabilities. It is a great asset to every school or club thanks to its versatility. Take ad vantage of the many opportunities which this equipment offers.

Real leather

‘Vario’

vaulting box

‘Vario’ vaulting box set

• 8-part set

• Includes 2 vaulting boxes

‘Vario’ mini vaulting box set

• 5-part set

• Includes 2 mini vaulting boxes

‘Vario’ 3-Piece Mini Vaulting Box

For our little ones! The same workmanship and materi als as their ‘big brothers’ on pages 316 and 317. Addi tional openings on the long sides for a ladder and for 2 bars. Openings at the ends for attaching gymnastics benches. LxWxH: 100x50/75x70 cm. 10-year guarantee!

Without swivel castor kit

71 122 3806 Each

With swivel castor kit

71 122 3822 Each

Also

The

‘Original’

Additional equipment

Parts included in sets 2| & 3|!

Sport-Thieme Swivel Castor Kit for ‘Vario’ Mini Vaulting Boxes

With 4 swivel castors for moving the Vario mini boxes safely, conveniently and easily. Can also be retrofitted to existing Vario mini boxes. 10-year guarantee! Not illus trated.

71 122 4001

318

Each

Sport-Thieme

‘Vario’ Mini Vaulting Box Set

The set includes:

• 2 ‘Vario’ mini vaulting boxes, 1| – optionally with swivel castor kit, 4|

• 1 ladder, 150x43.8 cm, 5|

• 2 bars, 6| 10-year guarantee!

Without swivel castor kit

71 122 3907

With swivel castor kit

71 122 3910

Sport-Thieme ‘Vario’ Ladder

Sets 3

Sport-Thieme

‘Vario’ Vaulting Box Set

The set includes:

• 2 five-part vaulting boxes, 150x50x110 cm – optional ly with swivel castor kit

• 1 ladder, 150x43.8 cm, 5|

• 1 ladder, 150x123.8 cm, 5|

• 4 bars, 6|

10-year guarantee!

Without swivel castor kit

Set

Set

High-quality pinewood frame and ash rungs (dia.: approx. 35 mm). With brackets for attaching to other equipment.

Ladder is 150 cm long, brackets 6.4 cm.

Choice of 2 variants:

• 43.8 cm wide: 5 rungs, distance between rungs approx. 36.5 cm, distance between brackets approx. 37 cm

• 123.8 cm wide: 2x 5 rungs, distance between rungs ap prox. 56.5 cm, distance between brackets approx. 117 cm

10-year guarantee!

71 122 3109  150x43.8 cm

Each

71 122 3112  150x123.8 cm Each

71 122 3008

With swivel castor kit

Set

71 122 3011 Set

6

Sport-Thieme ‘Vario’ Bar

Excellent addition to Sport-Thieme vaulting boxes to increase range of exercise options. 10-year guarantee.

Made of solid ash wood. Approx. 134 cm long. Profile: 3.4x4 cm, with rounded corners. Max. load: 60 kg. Approx. 1.1 kg.

71 290 8218 Each

Don’t forget to order:

• Lüne-Combinato, page

331

• Gymnastics mats, from page 340

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

4-, 5- and

Cover for 1|

Choice

Real leather

4-, 5- and 6-part boxes feature cut-outs for the attachment of gymnastic benches – making the equipment even more versatile!

Information on sustainable resource management, online at: sport-thieme.com

Sustainability

Also take a look at: Vaulting boxes with Regupol surface, page

All parts of the box are made of robust laminated birch wood and are joined both with glue and screws to ensure sta bility and an exact fit. Great advantag es: all boxes are covered with highgrade real leather or imitation leather. The rounded edges increase safety and reduce the risk of injury.

5-year guarantee!

Sport-Thieme Accessories for Vaulting Boxes & Gymnastics Benches

With hinged lid

With fixed lid

10-year guarantee

Sport-Thieme

Swivel Castor Kit

The four swivel castors make moving vaulting boxes around the sports hall safe and easy, even for children. The kit can also easily be fitted to your existing vaulting boxes. Comes with instruction manual.

Four swivel castors

2

1

Sport-Thieme

‘Jump’ Small Bench

Sports equipment and sitting bench in one. Easy to transport. Variant with hinged lid is great for storing sports items. Cowhide cover. LxWxH, base:

Sport-Thieme

Safety Moving Device

Developed to prevent improper use and to provide more safety when transporting vaulting boxes. The device can carry the entire weight of the vaulting box. As soon as any additional weight is added to the vaulting box, the device lowers automati cally – the vaulting box comes to a halt and is no longer mobile. Once the extra weight is removed, the device will rise again and the box can be moved. Once the vaulting box has been moved, it can be

150x36x31 cm. Seat: 150x28x3 cm. Ap prox. 22 kg. Max. load: approx. 120 kg.

71 312 2600  With fixed lid Each

71 312 2613  With hinged lid Each

Exclusive to Sport-Thieme

10-year guarantee

With automatic lowering mechanism:

Without load: mobile

Maximum load 110 kg. Base of box not included. 10-year guarantee!

For 4-, 5- and 6-part boxes

71 121 7302

Approved by TÜV AUSTRIA, certificate no.: 0331-PS16-123.4-Z

4

Sport-Thieme ‘Soft’ Gymnastics Bench Cushion

For greater comfort during exercises on the gymnastics bench. Cushion with soft foam core and cover made from nubby gymnastics mat material (72% PVC, 27% polyester, 1% polypropylene). Ideal for ex ercises with older people. Non-slip. Lx

WxH: 100x36x3 cm.

71 258 3206 Each

320

With load: will not move

lowered onto its sturdy feet by using the operating lever. The box must only be used for gymnastics when lowered. Stur dy metal construction with four smoothrunning swivel castors. With automatic lowering mechanism and adjustable springs. Reduces wear of the boxes. Can be retrofitted to all DIN-standard boxes. With comprehensive assembly instruc tions. 10-year guarantee!

71 121 7344 Each

Approved by TÜV AUSTRIA, certificate no.: 0331-PS16-123.4-Z

Sport-Thieme Kombi Gymnastics Bench See-Saw

With this see-saw insert, you can extend the functions of your gymnastics benches and vaulting boxes with just a few flicks of the wrist. Assembly is quick to complete. Simply turn the bench so that its seating surface is facing downwards and mount/ push the see-saw inserts underneath at the relevant end of the bench. Alternative ly, a top section for a vaulting box can be attached to the wooden runner. Separate openings are provided for this. Side sec tions made of 21-mm birch plywood, round ash bars 35 mm. LxW: 55x15 cm, approx. 3.5 kg (pair). Can hold up to 150 kg (incl. bench / top box section).

71 259 3005

Pair

Sport-Thieme See-Saw Block for Gymnastics Benches

Protected/registered design. For clamping underneath the gymnastics bench for im mediate see-saw fun. Made of robust birch plywood, with a non-slip, grooved rubber inlay. Can be combined with gym nastics benches that comply with DIN, for bench beams up to 10.5 cm wide, see-saw height approx. 12 cm or 15 cm. Gymnas tics bench not included. WxHxD: 32.7x26x22.7 cm, approx. 4 kg.

71 121 8956 Each

Approved by TÜV AUSTRIA, certificate no.: 0330-PS16-123.6-Z

4 Provides additional safety when attaching gymnastics benches

Gymnastics Bench Safety Strap

Made from strong webbing material with hook-and-loop fastening. Suitable for all DIN standard gymnastics benches. Se cures the bench when attached to a rung in a set of wall bars.

71 121 8930 Each

Sport-Thieme Transport Cas tors for Gymnastics Benches

Makes moving gymnastics benches child’s play. Also easily fitted to existing gymnastics benches. Includes assembly instructions.

71 121 8914 Pair

Approved by TÜV AUSTRIA, certificate no.: 0330-PS16-123.6-Z

Sport-Thieme Rubber Protectors for Gymnastics Benches

Suitable for all gymnastics benches with a material thickness of 30 mm, approx. 70x70 mm.

71 121 9021 Set of 2

New! Sport-Thieme ‘Wooden’ Transport Trolleys for Gymnastics Benches

For effortless relocation of gymnastics benches. Made in Germany – in our own workshops. Perfect addition to our ‘Origi nal’ gymnastics bench, as well as other benches with feet that are up to 7 cm deep. Just place the trolleys under each foot of your bench and roll to the desired location. Wood. LxWxH: 40x20x15 cm. 2.6 kg.

71 319 6205

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

2

Slide-in operating lever

Gymnastics Rings & ‘Tau-Trapez’

10-year guarantee

2

1

Sport-Thieme Gymnastics Rings

Competition quality. Beech plywood. Cross section (dia.): 28 mm. Outer dia.: 236 mm, inner dia.: 180 mm. Max. load: approx. 700 kg (tensile force). Ap prox. 0.6 kg per pair. 10-year guarantee! 71 118 9706 Pair

Sport-Thieme ‘Kids’ Indoor Gymnastics Rings

Designed for children’s gymnastics (aged 3+). Gymnastics rings for smaller hands. Beech plywood. Cross section (dia.): ap prox. 25 mm. Outer dia.: 160 mm, inner dia.: 110 mm. Max. load: approx. 150 kg. 10-year guarantee!

71 290 2601 Pair

Standard

4

Attach to

mount

Attach to beam or similar

Sport-Thieme Gym and Swing Set for Sports Halls

Includes plywood rings 1| and chain, 1.6-cm-thick hemp rope with WV weights. 2 ropes, 9.50 m and 10 m long respective ly. Max. load of set: 160 kg. Other lengths available upon request.

71 118 9605 Set

5

Sport-Thieme ‘Children’s’ Indoor Gymnastics Rings

A set of gymnastics rings for small hands with suitable straps for suspending them from a high bar, for example. The set in cludes 2 Sport-Thieme ‘Kids’ gymnastics rings (2|) and 2 Sport-Thieme suspension straps (length 500 cm, width 2.5 cm, 100% polypropylene, blue).

71 290 2409 Set

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. Long cord. Danger of strangulation. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

6

Sport-Thieme Ring Swing Set for Indoor Use

The set includes:

• 1 pair of swing ropes, 3.50 m long, ad justable up to half the length

• 1 pair of metal ceiling mounts

• 1 pair of plywood gymnastics rings, 1|

• Optionally with standard swing seat, 3| Max. load: approx. 100 kg. Without screws or wall plugs.

3

Sport-Thieme

‘Indoor’ Swing Seat

Children can stand or sit on the seat and swing. Quick to set up: just attach the seat to the rings. With hook-and-loop straps for safe attachment. For DINapproved gymnastics rings. Available with or without cork layer. The cork layer features a pre-shaped seat. Rings and ropes not included. Overall seat dimen sions, LxWxH: 60x22x2.1 cm. Actual seat, LxW: 47x20 cm. Max. load: approx. 120 kg. Approx. 2 kg.

Standard Each    With cork layer Each

Sets

Attach to ceiling mount

Attach to beam or similar

7

4 Plastic rings

4 Also suitable for outdoor use

Gymnastics Rings with Ropes

These thin plastic rings can be easily gripped by children. Suitable for indoor and outdoor use. Simple and safe height adjustment from approx. 100–200 cm. 24-thread rope with core. Rope length with rings: approx. 200 cm. Cross section (dia.): approx. 24 mm. Outer dia.: 170 mm. Max. load: 130 kg. Approx. 1 kg.

71 118 9201 Set

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. Long cord. Danger of strangulation. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

8

Sport-Thieme ‘Black Wood’ Indoor Gymnastics Rings

For indoor use. Incl. 3-cm-wide black straps. Manufactured following the cradle-to-cradle principle. Max. load: 200 kg (100 kg per ring). Perfect for regu lar use. Birch plywood rings, stained and oiled. Incl. black clamp. Rings with 28-mm-diameter cross section – Outer dia.: 236 mm; inner dia.: 180 mm; 0.6 kg. Rings with 32-mm-diameter cross section – Outer dia.: 240 mm; inner dia.: 176 mm; 0.8 kg. Straps – 100% polypro pylene; LxW: 550x3 cm.

71 312 0705  28 mm Set

71 312 0718  32 mm Set

Sport-Thieme ‘Tau-Trapez’

For varied gymnastics lessons. For easy and secure connection to existing climb ing rope units. In combination with climb ing nets or other playing equipment, it of fers a remarkable variety of possible us es! With fairly little effort you can create:

• 1 swing

• 1 simple trapeze

• 1 swinging bar ladder or

• 1 multiple trapeze with different levels

Don’t forget to order: Gymnastics ring straps, page

71 186 4377  Without swing seat Set

71 269 0302  With swing seat Set

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. Long cord. Danger of strangulation. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

The bonus: thanks to the simple and quick assembly using rope clamps, this system is a real alternative to the more elaborate larger pieces of equipment. The clamps can secure all ropes with a diame ter of between 30 and 35 mm. No more in convenient knots.

Each trapeze bar is made of wood (110 cm long, 35 mm in diameter) and comes with 2 clamps. Max. load: 80 kg. 2 kg. Ropes not included.

71 119 8300 Each

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

5 Tau-Trapez bars in use

Ceiling mounts

With cork layer

Without swing seat

With swing seat

Rope clamp

322 Rope and rings not included

Outdoor: stainless steel

1

Indoor: wood

4 Easy to attach to any ring unit

4 Incl. ropes for suspension

10-year guarantee

Indoor: wood

4 Easy to attach to rings

Rope and rings not included

Sport-Thieme

‘Pro’ Trapeze Bar

This trapeze bar is daring and adventur ous, exhilarating fun when swinging and flying, as well as introducing totally new forms of exercise. The huge variation in movements on a trapeze include: swing ing, rocking, propping oneself up, bal ancing, jumping, hanging and other es sential movements.

Wooden trapeze bar:

• Made of ash, dia. of 35 mm, approx. 75 cm wide

• Suitable for indoor use

• Max. load: approx. 80 kg

Stainless steel trapeze bar:

• Made of V2A Nirosta, dia. of 35 mm,

Sport-Thieme ‘Premium’ Tripez

Trapeze bars with an intelligent twist! Variant with wooden trapeze bars is a pro tected/registered design. The Tripez is a versatile piece of equipment for adventure sports. Use one trapeze on its own or sev eral, by yourself or with a partner. Wheth er sitting, standing or hanging from the Tripez, it is great for twisting and swinging in all directions. Suitable for indoor use (wooden trapeze bars) or outdoor use (stainless steel trapeze bars). The 3 bars are connected at a 90-degree angle on a

approx. 75 cm wide

• Suitable for indoor and outdoor use

• Max. load: approx. 150 kg

Both variants come with ropes (weather proof poly rope, approx. 300 cm long). Us ing a figure of eight hook, the length of the ropes can be adjusted in situ as re quired (to any level up to approx. 180 cm).

Sport-Thieme tip: wrap adhesive tape around the bar and ropes – this will pro vide you with more grip.

10-year guarantee!

Wooden trapeze bar

71 119 1208 Each

Stainless steel trapeze bar

71 119 1211 Each

1 2 3

Includes a safety strap with hook-and-loop fastening – allows the product to be attached to gymnastics benches

• 2 bench attachments for attaching to DIN-standard gymnastics benches, reg istered design

• With a comprehensive instruction manu al (in German)

5-year guarantee!

Wooden trapeze bars

71 120 0616

Stainless steel trapeze bars

71 120 0645

4 With silicone-covered hooks for protecting the rings

Sport-Thieme Trapeze Bar

Wooden trapeze bar:

For indoor use. With silicone-covered hooks for safely attaching to the rings.

Side eyelets for attaching other trapezes. Ash wood. Dia.: 35 mm. Approx. 77 cm

Weatherproof for both indoor and outdoor use. With snap hooks, coated in silicone

for protecting the rings. V2A Nirosta. Dia.: 35 mm. Approx. 75 cm wide. Max. load: approx. 150 kg.

Gymnastics rings and ropes not includ ed. 10-year guarantee!

Wooden trapeze bar

71 119 0902 Each

Stainless steel trapeze bar

71 119 0928 Each

Outdoor: stainless steel

5-year guarantee

Versatile piece of equipment for outdoor adventures

4 Easy to attach to any set of gymnastics rings

4 With safety hook for quick and safe attachment

4 Can be combined with additional trapeze bars

Sport-Thieme Trapeze Bar Set

Indoor: wood

Connecting eyelets

5-year

Sport-Thieme

Hildesheim Swing Bar

Increase the number of ways you can use your rings: attach a swing bar to them so that several people can swing at the same time. Made of unbreakable wood, 3.5 m

long, oval-shaped, approx. 51x41 mm, with 4 hanging eyelets for simple and se cure mounting. Rings and ropes not in cluded. 5-year guarantee!

71 121 1405 Set

The set includes:

• 2 wooden trapeze bars, 2|

• 2 pairs of Isilink ropes for connecting several trapeze bars

Max. load: 200 kg, with safety hooks on both ends. 1.25 m long, individually adjustable.

71 119 1107

Set

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. Long cord. Dan ger of strangulation. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

2

Tip: 1| – 5| should be at least 40 cm from the ground

Indoor ropes

Sport-Thieme ‘PP’ Rope Ladder

Ideal for sports lessons with children aged approx. 6 or over. Extremely unlikely to break thanks to polypropylene rope. Hanging eyelet provided for attachment. Can be wiped clean with detergent. Suita ble for indoor and outdoor use. High breaking strength of 15 kN (corresponding to 1.5 t). W: 33 cm, L: 2 m or 2.70 m.

With 6 bars, 2 m long 71 302 4704 Each

With 8 bars, 2.70 m long

71 302 4717 Each

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. Long cord. Danger of strangulation. To be used under

Sport-Thieme Poly Rope Ladder

With 7 six-hole ash rungs. Poly rope is 2.10 m long and 16 mm in diameter, and has a hanging ring at both ends. Max. load: 200 kg.

71 186 4335 Each

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. Long cord. Danger of strangulation. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

Sport-Thieme Classic Indoor Climbing Rope

For use on climbing rope units. Made of hemp, 33 mm in diameter, with a hanging bracket at the top and a plastic cap at the bottom. Please note that the rope must start 40 cm above the ground – order a shorter length accordingly. Also available in special lengths upon request.

71 118 9979  3.0 m

71 118 9908  3.5 m

71 118 9911  4.0 m

Each

Each

Each

71 118 9924  4.5 m Each

71 118 9937  5.0 m

Each

71 118 9940  5.5 m Each

71 118 9953  6.0 m Each

71 118 9966  6.5 m Each

Information for structural engineers

Load-bearing capacity for the attach ment of rope ladders, swings, ropes etc. in accordance with DIN 1055, part 3: for each suspension unit, a vertical load of 2,000 N and a horizontal load of 900 N must be taken into account (without the dynamic coefficient).

Outdoor ropes

Sport-Thieme Hard-Fibre Outdoor Climbing Rope

Smooth climbing rope, 30 mm in diame ter, hanging eyelet at top, plastic seal cap at bottom. Only suitable for outdoor use. Also available in any desired length. Then we manufacture the rope individually in accordance with your requirements.

71 118 9807  3.0 m Each

71 118 9810  4.25 m Each

By the metre

7

SwingTop ‘Swing’ Seat

The professional way to swing. When the SwingTop seat is used with a rope, a vari ety of different sports and games for swinging, swirling and twisting are possi ble. Sturdy plastic plate, diameter

324

8

of 22 cm, approx. 7 cm high, approx. 400 g. Max. load: 90 kg. Fits all standard ropes (dia. 30 mm). Rope not included.

71 118 9315 Each

Approved by TÜV RHEINLAND, certificate no.: R60121401

SetSwingTop ‘Swing’ Seat with Impact Protector

The safe way to swing. Set includes:

1 Swingtop ‘Swing’ seat plus an impact protector made of robust, foamed PUR plastic. Climbing rope not included.

71 118 9331 Set

Sport-Thieme Hard-Fibre Climbing Rope by the Metre

For outdoor use, 30 mm in diam eter. Must be ordered together with seal cap 6|

71 270 3800 Per m

Seal Cap for Sport-Thieme Hard-Fibre Climbing Ropes

Consists of a suspension eyelet for the top and black, heat-shrink tubing for the bottom. Cannot be used by itself. Can only be ordered together with the Sport-Thieme hard-fibre climbing rope 5| 71 270 3813 Each

Please note

5| & 6| must be ordered together

Sport-Thieme Plate Swing

Strong wooden disc made of ash, 30 cm in diameter, with 16-mm poly rope. Rope length 3 m, hanging eyelets at the top, smooth height adjustment with hook. Max. load: 120 kg.

71 186 4348 Each

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. Long cord. Danger of strangulation. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Gym

4 Climbing net including fix ings to attach to 2 pairs of gymnastics rings

Sport-Thieme Climbing Net

Let the gymnasts race up the net, swing off it, jump into it, climb away etc. Just lay out soft mats for safety. 2-cm-diameter rope, mesh width 25 cm. Max. load: 400 kg.

Fixtures and fittings not included.

2x2 m

Polypropylene, orange

71 127 2677 Each

3x2.5 m

Polypropylene, orange

71 127 2664 Each

Soft staple fibre, natural colours

71 127 2635 Each

2

SetsClimbing

Net for Gymnastics Rings

The set includes:

• 1 Sport-Thieme climbing net, 3x2.5 m,

1|

• 1 plywood bar with 4 attaching straps for 4 gymnastics rings

3.5 m

71 127 2606  Polypropylene, orange Set

71 127 2648  Natural staple fibre Set

Don’t forget to order:

1

2

Individual net

In a set incl. hanging bar and connector eyelets, for 2 pairs of gym nastics rings

4

3

1 Sport-Thieme Telescopic Hook

Information for structural engineers

Load-bearing capacity for the attach ment of rope ladders, swings, ropes etc. in accordance with DIN 1055, part 3: for each suspension unit, a vertical load of 2,000 N and a horizontal load of 900 N must be taken into account (without the dynamic coefficient).

Accessory

For pulling down rings, made of alumini um, can be extended to 450 cm.

71 166 8618 Each

Playing tips

Hang or tie colourful chiffon scarves to the net. Who can get the green scarf quickest? Who is skilled enough to untie the scarf from the net? Use soft mats as fall protection.

Sport-Thieme ‘Original’

With additional suspension rails

Leather cover, natural colour

Sport-Thieme Stool Steps

11 colourful stools make for great fun as an obstacle course and balancing track. They can be combined in so many ways: create a curved course or use them as in dividual stools in group games. Great de sign. Strong plywood with ribbed stand

ing surfaces and non-slip rubber caps on the feet. Simply push the stools into one another to store (LxWxH: 55x55x70 cm).

Max. load: 100 kg.

71 203 1604 Set

For advice and to place an order: +49 5357 181 503 sport-thieme.com

Vaulting & Gymnastics Stool

Suitable for many exercises, especially for use in nurseries and primary schools. The completely new design has an additional hanging bar for boards and ladders. The stools stack well and take up very little room when stored. The base frame is made from oval metal tubing and features non-slip rubber feet. Available with either

a durable leather cover or coloured imita tion leather cover, WxDxH: 70x62/50x41 cm, approx. 18 kg. Max. load: approx. 160 kg. 10-year guarantee! Leather cover, natural 71 308 8803 Each

Synthetic leather cover, blue 71 308 8816 Each

Approved by TÜV AUSTRIA, certificate no.: 0331-PS16-123.4-Z

sport-thieme.com/

Don’t forget to order:

Chiffon scarves, page 380

ø 3.5 cm

Overhang approx. 42 cm

Angle approx. 45 degrees

4 Foldout rung

4 Perfect for targeted core and back muscle workouts or for hanging and swinging exercises

Rungs 4–9 are 28.7 cm apart

cm

42 cm

8 cm ø 3.5 cm

The second and fifth rungs are offset

4 Easy to attach using hookand-loop straps

Sport-Thieme Impact Protection for Wall Bars

For wall bars that are 80 cm, 100 cm or 200 cm wide. For preventing unsupervised climbing. Core is made of Neo polen foam. Cover made of polygrip gymnastics mat ma terial (100% polyester). Easy to attach with hook-andloop straps that are sewn firmly to the cover and are placed around the bars.

71 208 9762  200x80x6 cm Each

71 208 9746  200x100x6 cm Each

71 208 9759  200x200x6 cm Each

Sport-Thieme Foldable Wall Bars

1 2

Sides made of sturdy softwood, with round, 35-mmdiameter ash rungs. The uppermost rung can fold out and thereby act as a pull-up bar. Perfect for stretching exercises, targeted core and back muscle workouts or for hanging and swinging exercises. 230x86.5 cm. Max. load: 100 kg. Includes fixings.

71 270 9909 Each

Pull-up bars

Simple and safe mount ing

With additional connecting bars for ease of use

Sport-Thieme ‘U3’ Wall Bars

Wall bars specially designed for crèches and nurseries. First and third rungs are offset. Manufactured in compli ance with DIN EN 1176 (crèche standard U3). Max. load: 120 kg. Incl. fixings (brackets, screws and wall plugs). HxW: 230x100 cm. With 17 rungs.

71 274 7910

Approved by TÜV AUSTRIA, certificate no.: 1740-PS19-005-Z

Sport-Thieme Protective Padding for the Sides of Wall Bars

Each

Supplement to the impact protection 3|. Light PE foam core. Polygrip cover (100% polyester). Attach to the wall bar frame using hook-and-loop straps. LxWxH: 200x20x14.5/7 cm.

71 237 7807 Pair

New! Sport-Thieme

‘Standard’ Pull-Up Bar

Can be hung at any height on your wall bars. For pull-ups and stretching exercises. Approx. 69 cm wide. Overhang: 65 cm. Sturdy metal construction with wooden bar. The pull-up bar folds down for storage thus saving space.

Can support up to 80 kg. 10-year guarantee!

71 314 7001

Approved by TÜV AUSTRIA, certificate no.: ZSTS/APZE/2351

Sport-Thieme Wall Bars with Pull-Up Bar

The set includes:

• 1 set of wall bars, 210x80 cm or 230x80 cm, page 327, 1|

• 1 pull-up bar, 5|

10-year guarantee!

Each

Sets

71 122 7000  Wall bars: 210x80 cm Set

71 122 7013  Wall bars: 230x80 cm Set

Approved by TÜV AUSTRIA, certificate no.: 0332-PS16-123.3-Z

326

With curved side han dles equipped with a soft grip cover

With safety screws

10-year guarantee

New! Sport-Thieme ‘Pro’ Pull-Up Bar

For hanging on wall bars. For pull-up and stretching exer cises. Collapsible: for storing compactly. Rubber-coated handle: non-slip. Incl. additional handles on the outer sides. Width: 110 cm. Overhang: 65 cm. Max. load: 90 kg. Weighs approx. 6 kg. Made of wood/metal. 10-year guar antee!

71 314 6907

Approved by TÜV AUSTRIA, certificate no.: ZSTS/APZE/2351

Sport-Thieme Wall Bars with ‘Premium’ Pull-Up Bar

The set includes:

• 1 set of wall bars, 210x80 cm or 230x80 cm, page 327, 1|

• 1 ‘Premium’ pull-up bar, 7| 10-year guarantee!

71 125 3421  Wall bars: 210x80 cm

Sport-Thieme Pull-Up Bar and Dip Station

Each

Sets

The pull-up bar and dip station can be attached to the wall bars at any height, thus offering a wide range of ex ercise options. Metal construction with wooden bars. WxHxD: approx. 70x50x34 cm, max. load: 120 kg. 10-year guarantee!

71 267 1808-1 Each

Sport-Thieme Wall Bars with Pull-Up and Dip Bars

The set includes:

• 1 set of wall bars, 210x80 cm or 230x80 cm, page 327, 1|

• 1 pull-up bar and dip station, 9|

10-year guarantee!

Sets

Set

71 125 3434  Wall bars: 230x80 cm Set

71 162 9721  Wall bars: 210x80 cm Set

71 162 9734  Wall bars: 230x80 cm Set

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Individual Gymnastics Wall Units & Accessories

TuWa – the gymnastics wall concept

A real adventure for kids.

The various gymnastics wall elements offer kids a wide variety of ways to ex perience keeping active. They also al low you to create a gymnastics and climbing wonderland, even in small spaces. Rotating and folding elements add even more variety. In addition to the individual elements, the SportThieme TuWa concept also includes various pre-configured gymnastics walls. Each element measures (WxH) 230x100 cm.

TuWa individual elements

U3 wall bars

Climbing net

Large span wall bars

Chimney climb

Climbing wall

Climbing wall without holds

Climbing poles

Climbing pole with ladder

Half ladder

Climbing window

High bar

High bar with gymnastics roller

Product features

17 rungs, distance between rungs approx. 7.5/35 cm

Hercules rope net, mesh width: 33x28 cm

6 rungs, distance between rungs approx. 30 cm

Birch panel, 9 climbing holds

Multiplex panel, 15 climbing holds made of Graphikstein Multiplex panel, for customised climbing hold arrangements 2 long poles, approx. 32 cm apart

Distance between rungs approx. 27 cm, rung length approx. 37 cm

Distance between rungs approx. 19 cm (open elements)

Window size: 26x26 cm

Height-adjustable high bar (5 settings)

Height-adjustable high bar (5 settings), with gymnastics roller (Lxø): 85x30 cm

Shown: wall beam, left

4 Can be folded out into the room

Sport-Thieme TuWa

Kombi Tilting Gymnastics Wall

The 5-part Kombi tilting gymnastics wall fulfils every wish: the horizontal bar with turning roller can be folded out into the room. The climbing net and the wall bars can be folded down and outwards and can be set at 3 differ ent slope levels or fully horizontally e.g. on a vaulting box or gymnastics stool. With a distance of 40 cm from the wall, it can be accessed from the front and back. Con sists of: half ladder section, climbing net, wall bars, climbing pole with ladder, bar with roller. Max. load for each element: 90 kg. LxWxH: approx. 508x40x230 cm. 10-year guarantee!

Without fall protection mats

71 197 3727

With fall protection mats

71 197 3756

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years.

328

Each

Set

Sport-Thieme TuWa Fold-Out Wall Bars

Sit against the wall to save space. To climb, simply fold the wall bars out into the space. Opened out into the room, they offer a wealth of new possibilities and can be climbed from both sides. When included in an obstacle course, they can be climbed over or through. The angle of rotation is adjustable from 0–90 degrees. Max. load: 90 kg. HxW: 230x100 cm. 10-year guarantee!

Without fall protection mats

71 216 2326  Wall beam, right Each

71 216 2339  Wall beam, left Each

With 2 fall protection mats

71 216 2355  Wall beam, right Set

71 216 2368  Wall beam, left Set

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years.

Product code

71 127 2228 71 127 2404 71 127 3609 71 263 9202 71 186 7103 71 186 7116 71 127 2303 71 186 6605 71 186 6908 71 186 6807 71 186 6719 71 186 6722

Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each

4 With feet

4 Can be set upright, at an angle or horizontally

Sport-Thieme TuWa Folding Climbing Wall

This tilting climbing wall opens up new dimensions in children’s gymnastics. In just a few steps you can set the climbing wall to almost any angle from a vertical to a hor izontal position. When in a horizontal position, the feet fold out. When used with a mat, you are provided with a range of new opportunities for exercising. Can be used in combination with ladders and boards from the gymnas tics construction kit. HxW: 235x126 cm. Max. load: 90 kg. 10-year guarantee!

Without fall protection mats

71 216 2225  Wall bars Each

71 216 2212  Climbing net Each

With fall protection mats

71 216 2254  Wall bars Set

71 216 2267  Climbing net Set

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years.

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Gymnastics Walls & Climbing Frames

13

Sport-Thieme Pivoting Mechanism

This will enable you to swing a gymnastics wall unit from the wall out into the room by 90 de grees, as long as there is a fixed element perma nently attached to the wall near by. With telescopic bar, bracket, securing bar and stopper.

71 197 6830 Each

20

Sport-Thieme

9

Sport-Thieme TuWa

Climbing Hexagon

Children will really love this. The six-sided climbing frame made of pinewood sec tions is free-standing and is so stable that it doesn’t need to be fixed to the floor! In cluded: horizontal bar, climbing net, grid, triple ladder, triangle ladder, wall bars.

LxWxH: 222x222x218 cm.

71 206 7100 Each  Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years.

Information on mat sets online at:

sport-thieme.com

Gymnastics walls

Short Assembly Set

For fixing gymnastics wall equipment in place a short distance from the wall (6–8 cm). Contains 4 short wall spacers, wall plugs and screws. Product does not need to be fixed to the floor. Not illustrat ed.

71 185 4406 Set of 4

15

Sport-Thieme

Long Assembly Set

New: can now also be used on surfaces with underfloor heating! For attaching 1–2 gymnastics wall units 40 cm from the

10-year guarantee

wall, which allows the climbing wall to be used from either side. Contains 4 wall spacers, screws and wall plugs which can be used to anchor the units to the wall. Not illustrated.

71 185 4422

16

Fall Protection Gymnastics Mat

Suitable for all gymnastics wall bar prod ucts in individual combinations. Made of foam (80 kg/m³) and polygrip gym mat ma terial (100% polyester). Blue. LxWxH: 200x100x6 cm.

71 272 2102-1 Each

16

Can also be mounted on floors with underfloor heating

Sport-Thieme TuWa

Folding Gymnastics Wall

A 3-part climbing wall with removable net, which can also be laid on a vaulting box or gymnastics bench. This increases the va riety of options for playing and climbing. The frame sits 40 cm away from the wall, meaning children can access it from both the back and front. This is a real hit for children’s gymnastics and sports lessons.

Max. load for each element: 90 kg. Includ ed: climbing pole with ladder, climbing net, wall bars. LxWxH: approx. 305x40x230 cm. 10-year guarantee!

Without fall protection mats

71 197 3730 Each

With fall protection mats

71 197 3769 Set

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years.

Climbing net can be pulled out at an angle

Fall protection in accordance with EN and HIC standards

Details can be found on pages 340–341. We recommend the fall protection mat inserts. Please consult with your local accident insurance association regard ing the relevant regulations.

10-year guarantee

Also take a look at:

Elements for attaching to wall bars, page 326

Sport-Thieme TuWa Climbing Frame

A 5-part climbing and gymnastics wall. Folds flat against the wall to save space. Consists of: horizontal bar with turning roller, climb ing pole with ladder, wall bars, climbing net, wide wall bars. Pre-assembled. Max. load for each element: 90 kg. LxWxH: 323x125x230 cm. Folded against the wall: approx. 414x24x230 cm.

10-year guarantee!

Without fall protection mats

71 195 0726  Folds to the right Each

71 195 0739  Folds to the left Each

With fall protection mats

71 195 0755  Folds to the right Set

71 195 0768  Folds to the left Set

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years.

329sport-thieme.com/ Gymnastics Balls Teamsport Athletics Equipment Swimming Fitness Gymnastics Movement Therapy Leisure Games Service Psychomotricity Sensory Stimulation For advice and to place an order: +49 5357 181 503 sport-thieme.com Set of 4

‘Kirec’ Children’s High Bar

Children’s high bar that grows with the child. For 3-year-olds and older. Assem bled in just 3 minutes. Height of the high bar (from the ground) adjustable to: 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100, 105, 110 and 115 cm. Made of birch plywood. LxWxH: 150x70x28 cm. Max. load: approx. 60 kg. Approx. 22 kg.

Without fall protection mats

71 297 6509  Wood/blue (1010) Each

71 297 6512  Wood/green (1020) Each

71 297 6525  Wood/pink (1030) Each

With fall protection mats

71 306 1800  Wood/blue (1010) Set

71 306 1813  Wood/green (1020) Set

71 306 1826  Wood/pink (1030) Set

3061800 approved by TÜV THÜRINGEN, certificate no.: 3510.00932.Z01

3061813 approved by TÜV THÜRINGEN, certificate no.: 3510.00932.Z01

3061826 approved by TÜV THÜRINGEN, certificate no.: 3510.00932.Z01

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Lüne-Combinato

With Lüne-Combinato, children create their own games, exercise and obstacle courses.

The elements are very convenient and can be combined, without being permanently at tached , in many different combinations.

Examples:

Bridges, catwalks, bouncing bridges, slides, steep slopes, see-saws, carousels, or vehicles, seats and huts for role play.

Educational value:

• Children play and move without fixed struc tures

• They gain a wide range of exercise experiences

• They can experiment and design creatively

• Develops material and spatial awareness, selfawareness, awareness of others and coopera tive behaviour

Many years of research and insights gained from the Braunschweig project ‘modular exercise set’ and the Lüneburg research project went into the development of the Lüne-Combinato

Varnished spruce wood covered with fluted rub ber, which has a non-slip surface. Cubes, boards and rollers have a glued-on soft felt coating (70% polyester, 30% polypropylene).

Train

Cuboid Prism

Gymnastics Construction Kit

Base elements: Simply attach the Kombi elements on the next page to these 3 base elements.

Modular exercise areas: see information on page 330

Sport-Thieme ‘Kombi’ Gymnastics Stool

Made of plywood. Corner connections and bars made of ash, dia. 3.5 cm. LxWxH: approx. 50x50x25 cm. 10-year guarantee!

71 120 7008

2

Each

Sets

7

Sport-Thieme Kombi Vaulting Box Set

The set consists of a six-part vaulting box including:

• 1 Kombi box top section, 9|

• 1 Kombi box middle section, 10|

• 2 solid middle sections, each 10 cm

• 1 middle section, 20 cm

• 1 bottom section, 25 cm

• 1 book on creating gymnastics areas

‘Turnanlässe schaffen’ (available in German only)

10-year guarantee! 150x50x110 cm.

Without swivel castor feature

71 120 8001

Sport-Thieme Kombi Gymnastics Stool

Set I

The set includes:

• 2 Kombi gymnastics stools, 1|

• 1 Kombi mini mat

• 1 book on creating gymnastics areas

‘Turnanlässe schaffen’ (in German)

10-year guarantee!

71 120 7907 Set

With swivel castor feature

71 120 8014

Converts large vaulting boxes on page 317 into a Kombi vaulting box set 7|

11

Sport-Thieme ‘Kids’ Vaulting Box

Set

Set

Set

Consists of 4 plywood vaulting box sections with round ash-wood rungs on the sides. The box top section has a leatherette cover. With openings for hanging Kombi equipment on the ends. Base feet have a ribbed rubber tread. LxWxH: 130x47x88 cm. 10-year guarantee!

71 129 7906  Without castors Each

71 129 7919  With castors Each

Sets

12

3

Sport-Thieme Kombi Gymnastics Stool

Set II

The set includes:

• 4 Kombi gymnastics stools, 1|

• 1 Kombi platform, 5|

• 2 Kombi roller boards, 4|

• 2 Kombi mini mats

• 1 book on creating gymnastics areas

‘Turnanlässe schaffen’ (in German only)

10-year guarantee!

71 122 4216

Accessories

Set

8

Sport-Thieme Kombi Vaulting Box Extension Set

The set includes:

• 1 Kombi box top section, 9|

• 1 Kombi box middle section, 10|

• 1 book on creating gymnastics areas

‘Turnanlässe schaffen’ (available in German only)

10-year guarantee!

71 120 7806 Set

Accessories

Kombi Practice Set

The set includes:

• 1 ‘Kita’ vaulting box, 11|, optionally with 2 castors

• 1 Kombi climbing ladder, 15|

• 1 Kombi climbing slide, 24 cm wide, 16| 10-year guarantee!

71 129 8606  Without castors Set

71 129 8622  With castors Set

Can also be ordered separately:

4

Sport-Thieme Kombi Roller Board

Made of plywood, with 4 swivel castors. LxWxH: approx. 46x46x10 cm. 10-year guarantee!

71 120 7109 Each

5

Sport-Thieme Kombi Platform

Plywood with needle felt cover. LxWxH: approx. 150x50x7 cm. 10-year guarantee!

71 120 6803

Sport-Thieme Kombi Wedge Mat

Each

With foam core and non-slip cover made of gymnas tics mat material, 100% polyester. LxWxH: approx. 150x100x25/1 cm. 10-year guarantee!

71 120 6409 Each

332

Sport-Thieme Kombi Box Top Section

Made of softwood. Top covered with real leather, gal vanised steel equipment-hanging rails on the sides.

LxWxH: approx. 150x50x26 cm. Only compatible with

original Sport-Thieme vaulting boxes.

10-year guarantee!

6 Can also be ordered separately:

71 120 6500 Each

9 10

Sport-Thieme Kombi Box Middle Section

Made of softwood with galvanised steel equipmenthanging bars. LxWxH: 145x44.7x20 cm. Only compati ble with original Sport-Thieme vaulting boxes. 10-year guarantee!

71 120 6601

Each

13

Kombi ‘Maxi’ Set

The set includes:

• 2 ‘Kita’ vaulting boxes, 11|, optionally with 2 transport castors

• 1 Kombi half ladder, 14|

• 1 Kombi climbing ladder, 15|

• 1 Kombi climbing slide, 24 cm wide, 16|

• 1 Kombi storming plank, 18|

• 2 Kombi balance beams, 19| 10-year guarantee!

71 129 8619  Without castors Set

71 129 8635  With castors Set

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Gymnastics

Kombi

Kombi

Kombi

Kombi

Kombi

Kombi

Kombi

248x33x15

248x35x17

248x31x14.5

248x41x14.5

248x28x12 cm 248x20x13.5 cm 150x43.8x8 cm 150x100x10 cm 200x50x9 cm 200x50x9 cm

Product features

Rungs approx. 15 cm long and 3.5 cm in dia., distance between rungs approx. 24 cm

Rung diameter approx. 3.5 cm, distance between rungs approx. 24 cm

Inner width approx. 24 cm

Inner width approx. 34 cm

With offset half rungs

Balance surface approx. 10x6 cm

Rung diameter approx. 4 cm, distance between rungs approx. 30 cm

Sturdy wooden frame with climbing net made of 16-mm-thick Hercules rope

Wooden frame with imitation leather cover and foam padding

Wooden board with 7 adjustable climbing holds

Sport-Thieme gymnastics construction kit

Various ‘Kombi’nation options!

Other types of attach ment:

Thanks to the simple and safe Kombi clamp, the possibilities are endless!

Attachment Kombi clamp Kombi clamp Kombi clamp Kombi clamp Kombi clamp Kombi clamp Suspension hooks Suspension hooks Horizontal beam Rubber-coated wooden hooks

71 120 7301 71 120 7705 71 120 7402 71 120 7428 71 120 7604 71 120 7200 71 120 7503 71 120 8216 71 122 6805 71 307 1508

Suspension

From individual pieces of equipment to an equipment network

The Kombi gymnastics construction kit allows you to attach all of the Kombi elements on this page to the 3 Kombi base elements on the previous page. The possibilities are endless!

Combine the ‘Kombi’ or ‘Kita’ boxes with various ele ments to create a new exercise course every time –sporty and creative, a new challenge with each combi nation!

From individual pieces of equipment to an equipment network

• Sturdy and durable

• High-quality workmanship for long-lasting use

• Incredibly versatile

• Extremely easy to transport

• Space-saving and suitable for everyday use

By making simple modifications and adding new ele ments, existing standard equipment and equipment

systems can be transformed into a versatile equipment network! Can only be combined with Sport-Thieme vaulting boxes. Other manufacturers use a different con nection system.

The system’s benefits:

• Increases the didactic planning options for teachers and coaches

• Expands the opportunities for independent hands-on activity

• Combines with existing equipment and equipment systems

• Child’s play to transport : Using suitable roller boards, setting up becomes a game in itself. 3 Kombi gymnas tics stools can easily be stacked on top of each other without losing stability.

• Compact dimensions : Even the mats have been adapt ed to the new modular dimensions (50x50 cm), but of course still with the familiar Sport-Thieme level of quality!

So many possibilities...

All components on this page can also be combined with many other products – see page 330 for more information.

And they can be attached to the products listed below.

Also take a look at:

• Wall bars, pages

• Rolling bar slide system & accessories, e.g. trapeze bucks, pages 334–335

Kombi elements: For freely combining with and attaching to the 3 base elements on the previous page

Kombi half ladder Kombi climbing ladder Kombi climbing slides Kombi storming plank Kombi balance beam Kombi ladder Kombi climbing frame

Kombi climbing board

Rolling Bar Slide System

The attachment possibilities are endless...

Sport-Thieme High Platform

The ideal starting point for the rolling bar slide which can be attached to a rung at the front or rear. Can be combined with the Sport-Thieme low platform. WxDxH: 66x82x90 cm.

10-year guarantee!

71 201 7411 Each

Sport-Thieme Low Platform

The ideal starting point for the roller board track. There is a protective strip fit ted at the opposite side to prevent the roller board from sliding down. Can be combined with the Sport-Thieme high platform. WxDxH: approx. 73x64x42 cm. 10-year guarantee!

71 201 7408 Each

Sport-Thieme Trapeze Buck

Ideal for children’s gymnastics. Combine with wooden platforms, hook ladders, climbing paths, wall bars and many other pieces of gymnastics equipment. New and exciting courses can easily be created, making gymnastics training varied at all times. Standing surface 62x24 cm. Rung diameter 35 mm. Max. load 100 kg.

Versions:

• Small: approx. 64.5x71/24x53 cm (WxDxH), approx. 6 kg

• Medium: approx. 64.5x93.5/24x77.5 cm (WxDxH), approx. 8 kg

• Large: approx. 64.5x116.5/24x102 cm (WxDxH), approx. 10 kg

Identical rung height in all versions, so in dividual parts can be attached horizontal ly. 10-year guarantee!

71 220 7807  Small Each

71 220 7810  Medium Each

71 220 7823  Large Each

334

Set

Sport-Thieme

Trapeze Buck Set

The set includes:

• 1 small trapeze buck

• 1 medium trapeze buck

• 1 large trapeze buck

10-year guarantee!

71 220 7836 Set

Good to know:

The rolling bar slide can also be attached to Kombi elements (page 332) or wall bars (pages 326–327)

3

Sport-Thieme

‘Kombi’ Platform

The combination of a high and a low platform is everything you need when using your roller board tracks and rolling bar slides: crawl under, climb through, climb up and slide down. The lower plat form can be fitted on either the right or

left side and the slide can be attached at either the front or the rear. WxDxH: ap prox. 139x82x90/42 cm.

10-year guarantee!

The set includes:

• 1 Sport-Thieme high platform, 1|

• 1 Sport-Thieme low platform, 2| 71 200 5919 Set

Sport-Thieme

Sport-Thieme

‘Universal’ Platform

Buck for Rolling Bar Slide

A rolling bar slide can be attached to the buck’s two rungs and produce a connec tion to a wall bar, a trapeze buck or other suitable attachment equipment. The at tachment rungs are fixed at different heights, guaranteeing a smooth incline for optimum sliding fun. Birch plywood. Lx WxH: 70.6x63.4x59.2 cm. Rolling bar slide not included. 10-year guarantee!

Set The medium-height platform with rung for attaching to the Sport-Thieme rolling bar slide (200 cm) or to Sport-Thieme Varianta parts. Additionally, the platform can be combined with the low and high platform. 18-mm birch plywood. WxDxH: 73.3x82x66 cm. Rolling bar slide not in cluded. 10-year guarantee! 71 201 7424 Each

71 262 1409 Each

Accessories

Sport-Thieme Wall Fastening Strap

with an exceptionally robust covering, without axle. Orange.

71 153 4069 Each

The practical way to secure rolling bar slides, ladders and parts of the gymnas tics construction kit to the wall. With a lock to prevent unauthorised use. Length adjustable from 40–70 cm. Rolling bar slide not included.

71 232 7701 Each

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

A different combination for every sports lesson!

Roller Board Tracks & Climbing Triangles

‘Flizzer’ roller board track

4 Available for all bench lengths

1

Sport-Thieme

‘Flizzer’ Roller Board Track

Functionality :

4 Safe connections

Adds excitement to your sports hall! The new ‘Flizzer’ roller board track is a versa tile piece of equipment for all DIN gymnas tics benches, offering nursery and school children all sorts of challenges and learn ing experiences. Simply attach the roller track to an existing gymnastics bench, and you are ready to roll! The advantages are:

Versatility :

• A roller board track designed for nurser ies and schools

• For adventure sport and sports lessons

• For therapeutic practices, support cen tres and clinics

• For psychomotor functioning and sensory integration therapy

Exclusive to Sport-Thieme

4

be hung at

from

Don’t forget to order:

• Gymnastics benches,

321

• Roller boards, from

2

4

• The individual parts are easy to assem ble and dismantle without tools

• Can be stored away in the smallest of ar eas

• Suitable for all standard gymnastics benches

• Width of track: approx. 29 cm

• Can be transported in a standard pas senger car; the longest part is 108 cm long

• To be attached to wall bars or bars with a height of 60–180 cm

• Gymnastics bench, wall bars and roller board not included

Safety :

• Strong wooden construction, made of robust birch plywood

• The individual pieces are joined with safe connections

• The side guides ensure the roller board is controlled

• The end piece ensures a seamless tran sition onto all kinds of surfaces 10-year guarantee!

See table for available versions.

4 Easy to set up and take down without tools

Roller board track length

2

Long ‘LittleClimb’ sloping board 3

Sport-Thieme ‘LittleClimb’ Triangle

Ideal for the development of toddlers ap prox. 10 months old or over. Perfect for use in nurseries, pre-schools and chil dren’s gymnastics. Sides made of birch plywood. For use of the larger model, we recommend suitable fall protection. Small model with 11 rungs made of ash, large model with 15. Diameter of rungs: 3.5 cm, distance between rungs: 7.8 cm.

LxW: 91x80 cm.

71 307 5409  Small – 60 cm Each

71 307 5412  Large – 80 cm Each

Approved by TÜV AUSTRIA, certificate no.: ZSTS/APZE/2354

Sport-Thieme ‘LittleClimb’ Sloping Board

Ideal addition for the Sport-Thieme ‘Little Climb’ triangle. Easily hooks into the tri angle. 2 models to choose from:

Short (LxWxH): 124x37.7x5.1 cm

Long (LxWxH): 148x37.7x5.1 cm

71 307 5500  Short Each

71 307 5513  Long Each

Approved by TÜV AUSTRIA, certificate no.: ZSTS/APZE/2354

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

‘LittleClimb’ triangle

1

Møte modular exercise areas

The Møte exercise modules specifically develop chil dren’s motor, social and cognitive skills. As their diffi culty levels vary, the sets are suitable for both tod dlers, and children who can walk already – ideal for crèches, nurseries, primary schools, children’s gym nastics and similar. Developed with educators, the Møte concept encourages children to be active on their own. All modules are made of high-quality natu ral materials and feature a slip-resistant coating.

Møte Fritid Modular Exercise Areas

Møte Fritid Nursery & School ‘Complete Set’ of Exercise Course Elements

The set includes all of the elements in the Fritid modular exercise area range and therefore provides you with un limited possibilities. Using the planks and beams you can create inclines and descents as well as connections such as bridges, storming planks, slides, see-saws and ramps.

71 285 7608

View examples of use online at: sport-thieme.com

71 285 7608

More Møte Nursery & School sets and modules online at: sport-thieme.com

Møte Fritid

There is so much to explore...

Set

4 Develops a sense of personal responsibility

Suitable fall protection available online at: sport-thieme.com

Fall protection

2

Møte ‘Complete Set of Crèche/U3’

Exercise Course Elements

The ‘Crèche/U3’ obstable course provides toddlers with everything that they need for a healthy development. The set is made up of different elements that allow new and versatile exercise areas to be built each time. The ‘Alfred’ tunnel, for example, equipped with a plexiglass panel, encourages children to crawl through it, stand on it or pull themselves up on it. It can also be a place to simply relax. Developed in collaboration with educators.

More Møte ‘Crèche/U3’ sets and individual elements online at: sport-thieme.com

Møte ‘Crèche’

337 71 307 0101

sport-thieme.com

sport-thieme.com/

Balance Paths

Erzi ‘Rocky’ Balancing Course

The boards can be connected to the foot rocker making them particularly chal lenging when stepping onto them. Or just place one balance board on top to turn it into a long foot rocker. Trains bal ance and sense of touch. Ideal for nurs eries, preschools, primary schools,

sports clubs and therapeutic facilities.

The set includes:

• 2 ‘Rocky Rocker’ foot rockers

• 4 balance boards (‘Ten Steps’, ‘Senses’, ‘Boulders’ and ‘Forest Floor’)

• 1 wall bracket

71 262 2301 Set

Example of use

Erzi balance path

The most fun you can have when bal ancing and playing! The different sur faces, small and large obstacles, and the fixed and movable objects take balancing to a new level.

Suitable for attaching to:

• ‘Kita’ vaulting box 71 129 7906

• Large-span wall bars 71 127 3609

• Anything with a rung diameter of up to 35 mm

All individual elements

‘Rocky Rocker’

Varnished birch plywood. Dimensions including overhang (LxW): 186x22 cm, dimensions of path surface (LxW): 170x15 cm. H: 8.5 cm. Each board sup ports up to 120 kg. Great for barefoot expeditions!

using it like a cradle. LxWxH: 210x35x38 cm. 14 kg. Max. load: 150 kg.

71 129 0905 Each

338

Sets

Erzi Large Balancing Path Set

The beginners’ set includes an approxi mately 12-m-long balance path with excit ing challenges created through the use of various balance boards, see-saws and in clines.

The set includes:

• 1 ‘Rocky Rocker’ foot rocker

• 6 balance boards (‘Ten Steps’, ‘Groove’, ‘Forest Floor’, ‘Half Rolls’, ‘Senses’ and ‘Boulders’)

• 2 medium trapeze bucks, page 334, 4|

• 2 wall brackets

71 212 4924 Set

For climbing and balancing fun in chil dren’s gymnastics and therapy: the bal ance wave can be laid flat on the floor, put on top of a trapeze buck or suspended from wall bars. Improves motor function skills and balance. Maximum load: 100 kg. Birch plywood, net made from plastic fibres. LxWxH: 204x56.5x18 cm.

264 6507

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Ten Steps

Groove

Forest Floor Half Rolls Senses Boulders

Trapezium

Sport-Thieme Semicircular Block

Unique and fun. Can be used in many places including nurseries, schools, medi cal practices and sports clubs. The highly stimulative nature of these blocks makes them suitable for use almost anywhere.

High-quality PU foam core with a 100%

Semicircular ‘Mini’ block: HxWxD: 56x65x66 cm, 8 kg.

Semicircular ‘Medi’ block: HxWxD: 66x75x66 cm, 10 kg.

Semicircular ‘Maxi’ block: HxWxD: 76x85x66 cm, 13 kg.

Sport-Thieme Semicircular Block Set

The set includes:

• 1 Sport-Thieme ‘Mini’ semicircular block, 1|

polyester canvas cover. Underside made of 100% polyester gymnastics mat materi al. The three parts can be used individual ly, or can be connected with hook-andloop fasteners.

Semicircular ‘Mini’ block 71 121 3124 Each

Semicircular ‘Medi’ block 71 121 3111 Each

Semicircular ‘Maxi’ block 71 121 3108 Each

Set

• 1 Sport-Thieme ‘Medi’ semicircular block, 1|

• 1 Sport-Thieme ‘Maxi’ semicircu lar block, 1| 71 121 3137 Set

Sport-Thieme ‘Soft’ Trapezium-Shaped Vaulting Box

With inner foam core of 30 and/or 50 kg/m³. Designed with safety, versatil ity, practicality and durability in mind, this practical training aid is lots of fun and also safe. With a high-quality, longlasting cover made of Polygrip (100% polyester). The trapezium-shaped indi vidual parts are joined together tightly using hook-and-loop fasteners but can also be used separately. Suited to lots of

Sport-Thieme

set

different areas of use including sports lessons, gymnastics, therapy, rehabilita tion and leisure. Good to know: thanks to the new design of the hook-and-loop fasteners, individual boxes can be joined together to form a padded floor surface. Carrying handles make them easier to transport.

See table for available versions.

cm

With

all-rounder

Sport-Thieme Vaulting Block

Made in Germany. Designed for use in schools, clubs and competitive sports. Al ternative to a vaulting box, platform, booster or spotting block, and much more. Easy to transport thanks to 2 carry ing handles on the long sides. Monoblock

foam core (18 kg/m³). Top surface and up per half of sides made of protective mesh fabric, lower half of sides made of robust PVC tarpaulin. Entire underside with slipresistant gymnastics mat material. Lx WxH: 200x100x80 cm. Approx. 34 kg. 71 297 7300 Each

85x60x75 cm

Vaulting boxes, from page

Also take a look at: 316

vaulting boxes

Each

cm

71 121 4329 Each Each Each

Sport-Thieme Vario wedges

Versatile training aid for improved safety!

Sport-Thieme Vario Wedge

Offers an abundance of possible uses and is a must-have for schools. It is worth not ing that the Vario wedge is extremely du rable and has unlimited uses (in 3 sizes). Whether in therapy, rehabilitation or disa bility sports: the practical Vario wedge supports the work of teachers and thera pists everywhere.

The core is made of high-quality foam (20 kg/m³). It is light and flexible, ideal for transportation and easy for children to use. The cover is made of non-slip 100% polyester gymnastics mat material in ac cordance with EN 12503-1 standards. This ensures a non-slip surface and guaran tees great durability.

• Mini: LxWxH: 70x70x30/1 cm, approx. 3.5 kg

• Medi: LxWxH: 95x80x40/1 cm, approx. 6.5 kg

• Jumbo: LxWxH: 180x100x40/5 cm, approx. 18 kg, with carrying handles

71 121 3847  Mini Each

71 121 3850  Medi Each

71 120 4504  Jumbo Each

Set

Sport-Thieme Vario Wedge Set

The set includes:

• 1 Sport-Thieme ‘Mini’ Vario wedge, 5|

• 1 Sport-Thieme

‘Medi’ Vario wedge, 5|

• 1 Sport-Thieme

‘Jumbo’ Vario wedge, 5|

71 121 3863 3-piece set

Gymnastics Mats

Find the right mat in no time

Use the table below to find the perfect mat for you in terms of where it will be used, who will be using it and what they’ll be using it for –simply follow our mat recommendation.

Mat type

Uses

Floor exercises

Floor exercises, rhythmic gymnastics

Floor exercises, dismounts from a drop height of up to 60 cm Dismounts from a drop height of over 60 cm

Typical use

Mat for floor exercises without tumbling (beginners)

Mat for floor exercises with tumbling (4-cm gymnastics floor mat)

Mat for floor exercises with tumbling and for low jumps (6-cm gymnastics mat)

Mat for simple dismounts from equip ment with a controlled landing (12-cm landing mat)

Landing mat (15 cm)

Dismounts from a drop height of over 60 cm

Exercises with a max. drop height of 2 m

Mat for difficult dismounts (20-cm competition mat)

Soft mat for simple exercises (30 or 40 cm), density of 20 kg/m³

Soft mat (30 cm), density of 22 kg/m³

Mat for high jump

Suitable for

Nurseries, preand primary schools

Schools and clubs

Nurseries, schools and clubs Schools and clubs Schools and clubs

High jump, max. drop height 2 m

Materials

Mat for high jump (competition)

Schools and clubs Schools and clubs

Sinking depth Shallow Shallow Shallow Moderate Moderate Deep Deep

We recommend these mats:

· Sport-Thieme children’s lightweight gymnastics mat

· Reivo lightweight Combi gymnastics mat

· Sport-Thieme ‘Super’ floor gymnastics mat (35/40 mm)

· Sport-Thieme ‘Innovative’ floor gymnastics mat

· Sport-Thieme ‘Super’ gymnastics mat (min. thickness of 6 cm)

· Reivo Combi landing mat

· Sport-Thieme ‘School Sport’ or ‘Competition’ landing mat (12 cm)

· Sport-Thieme ‘School Sport’ or ‘Competition’ landing mat (15 cm)

· Sport-Thieme ‘Competition’ landing mat (20 cm)

· Sport-Thieme ‘Type 7’ soft mat (30 or 40 cm)

· Sport-Thieme ‘Type 8’ soft mat (30 cm)

· Sport-Thieme ‘Standard’ high jump mat

· Sport-Thieme ‘Super’ high jump mat

342, 1| 346, 3| 348, 1| 349, 1| 345, 3| 350, 3| 350, 1| & 2| 350, 1| & 2| 350, 1| & 2| 355, 1| 355, 2|

Gymnastics mat cores Gymnastics mat surfaces

Composite foam

Foam from foam flakes that have un dergone a special pressing and gluing process

Very resistant yet also flexible Density* (RG): 80, 100 or 120 kg/m³

• Used for gymnastics mats

Light foam

• Expanded polypropylene foam, mainly sealed foam particles

• Good resilience to static and dynamic loads

• Density* (RG): low

• Used for gymnastics mats

PE foam

• Several layers of polyethylene foam glued on top of one another (sand wich design)

• Very stable yet light

• Density* (RG): 30 kg/m³

Used for floor mats

PU foam

Polyurethane foam

Very stable shape

Density* (RG): at least 20 kg/m³

Used for soft floor mats

Polygrip

• 100% polyester

• Tensile strength: 2,500 N

• 600 g/m²

• Grained structure

Gymnastics mat undersides

Polygrip

• Non-slip

• Slip-resistant Polyester: 100% Tensile strength: at least 2,500 N Slip-resistant Textured surface Prevents skin grazes

Textured mat material

Tensile strength: 2,500 N

* Density

Textured mat

Particularly slipresistant thanks to special textured

‘Waffle’ design

• Extremely slip-resistant

No wrinkling thanks to the strong adhesive-attached core and cover

The foam’s quality is given in kg/m³. The density also tells you how thick the foam is per m³. The higher the density, the heavier the mat.

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Additional features

For your safety

Gymnastics Mats

Free!

Mat Tips

With each mat ordered, you receive a free copy of Mat Tips, providing you with a wealth of information regarding mat safety, care and quality.

Hook-and-loop strips

For connecting several mats to form a matted area.

Good to know:

Excellent feature for gymnastics mats with a low net weight.

Mats are a key aspect for safety in sports halls. The EN 12503 European standard was developed to guaran tee this safety in everyday use. EN 12503 classifies the different mats into 10 types according to their purpose. Find out about the type classification in the table above. You should always use the mat type that corresponds with the intended purpose outlined.

If a mat complies with EN 12503, it is suitable for use in gymnastics halls and helps to prevent injury.

Particularly safe: Concealed zip reduces risk of injury!

Carrying handles

Webbing (100% polypropylene), close fitting.

Good to know:

Makes it easier to carry heavier mats.

Difference between EN 1177 (HIC) and EN 12503

It is becoming ever more common for mats to be specified with a drop height of more than 2 m. How ever, these are not all suitable for use as gymnastics mats.

The drop height is taken from EN 1177 (European standard for impact-absorbing playground surfaces) and specifies the critical drop height only.

As the name suggests, it is a standard for play grounds with reference to a critical drop height de termined by the Head Injury Criterion (HIC). That means that this test procedure exclusively assesses surfaces with a view to preventing head injuries. Oth er injuries are not considered. For use in sports halls, we therefore recommend mats that comply with EN 12503.

Always use gymnastics mats for their intended pur pose and be especially careful to ensure you have enough shock absorption in line with European regu lations.

Sport-Thieme mats

These mats continually un dergo quality control checks. This is the only way to guarantee that the quali ty the customer demands is delivered.

Mechanical shock test

Environmentally friendly

We can collect your old gymnastics mats when you buy new mats from us. The foam will then be recy cled and re-used. Please call us for a quote.

+49 5357 181 503

Leather corners

For protecting the mat’s corners.

mat

Floor Gymnastics Mats

Particularly safe:

Concealed zip reduces risk of

Sport-Thieme Children’s Lightweight Gymnastics Mat

Complies with EN 12503-1 type 1. Light weight gym mat for children aged 3–10. Core made of light foam (30 kg/m³), so lighter yet firmer than a conventional foam mat. The mat’s low net weight means that it can easily be carried by chil dren. Cover made of Polygrip gymnastics mat material (87% polychloride, 13% pol yester).

See table for

Particularly

Sport-Thieme ‘Special’ Gymnastics Mat

With 80 kg/m³ composite foam core. Both the classic cover made of textured gym mat material (100% polyester) and the grained Polygrip alternative (100% polyester) in bright blue, yellow, green and red make an excellent gym mat. Ex tremely tear- and slip-resistant, and can be wiped clean. The cover can be changed thanks to a concealed zip. Available with or without carry handles, hook-and-loop corners and leather corners.

Please contact us for

Uses: floor exercises, dismounts with a drop height of up to 60 cm

Suitable

nurseries, schools and clubs

Sport-Thieme ‘Super Light’ Gymnastics Mat

Complies with EN 12503-1 type 3. For use in schools, sports clubs and nurseries. Suitable as floor mats and apparatus mats with landings up to a drop height of 60 cm. No need for additional hook-and-loop cor ners or other elements to join several mats. The non-slip ‘waffle’ design on the underside of the mat guarantees a secure hold on the floor and prevents mats from slipping apart from each other. Thanks to the precise edge dimensions, it is possible to place several mats close together. The surface is securely attached to the foam core which makes creasing impossible and increases safety. A special sandwich core (light and soft foam) results in excellent shock-absorption qualities.

Underside:

Uses: floor exercises, dismounts with a drop height of up to 60 cm

Sport-Thieme ‘Pro C’ Gymnastics Mat

Robust and durable gymnastics mat. Ideal to cover large areas in nurseries, schools and clubs. Choice of Polygrip or textured gym mat material surface. No wrinkles due to glued core (laminated). Cover can not be removed. The ‘waffle’ design un derside makes the mat particularly slipresistant. Compression hardness: approx. 13.5 kPA. 19 kg.

Top rated sport-thieme.com

Sport-Thieme Gymnastics Mat Trolley

With a solid platform made of birch ply wood for protective storage and safe transport. With 2 fixed and 2 swivel cas

‘Super Light’ gymnastics mat

Robust and hard-wearing

Sport-Thieme ‘Clean’ Concentrated Gym Mat Cleaning Agent

Set of 10 litres of cleaning agent and a 1-litre spray bottle. Alkaline cleaning agent with bactericidal effect for wipeclean gym mats. Suitable for HACCP appli cation. Particularly economical, 10 l of concentrate yields 200 l of disinfectant. 71 299 7201

Set

Attention! Harmful if swallowed. Causes skin and eye irritation. Causes serious eye irritation. Keep out of reach of children. Read label before use. Wear protec tive gloves / protective clothing / eye protection / face protection. If in eyes: Rinse cautiously with wa ter for several minutes. Remove contact lenses, if present and easy to do. Continue rinsing.

Sport-Thieme

Gymnastics Mats

Uses: floor exercises, dismounts with a drop height of up to 60 cm

Suitable for: nurseries, schools and clubs

1

Surface:

Underside:

Core:

gymnastics mat

Sport-Thieme ‘Premium’ Gymnastics Mat

For colourful gymnastics areas. PE foam core (75 kg/ m³) with a high restore coefficient. The underside is made of non-slip polyester material and provides even greater stability. Available in a variety of colours. With hook-and-loop corners. Flame-retardant cover. 200x100x6 cm.

71 291 6923  Aqua Each

71 291 6907  Royal Blue Each

71 291 6936  Lime Each

71 291 6949  Mango Each

Please note:

You’ll get a discount if you order more than one: standard shipping costs will only increase by a tenner with each additional ‘Premium’ gymnastics mat.

Surface: Polygrip Underside: ‘waffle’ design

Core: PE foam

4 Several mats can be placed next to one another to form a larger matted area

4 Slip-resistant underside

4 Also suitable for dismounts with a drop height of up to 60 cm

2

New! Sport-Thieme

‘Printed’ Gymnastics Mat

Complies with EN 12503-1 type 3. With printed motifs to encourage exercise in nurseries, schools and clubs. Choice of 3 variant: with long jump markings every 25 cm, with a target and with hopscotch. Cover is glued on to prevent creasing. Non-slip underside and precise edge dimensions mean that several mats can be placed next to one another to form a larger matted area. Suita ble for use on floors with underfloor heating. Cover can not be removed. Light and soft polyethylene foam core, Polygrip surface (100% polyester) and rubberised ‘waf fle’ design underside. Compression hardness: approx. 18 kPA. LxWxH: 200x100x6 cm. 7.5 kg.

71 317 6506  Hopscotch Each

71 317 6519  Target Each

71 317 6522  Long Jump Each

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Mat

Uses: floor exercises, dismounts with a drop height of up to 60 cm

Surface and underside: textured gym mat material or Polygrip

Sport-Thieme ‘Super’ Gymnastics Mat

Complies with EN 12503-1 type 3. The ideal mat for school and club sport. With composite foam filling (120 kg/m³). Available in a classic design with a cover made of textured gymnastics mat material (100% poly ester) or with a cover made of embossed Polygrip (100% polyester) in bright colours. Extremely tear-resistant, non-slip and wipe-clean. It is also possible to attach ac cessories such as handles and hook-and-loop or leather

Mat variants

4

Uses:

Sport-Thieme ‘Coach Standard’ Gymnastics Mat

Ideal mat for school, club and children’s gymnastics. The composite foam core (80 kg/m³), non-slip gym mat material and canvas make this mat perfect for learning new gymnastics techniques. Its interchangeable core, hook-and-loop cor ners and carry handles mean that it is in credibly convenient to use. What’s more, the haptic, 10-cm-wide line down the cen tre of the mat is great for orientation. See table for available versions.

Sport-Thieme ‘Coach Advanced’ Gymnastics Mat

Lighter and firmer than the ‘Coach Stand ard’. The combination of a layered PE foam core (30 kg/m³), gym mat material and canvas provide the ideal mat for ad vanced training in school and club gym nastics. Otherwise, the same as 4|, ‘Coach Standard’: white, haptic line, hook-and-loop corners, carry handles and interchangeable core.

Particularly safe: Concealed zip reduces risk of injury!

Gymnastics Mats

Combi gymnastics mats

4 Mats prevented from sliding apart

4 Mat underside is extremely slip-resistant

4 DIN/EN-certified, high-quality materials only

Combi gymnastics

Reivo ‘Safety’ Combi Gymnastics Mat

Manufactured in compliance with EN 12503-1 type 3. Ideal for handling by chil dren too. High-quality composite foam

Reivo Lightweight Combi Gymnastics Mat

Complies with EN 12503-1 type 1. The ideal mat for primary schools and nurseries. With light-foam core, hence much lighter than a conventional mat (yet much firmer), and ideal for children to move around. With flaps to cover joins so that several mats can be safely connect ed. Smooth, blue canvas surface (100% polyester) and non-slip gymnastics mat material underside (87% polychloride, 13% polyester). Without carry handles.

346

Extremely safe: all mats come with joint-cover flap for maximum safety!

Set

Reivo ‘Safety’ Combi Gym nastics Mat Set with Trolley

Registered design . Mat trolley with 12 Reivo ‘Safety’ Combi gymnastics mats measuring 100x100x6 cm (LxWxH). 12 mats, 3 of each colour in blue, yellow, green and red. Using the Reivo joint flap, you can create an area of 12 m² or 2 sin gle tracks of 6x1 m. Other combinations are also possible, e.g. a 200x100 cm gymnastics mat. Incl. cover for the mat trolley. Four non-marking castors,

cm, 7.5

cm,

Uses: floor exercises

for: nurseries, preand primary schools

feature: joint-cover

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Easy transportation thanks to the handy mat trolley

Sophie Scheder

Uses: floor exercises, dismounts with a drop height of up to 60 cm

4

Suitable for: nurseries, schools and clubs

Surface and underside: textured gym mat material

Reivo Combi Gymnastics Mat

Complies with EN 12503-1 type 3. Core made of high-quality composite foam (120 kg/m³). With fleece layer which gives the mat a high level of elasticity and makes it very stable on landing.

Completely covered with strong textured gymnastics mat material with tear-proof backing fabric (100% polyester). With flaps for covering joins and a concealed zip.

71 119 2009

71 119 2012

71 119 2025

Uses: floor exercises, dismounts with a drop height of up to 60 cm

5

Suitable for: nurseries, schools and clubs

Core: composite foam

“Joints between adjoining sports mats present a risk of injury. The special joint flap system seals these gaps and creates a safe, non-slip matted area .”

Safety feature: joint-cover flap

Surface and underside: textured gym mat material or Polygrip

Flaps covering the joining edges reduce the risk of accidents and injuries Particularly slip-resistant

A safe gymnastics mat for children and teens

construction

Reivo ‘Safe’ Combi Gymnastics Mat

Complies with EN 12503-1 type 3. The core is made of a sandwich-style construction. Super light yet firm, flexible composite foam (120 kg/m³) which provides high elasticity yet good stability. The mats are much lighter to handle than a con ventional mat. With connecting system and a con cealed zip. Choice of two covers:

• Textured gym mat material: 100% strong poly ester with tear-proof backing fabric

• Polygrip: 100% polyester in blue, yellow, red or green with grained embossing. Tensile strength of 2,500 N. 600 g/m².

See table for available versions.

347sport-thieme.com/ Gymnastics Balls Teamsport Athletics Equipment Swimming Fitness Gymnastics Movement Therapy Leisure Games Service Psychomotricity Sensory Stimulation For advice and to place an order: +49 5357 181 503 sport-thieme.com Olympic bronze medallist on the uneven bars, 2016 German all-around champion, part of the A squad of the DTB and member of the German gymnastics team

Floor Gymnastics Mats

Sport-Thieme ‘Super’ floor gymnastics mat

Suitable for lots of uses

Top rated sport-thieme.com

Uses: floor exercises involving tum bling

Suitable for: schools and clubs

Mat tips with every order

Surface: needle fleece

Core: light foam

Sport-Thieme

Sport-Thieme ‘Super’ Floor Gymnastics Mat

Complies with EN 12503-1 type 2. Fleecy needle-felt surface in amber or blue. Dura ble PE lightweight foam. For school and club sports, floor gymnastics and also for use as a base for soft mats in apparatus gymnastics. We manufacture the mats to your individual requirements.

Sport-Thieme Competition Gymnastics Mat, 12x12 m

Choice of two widths: 1.5 m (8 mats measuring 12x1.5 m) and 2 m (6 mats measuring 12x2 m). 25 or 35 mm thick.

Same construction as 1|. Includes wood en roller.

Length 6 m

m

By the metre *

Thickness 25 mm 35 mm 25 mm

mm 25 mm 35 mm 25 mm

mm

1.5 m wide

71 232 9101 71 232 9303 71 232 9114 71 232 9316 71 232 9127 71 232 9329 71 270 9505 71 270 9547

Sport-Thieme Competition Gymnastics Mat, 14x14 m

Set of 7 mats measuring 14x2 m, 35 mm

Sport-Thieme training mat

A classic in floor gymnastics

Sport-Thieme Training Mat

Complies with EN 12503-1 type 2 , ideal for beginners’ training sessions on the balance beam or floor gymnastics. Also suitable as an additional mat at the end of

Typ 2

Uses: floor exercises involving tumbling

2 m wide 71 232 9202 71 232 9404 71 232 9215 71 232 9417 71 232 9228 71 232 9420 71 270 9518 71 270 9550

1.5 m wide

71 232 9130 71 232 9332 71 232 9143 71 232 9345 71 232 9156 71 232 9358 71 270 9521 71 270 9563

* Minimum order: 3 m

2 m wide

71 232 9231 71 232 9433 71 232 9244 71 232 9446 71 232 9257 71 232 9459 71 270 9534 71 270 9576

Don’t forget to order: Hook-and-loop strip to join the mats, 6|

an acrobatics track or as a

Surface: needle fleece Core: light foam

gymnastics surface

6

Sport-Thieme ‘Connect’ Hook-and-Loop Joining Strip

For lightweight gymnastics mats and tracks. Using these strips, individual mats can be seamlessly joined together lengthways or crossways. 5 or 10 cm wide.

Brown

71 119 6001  L: 12 m, 5 cm wide 12 m

71 119 6030  L: 14 m, 5 cm wide 14 m

71 119 6056  L: 12 m, 10 cm wide 12 m

71 119 6072  L: 14 m, 10 cm wide 14 m

Blue

348 Mat Roller

71 119 6027  L: 12 m, 5 cm wide 12 m

71 119 6043  L: 14 m, 5 cm wide 14 m

71 119 6069  L: 12 m, 10 cm wide 12 m

71 119 6085  L: 14 m, 10 cm wide 14 m

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Uses: floor exercises involving tumbling

Suitable for: schools and clubs

needle fleece

More

landing

request.

us on: +49 5357 181 503

Tumbling

5357 181

Uses: floor exercises in volving tumbling

Suitable for: schools and clubs

Spieth ‘Flexi-Roll’ Floor Gymnastics Mat

Surface: needle fleece

The ‘Flexi-Roll’ gymnastics mat has many advantages for daily use:

• Suitable for schools and clubs

• Easy to use

• No need for a mat roller

• Does not require much space

• Carpet is protected by the new rolling method

See table for available versions.

floor

Sport-Thieme ‘Innovative’

Floor Gymnastics Mat

This gymnastics mat is characterised by a new production technique that has sever al advantages compared to traditional roll-up mats.

• Rolling it up and out is extremely easy and only requires 1 person

• No need to turn the mats over any more

• The carpet is well protected against con taminants

• No mat roller necessary

• Saves both time and space

• Amber or blue, 35 mm thick

See table for available versions.

on:

5357 181

Sport-Thieme landing mats

Without zip –

Landing Mat

Complies with EN12503-1 type 4 or type 5. The excellent-value version for schools. Great stability, elasticity and ro tational freedom. Sandwich design with edge stabilisation. Special needle-felt/PE construction with additional stabilisation material provides additional safety. Blue needle-felt surface, tarpaulin sides (100% polyester), underside made of textured gymnastics mat material (100% polyes ter). The handy hook-and-loop fasteners allow you to change the cover with ease at any time.

Sport-Thieme ‘Competition’

Uses: dismounts with a drop height of over 60 cm

Suitable for:

Surface: needle fleece

Underside: textured gym mat material

Core: light, compos ite foam with a sandwich-style construction

(LxW)

200x100

Landing Mat

Complies with EN 12503-1 type 5 (12 and 15 cm thick) or type 6 (20 cm thick). Their elasticated material prevents you from sinking too far into the mat on land ing, ensures optimal stability and is gen tle on the joints. Same construction as mat 1|. Core features special sandwich construction with wide edge stabilisation all the way around.

200x125

200x150

300x200

See table for available versions.

Uses: dismounts with a drop height of over 60 cm

71 258 3509 71 258 3512 71 258 3525 71 258 3538 71 258 3541 71 258 3554

Underside: textured gym mat material

Reivo Combi Landing Mat

Complies with EN 12503-1 type 4. Excellent, flexible shock-ab sorption properties thanks to the light, polyether foam construction. Cover made of hard-wearing, high-quality needle felt. Built-in, tear-resistant stitched joining and connecting flaps on both the long and short sides of the mat. There are fixing straps in the 4 corners for joining more Reivo Combi soft mats to gether. With needle-felt surface. Also

350 71 258 3307* 71 258 3310 71 258 3323 71 258 3336* 71 258 3349 71 258 3352 71 258 3365* 71 258 3378 71 258 3381 71 258 3408* 71 258 3411 71 258 3424

Safety fea ture: joint-cover flap

available as a ‘half’ mat, 150 cm wide, making it ideal for transport and storage. 2x 150-cm ‘half’ mats make a standardsized mat. See table for available versions.

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Mats

Sport-Thieme Combi reversible mat

Uses: high jump, max. drop height of 2 m, dismounts with a drop height of over 60 cm

1

Sport-Thieme Combi Reversible Mat

Sandwich-style core:

The 2-in-1 universal mat for school gym nastics. One side is a flat, flexible landing mat providing a high level of stability for dismounts and during gymnastics exercis es. The other side is a soft mat for the highest level of safety during gymnastics and uncontrolled landings.

• Landing mat side, compliant with EN 12503-1 type 4: Core made of light foam (30 kg/m³), cover made of high-quality needle felt layer in compliance with EN 12503-6.

• Soft mat side, compliant with EN 12503-1 type 7+8: Core made of soft, high-quality polyether foam (20 kg/m³). Top and sides are made of coated 100%

polyester tear-resistant material (2,600 N / 5 cm), 600 g/m², with 10-cmwide fleece strip for combining seam lessly with other mats. Mat with loops on the sides and 6 tear-resistant carry handles. The non-slip strip (90 cm wide) is attached, similar to a hinge, to the side of the mat ensuring the mat can be made non-slip when required. Size (LxWxH): 300x200x30 cm, weight: ap prox. 70 kg. 71 119 4601 Each

Sport-Thieme soft landing mat

Uses: exercises with a max. drop height of 2 m

Surface and underside: tarpaulin

Sport-Thieme Soft Landing Mat

Complies with EN 12503-1 type 8. A great-value alternative with a special design. The yellow side is made of a 40-mm lightweight foam core. The blue side is 25-cm polyether foam and can be used as a soft floor mat. Complete with 100% polyester canvas cover which is very firm and en sures secure positioning. For additional safety, we recommend using a non-slip underlay for both sides.

LxWxH: 300x200x30 cm, approx. 70 kg.

Core:

4 Can be used on both sides

Each

351sport-thieme.com/ Gymnastics Balls Teamsport Athletics Equipment Swimming Fitness Gymnastics Movement Therapy Leisure Games Service Psychomotricity Sensory Stimulation For advice and to place an order: +49 5357 181 503 sport-thieme.com The Sport-Thieme Combi reversible mat is recommended by accident insurance agencies. The needle felt cover is se curely bonded to the core, meaning there are no creases on the cover. The non-slip mat, which can be used on both sides, reduces the risk of injury.

foam and

foam

A landing mat and soft mat in one!

Flexible soft underside made of high-quality poly ether foam for uncontrolled landings

2. Landing mat

Flat, flexible landing side for stability when dismounting

Manufactured in an environmentally friendly way

Suitable for: schools and clubs

Surface and underside: tarpaulin or needle felt

For simple dismounts from equipment

Suitable for: schools and clubs

Adjustable non-slip strip

Recommended by safety experts

Flat, flexible land ing side for stabili ty when dismount ing

Wrong side for landing

Combi Soft Mats

Combi soft mat

and connects seamlessly

Uses: high jump, max. drop height of 2 m

Suitable for: schools and clubs

Surface: tarpaulin

Reivo Combi Soft Mat

≤ 2 m Typ 7/8DIN EN 12503-1 Complies with EN 12503-1 type 7. This mat offers optimal safety during gymnas tics and uncontrolled landings. Mat information: made of high-quality polyether foam (20 kg/m³), top made of strong blue tarpaulin (100% polyester), underside made of non-slip gymnastics mat material (100% polyester). Air holes on the sides allow air to be released upon landing. Comes with 4 tear-proof carry straps. Blue.

Complete with hook-and-loop fastening safety system: integrated, tear-resistant sewn-in joint and connector flaps on all sides ensuring connection to other mats is seamless. With 4 additional flaps for compactly combining the Reivo Combi landing mats. Integrated straps for com pactly combining 2 Combi soft mats on top of one another. The top features a 10cm fleece strip.

‘Super’ Combi soft mat

for indoor and outdoor use

Uses: high jump, max. drop height of 2 m

Also available as ‘half’ mats with a width of 150 cm – ideal for transporting and storage. 2x 150-cm ‘half’ mats make up one standard mat.

71 119 2230  200x150x25 cm Each

71 119 2227  200x150x30 cm Each

71 119 2214  200x300x25 cm Each

71 119 2201  200x300x30 cm Each

Safety feature: joint-cover flaps

Convenient: loops for attaching Reivo landing mats

Suitable for: schools and clubs

Surface: tarpaulin

Benefits of Reivo Combi soft mats

• Integrated joint flaps for seamlessly connecting your soft mats – no need for fleece strip and no loose flaps. At tachment loops cannot be used as carrying handles.

• Four additional flaps for easily joining with other Reivo Combi landing mats

• Landing mat to prevent spiral frac tures

Reivo ‘Super’

Combi Soft Mat

Complies with EN 12503-1 type 7. The mat for indoor and outdoor use, also ideal for high jump. For outside use, a rain hood and slatted frame are recommend ed. Core made of high-quality polyether foam (20 kg/m³) with an air-chamber sys tem, making it super-soft. 100% polyester

352

Illustrated example shows 2 Reivo ‘Super’ Combi soft mats

canvas material – underside is 100% pol yester gymnastics mat material. 100% polyester mesh material on the sides of the mat ensures the air is expelled per fectly upon landing.

Complete with hook-and-loop fastening safety system: integrated, tear-resistant sewn-in joint and connector flaps on all

sides ensuring connection to other mats is seamless. With additional fixing straps (not included), the protective mat 3| can be securely attached. The top contains a 20-cm fleece strip all the way around. 200x300x50 cm.

71 119 4803 Each

Core: PU foam

Safety feature: joint-cover flaps

Safe and fast: attachment of protective mat

Reivo Protective Mat

Protective mat overlay for 2 soft mats.

Core made of high-quality, solid polyether foam. Top made of special, 100% polyes ter, spike-proof mesh fabric. Underside made of non-slip, 100% polyester. LxWxH: 400x300x10 cm.

71 119 4829 Each

For your safety

For safety reasons, high-jump landing areas should measure at least 300x400 cm, requiring 2 ‘Super’ Combi soft mats.

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Uses: high jump, max. drop height of 2 m and/or tarpaulin

Sport-Thieme ‘Folding’ Soft Mat

Complies with EN 12503-1 type 7. This type of mat can be folded up and used as a soft mat or folded out and used as a large gymnastics mat. It offers the best possible protection for uncontrolled land ings and is ideal for high jump training (from a mat thickness of 50 cm). The fold ing function means that the mats can be stored in the smallest of spaces. The core is made of polyether 23- or 20-kg/m³ foam blocks.

• 23-kg/m³ mats : one half of the mat’s surface is gymnastics mat material (100% polyester) and the other half tar paulin.

• 20-kg/m³ mats: tarpaulin surface (100% polyester), underside features non-slip, textured gymnastics mat mate rial (100% polyester). All mats with ven tilation holes, zip and carry handles.

Unit weight and dimensions:

• 23 kg/m³ (LxWxH) 300x200x15 cm, folded: 150x200x30 cm

• 20 kg/m³ (LxWxH) 300x200x25 cm, folded: 150x200x50 cm

• 20 kg/m³ (LxWxH) 300x200x30 cm, folded: 150x200x60 cm

Uses: multifunctional, e.g. children’s gymnastics

Suitable for: nurseries, schools and clubs

Surface and underside: tarpaulin

Core: high-quality, flexible special foam

Reivo Multifunctional Mat

A soft mat that can be folded over twice, with hook-and-loop fasteners. This multipurpose mat is great be cause it can be used in so many different ways, including:

• Gymnastics hills in many vari ations

• Gymnastics landscapes

• Gymnastics tracks

• 2x3-m goal (2 mats)

• 1.5x1-m mini goal

• 2x1-m mini hockey goal

• For impact protection

High-quality foam core (20 kg/m³), smooth canvas cover (100% polyester) with carrying straps, hook-and-loop straps on the corners as well as two con necting hook-and-loop strips allowing it to be connected to other Reivo multifunc tional mats. Incl. slip-resistant base for increased safety. LxWxH:

200x150x25 cm, when folded twice 100x150x50 cm, approx. 27 kg. Blue/red.

4 Incl. carry handles for ease of

Slip-resistant base for increased safety

Reivo multifunctional mat

Sport-Thieme folding soft mat

Sport-Thieme Soft Mats

Soft mats

A

level of

for

Soft mat accessories

Sport-Thieme

Low-Loader with Platform

The solid platform will carefully transport and store your mats. With 4 smoothrunning, ball bearing-mounted 50-mmdiameter swivel castors. Low-loader trolley for self-assembly. LxW: approx. 303x100 cm, galvanised steel frame. Height including mats: 210 cm. With straps, snap hooks and eight-link adjust ment for securing the mats. Max. load: approx. 160 kg.

71 122 1060

Approved by TÜV AUSTRIA, certificate no.:

high

Sport-Thieme

Wall Mounting Strap

Safe solution to store soft mats against a wall. With padlocks, adjustable strap, screws and wall plugs. Can be detached from both sides, making it particularly safe. We recommend using 2 straps per mat. 5-cm-wide strap (100% polypropyl ene), metal buckles. 0.56 kg or 0.8 kg.

Sport-Thieme Set of Protective Mat Corners

Two mat protectors and a strap. Pro tective corners significantly extend the life of a mat as the pressure is dis tributed over a larger area. The cor ners are made of flexible plastic and can easily be attached to any 5-cmwide strap. LxWxH: approx. 20x10x5 cm.

The set includes:

• 1 wall mounting strap, 2–4 m or 3–6 m

2 protective mat corners

71 156 8426

71 156 8439

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Sport-Thieme

Sport-Thieme ‘Warm-Up’

Folding Mini Mat

Folding mini mat, super compact for easy storage. Ideal

warm-up exercises

children’s gymnastics. Core: polyethylene light foam, cover: Polygrip. LxWxH: 160x60x3 cm. 2.5 kg. Each

Sport-Thieme ‘Innovative’ Floor Gymnastics Mat

Smart-looking elastic mat for gymnastics training in schools and clubs. Particularly lightweight, ideal for travelling. Excellent traction thanks to high-quality needle felt surface. Core made of PE light foam. Lx WxH: 200x100x3.5 cm. 3.5 kg.

Without storage bag

71 296 9002  Blue Each

71 296 9015  Amber Each

With storage bag

71 297 0208  Blue Set

71 297 0211  Amber Set

Roll-Up Games and Exercise Mat

Roll-up mat for use with (young) children, in therapy and water exercises. Insulates against cold floors, is skin-friendly and non-slip. Textured, hard-wearing and easy-to-clean surface. Easy to cut. Sani

tised finish (active biocidal agent: pyrith ione zinc).

(max. 4 m)

(max. 1.25 m) available on request.

Attention! Use biocides safely. Always read the label and product information before use.

Calyana ‘Prime’ Yoga Mat

Textured on both sides: optimal grip and great slip resistance. Extra-large. Can be used outdoors and is easy to clean. Certi fied according to standard 100 by OEKOTEX. Made of PVC. LxWxH: 185x66x0.45 cm.

3

Sport-Thieme

‘Classic’ Yoga Mat

Non-slip as textured on both sides. Pleasantly soft, roll-up and skinfriendly. Insulates against cold floors.

For yoga and exercising. Made of PVC (active biocidal agent: thiabendazole). LxWxH: 180x60x0.5 cm.

71 260 2006-1  Gentian blue Each

71 260 2019-1  Olive green Each

71 260 2022-1  Petrol Each

71 260 2035-1  Sky blue Each

Attention! Use biocides safely. Always read the la bel and product information before use.

4 Skin-friendly natural rubber

6

Sport-Thieme

‘Exclusive’ Yoga Mat

Latex-free, skin-friendly and easy to roll up. Closed-cell polyvinyl foam with fabric insert for great non-slip properties and tensile strength. Sanitised finish (active biocidal agent: pyrithione zinc). Certified according to standard 100 by OEKO-TEX.

LxWxH: 185x70x0.6 cm.

71 123 9401-1  Green Each

71 123 9414-1  Blue Each

71 123 9427-1  Black Each

Attention! Use biocides safely. Always read the label and product information before use.

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Medica mats

Sport-Thieme Medica mats

Latex-free, versatile therapy mats with even longer lifespan for all age groups. Excellent for physiotherapy or rehabilitation. Waterproof and insulating on wet/cold ground. Made of a special skin-friendly, closed-cell foam with a hygienic, wipe-clean surface.

Don’t forget

Resistance bands, from page

Sport-Thieme

‘Classic’ Medica Mat

Approx. 190x60x1.4 cm

71 125 4105

Each

Therapy & Exercise Mats

Accessory

Storage Solution

Sport-Thieme

‘Classic XL’ Medica Mat

Approx. 190x100x1.4 cm

71 125 4307

Each

Sport-Thieme

‘Comfort Kids’ Exercise Mat

Hygienic children’s mat designed for use in schools, nurseries, clubs and therapy. Easy and quick to clean. Resistant to sweat and saliva. Skin won’t stick upon

71 125 4121

Each  Approx. 190x60x2.5

125 4206

Ideal for children

contact. Excellent shock absorption prop erties. Insulates against the cold floor. Closed-cell special foam with non-slip un derside. LxWxH: 135x55x0.8 cm. Eyelet spacing: approx. 35 cm. 71 308 8702 Each

Each  Approx. 190x100x2.5 cm

71 125 4323

71 125 4408

Each

With individually adjustable pegs. For all exercise mats from the Sport-Thieme range that have 2 eye lets. For approx. twenty 10-mm-thick mats or thirteen 15-mm-thick mats. Alu minium rail. Stainless steel pegs (Lx dia: 25x1.4 cm). Incl. fixings for wall mounting. Mats not included.

71 126 8007-1 Each

Shown:

Sport-Thieme

‘Comfort’ Exercise Mat

Its surface texture prevents the skin from sticking upon contact. Designed for schools, clubs, home use and therapeutic exercise. Latex-free, hygienic and easycare. Made of closed-cell special foam with non-slip underside. Distance be tween eyelets: approx. 45 and 80 cm.

Approx. 180x65x0.8 cm

71 127 1603

71 127 1616

71 127 1629

71 127 1632

Approx. 180x100x0.8 cm

71 127 1704

Each

Each

Each

Each

Each

71 127 1717  Green Each

71 127 1720  Red Each

71 127 1733  Black Each

High foam density

For exercising, Pilates and yoga. Soft, hygienic and skin-friendly. Non-slip sur face texture with excellent shock absorp tion properties. Made of NBR comfort foam. LxWxH: 180x60x1 cm. Incl. carry strap, exercise poster and video.

71 288 6204

71 288 6217

Mat storage

Sirex ‘Star’

Foldable Exercise Mat

Comfortable, hygienic and skin-friendly.

Folds 6 times for compact storage.

Nubbed surface: hard-wearing and easy to clean. Closed-cell foam prevents dirt, liquids and bacteria from penetrating the mat and allows it to be used in water. Lx

WxH: approx. 190x60x1 cm. Incl. 2 elasti cated bands.

71 125 8804 Each

Sirex ‘Therapy Plus’

Foldable Exercise Mat

Properties are the same as the ‘Star’ fold able mat 2|, except it is 1.5 cm thick. Incl. 2 elasticated bands.

71 125 7700  Approx. 190x60x1.5 cm Each

71 125 7713  Approx. 190x100x1.5 cm Each

Nubbed surface for excellent grip

4 Non-slip, permanently elastic and soft

4 Can be used in water

4 With elasticated band for ease of transportation

Sirex

‘All-Round’ Camping Mat

All-round camping mat with excellent in sulating properties against the cold and wet ground. Made of waterproof, closedcell and eco-friendly polyethylene foam. Both sides embossed with a PE foil. Lx

WxH: approx. 180x60x0.9 cm. Incl. 2 elas tic bands for easy storage and transport.

71 129 2800  Blue Each

71 129 2813  Blue/red Each

Sport-Thieme Rack for Exercise Mats

Wall-mounted rack for clearly arranged storage of up to 15 mats. Optional storage of skipping ropes on the rail. Metal.

WxDxH: approx. 95/145x47x54 cm. Max. load: approx. 30 kg. Incl. fixtures and fit tings. Mats not included.

For mats up to 70 cm wide

71 126 8603 Each

For mats up to 120 cm wide

71 126 8629 Each

Sport-Thieme

Mat Transport Trolley

Perfect storage for mats up to 85 cm wide. This practical transport device holds up to 20 mats and keeps your equipment room

4 For up to 20 mats

tidy. Assembled size: (WxDxH:) 127.5x90x120 cm. Mats not included.

71 126 4917 Each

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Skipping ropes can be hung on the rail ends

Blue Green Red Purple

Top rated sport-thieme.com

Marion wrote:

“Soft and very pleasant on the skin. Easy to transport and to clean.”

Sport-Thieme

‘Fit & Fun’ Exercise Mat

Latex-free and skin-friendly. Easy-toclean, textured surface. Sanitised finish (active biocidal agent: pyrithione zinc) for lasting protection against bacteria and fungal infestation. Made of vinyl foam. With eyelets. Distance between eyelets: 40 cm.

Approx. 120x60x1 cm

71 127 4107  Blue Each

71 127 4110  Red Each

Approx. 180x60x1 cm

71 127 4208  Blue Each

71 127 4211  Red Each

Attention! Use biocides safely. Always read the label and product information before use.

For mats with 2 eyelets

Individually

Pegs

Sport-Thieme Exercise Mat Wall Hanger

For any mat with eyelets. Storage of ap prox. twenty 10-mm-thick or thirteen 15-mm-thick mats. Mats will not slide off as the pegs are attached at an angle. Alu minium rail, stainless steel pegs (Lxdia: approx. 25x1.4 cm). L (for mats with 2/4 eyelets): 90 and 120 cm respectively. In cludes fixtures and fittings for wall mounting. Mats not included.

For mats with 2 eyelets

71 126 8007  Standard Each

71 126 8036  Lockable Each

For mats with 4 eyelets

71 126 8023  Standard Each

71 126 8049  Lockable Each

Retrofit Kit for Sport-Thieme Exercise Mat Hanging Unit

Transforms an existing standard hanging unit into a lockable version. Simply change the hooks and use the lock sup plied.

71 270 8401 Set

4 Extremely resilient

4 Easy to clean

4 Especially hygienic

4 Great insulating properties and skin-friendly

Set of Sport-Thieme

‘Fit & Fun’ Exercise Mats

The set includes:

• 10 Sport-Thieme exercise mats, ap prox. 180x60x1 cm, in a choice of red or blue, 1| • 1 wall hanger, 3|, for exercise mats with 2 eyelets

71 127 4309  Blue Set

71 127 4312  Red Set

Attention! Use biocides safely. Always read the label and product information before use.

Mat storage

Sport-Thieme Exercise Mat Storage Trolley

To hang up and store exercise mats. Infi nitely variable height adjustment on both sides. For up to 35 mats with a distance between the eyelets of up to 80 cm. Stur dy steel construction. WxDxH: approx. 91x71x204.5 cm. Mats not included.

71 126 4920 Each

Physio

Physio

Airex mats

A high-quality, versatile branded product with excellent product characteristics!

• Made of closed-cell special foam that is resistant to dirt and water

• Very skin-friendly, hygienic and feels warm to the body

• Optimal shock absorption

• Latex-free

• Airex hygiene protection

• Easy to roll up

• Easy to clean

• Can be used in water

Airex premium line mats

Offering both quality as well as increased comfort:

• The mats are 2 m long – for more exercise options and other applications

• The use of new materials improves the mat’s durability

• It also makes them more hygienic , giving pathogens and aggressive cMRSA bacteria no chance to develop

• Attractive colours offer variety and look great in any gym

Airex premium line , 8|, 9|

11|

Sport-Thieme Exercise Mats

Sport-Thieme mats

High-quality exercise mats for use in therapy, reha bilitation, workouts and for leisure.

• Skin-friendly, as well as sweat- and saliva-proof

• Closed-cell foam: dirt- and water-resistant

• Can be used on both sides, feels warm to the body and insulates against the cold floor

• Easy to roll up, light and handy

• Non-slip and perfectly flat

• Hard-wearing and durable

• Easy to clean

• Can be used in water

1

Exercise mat wall hanger

Sport-Thieme

15’ Exercise Mat Set

Blue Set

71 258 7817  Red Set

Sport-Thieme Exercise Mat Strap

To transport rolled-up exercise mats more comfortably. Suitable for all exercise mats up to 180 cm long. 100% polypropylene. Mat not included. Not shown. 71 125 9009 Each

Also take a look at: Mat storage, pages 358–359

Sport-Thieme exercise mats

Distance

Approx. weight

kg 1.5 kg 1.2 kg 1.8 kg 1.8 kg 2.4 kg 2.4 kg 3.9 kg 3.9 kg 6.0 kg

Suitable for Children’s gymnastics, leisure & camping

School sports, gyms & clubs

Gyms & clubs Gyms & clubs Rehabilitation, physio & therapy

Top rated sport-thieme.com

Diana wrote:

“The mat is great for floor exercises. It is nonslip and has a good thick ness, also ideal for exer cises with older people.”

Professional ropes

Long ropes, approx. 5–20 m

Sport-Thieme Skipping Rope

With a particularly strong snap hook and rotating swivel. Requires just 1 person to swing the rope. With looped end and rein forced middle section. Woven, made of soft polypropylene (100%). Lxdia.: 500x0.8/1.1 cm.

71 126 0902 Each

362

Ball bearingmounted

New! Sport-Thieme ‘Fitness’ Skipping Rope

Will make you work even harder as heavi er than a conventional rope. Improves your overall fitness and coordination. Suitable for indoor and outdoor use. Poly propylene. 300 cm long. 400 g.

71 323 9605

71 323 9618

Each

Each

New! Sport-Thieme

‘Cotton’ Skipping Rope

Skipping rope for groups. Reinforced mid dle section for great swing characteris tics. Simplex hook with swivel means that rope can be swung by just one person.

With looped end for optimal grip. Made of braided cotton. Dia.: 10 mm.

71 315 7709

71 315 7712

Each

m Each

Group skipping fun with ropes

approx.

approx.

Even more skipping ropes online at: sport-thieme.com 71 292 0506

Adjustable plastic toggle

Sport-Thieme

‘Endless’ Exercise Rope

For a variety of exercises in jump strength training. Can also be used as a dividing or boundary rope. Knotted wrist straps at both ends. Coated rubber. Lxdia.: 20 m x 0.5 cm. Incl. adjustable plastic toggle, in structions (in German) and reel.

71 278 7901 Each

able for a variety of exercises. Complete with exercise instructions.

71 126 0609

71 126 0612

Each

Each

Sport-Thieme

‘Elasticated’ Exercise Rope

Versatile, wrapped bungee cord for exer cises and games. Looped at both ends. Can stretch to 150%. Dia.: 6 mm. Incl. reel so it can be rolled up quickly.

71 125 8602  8 m Each

71 125 8615  10 m Each

71 125 8628  12 m Each

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Sport-Thieme Rhythmic Gymnastics Rope

Durable gymnastics rope compliant with international regulations for schools and clubs. 100% polypropylene. Lxdia.: 300x0.9 cm.

Sport-Thieme Rhythmic Gymnastics Rope with Reinforced Middle

With reinforced middle section for im proved momentum. 100% polypropyl ene. Lxdia.: 280x0.9/1.3 cm.

5

Sport-Thieme Competition Rhythmic Gymnastics Rope

According to FIG regulations. Highquality and consistently thick. 100% polypropylene. Lxdia.: 300x0.9 cm.

Skipping

71 290 9006

71 290 9019

71 290 9022 71 290 9035

Each

2| Set of 10 (10x 1|)

71 290 8801 71 290 8814 71 290 8827 71 290 8830

See above Set

3| 40-piece

4

Sport-Thieme

71 290 9400 71 290 9413 71 290 9426 71 290 9439

Each

71

Sport-Thieme ‘Dual Colour’ Rhythmic Gymnastics Rope

Strong and resilient – perfect for schools and clubs. Two-tone braiding in line with international regulations. Same thickness over its entire length. 100% polypropyl ene. Lxdia.: 300x0.9 cm.

9107

9136

Sport-Thieme ‘Wettkampf’

Skipping Rope

Suitable for competitions. Knots at ends. Consistently thick. Made of braided jute fibres. L: 3 m.

71 290 8915

71

8902

for over

Sport-Thieme Skipping Rope Rack

Registered design. Storage solution for over 180 skipping ropes. Sturdy, galva nised metal rail for wall mounting, with 6 hooks. L: approx. 48 cm (hook: approx. 16 cm). Ropes not included.

71 126 7903 Each

Skipping Rope with Wooden Handles

With wooden handles and rotating swivel. Heavy-duty. PVC-coated middle section allowing rope to glide more easily over the floor without getting caught. Cotton rope. Lxdia.: approx. 275x0.7 cm.

71 125 5007 Each

skipping ropes

Sport-Thieme

Skipping Rope

Sport-Thieme competition gymnastics

5

Sets Set1| Sport-Thieme gymnastics rope

71 290 9208 71 290 9211 71 290 9224 71 290 9237 71 290 9240

Each

Sport-Thieme Roll of Skipping Rope

100% polypropylene, 9 mm thick. The heat-sealed rope allows the ideal length to be cut for any user height. Comes in 100-m rolls.

Accessories for all skipping ropes

Pallid Falcon Skipping Mat

joints, increases training ef fect. Non-slip. High net weight to ensure excellent contact with the floor. Also suita ble

non-coated steel cables and as an exercise mat. Made of vinyl and composite

LxWxH: 180x65x1.4 cm.

1

Sport-Thieme Plastic Gymnastics Hoop

Plastic, complying with DIN 7912. Nonslip texture, unbreakable and shatter-

proof. Joints welded at an angle. Can also be used in water.

• 10 gymnastics hoops in the chosen colour and size (assorted set: 3 red, 3 blue, 2 green, 2 yellow)

Top rated sport-thieme.com

Susanne wrote: “Sustainable alternative. The way the hoop has been manufactured means that you don’t have to worry about splinters.”

Inner

One 71 129 3409 71 129 3412 71 129 3425 71 129 3438

Each

71 125 2806 71 125 2819 71 125 2822 71 125 2835 71 125 2848

One 71 129 3500 71 129 3513 71 129 3526 71 129 3539

Each

Set

incl.

71 125 3607 71 125 3610 71 125 3623 71 125 3636 71 125 3649

Accessories

Sport-Thieme Gymnastics Hoop Rack

Storage of up to 25 hoops, clearly ar ranged and sorted by size. Sturdy steel construction for quick and easy wall mounting. L (pegs): approx. 39 cm. Incl. padlock to prevent unauthorised use. Hoops not included.

364 See table for

One 71 129 3601 71 129 3614 71 129 3627 71 129 3630

Each

• 1 storage bag for the hoops

Sport-Thieme Wooden Gymnastics Hoop

Set of 10* incl. bag

71 125 3708 71 125 3711 71 125 3724 71 125 3737 71 125 3740

One 71 129 3702 71 129 3715 71 129 3728 71 129 3731

Each

Set Set Set Set

71 126 8300 Each

Sport-Thieme Gymnastics Hoop Storage Bag

To store and transport up to 15 gymnas tics hoops. Polyester with mesh window. Diameter: approx. 84 cm. With adjustable carry/shoulder strap (100–200 cm) and zip. Hoops not included.

71 291 3009 Each

Set of 10* incl. bag 6| 71 125 3809 71 125 3812 71 125 3825 71 125 3838 71 125 3841

Laminated beech plywood with a smooth finish. 20x10-mm profile to DIN 7912 standards. 90-cm-dia. hoop: competi tion design complying with FIG regula tions.

71 125 8208  Outer dia. 60 cm Each

71 125 8211  Outer dia. 70 cm Each

71 125 8224  Outer dia. 80 cm Each

71 125 8237  Outer dia. 90 cm Each

Sport-Thieme Training Gymnastics Hoop

Sport-Thieme ‘Competition’ Gymnastics Hoop

Manufactured according to rhythmic gym nastics and FIG guidelines. Also suitable for water gymnastics. Particularly strong round tubing (dia.: 20 mm). Outer diame ter: approx. 89.5 cm. Approx. 305 g.

71 125 8501  Medium blue Each

71 125 8514  Summer yellow Each

71 125 8530  Cardinal red Each

71 125 8543  White Each

71 125 8527  Turquoise green Each

For children and teens. Made of un breakable plastic. Round tubing (dia.: approx. 20 mm). Outer diameter: 80.5 cm. Approx. 311 g. Not FIG-certified. 71 125 8400 Each

More accessories & hand held gymnastics equip ment online at: sport-thieme.com Gymnastics

Sets versions.

Trolley without contents

Sport-Thieme Storage Trolley

Extra-large storage capacity with 3 shelves at an angle for optimal access. With racks for hoops, ropes, clubs and bars. 4 castors. Easy to assemble with pre-prepared screw connections. 18-mm-thick plywood. LxWxH: approx. 110x61x88 cm. Max. load: approx. 100 kg. Optionally with contents: 7| on page 365.

contents

Trolley without contents

71 126 8704 Each

Trolley including contents

71 126 8717 77-piece set

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

4 Plywood

4 Joints welded at an angle for ultimate strength

• 12 coloured gym bars (1 m long)

• 10 wooden clubs (38 cm long)

• 8 coloured hoops (dia. 70 cm)

• 12 coloured skipping ropes (3 m)

• 1 tambourine (dia. 22 cm) with felt drumstick

• 6 coloured tennis rings

Gymnastics Bars, Gymnastics Clubs & Accessories

• 1 gym rope (10 m

• 1 ‘Multi’ ball (dia.

•

cm

Sport-Thieme ‘ABS-Plastic’ Gymnastics Bar

Extremely heard-wearing – can be used in temperatures ranging from -15°C to +50°C. Ends with non-slip caps. Made of ABS plastic. 180/219/254 g.

See table for

•

rainbow ball (7

When filled with this selection, there is still plenty of space for other items.

71 126 8805

set

Bar Storage Trolley

For transporting approx. 70 gymnastics bars straight to the sports arena. Metal container with metal handle and wheels. Hxdia.: 95x28 cm. Bars not included.

71 123 3201

71 284 8600

71 284 8613

71 284 8626

71 284 8639

Each

71 284 8714

71 284 8727 71 284 8730 Each

Lockable

Sport-Thieme Gymnastics Club Storage Rack

Registered design. For wall mounting. For approx. 40 gymnastics clubs. Sturdy metal construction, galvanised. L: approx. 77 cm. Overhang: approx. 24 cm. Incl. padlock to prevent theft. Clubs not includ ed.

71 126 9404 Each

100% nylon.

Training, 4 m long

71 285 6908

71 285 6911

71 285 6924

71 285 6937

71 285 6940

71 285 6953

71 285 6966

71 285 6979

71 285 6982

Each

length: 2 m.

Girls, 5 m long 71 285 6504 71 285 6517 71 285 6520 71 285 6533 71 285 6546 71 285 6559 71 285 6562 71 285 6575 71 285 6588

Each

Competition, 6 m long 71 285 6706 71 285 6719 71 285 6722 71 285 6735 71 285 6748 71 285 6751 71 285 6764 71 285 6777 71 285 6780

Each

Children, 2 m long 71 285 7002 71 285 7015 71 285 7028 71 285 7031 71 285 7044 71 285 7057 71 285 7060 71 285 7073 71 285 7086 Each

Sport-Thieme

‘School and Club’

Set of Gymnastics Ribbons

For rhythmic gymnastics training with yellow, green, light blue, cornflower blue, red and white ribbons.

The set includes:

• 5 ribbons in each colour

• For 2-m ribbons: 1 plastic baton (L: 40 cm)

Sport-Thieme ‘Long’ Storage Bag

For gymnastics ribbons. Size matches that of typical sports hall cupboards.

• For 4-, 5- & 6-m ribbons: 1 fibreglass baton with swivel (L: 50 cm)

• 1 practical carry bag, 4|

71 260 4406  2-m ribbons 32-piece set

71 260 4419  4-m ribbons 32-piece set

71 260 4422  5-m ribbons 32-piece set

71 260 4435  6-m ribbons 32-piece set

sturdy insert. Polyester. LxWxH: 60x20x10 cm.

71 259 4705 Each

9

5

5

Sport-Thieme Set of ‘Rhythmo’ Double Ribbons

The set includes:

• 6 double ribbons in orange, yellow, cornflower blue, green, red and purple (LxW: 90x2 cm)

• 6 batons in the same colour as the ribbon (L: 22 cm)

71 165 5504 Set

Sport-Thieme

Small Juggling Scarves

For rhythmic swinging and shaking as well as slow movement sequences. Edges with seams. Washable up to 30°C. Durable, airy chiffon (100% nylon).

0005-1

colours.

Set of 6

71 265 0018-1  65x65 cm Set of 6  Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

Multicoloured Gymnastics Ribbon

Complies with DTB and international regu lations. Satin silk ribbon made of 100% nylon. W (2/3 m): 4 cm. W (4/5/6 m): 5 cm.

With fibreglass baton and swivel. L (2 m): 30 cm. L (3 m): 40 cm. L (4/5/6 m): 56 cm.

Top rated sport-thieme.com

Laura wrote: “Looks stunning and the kids have great fun with this ribbon. It makes their freestyle perfor mances even more de lightful.”

Even more gymnastics & dance ribbons online at: sport-thieme.com

8

Sport-Thieme ‘Rainbow’ Gymnastics Ribbon with Baton Rainbow-coloured, 5-cm-wide satin silk ribbon with fibreglass baton and swivel. Complies with international regulations. 100% nylon.

71 285 6403

71 285 6416

71 285 6429

m, Competition Each

Youth Each

Training Each

9

Sport-Thieme Replacement

Baton for Gymnastics Ribbons

Made of fibreglass with swivel. 56 cm long. 71 285 6807 Each

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

1

Amaya ‘Competition’ Gymnastics Ribbons

FIG-certified competition gymnastics ribbon made of anti-static material. Special thin threads for particularly defined movement sequences. Incl. fibreglass baton.

Made of satin. 6 m long. 37 g.

71 278 0102  Pink Each

71 278 0115  Turquoise Each

71 278 0128  Purple Each

Amaya ‘Competition’ Gymnastics Club

FIG-certified gymnastics club with crimping between the base and head. Made of very robust thermoplastic. 41 cm long. 152 g.

71 278 0304  White Each

71 278 0317  Pink Each

71 278 0320  Purple Each

FIG competition equipment

FIG-certified competition skipping rope with poly amide coating. 16-strand woven rope. Polystyrene and nylon core. 3 m. Dia.: 10 mm. 165 g.

71 278 0203  Pink Each

71 278 0216  Purple Each

71 278 0229  Black Each

71 278 0232  Turquoise Each

Amaya ‘Glitter’ Gymnastics Ball

Stunning glittery competition gymnastics ball made of Techno-Rubber. Safe to use

training

9615

thanks to non-slip coating. With handy

bag. FIG-certified. Approx. 420 g. Dia.: 19 cm.

Carolina wrote: “Very good bounce.”

Togu ‘420’ FIG-Certified Gymnastics Ball

An official FIG-approved gymnastics ball with coated high-gloss surface. Comes in bright colours and boasts excellent bounce. Easy to throw and catch. Can also be used in water. Dia.: 19 cm. Max. load: 200 kg. 420 g.

sport-thieme.com

2156  Hot pink Each

264 2169  Purple Each

264 2172  Blue Each

264 2185  Pearl green Each

264 2198

sport-thieme.com/

Each

Red Lilac Light blue Silver Copper

Pink Purple Black Turquoise

Pink Turquoise Purple

White Pink Purple

Amaya ‘Competition’ Skipping Rope

Lightweight Foil Mirror

Can easily be mounted virtually anywhere on the wall or the ceiling. Polyester film stretched over an aluminium frame for distortion-free reflection. Potential toler ance: +/-3 mm. Optional back panel made

1

71 155 0708

71 155 0711

71 155 0724

71 155 0737

71 155 0740

71 155 0753

71 155 0766

71 155 0795

71 155 0779

71 155 0782

71 275 5609

71 275 5625

71 275 5641

Also take a look at:

Sound systems, on page 140 or online at: sport-thieme.com

Each Each Each Each

Each

Each Each

of very light PU foam board for safe as sembly and cleaning. Easy to mount on walls and ceilings using support rail, 2|, or hanging eyelets, 3|, (not included).

See table for available versions.

Product code

71 226 2000

71 226 2013

71 226 2026

71 226 2039

71 226 2042

71 226 2055

71 226 2068

71 226 2097

71 226 2071

71 226 2084

71 275 5612

71 275 5638

71 275 5654

Accessories for 1|

2

Support Rail for Lightweight Foil Mirror

Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each

The mirrors slot into the support rail at the top and bottom. Order double the length of the required mirror width. Zshaped aluminium profile.

71 122 8410 Metre

3

Dimensions (WxH) 100x200 cm 200x200

300x200

400x200

500x200

600x200

Ballet barres, on pages 370–371 or online at: sport-thieme.com

Sound systems Ballet

Each

Folding foil mirror for wall mounting

3

Suspension Eyelets for Lightweight Mirrors

Allowing you to easily hang your mirror either way (portrait or landscape). Eye lets (approx. 2 cm in diameter) are riv eted into the aluminium frame.

71 275 5801  Wall mounting Set of 4

71 275 5814  Ceiling mounting Set of 4

Dinamica Ballet ‘Figaro’ Mirror for Wall Mounting

Shatterproof. Easy wall attachment using the stainless steel brackets provided. Mir ror on a rigid PU foam panel to prevent the glass from shattering when damaged. HxW (per element): 200x100 cm.

See table for available versions.

Folding Foil Mirror for Wall Mounting

Dimensions (HxW) 150x100/200 cm 150x150/300 cm 175x100/200 cm 175x150/300 cm 200x100/200 cm 200x150/300 cm

Product code 71 122 8423 71 122 8436 71 122 8449 71 122 8452 71 122 8465 71 122 8478

to install to the

Each Each Each Each Each Each

Lightweight mirror for schools or halls used for ball games. 100% distortion-free like a crystal mirror. Super-light and un breakable. 2 mirrors connected by 3 hing es. Potential tolerance: +/-3 mm. Recom mended mounting height of the rails: 25–40 cm. High-quality polyester film (stretched over aluminium frame). Back made of particularly light PU foam board. Mounting rails included. See table for available versions.

yourself

Dinamica Ballet

‘Amadeus’ Ballet Mirror

Protective film prevents shattering. Easy to install to the wall yourself. With cut-outs for mounting ballet barre. Ash wood barre (dia.: 40 mm) HxW per mirror section: 200x100 cm. 4 mm thick. Incl. brackets and screws. 200x300 cm

3-m single barre and 2 brackets

71 280 5900 Each

3-m double barre and 2 brackets

280 5942 Each  200x400 cm

4-m single barre and 4 brackets

280 5913 Each

4-m double barre and 4 brackets

280 5955 Each

Ballet and dance equip ment available online at: sport-thieme.com Ballett

200x500 cm

5-m single barre and 3 brackets

71 280 5926 Each

5-m double barre and 3 brackets

71 280 5968 Each

200x600 cm

6-m single barre and 4 brackets

71 280 5939 Each

6-m double barre and 4 brackets

71 280 5971 Each

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

1-piece

1

Rear

Angle adjustable from 15° forwards to 35° backwards

Corrective Mirror

Incline can be adjusted from 15° forwards to 35° backwards. The whole surface is double-glued to a wooden board to avoid injuries. Swivels. Crystal glass with pol ished edges. Size of mirror (HxW): 143x50 cm. Overall height: approx. 180 cm.

71 129 5708 Each

2

Mobile Corrective Foil Mirror

100% undistorted reflection like a crystal mirror. Very light, unbreakable and easy to assemble. Wheeled stand with brakes, made of square, powder-coated iron tub ing, (LxW: 2x2 cm). Mirrored polyester film (stretched over aluminium frame). Back panel made of very light PU foam board. HxW: 208x40 cm. 3-piece mirrors come with a padlock and 3 keys.

1-piece, fixed

71 129 8912  175x100 cm (HxW) Each

1-piece, swivelling

71 129 8909  175x100 cm (HxW) Each

71 129 8925  200x150 cm (HxW) Each

Fixed mirror

3-piece

71 129 8954  175x150/74/74 cm (HxW) Each

71 129 8970  200x150/74/74 cm (HxW) Each

Mobile Crystal Mirror

Sturdy feet. With height-adjustable and smooth-running castors with brakes which won’t leave any marks on the floor. Glued to a panel to prevent the mirror from shattering. Special hinges to mini mise gaps between the mirror sections. Scratch-proof, powder-coated steel frame. Incl. padlock.

1-piece

71 310 8808  125x194 cm Each

71 310 8811  200x194 cm Each

3-piece, folding

71 310 8824  400x198 cm Each

71 310 8837  500x198 cm Each

4 Shatterproof mirror

4 No sharp edges or corners

3-piece, folding

1-piece

Folding crystal-glass mirror walls

3-piece. HxW: 180x150/300 cm.

Without shatterproof film

71 178 4015 Each

fold together and push to the side on

wooden frame, overall height 197 cm.

2-piece. HxW: 180x200/400 cm. Without shatterproof film 71 178 4031 Each

Ballet Barres

4 High net weight, very stable

4 Easy to move thanks to smooth-running wheels

2

Braig Ballet Barre

Mobile yet sturdy ballet barres for inten sive daily use in ballet academies and schools. Barres made of special, goodgrip wood with oval profile (HxW: 51x41 mm), tightly mounted to movable

4

4 Can be set to 10 different heights

Dinamica Ballet ‘Giselle’

Height-Adjustable Ballet Barre

For professional use. Pinewood ballet barres (dia.: 40 mm). Can be set to 10 heights. Distance between first height set ting and the tenth is 27 cm. Distance be tween barres: 19 cm.

• ‘Fixed’ – H (upper/lower barre): 92.5–119.5 / 69.5–96.5. 34/36 kg.

• ‘Mobile’ – H: +1 cm each. 53/55 kg.

370

1 3 87.5–110 cm

‘Maurice’ Mobile Double Ballet Barre, 3 m

Stable base with castors

stands. Experience has shown that the heights of this barre (upper/lower barre: 110/87.5 cm) are ideal for all ages.

71 122 7505  Length: 3.5 m Each

71 122 7521  Length: 5 m Each

96.5–119.5 cm

Fixed

71 275 7807  2 m Each

71 275 7823  3 m Each  Mobile

71 275 7810  2 m Each

71 275 7836  3 m Each

For professional ballet. Combines optimal mobility with exceptional stability. Very sturdy – no additional anchoring required. Cast-iron bases feature 4 rubber wheels that won’t damage your floor. Steel stands. Smooth, unvarnished pinewood barres (Lxdia.: 300x4 cm) for optimal grip. H (upper/lower barre): 105.5/87.5 cm. Ap prox. 76 kg.

71 265 6609 Each

4 Easy to move thanks to smooth-running wheels

4 Can be set to 10 different heights

Dinamica Ballet

‘Royal’ Double Ballet Barre

Solid, professional ballet barre that can be set to 10 different heights. Can easily be move by 1 person thanks to its built-in wheels. Barre made of smooth, unvar nished pinewood. Steel stand and brack

96.5–123 cm

4 Simple height adjustment

87.5–110 cm 81.5–120.5 cm

et. Cast iron base. H (upper/lower barre): 96.5–123 / 73.5–100.5 cm. 2 m: 74 kg. 3 m: 76 kg. 71 314 3201  2 m Each  71 314 3214  3 m Each

4 Mobile thanks to built-in wheels

‘Isa’ Height-Adjustable Mobile Ballet Barre

For professional use. Both bases with rub ber wheels that won’t damage your floor ing. Height of the ballet barre is easy to adjust using the star grip screw. Height

settings are numbered from 1–14 on both stands. Steel stand and base. Pinewood ballet barre (dia.: 40 mm). H: 81.5–120.5 cm. Approx. 50/51 kg. 71 265 6700  2 m Each  71 265 6713  3 m Each

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

1

Made-To-Measure Ballet Barre

Can be precision-cut to suit your needs. Made of warp-resistant ash wood (dia.: 40 mm), untreated, smooth and without processed ends. Varnishing and end fin ishing available at an additional charge. Available in lengths of up to 5 m. From 5 m, the barres must be glued on-site. Wall brackets are required every 120 cm to hold the barres. Brackets not included.

71 122 6616  Unvarnished Metre

71 122 6661  Varnished Metre

Sport-Thieme Ballet Rail for Wall Brackets

Makes single and double wall brackets easy to remove and/or to adjust to any height. Sturdy aluminium profile rail for wall mounting. L (overall / adjustment range): 90/80 cm. Incl. fixtures and fit tings. Ballet barres and brackets not in cluded.

71 306 8133 Each

Sport-Thieme Ballet Barre Wall Bracket

For ballet barres with a diameter of 40 mm. Strong steel with light grey finish. Depth, double bracket (upper/lower): 28/22 cm. Distance between barres: 22 cm. Depth, single bracket: 28 cm. One barre (L: 3 m) requires the use of 3 brack ets – joining the ends in the middle direct ly in the brackets. Ballet barres not in cluded.

71 306 8159  Single Each

2

End Finishing for 1|

Both ends are rounded off.

71 122 6629 Additional charge

71 306 8146  Double Each  3068159 approved by TÜV AUSTRIA, certificate no.: ZSTS/APZE/234 3068146 approved by TÜV AUSTRIA, certificate no.: ZSTS/APZE/2349

3

Ballet Barres in Standard Lengths

Easy-grip, round profile. Both ends have been bevelled. Solid ash wood (dia.: 40 mm). Finely polished and coated with clear, food-safe varnish.

71 267 1909  1.50 m Each

71 267 1912  2 m Each

71 267 1925  2.50 m Each

71 267 1938

4

m Each

Round Ballet Barre, 3 m

Made of ash wood that will not warp, un varnished. Lxdia.: 300x4 cm. 2-piece barre. L (per section): 150 cm. Brackets not included.

71 122 6603

Each

7

Wall Fixing Plate

To be mounted directly to the wall. Ballet brackets can be screwed on or removed. Incl. fixing screws and wall plugs. Wall brackets not included. 10-year guarantee.

71 306 8120 Each

8

Ballet Barre with Wall Brackets

For clubs and gyms. Can be mounted at any height. Recommended barre height: approx. 87 cm for children, 110 cm for adults. Incl. all fixtures for solid walls.

The set includes:

• 1 ballet barre (Lxdia.: 200x4 cm)

• 2 wall brackets with light grey finish (steel, distance from wall: 28 cm)

71 122 6658 Set

Sport-Thieme

Ballet Barre Wall Bracket

Assembly tip

All ballet barre wall brackets can be mounted to the wall rail 5| or to the wall plate 7|

10

Sport-Thieme

Oval Ballet Barre

The oval shape (51/41 mm) is especially easy to grip. It is unbreakable and does not warp. 350 cm long, can be shortened to any length. Fits bracket 11|. Brackets not included. 10-year guarantee!

71 119 6708 Each

For professional use. Made of sturdy and elegant steel with light grey finish. Perma nently screwed to the wall or removable. Ballet barres and brackets can easily be attached or detached from the wall with out using any tools. Depth, double brack et (upper/lower): 28/22 cm. Distance be tween barres: 22 cm. Depth, single barre: 28 cm. Ballet barres not included.

10-year guarantee!

71 306 8104  Single Each

71 306 8117  Double Each  Approved by TÜV AUSTRIA, certificate no.: ZSTS/APZE/2349

Ballet 71 305 6703 Each

Ursula wrote: “Simply great advice and quality!”

Ballet Barre Wall Bracket

371sport-thieme.com/ Gymnastics Balls Teamsport Athletics Equipment Swimming Fitness Gymnastics Movement Therapy Leisure Games Service Psychomotricity Sensory Stimulation For advice and to place an order: +49 5357 181 503 sport-thieme.com Oval ballet barres 28 cm Single Round ballet barres 22 cm 22cm Allows a barre to be adjusted to 4 heights – ideal for all ages. For ballet barres with a diameter of 40–50 mm. To be installed on solid walls. Made of steel. LxW (wall plate): 15x4 cm. L (plug-in arm): 21 cm. Distance from wall to centre of barre: 13–21 cm. All fixings included.

Sport-Thieme ‘Basic’

Exercise Stool

Stackable. Beech-effect plastic seat. Chrome-plated frame. Hxdia.: 45x34 cm. Max. load: 120 kg. 5-year guarantee!

71 125 7801 Each

4 Stackable

Sport-Thieme ‘Soft’

Exercise Stool

Stackable. Imitation leather cover (73% polychloride, 27% polyester). Chromeplated frame. Hxdia.: 46x34 cm. Max. load: approx. 120 kg. 5-year guarantee!

71 125 7827 Each

Angled screw bracket

4 Max. load of 180 kg

4 Choice of 3 sizes

4 Very robust due to additional brackets

Sport-Thieme ‘Solid’

Exercise Stool

Very stable with plenty of legroom due to the struts being positioned towards the tops of the legs. With handhold. Beech, natural varnish. Seat: 35x35 cm. Max. load: 180 kg.

71 125 8107  Height: 45 cm Each

71 125 8110  Height: 50 cm Each

71 125 8123  Height: 55 cm Each

4 Choice of 2 sizes

4 Extra-thick padding

Sport-Thieme ‘Comfort’

Exercise Stool

Very sturdy and stackable for therapy and exercising. Imitation leather cover (upper material: 100% polychloride). Extra-thick padding (7 cm). Seat diame ter: 38 cm. Max. load: 150 kg. Also available in other colours if you order more than 5 stools. Colour chart availa ble on request.

71 131 9213  Height: 50 cm Each

71 131 9226  Height: 55 cm Each

Erzi ‘Moulded Wood’

Exercise Stool

Encourages you to sit upright. For sitting on and/or exercising. Stackable. 30 cm: for children, with a seat surface of 27x27 cm. 38 and 48 cm: for adults with a seat surface of 27x27 and 36x36 cm re spectively. Max. load: 140 kg.

71 275 3704  Seat height: 30 cm Each

71 275 3733  Seat height: 38 cm Each

71 275 3720  Seat height: 48 cm Each

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

1

Top rated sport-thieme.com

Denise wrote: “Small price, big impact – perfect for beginners and children’s activity groups. Superb quality.”

3

Sport-Thieme

‘Mini’ Parachute

High-quality parachute for games involv ing up to 4 people. It can be used to prac tise throwing and catching objects, aiming at a target, transporting objects, running with the parachute flapping behind, and as a wall decoration or a cover. Use sever al parachutes at the same time for games with larger groups, e.g. for throwing light balls from one parachute to the other. Cre ates stunning visual effects. Great prop for all ages: from nursery children to the elderly. 100% polyamide. Diameter of 1.5 m. Comes in a pack sack.

71 135 3903

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

Even more parachutes online at: sport-thieme.com

Parachutes

New! Sport-Thieme

Parachute Accessory Set

The set includes:

• 4 Sport-Thieme beanbags

• 5 Sport-Thieme ‘Geos’ beanbags

• 12 Sport-Thieme foam rubber balls

• 1 Sport-Thieme ‘Multi’ ball (dia.

21 cm), green

• 1 Sport-Thieme ‘Multi’ ball (dia.

21 cm), red

• 1 Original Pezzi ball (dia. 42 cm)

• 3 Fashy beach balls (dia. 30 cm)

• 1 Sport-Thieme ball storage bag

71 319 4108 Set

Sport-Thieme

‘Standard’ Parachute

Popular for group games, sports and lei sure activities. With sewn-on loops. 100% nylon. Max. load: 10 kg – cannot be used for transporting heavy items or people.

Comes in a pack sack.

71 268 9409  3 m dia., 12 loops Each

71 268 9412  4 m dia., 12 loops Each

71 268 9425  5 m dia., 14 loops Each

71 268 9438  6 m dia., 16 loops Each

71 268 9441  7 m dia., 20 loops Each

71 268 9454  8 m dia., 24 loops Each

71 268 9467  9 m dia., 28 loops Each

Sport-Thieme

‘Premium’ Parachute

For developing basic motor function skills and for use in countless activities for chil dren and adults alike. With very strong webbing around the edge for improved grip. Made of durable Ripstop fabric (100% polyester). Very soft and pleasant to hold on to. Comes in a pack sack.

71 281 4706  3.5 m dia., 8 loops Each

71 281 4719  5 m dia., 12 loops Each

71 281 4722  6 m dia., 12 loops Each

71 281 4735  7 m dia., 16 loops Each

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

Experts say:

Udo Nickel

“Parachutes can be used to en courage movement and coordi nation. Fun and movement boost social skills and interaction – in the young and old alike.”

MD and head in structor at the ERGON training centre for occu pational therapy

Find out more

4 With strong webbing

Obstacle Courses

1

cone

Don’t forget to order: Roller boards, from page

Sport-Thieme Flat Hoop

For imaginative games in school sport or club training. Ideal for gait, coordi nation and concentration exercises. Suitable for use with the multipurpose cones. Plastic. Profile width approx.

2

0.8 cm. Inner diameter 4 cm less than outer diameter.

71 280 1113  Dia. 40 cm, yellow Each

71 280 1126  Dia. 50 cm, red Each

71 280 1100  Dia. 60 cm, green Each

71 280 1139  Dia. 70 cm, blue Each

2

Sport-Thieme ‘Connect’ Hoop Connector

ABS-plastic clip for connecting 2, 3 or 4 gymnastics hoops. Gymnastics bars and hoops not included. Can only be com bined with 1|.

71 292 6807  For 2 hoops Each

71 292 6810  For 3 hoops Each

71 292 6823  For 4 hoops Each

3

Sport-Thieme ABS-Plastic Gymnastics Bar

For functional exercises, exercises for old er people and aqua fitness. Can be used in temperatures ranging from -15°C to +50°C. Ends with non-slip caps. Lxdia.: 100x2.5 cm. Made of ABS plastic.

100 cm

71 284 8600-1  Red Each

71 284 8613-1  Yellow Each

71 284 8626-1  Green Each

71 284 8639-1  Blue Each

4

Sport-Thieme Half Hoop

Ideal addition to the Combi obstacles. Same quality and design as the gymnas tics hoops, but with a round cross sec tion. Made of plastic. WxH: 55x37.5 cm.

71 291 2905  Red Each

71 291 2918  Blue Each

5

Sport-Thieme Multipurpose Cone

The original with round base plate. Can be used for obstacle courses, dribbling exer cises, training hurdles and goal posts, etc. Stackable for compact storage and weatherproof. Easy-to-see bright colours.

Gymnastics hoops 1| can be placed in the slots, bars can also be placed in an up right position. Flexible, robust plastic.

Gymnastics hoops/bars are not included.

30 cm, 8 holes

71 197 2128  Red Each

71 197 2102  Yellow Each

71 197 2131  Blue Each

71 197 2144  Green Each

10 11

4 For exercising, therapy and fun

Quick and easy to set up

12

Sport-Thieme ‘Standard’ Modular System Set

52-piece standard set for even more versatility when building your own ob stacle course. The set includes:

• 12 gymnastics bars, 100 cm, assorted colours, 3|

• 8 bases, 9|

• 12 gymnastics hoops, 3 of each dia. from 50–80 cm, assorted colours, 8|

• 20 bar and hoop brackets, 6|

71 135 7400 Set

376

11

10 12

The set includes:

• 4 gymnastics bars in assorted colours,

3|

• 3 flat gymnastics hoops, 1| (one of each diameter: 40, 50 and 70 cm)

• 4 bar and hoop brackets, 6|

• 2 yellow multipurpose cones, 5|

• 2 red multipurpose cones, 5|

71 197 2186 Set

Sport-Thieme Hoop Set

For gait, coordination and concentration exercises. Can also be used like a hoola hoop. Bright colours for marking out tar get zones. Fit into the slots on the multi purpose cones. Profile width of each hoop: 0.8 cm. The set includes: 4 flat hoops, 1| (one of each diameter: 40, 50, 60 and 70 cm).

71 280 1605 4-piece set

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

50 cm Gymnastics bar

Obstacle Courses

Sport-Thieme obstacle courses

Sport-Thieme obstacle courses have a highly stimulative nature, ideal for developing perception and motor functions. Children learn to discover and process the signals around them while playing. They are perfect for con structing play and learning areas, as exercise and fun obstacle courses and for teaching balance and perception. Suitable for all ages!

Gymnastics hoop

6

Bar and hoop bracket

6

Sport-Thieme ‘Multi-Clip’ Bar and Hoop Bracket

To attach gymnastics hoops and bars. For different hoop sizes. Easy rotation to ad just the angle. Made of plastic. LxW: 6.5x4x3 cm.

71 294 4207 Each

7

Sport-Thieme Gymnastics Block

Can be combined with gymnastics bars and/or hoops in a host of different ways. Great for both sports and play. Solid wood with rounded corners, hygienic, clear var nish. With 6 holes, 25 mm each. LxWxH: 30x15x10 cm. Hoop not included. 71 127 6901 Each

8

7

Gymnastics block

Sport-Thieme ‘Exclusive’ Modular System Set

Exclusive 102-piece set for unlimited pos sibilities when creating obstacle courses.

The set includes:

• 24 gymnastics bars, 100 cm, assorted colours, 3|

• 24 bases, 9|

• 12 gymnastics hoops, 3 of each dia. from 50–80 cm, assorted colours, 8|

• 30 bar and hoop brackets, 6|

• 12 half hoops, 4|

71 135 7501 Set

Sport-Thieme Gymnastics Hoop

Conforms to DIN 7912. Easy-grip, nonslip tubing. Unbreakable and shatter

Approx.

dia.

50 cm 71 129 3409-1 71 129 3412-1 71 129 3425-1 71 129 3438-1 Each

proof. Welded at an angle. Can also be used in water. Plastic.

60 cm 71 129 3500-1 71 129 3513-1 71 129 3526-1 71 129 3539-1 Each

70 cm 71 129 3601-1 71 129 3614-1 71 129 3627-1 71 129 3630-1 Each

9

9

Base

0.75 kg 1.2 kg

14

80 cm 71 129 3702-1 71 129 3715-1 71 129 3728-1 71 129 3731-1 Each

Sport-Thieme Base

For all Sport-Thieme gymnastics bars with a diameter of 25 mm. Made of nonslip rubber. Hxdia.: 3.5x22 cm.

Black

71 278 9503  0.75 kg Each

71 278 9516  1.2 kg Each

Grey (abrasion-resistant)

71 278 9529  0.75 kg Each

Sets

14

Sport-Thieme ‘Basic’ Modular System Set

Great-value 34-piece basic set to get started. The set includes:

• 12 gymnastics bars, 120 cm, assorted colours

• 8 bases, 9|

• 1 gymnastics hoop, dia. 50 cm, 8|

• 12 bar and hoop brackets, 6|

• 1 half hoop, 4|

Also take a look at: Sport-Thieme floor markers, page 57

377sport-thieme.com/ Psychomotricity Balls Swimming Fitness Gymnastics Movement Therapy Leisure Games Service Psychomotricity Sensory Stimulation For advice and to place an order: +49 5357 181 503 sport-thieme.com Gymnastics bars, page 3 365

Cooperation Games

1

Great for group games. Moving as a group increases the spatial experience and en courages being creative. 91% polyamide, 9% elastane. Circumference of approx. 4 m. Designed for approx. 5–10 people. Washable at 40°C.

Spordas Three-Legged Race Bands

Race bands for fun team games. Promotes team spirit. Easy to put on and take off thanks to hook-and-loop fasteners. Rub ber bands with soft fabric sleeve. 100% polyester. LxW: 50x4 cm.

71 283 0504 6-piece set

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. Long cord. Danger of strangulation. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

Sport-Thieme Jumping Sheet

Decagonal parachute for skill-based team games. Can be used for throwing and catching objects, and for carrying people. For games with up to 11 players. Water proof. Fine-mesh fabric (100% polyester).

With 10 PP-R hand grips. 200 cm in diam eter. Max. load: approx. 100 kg.

71 263 0306 Each

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

Spordas Team-Running Bands

Challenging team game for schools and clubs. Any movement requires team ef fort. For indoor and outdoor use. With 5 hook-and-loop cuffs on each band. 86%

polyester, 14% nylon. LxW: 147x5 cm.

71 283 0605 Pair

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. Long cord. Danger of strangulation. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

Feber Gus the Worm

A worm with antennae, moving eyes and stretched-out tongue. Crawl through, bal ance on top or sit on it; the game possibil ities are endless. Outdoor and indoor fun. The feet also serve as steps. Suitable for children aged 3 or older. The sections can be set up in a straight line or curved. Lx WxH: 223x104x107 cm. 20 kg.

71 142 4108 Each

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Sections can be set up any way you like In bright colours

Sport-Thieme ‘Indoor’ Competition Tug-of-War Rope

Made of exceptionally tear-proof polypro pylene, 35 mm thick. All markings con form to regulations, black end caps. Rope length: 32 m.

71 124 9646 Each

Sport-Thieme ‘Outdoor’ Competition Tug-of-War Rope

Weatherproof competition tug-of-war rope made of tear-proof polypropylene with black end caps. Red marking at the mid dle of the rope. White 4-m marking and yellow 5-m marking on either side of the central mark. Suitable for use by 17 pairs of people. Tensile strength approx. 14,000 daN. L: 33.5 m, dia.: 35 mm. 71 124 9242 Each

Sport-Thieme ‘Outdoor’ Tug-of-War Rope

For sports and leisure use outdoors. With red centre mark and plastic end caps. Weatherproof, hemp-effect polypropylene rope. Dia.: 12 mm. L: 8 m. 480 g.

71 124 9255

124 9200

124 9213

124 9239

10

dia.: 12 mm Each

dia.: 20 mm Each

mm Each

mm Each

dia.:

Spordas TeamKatchers

Develops communication and collabora tion in teams of 2 and 3 people. Trains eyehand coordination, reaction and speed. 100% nylon mesh. Dia.: 75 cm. Balls not included.

71 134 4732 Set of 6

Spiral Play Tunnel

For the play area or as a challenging addi tion to an obstacle course. With transpar ent strip to give the kids a view. Hardwearing and weatherproof. For indoor and outdoor use. Folds down. 100% nylon.

300 cm long, dia.: 60 cm. Incl. storage bag.

71 135 6612 Each

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

Activi-T Blanket

The ideal team blanket for cooperation and coordination games. Moving from one point to another requires coordinated pushing or shuffling along. It adds even more fun and increases the diffi culty when the ‘shuffler’ at the front changes direction. Ideal for competitive games. With playing in structions (in German). Extremely durable and washable. Made of 90% nylon and 10% polyester. LxW: approx. 213x92 cm.

71 215 4608 Each

Mega Tunnel

Larger than a standard play tunnel. The wide diameter makes fast crawling possi ble. The tunnel has 6 colours and can be

added to other tunnels. This creates a curved path which you can use for a varie ty of new games. 100% nylon, folds down, saving space. Dia.: 91 cm, 3.7 m long, 4 kg.

71 135 6638 Each

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

Indoor tug-of-war rope

Outdoor tugof-war rope

Creative Movement Games

Sport-Thieme dance sack

4 With very flexible seams

Translucent and breathable

Sport-Thieme Dance Sack

Make dance and movement fun! The dance sack awakens an interest in exper imenting and creativity and leads to a new level of self-awareness. Dance and theatre groups will get new ideas be cause of the various creative methods of expression that arise with every move ment. Highly elastic, hygienic fabric with a practical zip! Material: 91% polyamide, 9% elastane. Size S: for nursery children up to 140 cm tall. Size L: for children between 140 and 160 cm tall. Size XL: universal, for heights between 160 and 190 cm. Size XXL: maxi, for 2 people up to 190 cm tall.

Sport-Thieme

Ultraviolet Dance Sack

The neon yellow material is luminous, especially in ultraviolet light. Highly flexible, hygienic fabric. In S, L, XL and XXL sizes just like 1|. 91% polyamide, 9% elastane.

71 230 3534

71 230 3505

71 230 3518

71 230 3521

Sport-Thieme

Juggling Scarves

Each

Each

Each

Each

Sport-Thieme

Cotton Scarves

Colourful, hemmed scarves. 100% cotton.

Ideal for imaginative games: fold them into shapes, conceal things with them, feel them, transport them, throw them in to the air. Can also be used as a para chute. Choice of two sets: 70x70 cm and 150x150 cm.

71 262 2806  LxW: 70x70 cm 4-piece set

71 262 2819  LxW: 150x150 cm 4-piece set

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

380

of Cotton

Made from durable, flyaway chiffon (100% nylon). Suitable for rhythmic move ments and for slow sequences of move ment. Hemmed edges. 6 scarves in differ ent colours. Washable at up to 30°C.

71 265 0005-2  45x45 cm 6-piece set

71 265 0018-2  65x65 cm 6-piece set

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

Sport-Thieme

‘Large’ Juggling Scarves

Perfect for movement games, dancing and juggling. Made from soft flyaway chiffon material. 100% polyamide, as light as a feather. 140x140 cm, assorted colours. Washable at up to 30°C.

71 136 0211 Each

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

Sport-Thieme

‘XXL’ Juggling Scarves

Great fun can be had with these extralarge scarves in movement, dance and group games. Made from super-light chiffon (100% nylon). Four scarves in yellow, red, green, blue. 245x130 cm.

71 204 7209 4-piece set

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. To be used under the direct supervision of an

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

protects heads and fingers

Spinning Tops & Balance Discs

Top rated sport-thieme.com

1

Sport-Thieme

Giant Spinning Top Develops team spirit. Also great for work ing with people with learning and physical disabilities. With safe rounded edges. For up to 4 children or 2 adults. For people

2aged 3–99. Made of polyethylene. Dia.: 140 cm. 40 cm deep. Max. load: 160 kg. Approx. 10 kg. 71 127 7917 Each

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

Gonge ‘Top’ Spinning Top

For 1 or 2 children. For coordination train ing, developing a sense of balance and improving motor functions. Can be used as a toy both outdoors and indoors. Made of impact-resistant HDPE plastic. Dia.:

Top rated sport-thieme.com

80 cm, 44 cm deep, 3 kg. Max. load: 120 kg. For children aged 3–10. 71 127 7904 Each

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

Pedalo ‘Carousel’

An indoor carousel for children aged 3 or more. For the carousel to move, the ball bearing-mounted disc has to be turned by the user, or with the help from a friend.

Treated birch plywood. Dia.: 50 cm. H: 8 cm. Max. load: 100 kg. 4 kg.

71 198 6323

Each

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

Also take a look at:

Pedalo ‘Rodeosell’

Can be used on both sides. On the active side, the ‘rodeoseller’ must spin the car ousel themself to get it going. On the pas sive side, the Rodeosell creates momen tum of its own. With non-slip surface.

From 3 years of age. Varnished birch ply

wood. Dia.: 55 cm. H: 22 cm. Max. load: 100 kg. 8.6 kg. Registered design: 20 2007 004 456.9.

71 211 7007 Each

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

Pedalo Pedal Racers

A version for any purpose:

4 Feels like a unicycle

4 Take on the corners!

Pedalo ‘Sport’ Pedal Racer

The original – moves like a unicycle. Max. load: 120 kg. 5-year guarantee!

71 129 6307  With black tyres Each

71 129 6323  With grey tyres Each

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. To be used under the

4 For up to 3 people

Medium length

Pedalo ‘Slalom’ Pedal Racer

The Pedalo with a difference, specially designed for tak ing corners. You turn by moving your upper body or hips, making it a popular training aid in various sports. Lx WxH: 38x22x22 cm. Max. load: 100 kg. 5-year guaran tee!

71 129 7108

Attention! To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

4 Increased difficulty

Each

Pedalo ‘Combi’ Pedal Racer

The Pedalo for two with extra-long foot boards (60x14 cm). Partner exercises increase the difficulty level, develop coordinated movements and require social inter action. Different positions, such as back-to-back, face-toface, both facing forwards or backwards, will set new challenges. Suitable for any age. Max. load: 200 kg. Lx WxH: 64x38x22 cm. 5-year guarantee!

71 129 7300 Each

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

Pedalo Pedal Racer Starter Set

Pedalo ‘Wawago’ Pedal Racer

Versatile piece of equipment for improving motor func tions and experiencing an all-new sensation of moving.

4

Pedalo ‘Family’ Pedal Racer

Find your rhythm as a team. The two adjustable supports provide an additional hold and make movement easy.

Standing surface 100x14 cm. Max. load: 200 kg. 5-year guarantee!

71 198 1706

Each

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

By flipping one foot board out lengthways, you can ad vance in a stepping motion either with the right or left leg leading. Rolling backwards requires a whole other range of movements. LxWxH: approx. 40x40x22 cm. Max. load: 150 kg. 5-year guarantee!

71 128 8201

Each

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult. Protective equipment should be worn. Not to be used in traffic.

Makes using Pedalos easy! Simply hang on to the rope when learning and off you go.

After a little practice, you can try without the rope. The set includes:

• 1 Pedalo Sport, 1|

• 1 pair of Pedalo ropes

71 129 6381

2-piece set

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

4 Therapy and rehabilitation

7

Pedalo ‘Rehabilitation Bar’ Pedal Racer

Extra-wide version giving you more room to move. Trains your leg muscles and coordination. Also suitable for peo ple who require a walking aid. Holding onto the bars re moves the pressure from your legs. Comes with grey tyres and bolted-on wheels (can be changed easily).

Max. load: 280 kg. L: 1 m. 5-year guarantee!

71 129 6538

Each

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult. Protective equipment should be worn. Not to be used in traffic.

Pedalo ‘Sport S Air’ Pedal Racer

Balance on it just like a unicycle. A challenging game for nurseries, primary schools and festivals. 12-inch pneu matic tyres (dia. approx. 30 cm). Max. load: 130 kg.

5-year guarantee!

71 129 4907

Each

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult. Protective equipment should be worn. Not to be used in traffic.

Accessories

Pedalo Soft Pads

The soft foot pads are made of special hygienic foam, they are joint-friendly and increase the training effect.

Non-slip. To be placed on the Pedalo’s foot boards. Lx

WxH: 30x14x2.5 cm.

71 197 4876

Pair

382 5-year guarantee

Even more Pedalo products

Pedalo Telescopic Supports

Provide safety during practice and in crease the number of possible exercis es. Suitable for Pedalo ‘Combi’, ‘Family’ and ‘Rehabilitation Bar’ pedal racers as well as for Pedalo roller boards, ‘RolaBola’ and rocking boards. Height adjust able with a quick-release mechanism to any level between 64–100 cm.

71 129 6642 Pair

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Pedalo

Bear roller

Springboard

Balance trike

many possibilities...

Roller Boards

10

& finger protection

Sport-Thieme ‘Colour Line’

Roller Board Set

Brightly coloured roller board fun. The ergonomically shaped roller boards will make your sports lesson even more appealing. Easy to handle thanks to ball bearing-mounted swivel castors, the board’s low cen tre of gravity and low net weight – also suitable for toddlers aged 3 or over! Quiet castors, simple assem bly with the tool provided. 60x35 cm. 2.8 kg. Max load: 100 kg.

The set includes: 1 roller board 9| in each colour: blue, pink, green and orange 71 223 5804 Set of 4

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

Roller Boards

roller boards

Shock absorbers on the corners

Protect hands, gym walls and other roller boards

Sport-Thieme Roller Board Padding

New, improved version made from par ticularly hard-wearing foam! Comforta ble and non-slip when kneeling on the roller board. With this padding, the side edges are enclosed increasing safety for the hands in case of any collisions! Suit able for all roller boards with a board size of approx. 62x35 cm (e.g. ‘Stand ard’, ‘Double’ or ‘Cap’). Roller board not included.

71 131 8005

71

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. Contains individual parts that may be swallowed. Danger of suffocation.

For your safety

Pedalo roller boards come with extra safety. Mount the additional, ergonom ically shaped ball grips onto the boards and your hands are immediate ly protected!

Sport-Thieme

Board Set

Sport-Thieme

Roller Board Paddle

Turn your roller board into an indoor pad dle boat. The new way of moving makes children even more skillful when using roller boards. The abrasion-resistant rub ber balls allow for controlled movement e.g. when using the Sport-Thieme games obstacle course. L: approx. 100 cm. As sorted colours. Roller board and padding not included.

71 199 9509 Each

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

Roller Board Protective Edges

Ideal impact protection. If the roller board is hit, it will roll gently back from the ob stacle and therefore prevent damage to the roller board, wall, etc. Can be retrofit ted to all wooden roller boards with a thickness of up to 18 mm. Screws and washers not included. Protected design.

71 129 0224 Set of 4

Pedalo ‘Classic’ Roller Board

The universal handy roller board with a variety of uses. You can insert side pan els, supports, bars, grips, etc. into the holes along the sides. Smooth-running, ball bearing-mounted swivel castors.

60x35 cm. 5-year guarantee!

71 207 5408  Classic Each

71 207 5437  With ball grips Each

71 207 5440  With sides Each

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

Pedalo ‘Scooter’ Roller Board

The indestructible roller board with shock absorbers for tough use in schools and general sports. The shock absorbers on each corner protect hands, the walls and also protect against crashes with other roller boarders. Smooth-running ball bearing-mounted castors.

5-year guarantee!

71 207 5509 Each

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

Roller Board Paddles

With the power coming from both arms, even small children can move around eas ily. The padded handles mean that these oars are comfortable to hold and the rub ber pads provide an ideal grip, even on smooth floors. L: 47 cm. Roller board not included.

71 200 2910 Pair

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

Sport-Thieme

Protective Wheel Caps

Roller boards will not only look nicer with these translucent red spoilers, they will be safer too! The soft protective caps gen tly push the fingers away from the wheels. Can be retrofitted to virtually any wooden roller board. Dia.: 11 cm, H: 6 cm.

71 214 2904 Set of 4

Approved by TÜV AUSTRIA, certificate no.: ZSTS/APZE/2353

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Classic Roller board with sides

Top rated sport-thieme.com

Sport-Thieme ‘All-Terrain’

Gliding Roller Board

Finally there is a roller board suitable for robust outdoor use. It is great fun for old and young: sit, lie or kneel on it by your self or with someone else. Great for ball games and races. With a non-slip surface, smooth-running, ball bearing-mounted scooter castors for an easy and quiet ride on almost any surface. Will support up to 120 kg and is virtually indestructible! 60x35x12 cm. 5-year guarantee!

71 128 6306

Each

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

Pedalo ‘Sausmaus All-Round’

Roller Board

Suitable for indoor use and for slightly un even outdoor surfaces. Birch plywood board with water-repellent coating and protective rubber edging. With 4 ball bearing-mounted inline swivel castors (dia. 75 mm). Board diameter: 70 cm. H: 14 cm. Max. load: 150 kg.

71 128 9927

Each

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. Long cord. Danger of strangulation. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

Sport-Thieme

Roller Board Transport Trolley

Up to 15 roller boards measuring 62x35 cm can be stored on this sturdy, powder-coated trolley, thereby saving space. It can then be pushed into the equipment room and secured with the 2 locking castors. Can also be locked with a cable lock (not included). LxWxH: 73x42x88 cm.

71 184 3604

Sport-Thieme

Roller Boards

Roller boards for outdoor fun!

Each

Roller Board Storage Trolley

Convenient, compact storage and trans portation of up to 20 roller boards. Strong tubular steel construction, 80x47x105 cm. Suitable for all sizes and designs.

5-year guarantee!

71 131 0102

Approved by TÜV AUSTRIA, certificate no.: 1903-PS19-290-Z

Each

Even more roller boards & accessories online at: sport-thieme.com

Roller boards

sport-thieme.com

Ball bearing-mounted scooter wheels: smooth-running

4 For up to 15 roller boards

4 For up to 20 roller boards

Roller

Roller boards

Balancing

Build’n’Balance

Balancing paths

and

Build’n’Balance

Planning, building, balancing. The different elements can be connected in a variety of ways. the only barrier when it comes to building balancing paths and landscapes. justed to meet the needs of the child. The steps, levels and platforms heights of 10, 17 and 24 cm. The system is very sturdy and can support body weights of up to 100 kg.

1

Gonge Build’n’Balance ‘Balancing Challenge’

2

Set

Set up a balance path that is full of variety in next to no time.

The set includes:

• 2 rocking boards

• 3 balance beams

• 2 low pylons

• 3 high pylons

71 266 1100 10-piece set

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

Gonge Build’n’Balance

‘Balance Paradise’

One of the most versatile and varied balancing paths!

The set includes:

• 3 beams

• 3 logs

• 6 high pylons

• 3 low pylons

• 1 platform

• 1 rocking board

• 1 slackline

71 216 3518 18-piece set

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

9

Togu Senso Balance Set

The set includes 3 pairs of balance elements with differ ent dynamics: 2 balance pads (dia. 16 cm, 0.5 cm high),

2 balance cushions (dia. 16 cm, 5 cm high, max. load: 150 kg) and 2 balance hedgehogs (dia. 16 cm, 5 cm high, max. load: 200 kg). Senso nubs stimulate reflex zones in the foot.

71 269 7707

6-piece set

Togu Air Course

This air-filled balancing set will provide a whole new range of challenges and is sure to make the activity more dynamic. The elements offer different sensorimotor stim uli and difficulty levels. The latter can be adjusted by changing the air pressure. The Jumper is probably the most fun: it is like a mini trampoline. Extremely strong, durable and easy to clean. Choice of two sets: ‘Mini’ and ‘Maxi’.

71 215 1928  Mini

6-piece set

71 215 1915  Maxi 11-piece set

Togu Dynair ‘Mini’ Balance Cushions

Using these inflatable ‘river stones’ you can design your own challenging balancing path. The more the cushion is inflated, the more unstable it becomes and balancing will therefore be more difficult. Who will get to the end without touching the floor? The pleasant nubs on one side stimulate your sense of touch. Includes pump.

Dia.: 20 cm. Max. load: 200 kg.

71 128 6104 4-piece set

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

3

River stones, 6-piece set

Gonge River Stones

The ground is made of lava so you have to jump from stone to stone. Children improve their coordination, learn to judge distances and lose any fear of jumping over ditches and other objects. Non-slip with rubber edges underneath. Set with 3 large and 3 small stones in 6 col ours. Max. load: 100 kg.

71 134 3003

6-piece set

Attention! To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

Gonge River Stones Set

The set includes:

• 6 river stones, 3|

• 5 hilltops, 4|

71 134 3087

Set

4

Hilltops, 5-piece set

Jumping from stone to stone

Top rated sport-thieme.com

5

5-piece set consisting of 4 river stones and 1 hidden spring stone

Gonge Hilltops

The new challenge: to jump from peak to peak. Also a good addition to the river stones. The set includes 5 hill tops in 3 heights (8.5 cm, 17 cm, 25.5 cm). Max. load: 100 kg. Suitable for children from 2 years of age and for adults.

71 134 3016

5-piece set

Attention! To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

7

11-piece set

Attention! To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

Gonge Adventure Set

The set includes:

• The 5-piece hilltops set, 4|

• The 5-piece hidden spring stone set, 5|

The new spring stone:

• Soft and flexible base

• Solid peak

5

Set

71 266 1009 10-piece set

Attention! To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

Gonge Set with Hidden Spring Stone

A real challenge for little acrobats: amongst the 4 rigid river stones there is 1 flexible spring stone. Concealed steel springs inside give the stone its dynamism. If kids step onto the stone, their body has to work against the springy movements to maintain their balance. The set includes 5 stones (all 10 cm high). River stones can sup port up to 100 kg. The spring stone can support up to 50 kg.

5-piece set

Attention! To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

4 Set of 3

4 Incl. pump

Togu Senso Balance Bar Set

The air-filled, semi-cylindrical balance bars make a great addition to any balance path. The surface’s cone-shaped pimples stimulate the soles of the feet as you move along the bars, improving perception. LxWxH: 50x7.5x5 cm.

Every set contains one bar in each colour: red, green and blue.

71 194 9605

Also take a look at:

3-piece set

Balancing & perception development, pages 402–403

Spikey surface for massage effect

71 187 7902

Sport-Thieme Balance Hedgehogs

Turn balance exercises into an exciting game, and have a pleasant foot massage at the same time. Develops coor dination and movement as well as physical perception. Also suitable for various strength exercises and different games. With needle valve for individually adjusting the pressure. Dia.: 16 cm. Max. load: 90 kg. Assorted col ours.

71 186 5208

sport-thieme.com

4 Improves coordination and mobility

4 Foot massager and balance trainer in one

Sport-Thieme Balance Hedgehog Set

The set consists of six pairs of balance hedgehogs in as sorted colours. The pressure can be adjusted via a nee dle valve. Dia.: 16 cm. Max load: 90 kg.

71 186 5211 12-piece set

sport-thieme.com/

4

Sport-Thieme Balance Rope

Made of natural hemp fibres, 2 m long, 6 cm in dia., with heat-shrink ends made of plastic. Dr Anette Bauer (German Sport University Cologne) wrote: “Thanks to its versatility and highly stimulative nature, the balance rope is (also) a great piece of equipment for children with mild cerebral dysfunctions.”

390

1

Sport-Thieme Balance Wall

Can be put together in a host of different ways, meaning you can constantly create new paths. Sturdy due to triangular cross section. Plastic. Width of surface: 5.5 cm.

Max. load: 80 kg. WxH, of each element: 12x12.5 cm. Lengths – curved pieces (in ner/outer edge): 27/29 cm, straight piec es: 24 cm, connector piece: 12 cm, end piece: 5 cm.

The sets include the following:

• Curves – 12 curved pieces

• Cross – 1 connector & 12 straight pieces

• S – 1 end, 4 straight & 12 curved pieces

• 8 – 1 connector, 8 straight & 18 curved pieces

71 175 2205  Curves 12-piece set

71 175 2218  Cross 13-piece set

71 175 2221

71 175 2234

18-piece set

27-piece set

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

Accessories

Connector piece

2

Sport-Thieme

End piece

Balance Wall Accessories

Practical extras for combining path sec tions or adding a cap stone to the bal ance wall. End piece – LxWxH: approx. 12x5x12.5 cm, approx. 93 g. Connector piece – LxWxH: 12x12x12.5 cm, approx. 200 g.

71 281 1707  End piece Each

71 281 1710  Connector piece Each

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

3

Pedalo Balance Hemisphere

Can be used on both sides. For strength ening the foot muscles and the arch of the foot. With ergonomically optimised curva ture. Flat side with non-slip surface. Oiled beech wood. Hxdia.: 5x14 cm. Max. load: 120 kg.

71 127 3117 Each

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

Even more balance products online at: sport-thieme.com

Balance

4 Tactile pimpled course

7

Sport-Thieme

‘Multimax’ Sand Snake

Featuring a textured surface, the 3D mate rial offers tactile stimuli when you balance and walk on it with bare feet. You can also place the snake on your shoulders and feel its pleasant weight. Cover: 100% pol yester, filled with 7 kg of quartz sand. L: 2.60 m, dia.: 6 cm.

71 198 5564 Each

Sport-Thieme Sand Snake

Motivates people to balance on it – and it won’t roll over. The sand snake can be laid straight, curved or over and under itself. The flexible 3D material massages and stimulates the soles of the feet. Ideal for use in therapy for people with perception disorders. Cover: 100% polyester, filled with 4 kg of quartz sand. L: 1.70 m, dia.: 6 cm.

71 198 5506  Blue Each

71 198 5519  Orange Each

‘Hedgehog’

Balancing Path Set

The versatile, endless balancing path, with non-slip pimples is a real winner with children. The coloured sections with structured surface also offer tactile and visual stimulation. Total length approx.

7.5 m. The set includes:

• 8 straight sections

• 8 curved sections

• 4 connectors

Maximum load 80 kg.

71 128 5101 20-piece set

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

1

Top rated sport-thieme.com

Karin wrote: “Great balance equip ment! We have loads of fun with it. It’s used by all ages in our club –even by adults and chil dren together.”

Balancing

4 Level of difficulty: easy

4 Suitable for indoor and outdoor use

Pedalo ‘Maxi’ Rocker

Rocking, swinging, swaying – this board has many uses in children’s sports les sons and therapy. Can be used as a rock ing board; simply set the runners to 90° at the ends. Also suitable for exercises ly ing on your front or back. 150x45x16 cm.

Max. load: 200 kg.

71 201 1501 Each

More rockers, wobble boards & balance equip ment online at: sport-thieme.com Balance

Sport-Thieme

‘Maxi’ Rocking Board

For balancing and rocking when sitting, standing, lying or kneeling. Also suitable for people with disabilities and for group exercises. With non-slip cover. Very com fortable and particularly recommended for use in therapy with its 2-cm-thick re movable padding. LxWxH: 170x62x14 cm.

Max. load: 200 kg.

71 129 6802

71 129 6815

padding Each

padding Each

ancing and rocking whilst sitting, stand ing, lying or kneeling. With non-slip run ners. Also suitable for those with disabili ties. Wooden with a non-slip surface. Max. load: 100 kg. LxWxH: approx. 49x49x13 cm.

71 129 6701

Each

Don’t forget to order: Exercise mats, from page 357

4 Ideal for obstacle courses

Roller Tunnel

Just like in a hamster wheel, children can roll themselves or be rolled: whether in a crawling position, sideways in a squatting position, or lying down. Develops motor function and coordination. The tunnel consists of a long, soft foam mat which at

taches to 2 hoops with hook-and-loop fas teners. Can be folded up for compact stor age. Foam with vinyl cover. Dia.: 86 cm.

71 264 2909 Each

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

SportFit Exercise Wheel

Just like in a hamster wheel, children can go around on their own or in pairs. This versatile product can also be used for rocking, balancing, climbing and rotating, and it can be assembled in a half or quar

4 Climbing path, arch and rocker in one

ter circle. Dia.: 134 cm, width: 42 cm, dis tance between rungs: 25 cm. Suitable for children aged 3 and above.

71 207 4405 Each

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

10-cmhigh beam

5-cmhigh beam

1

Sport-Thieme

Giant Building Blocks

Very light and extremely robust building blocks made of unbreakable, tear-proof polyethylene foam. Brightly coloured play huts, castles, towers – there are no limits to what these building blocks can be if you use your imagination. Also suitable for marking out a play area. Assorted col ours.

Cuboid, 40x20x10 cm

71 134 1704 Pack of 10

Panel, 40x20x5 cm

71 134 1717

Cube, 20x20x20 cm

71 134 1720

Beam, 80x10x10 cm

71 134 1733

Beam, 80x10x5 cm

Pack of 10

Pack of 10

Pack of 10

71 134 1746 Pack of 10

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years.

Contains individual parts that may be swallowed.

Danger of suffocation. To be used under the direct su pervision of an adult.

3

Tukluk ‘Pro’

Mat Construction Kit

Tukluk is gym equipment, furniture and construction kit in one. Integrated mag nets perfectly connect the colourful tri angles and squares. They can be com bined in a multitude of ways, allowing the most diverse landscapes, cosy huts and chill-out areas to be created. With several mat construction kits on offer,

392

the options are endless. Due to their attractive design, the Tukluk sets are very popular with children. 100% polyester, polyurethane-coated cover. Cover re movable and washable at 60°C – do not tumble-dry, do not iron.

‘Uno’:

• 7-piece set including 4 squares and 3 triangles

50 cm long (sides), 5 cm thick

‘Duo’:

• 9-piece set including 5 large and 4 small triangles

• Large triangles: 100 cm long (sides), 5 cm thick

• Small triangles: 50 cm long (sides), 5 cm thick

‘Trio’:

• 32-piece set including 10 large and 14 small triangles, as well as 8 squares

2

Sport-Thieme Giant Building Block Starter Set

The set includes:

• 4 cuboids, 40x20x10 cm

• 2 panels, 40x20x5 cm

• 2 cubes, 20x20x20 cm

• 2 beams, 80x10x10 cm

• 2 beams, 80x10x5 cm

71 262 9908 12-piece set

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years.

Contains individual parts that may be swallowed.

Danger of suffocation. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

• Small triangles and squares: 50 cm long (sides), 5 cm thick

71 287 2605

71 287 2618

71 287 2621

7-piece set

9-piece set

32-piece set

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years.

Set • Large triangles: 100 cm long (sides), 5 cm thick

This toy contains magnets or magnetic compo nents. Magnets sticking together or becoming at tached to a metallic object inside the human body can cause serious or fatal injury. Seek immediate medical help if magnets are swallowed or inhaled.

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Cuboid

Panel

Weichelt

Giant Building Blocks

Children will have great fun with these blocks: playing creatively or using them for role play. They measure 30 cm and all blocks combine together in any way. Foam core, cover made of durable mate rial (87% polychloride, 13% polyester) in imitation-leather quality. A must-have for any nursery, primary school and chil dren’s play area.

71 127 9610  Small set 10-piece set

71 127 9607  Large set 21-piece set

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

Soft Mat Cover for Giant Building Blocks

Convert your set of giant building blocks into a wonderful soft mat. Also ideal for compact storage. Made of durable tar paulin. For 10-piece set: 120x90x30 cm or for 21-piece set: 150x150x30 cm.

‘Labyrinth’

phant skin’ will let them stack, throw and play with the blocks without any prob lems. The 9 building bricks have 25-cm-

Building & Playing Blocks

rolling. Ideal for building an activity park. With their 60/30 cm size, the individual elements can also be combined with the giant building blocks. Foam core with skin-friendly soft fabric cover (100% poly chloride). LxWxH: 120x120x120 cm.

16-piece set

Attention! To be used under the direct supervision of

Sport-Thieme

Cover for Giant Cube

Holds the individual parts together as a giant cube which can then be used as a large platform for jumping and exercising.

Also ideal for storage. Robust yet soft cov er (100% polychloride) with zip. LxWxH: 120x120x120 cm.

71 129 4503

4 Washable

1 2

Sport-Thieme

‘Classic’ Beanbags

Pleasant to the touch and very durable. Soft bag made of 100% cotton (195 g/m²). Filled with either natural dry beans or plastic granulates.

See table for available versions.

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. Contains individual parts that my be swallowed. Danger of suffocation.

3

Sport-Thieme

‘Round’ Storage Bag

With carrying handle for ease of transport. Polyester. Net inserts provide good venti lation. Hxdia.: 21x28 cm.

71 129 8811 Each

Storage bag

- Free extra in all 32-piece sets!

- Now also available on its own

washable beanbags

500 g 20x15 cm 71 126 6405 71 126 6418 71 126 6421 71 126 6434 Each

71 124 7709

2| Sport-Thieme ‘Classic’ beanbags

120 g 15x10 cm 71 126 6708 71 126 6711 71 126 6724 71 126 6737 Each

71 124 7608

500 g 20x15 cm 71 126 6809 71 126 6812 71 126 6825 71 126 6838 Each 71 124 7800

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Sensory Integration

The most popular products in use

A platform swing provides targeted vestibular stimuli:

• Different types of swing behaviour through variation of the suspension points

• Swinging parallel to the ground, turning, circling and rocking

• Picking up items from the floor, moving from one sus pended piece of equipment to another without touch ing the floor, jumping off onto a padded area...

• Can be used in different positions, e.g. lying, sitting or in quadrupedal position

• Encourages the individual to adjust the position of their head, use body tension, find a visual fixation point and employ general orientation processes

Platform swings can be found on page 399.

Soft play

• Building blocks made of soft foam in various shapes, colours and sizes promote children’s creativity – and encourage them to be active and play

• The blocks’ bright colours stimulate the visual sys tem

• Touching and squeezing the blocks stimulates the tactile system

• Soft-play items are highly appealing and offer count less combination possibilities, e.g. for building obsta cles, designing play and exercise areas, ...

396

• Circular or square springy surface with edge padding

• Sunk into the ground, or raised with padded floor in the safety area

• Great for gently bouncing on one or both legs, jumping set patterns, swinging while standing or lying down, rocking, jumping on or off

• Promotes balance reaction, stimulation of the proprio ceptive system by putting pressure on or off an individ ual’s joints, body tension, orientation in space, adjust ment of posture

Trampolines can be found on pages 302–303 and 397.

Slide

• Ramp and slide made of solid material

• Can be used in various ways: individuals can slide down on their bum, on a roller board or sitting on a blanket, they can climb the ramp or pull themselves up using a rope, and they can let balls roll down the ramp. Arrange cushions or soft-play building blocks at the end of the ramp/slide.

• Promotes balance reaction, stimulation through accel eration and deceleration, use of muscles when pulling oneself up or climbing the ramp

The slide as well as accessories can be found online.

Cluster swing

• Soft, filled swinging bag with single-point suspen sion

• Hold on tight to swing and spin

• Great for jumping off onto cushions, clinging on with both legs and dangling

• Prompts individual to ad just the position of their head, trains body tension, visual fixation in space, ori entation processes, ...

The cluster swing can be found on page 398.

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Themed climbing walls

Platform swings

Page

Page

Rolling bar slide

Page Soft mats

Based on ‘Sensory Processing Disorder – Theory and Therapy of Sensory Integration’ by Borchardt et al., pub lished by Schulz-Kirchner-Verlag, Idstein 2005. Soft-play building blocks can be found on pages 392–393.

‘Kangaroo’ Trampoline

Super elastic trampoline with professional swing and bounce characteristics. The rubber suspension cords make it particularly low impact. Simply fold it together for storage. Particularly safe trampoline bed and cover are securely joined together. Size of trampoline bed: 120x180 cm. Size when folded up: 240x180x15 cm. Suit able for children aged 3 or more and adults. 71 127 6204 Each

SI Roller

The child’s vestibular system is stimulated greatly as they roll over the ground inside the roller. Rolling over a ramp or small incline increases this effect. Ideal for therapy, nurseries and primary schools. LxWxH: 60x50x60 cm. Inner diameter: 40 cm. The cover is made from very durable artificial leather (outer material: 100% polychloride). Outer colour: red, front and back: yellow, interior: light green.

71 260 9805 Each

Sensory integration (SI)

Some children seem a little different: they are clumsier, stumble more often, break things. Their speech is more slurred, they twist words, are particularly shy. Or they appear to seek risks and lack restraint. They have difficulties with writing, reading or maths, but not due to lacking intelligence.

Sensory

The SI concept

Sensory integration is a normal neurological process in which the brain organises incoming sensory stimuli from the surroundings, enabling people to behave ap propriately in their environment. The sensory informa tion perceived is organised and processed, linked and interpreted – this may relate to the perception or un derstanding of an item or the environment, but also to an adapted behaviour or a learning process . Sensory integration ensures that all sections of the central nervous system that are necessary for a person to en gage with their surroundings in a meaningful and emo tionally satisfying way are aligned.

Sensory integration connects different perception are as . It plays a crucial role in a child’s overall develop ment from the very start, because the child uses its ex periences to learn new things. New connections in their brain’s network of nerve cells are created – add ing new information to the brain’s memory.

With the experiences gained, the child in turn tries out new things, and thus a constantly expanding spiral of learning development is created. This includes learn ing at motor functions level as well as linguistic, men tal and emotional development

Kristiane Kull-Sadacharam GSID founder

Suitable for Sensory/integrative Ayres therapy and sensory/ integrative educational sciences offer a concrete line of action for children and adolescents with the following dysfunctions:

• Dysregulated infants / excessive criers

• Children with multiple disabilities

• Various forms of autism

• Forms of movement disorders

• Mental disabilities with or without deformities

• Learning disorders / behavioural disorders / so cioemotional problems

• Attention deficit / hyperactivity disorders (AD HD)

‘Hopper’ Jumping Cushion

This sturdy jumping cushion has no hard frame or edges. The fully integrated special springs are compressed when you jump on them – and are released during rest ing. Sides are made of artificial leather (88% polychlo ride, 8% polyester, 4% cotton), underside: non-slip gym nastics mat material, upper side: dark grey mixed fabric (85% polyacrylic, 10% polychloride, 5% polyester).

– LxWxH: 107x70x17 cm, max. load 40 kg

• Maxi – LxWxH: 130x90x25 cm, max. load 70 kg

71 278 4003

Each

71 278 4016  Maxi Each

The therapy room

Recommendation on set-up and equipment

• The room should be sufficiently spacious for children to play freely and make the most of all the equipment. Al ternatively, several therapy rooms with different equipment or an additional chill-out area could be suita ble.

• The floor should be made of wood if possible – floors featuring too many colours or patterns are not recom mended.

• The equipment and materials should be adapted to the height and age of the children, and the children should be free to use the equipment as they wish.

• Depending on the exercise, the floor should be covered with carpets, mats or mattresses .

• To prevent injuries , radiators and corners should be padded.

• Use different, variable wall and/or ceiling mounts to suspend equipment. The mounts should have a mini mum load capacity of 300 kg and should be serviced regularly, just like the equipment itself.

Please note

Ideal are products and materials that encourage the child to engage in an activity (curiosity as a possible motivator).

The use of different products and materials provides a wide range of sensory inputs:

• Tactile stimuli – provided by touching, feeling, stroking an object

• Proprioceptive stimuli – provided by pulling, pushing or shoving an object, hanging from it, jumping or climbing over it

• Vestibular stimuli – provided by turning, swinging, slid ing, driving, balancing on and/or from objects

Particularly low impact For young and old Ideal for therapy use and SI Extra soft trampoline mat

Collapsible legs

Sensory Integration

‘XTENSi’ bungee swing

Top rated sport-thieme.com

Ursula wrote:

“Fun jumping. The swing is suitable for children and slim teen agers. They love being able to jump in a safe environment like this.

Assembly was very easy. Does need some assistance.”

Don’t forget to

Protective mats, from

‘Therapy Plus’ Maxi Swing

This swing provides plenty of space for 2 people. By sitting on the swing together with their patients, therapists can build trust that can lay the foundation for suc cessful therapy. The ergonomically curved shape provides a feeling of safety. When suspended upside down, the swing can be used in a variety of applications such as stretching exercises and mas sage . The 2 yellow orientation stripes help people with limited vision to identify the edge of the swing more quickly and easily.

Despite its large size (166x76 cm), the swing’s lightweight construction means it

398

to

More therapy swings and accessories available

at: sport-thieme.com

Therapy swings

1

Sport-Thieme XTENSi Bungee Swing

New: now also with shortened belt and padding for small children!

An attractive and multifunctional swing. The child swings softly up and down, back and forth. With the use of pressure and resistance, the proprioceptive and vestib ular systems are developed. Children with disabilities can also enjoy new variations in movement. Lots of different uses in psychomotricity, sensory integration, oc cupational therapy, physiotherapy, in nurseries, schools etc. Developed and tested over many years in practice by the sensory integration therapist E. Wankerl. Using the swivels included, the multifunc tional swing is also ideal for use in sports.

‘Kindergarten’ : for children aged 3–5 weighing up to 40 kg. ‘Universal’ : for chil dren aged 6 and above and adults up to 80 kg. Suitable for ceiling heights of ap prox. 2.4–3.7 m.

‘Kindergarten’, 3–5 years

71 208 8567 Each

‘Universal’

71 208 8509 Each

More information online: sport-thieme.com

71 208 8567

only weighs 11.5 kg. The swing is also par ticularly safe due to its lightweight alu minium frame construction and thick, extra-padded frame cover , which is black and great-grip (100% polypropyl ene). Comes with 4 length-adjustable ropes for ceiling heights of up to 2.8 m, with safety screw joints on the frame. Max. load: 150 kg. 71 196 0857

4 Available in two sizes

3

Sport-Thieme Tyre Swing

A new way to swing: sitting or lying on your belly, you can move in all directions and turn on every axis. Ideal for nurser ies, schools and other organisations. Mul ti-coloured cover made of 100% polyam ide. Available in 2 sizes: ‘Kids’ (outer dia.: approx. 95 cm, inner dia.: approx. 50 cm, max. load: 80 kg) and ‘Maxi’ (outer dia.: approx. 135 cm, inner dia.: approx. 83 cm, max. load: 100 kg). Comes with adjusta ble suspension ropes.

71 174 0918  Kids Each

71 174 0921  Maxi Each  Attention! To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

4

Sport-Thieme Cluster Swing

Swing, sway, spin – the multi-coloured, flexible cluster swing is lots of fun. Like little monkeys, kids cling on with their legs and hold on tightly with their hands. This tones the body and strengthens back and stomach muscles. Balance is trained and spatial awareness is developed. The cluster swing adapts well to the shape of the body thanks to the styrofoam-ball fill ing. Outer material: Cordura (100% poly amide). L: 60 cm, diameter: 40 cm, with 155-cm-long rope and hanging ring. Max. load: 90 kg.

71 174 1100 Each

Also take a look at:

mounts,

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Shown: ‘Kids’ variant

Sensory Integration

For children

Movivit ‘Circle’

Platform Swing

Ideal for developing the vestibular sys tem. Extra-soft, padded round platform swing without any sharp edges. The edge has additional foam padding. With a dura ble synthetic-leather (87% polychloride, 13% polyester) cover. Dia.: 100 cm, 8 cm thick. Includes four 3.5-m heightadjustable ropes and snap hooks. Suita ble for hanging from 1, 2 or 4 points. Par ticularly stable. Max. load: 120 kg. 71 174 5304 Each

Suspension options for 1| & 2|

The various suspension options allow for different types of swinging motions with varying levels of difficulty.

1 2 3

1-point suspen sion

2-point suspen sion

Movivit ‘Square’

Platform Swing

Extra soft, padded sensory integration swing with additional edge padding. Ideal for developing the vestibular system. Skin-friendly, washable cover made of du rable synthetic leather (87% polychloride, 13% polyester). LxW:82x82 cm, 8 cm thick. Includes four 3.5-m heightadjustable ropes and snap hooks. Suita ble for hanging from 1, 2 or 4 points. Par ticularly stable. Max. load: 120 kg. 71 175 9105 Each

Accessory

4-point suspen sion

For ‘Flying’ swing or platform swings.

Strong hemp rope with swivel, figure of 8 hook and hanging ring. For room heights of 2.4–4.0 m. Max. load: 350 kg. 71 129 2930 Each

For adults

4 Max. load of 100 and 200 kg

4 For swinging, rocking and spinning

4

Sport-Thieme ‘Flying’ Swing

For use in nurseries, schools, sports clubs and other establishments. Suita ble for swinging, rocking, turning and ‘flying’. With ropes and two suspension straps. Cover made of lined canvas (100% cotton). LxW: 98x75 cm. Suitable for individuals who are approx. 100–

150 cm tall. Max. load: 100 and 200 kg respectively.

71 127 1922  For children Each

71 127 1935  For adults Each  Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

Approved by TÜV AUSTRIA, certificate no.: ZSTS/ APZE/2348

Also take a look at:

Ceiling mounts on pages 400–401 or online at: sport-thieme.com

Ceiling mounts

Schäfer Swaying Hammock

Children in particular love swinging, swaying and floating in this hammock, whilst experiencing a feeling of weight lessness. You can also step around in it, giving you the feeling you are walking on a cloud. The large cloth can hold several children at once. It can be shaped differ ently by suspending it from one, two or

four points. The extremely tear-resistant, hard-wearing cloth is 100% polyethylene. It has a rope sewn all the way around it and loops on the corners to hang it up. It is strong enough to hold several children at once. Max. load: 150 kg.

71 217 3506  3x3 m Each

71 217 3519  4.5x3 m Each

71 217 3522  6x3 m Each

6

Haidig

Motor Skills Tunnel Swing

Riding seat swing that can also be used for rocking, balancing, chilling out and crawling through. Promotes kinaesthetic learning on different levels. The nets

included allow you to fill the tunnel with balls, for example, turning it into a tactile ball pit/drum. With suspension straps, but without ropes and snap hooks etc. (these must be ordered separately).

Max. load: 150 kg. Dia.: 60 cm. L: 115 cm. 71 204 6714 Each

399sport-thieme.com/ Sensory Stimulation Balls Teamsport Athletics Equipment Swimming Fitness Gymnastics Movement Therapy Leisure Games Service Psychomotricity Sensory Stimulation For advice and to place an order: +49 5357 181 503 sport-thieme.com Top rated sport-thieme.com

Wall & Ceiling Mounts

Mounting rails

Ball bearing-mount ed pendulum hook

4

Ceiling-rail system

Using this multifunctional suspension system will provide you with extra flexibility as the slider can be set to any desired position on the ceiling or wall. A separate ball bearing-mounted swivel hook won’t be required, as the pendulum hook on the slider can do it all. This system is ideal if you work with different swings. It is best mount ed on an 8-cm-wide and 10 cm-thick glue-laminated truss that is attached to the ceiling with brackets.

Ceiling mount

1

Erfi Ceiling Rail

Specially developed rail system for hang ing swings. The suspension points can be individually adjusted. Ideal for mounting onto wooden beams. Exceptionally ro bust.

71

71

71

71

Each

Each

Each

Each

2

Sport-Thieme Suspension Protection

Hang a swing, hook and snap hook to the ceiling. The 1.5-m-long loop rope with quick-release chain link is attached next to the ceiling mount itself which in turn, is attached to the mini ceiling plate (plate is included). The rope is then pulled through all parts of the attachment. A must-have for all swing suspensions!

400

End Cap

With rubber buffer preventing sliders be ing pulled out of the rail.

71 174 8879 Each

5

Sets

Erfi Wall Rail Set

The set includes:

• 4 wall rails, 2 metres each

• 4 sliders with pendulum hooks

• 4 end caps

• Fixing screws for wooden beams

71 174 8518 Set

6

Slider with Pendulum Hook

Moves in all positions – this universal hook completes your rail system. The swivel hook is ball bearing-mounted and fitted with a pendulum ring.

71 174 8853 Each

Erfi Ceiling Rail Set

The set includes:

• 2 ceiling rails, 3 metres each

• 4 sliders with pendulum hooks

• 4 end caps

• Fixing screws for wooden beams

71 174 8505 Set

Beam wall-bracket Recessed eyelet

7

Sport-Thieme Ceiling Mount with D-Ring

To suspend swings etc. safely. Solid steel construction. Max. load: 200 kg. 30x15cm. With screw-lock quick link.

71 177 3806 Each

Approved by TÜV AUSTRIA, certificate no.: ZSTS/APZE/2348

8

Sport-Thieme Looped Strap

Link between ceiling hook and a snap hook or a screw-lock chain link. Achieves improved swing performance thanks to reduced friction. Prevents hazardous met al chips that can result from direct sus pension. High-quality, black polyamide. L: approx. 45 cm. W: 25 mm. Max. load: 230 kg.

71 168 0805

9

Safety Snap Hook

Each

With screw lock for safe and quick at tachment of equipment. L: 10 cm. Max. load: 350 kg.

71 174 7313

10

Rotating Swivel Hook

To allow full rotations when swinging.

Each

Runs smoothly and allows free swinging even when fully weighted. Max. load: 200 kg.

71 174 7108 Each

11

Screw-Lock Quick Link

Very resilient connector for hooks, rings, eyelets. Ideal for suspending swings. 10 mm thick. Max. load: 550 kg.

71 168 0007 Each

Swing Rope

Extremely strong, height-adjustable polyamide safety rope, 3.5 metres long, with thimble and eight-link hook. Max. load: 800 kg.

71 174 7209 Pair

Sport-Thieme

Beam Wall-Bracket

The alternative when there is no way of mounting to the ceiling. The prerequisite for safe attachment is a strong substruc ture, e.g. concrete walls or pillars.

Maximum spanning length: 6 m. Required beam width: 10 cm. Wall plate: 30x30 cm. Beam not included.

71 174 5001 Pair

Recessed Eyelet

For wall mounting of swinging hammocks, ropes and other items of a lower height. When this eyelet is not used, it sits inside the recessed plate. Suitable for use with snap hooks. The outer edges of the frame are rounded. WxH: 22x22 cm. Mounting requires a surface of approx. 9x9 cm and a 2-cm-deep recess in the wall. The re cessed eyelet is an ideal solution as when mounted at a height of 2 m or less, pro truding hooks are dangerous.

71 215 7708 Each

Develops coordination and balance

Complete with 4 suspension ropes and snap hooks

Sport-Thieme

Riding Seat Swing

Swinging on this ergonomic, firmly pad ded seat helps tone the muscles, and pro motes coordination and balance. The swing can be used lengthways or side ways. Turned upside down, it forms a large rocking board. With high-quality,

skin-friendly, artificial leather cover (up per material: 100% polychloride). Com plete with 4 suspension ropes and snap hooks. Approx. 130x30x15 cm.

71 174 8101 Each

Approved by TÜV AUSTRIA, certificate no.: ZSTS/APZE/2348

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Sport-Thieme

Universal Ceiling Crossbar

Universal, adjustable ceiling mount. With 17 eyelets (15 mm diameter) from which all types of swings can be suspended. Diago nal mounting requires a space of 131x131 cm (crossbar L: 180 cm). Includes 5 screw-lock quick links. Registered de sign.

For direct mounting onto concrete ceilings

71 207 4809 Each

For suspended ceilings, up to 20 cm

71 207 4812 Each

For suspended ceilings, up to 40 cm

71 207 4825 Each

For suspended ceilings, up to 60 cm

71 207 4838 Each

Approved by TÜV AUSTRIA, certificate no.: ZSTS/APZE/2348

Crossbar for suspended ceilings

Wall & Ceiling Mounts

Ceiling

Crossbar for direct mounting onto concrete ceilings

399

Don’t forget to order: Swaying hammock, page Riding seat swing, page 400

Suspension for swings

Marathon Rolling Joint

Experience a new swinging sensation. Swing gently and silently backwards and forwards for as long as you wish. The ball bearing-mounted rolling joint with a safety mechanism provides a frictionless and safe swing. Includes drilling template, snap hooks and fixings with technical ap proval. Max. dynamic load (per pair): 300 kg.

71 196 1502

71 196 1515

concrete ceilings

wooden beams

19

Sport-Thieme

Suspension Chain

Bridges gaps between high ceilings and the swing suspension, and can be adjust ed to any height using the chain links. Galvanised, 8x52 mm. Max. load: 400 kg.

71 207 1015  1 m Each

20

Adjustable Rope

With eight-link adjustment and screw-lock snap hook. 14-mm-thick staple fibre rope.

71 205 0919

71 205 0935

71 205 0951

85–110 cm Each

135–220 cm Each

185–320 cm Each

21

Gymnastics Ring Strap

Very durable strap for securing swings or other equipment to a pair of gymnastics rings or to ceiling hooks. Max. load per strap: 350 kg. Strap: 53x5 cm. Incl. screwlock quick link. Gymnastics rings not included.

71 127 3700 Each

22

Suspension for Riding Seat Swings

Used to suspend a riding seat swing from the ceiling crossbar. The set includes 2 brackets. W: 25 cm.

71 207 4900 Set

Multifunctional Suspension Strap

An excellent alternative to ropes: you can position swings at the desired height eas ily and without any other equipment. The strap is pulled through a loop at the de sired height and attached to the ceiling suspension using a snap hook. Complies with EN 566. 12 different suspension heights. LxW: 140x1.6 cm. Max. load per strap: 350 kg. 100% polyamide.

71 262 6710 Pair

Suspension Ropes for Therapy Hammocks

Extend the life of your hammock. Tie both ends of the rope through the loops of your hammock. Then simply suspend it from the wall or ceiling mount using the ring in corporated halfway along the rope. This makes the maximum distance between your wall hooks or ceiling mount and the hammock 1.8 m.

71 174 6394

Accessories for all ceiling mounts

Perception

4

Development / ‘Senses’ Games Set

With its brightly coloured balancing and coordination equipment, this set is very

Kids can let their imagination run wild, and build their own balancing tracks in cluding tactile elements and see-saws. The individual components will not only encourage children to balance and jump,

explore the different surfaces with their hands and feet. The equipment is suitable for both individual and group games.

The set includes:

• 1 Gonge spinning top

2 Gonge clown hats

1 Gonge ‘Floor Surfer’ scooter board

1 set of Gonge activity rings

• 1 set of Gonge tactile discs

• 1 set of Gonge river stones

• 1 set of Gonge hilltops

• 1 Gonge foot rocker

• 1 Gonge balance track

71 263 3507 Set

Attention! To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

2

GEO XL Balancing Hedgehogs

Even more fun in therapy, training and games. The different geometric shapes and colours mean you can create many games for developing perception and co ordination. ‘Wobbling’ guaranteed. Made of high-quality Ryton, moulded in one piece, dia. 18 cm, with needle valve so you can regulate the pressure yourself.

71 187 1412

12-piece set

3

Sport-Thieme Sensory Blocks

The different foam fillings challenge dexterity when balancing. Feel with your whole body. When lying on these blocks you will feel how different blocks either support or give in under your body weight. Especially good when you balance on them with your arms. When stacked, they

4 Great fun as with different sinking depths

are great to sit on, as bridges, obstacles, etc. Five blocks, each 50x20x15 cm. Imi tation leather cover (100% polychloride). Registered design.

71 204 3210 Set of 5

Weplay ‘Honey Hills’ Balancing Track

The Weplay ‘Honey Hills’ balancing track consists of honeycomb-shaped balancing elements. The individual, hexagonal step ping stones can be combined in a multi tude of different ways to create balancing paths of various heights. With the ‘lid’ re moved, they can be used like a container and filled with different materials, so that

the children can wade through them to ex plore the different textures with their feet.

The set includes 6 plastic balancing ele ments (LxWxH: 49x26x11 cm) and 3 small bags (made of 70% cotton and 30% poly ester) that can be filled with tactile mate rials.

71 298 2609 Set

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

4 Presents children with a multitude of options

5

Beleduc ‘Stepping Stones’ Balancing Set

The Beleduc ‘Stepping Stones’ balancing set presents children with a multitude of options – whether used as seats for dy namic sitting or for exercises and games to improve balance and motor skills. The set includes 6 soft air cushions made of PVC and 6 round rubber mats. 34 cm in

diameter, 6 cm high. Incl. instructions.

71 297 0602 Set

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

Also take a look at: 388–391 Balance products on pages

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Perception

Medium

1

Gonge Tactile Discs

The varied surfaces of these discs devel op perception in both hands and feet as well as promote speech development in children who try to describe the sensa tions. The rubber used in the discs makes them very pleasant to touch. Each of the 5 different textures are on both a small and a large disc. The larger discs can rest on the floor while the smaller discs can be

held by children in their hands. Very use ful for sensory perception, matching pairs, etc. Contains 5 of each disc diame ter (27 and 11 cm), blindfold and storage bag. For children from 3 years of age and for adults.

71 203 4300  Easy 12-piece set

71 203 4313  Medium 12-piece set

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

10 different textures

Includes a blindfold and storage bag

Stimove Mini Touch Mats

The 6 rectangular mini touch mats made of polyester offer both children and older people a fascinating tactile experience. The textures mimic surfaces such as grass, glitter, sandpaper, fur, snakeskin and carpet. For use on the floor, table or wall. Non-slip under side, surface can be wiped clean. With rein forced eyelet for hang ing. LxW: 20x25 cm.

71 281 5103

set

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. Contains individual parts that may be swallowed. Danger of suffocation. To be used under the direct su pervision of an adult.

Gonge Tactile Discs Set

Set of 24 discs with 10 different tex tures. For children from 3 years of age and adults.

71 203 4384 24-piece set

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

4 Highly varied tactile stimulation

DaVinci Sensory Floor Tiles

Turning every step into an experience for the senses: each of the set’s 6 tiles is filled with a coloured liquid (water/oil mix ture). When stepped on or pressed, fasci nating colourful effects are created. With non-slip coating on the underside. Max. load: 90 kg. LxW: 50x50 cm.

71 267 1303

6-piece set

Wall Mount for Sensory Floor Tiles

Turns sensory floor tiles into wall tiles. The rotating bearing allows fascinating colourful effects to be created. Solid wood. LxWxH: 55x55x1.5 cm. Floor tile not included.

71 267 1404 Each

Tactile Running Strip

The colourful squares with tactile struc tured surfaces can be combined in any way. Ten squares with different surfaces (wood, plastic, 100% polyester carpet and ceramic). Two squares can be filled

with your own material. Side length of each 37.5 cm.

71 175 2003 Set of 12

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

4 9 feet with different materials and surfaces

4 For therapy, sport and games

4 Solid birch plywood

As a result of wearing shoes, our feet don’t often come into contact with differ ent surfaces. With the 9 foot-shaped boards, body perception is trained. Ideal for use in therapy, nurseries, schools and 28x14x2.26 cm. Max. load: 140 kg.

71 262 2705 9-piece set

4 Rotation of the frame creates fascinating colourful effects

3

Bell Ball

Rubbabu Motor Function Balls

Set of 6 rubber balls in different colours. The various sur faces trigger excellent haptic stimuli. With these balls, throwing, rolling, holding and touching becomes a real experience. For children aged 1–5. Dia. 10 cm. 95 g.

1 2

71 286 3809  Tactile 6-piece set

71 286 3812  Sensory 6-piece set

Attention! To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

Rubbabu ‘Mini’ Motor Function Balls

Set of 3 small motor function balls in different colours.

For children aged 1–5. Diameter: 5 cm. 50 g.

71 286 3825 3-piece set

Hard-wearing yet soft with metal bells. Encourages (small) children to crawl or run after it. Visually impaired children try to locate the ball by listening to it. Pleasant to grip, 15-mm-thick special PU foam. With 10 (dia. 12.7 cm) or 20 sound holes (dia. 15 and 22 cm). 152, 240 and 542 g respectively.

71 109 9124  12.7 in diameter

Each

71 109 9111  15 cm in diameter Each

71 109 9137  22 cm diameter Each

Beleduc ‘Multi Moves’ Weight Balls

Set of weighted balls for children aged 4+, consisting of 5 blue balls of different weights and sizes. Made of envi ronmentally friendly PVC and filled with sand. Ideal for improving coordination, balance and motor skills.

The set includes one of each:

• 500 g ball (dia. 80 mm)

• 700 g ball (dia. 80 mm)

• 900 g ball (dia. 100 mm)

• 1,000 g ball (dia. 100 mm)

• 1,300 g ball (dia. 100 mm)

• Exercise poster

286 6606-1

set

4 Makes funny sounds

Giggle Ball

Produces funny noises when moved and develops gener al motor skills. Suitable for all age groups. Diameter: ap prox. 16 cm.

71 171 3204 Each

Attention! To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

Sound Memo

Develops auditory and general perception. 12 wooden boxes filled with 6 different types of material. The player must guess which pairs belong together by shaking them. The markings underneath show if the guess was correct or not. Incl. storage box. LxW: 32x24 cm.

71 181 3601 Each

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. Contains individual parts that may be swallowed. Danger of suffocation.

EduPlay Surprise Spheres

There is plenty to discover with these magical balls: they might all look the same at first glance, but their stainless steal shells hide all sorts of different filling materials, from large beads to sand. As a result, the balls make dif ferent sounds, have different weights and roll ich differ ent ways. Their surface reflects the surroundings in a distorted way. Dia.: 10 cm. 190–290 g.

71 276 1507

404

6-piece set

Attention! To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

4 Develops dexterity, fine motor skills and tactile perception

4 Very versatile – can be used by an individual, a pair or in a group

1

Jumbo Fun Ball

Ball with unpredictable bounce. Trains your respon siveness and reactions. PU foam ball. Approx. 370 g.

71 195 4904 Each

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

2

Volley ‘Unball’

Fun ball with offset centre of gravity, allowing you to train your skill and reaction speed. Foam with ‘ele phant skin’. Dia.: 21 cm. Approx. 250 g.

71 199 3514

ø

ø 4 cm

4 For kneading, grip exercises and relaxation

3

Goki Knead Balls

For kneading, grip exercises and for relaxation. Balloonrubber shell. Filled with corn flour. 6-cm-diameter balls: approx. 125 g. 4-cm-diameter balls: approx. 62 g. From 3 years.

71 189 1108  Dia. 6 cm

71 189 1111  Dia. 4 cm

Set of 12

Set of 30

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. Contains individual parts that may be swallowed. Danger of suffocation. Children under 8 years of age may suffocate on uninflated or burst balloons. Adult super vision is necessary. Keep uninflated balloons out of the reach of chil dren. Remove burst balloons immediately. Use a pump for inflating the balloons. Made from natural latex rubber, which can cause an allergic reaction.

4

‘Buschwusch’ Ball

Eye-catching fun mop ball for beginners to throw, catch and juggle with. Made of soft silicone threads (latexfree). Designs will vary, dependent on stocks.

7-cm-diameter ball: 40 g. 9-cm-diameter ball: 50 g.

11-cm-diameter ball: 140 g.

Buschwusch mini ball, dia. 7 cm

71 251 5928 Each

Buschwusch ball, dia. 9 cm

71 251 5915 Each

Buschwusch maxi ball, dia. 11 cm

71 251 5902 Each

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. Contains individual parts that may be swallowed. Danger of suffocation.

Togu Neon Rainbow Ball

Sport-Thieme Foam Rubber Balls

Excellent bounce. Made of cellular rubber. 3 in each colour. Diameter: 6.5 cm. Approx. 60 g. Incl. mesh bag.

71 108 0807

Attention! To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

New! Knobbly Disco Ball

Starts to glow when shaken. Incl. 3 LR41 button cell bat teries (cannot be replaced). Assorted colours. Made of TPR. Diameter: 5.5 cm. 49 g.

71 318 8516

Set of 12

Set of 12

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. Contains individual parts that may be swallowed. Danger of suffocation.

New! ‘Suboba’ Super-Bounce Ball

Superb bounce. For indoor and outdoor use. Made of TPR. Diameter: 6 cm. 55 g.

71 318 8617

Set of 12

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. Contains individual parts that may be swallowed. Danger of suffocation.

9

Comet Ribbons with Ball

Magically create the most fantastic figures in luminous colours by moving the ribbon in circles. For indoor and outdoor use. Rubber ball with fabric comet tail.

L: 360 cm. Approx. 50 g.

71 185 4901

Set of 24

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. Contains individual parts that may be swallowed. Danger of suffocation. Long cord. Danger of strangulation.

405sport-thieme.com/ Balls Teamsport Athletics Equipment Swimming Fitness Gymnastics Movement Therapy Leisure Games Service Psychomotricity Sensory Stimulation For advice and to place an order: +49 5357 181 503 sport-thieme.com More balls for technique & reaction training online at: sport-thieme.com Balls for technique training 4 Does not roll in a straight line 4 Ball with offset centre of gravity ø 9 cm ø 21 cm ø 11 cm 4 Bounces in all directions Fun & Therapy Balls 7

4 Latex-free

Enste Weighted Blanket

Particularly comfy weighted blanket. With zips for remov ing the weight bags, which are filled with glass beads and padded with low-noise foam. Choice of 4 sizes and 2 covers.

Suratec cover (100% nylon): easy-care and extremely durable, therefore ideal in therapy practices and clinics as well as for people with particular behavioural pat terns. Non-breathable, therefore more suitable for short periods of use and during the day.

100% cotton cover : breathable, therefore ideal as a du vet and for normal amount of use at home.

406

‘Squease’ Pressure Vest

For people with sensory disorders. When the vest is in flated, it becomes tighter. This creates firm pressure on the user’s upper body, similar to a hug, which can be helpful in reducing stress and anxiety, and combatting sensory hypersensitivity and overload. It also promotes body awareness and concentration and can help individu als to relax and fall asleep. The pressure can be easily ad justed with the hand pump. Even fully inflated, the pres sure vest can easily and inconspicuously be worn under clothing. With pump. 80% nylon, 20% elastane.

• XXS – age: 4–7 years, height: 110–134 cm, waist: 50–65 cm

• XS – age: 8–10 years, height: 128–152 cm, waist: 60–75 cm

• S – waist: 72–85 cm, chest: 77–90 cm, height: 154–166 cm

• M – waist: 75–92 cm, chest: 85–102 cm, height: 164–178 cm

• L – waist: 80–100 cm, chest: 90–110 cm, height: 176–192 cm

71 253 3243

71 253 3230

71 253 3201

71 253 3214

71 253 3227

Weighted Snake

Each

Each

Each

Each

Each

Using pressure vests in therapy

In therapy, deep pressure is often used when the fol lowing symptoms are present:

- Autism spectrum disorder (ASD)

- Attention deficit disorder (ADD)

- Attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD)

- Asperger’s syndrome (AS)

- Learning disorders

- Individuals with sensory hypersensitivity

- Profound developmental disorders (PDD/PDD-NOS)

- Proprioceptive dysfunctions

- Sensory integration disorders (SID)

- Sensory processing and perception disorders (SPD)

In certain cases, the use of pressure products, such as vests or weighted blankets, have had a positive effect. Please be sure to consult your doctor or thera pist.

Placed on the shoulders, the weighted snake applies a comforting pressure – a similar feeling to a hug. Placing the snake on an individual’s thighs, hands or forearms can help them to focus on something. Also ideal for peo ple who respond well to sensory deep pressure. Upper material 100% polyester velvet.

Small (S): 76 cm long, 1 kg

71 263 0801 Each

Large (L): 114 cm long, 2 kg

71 263 0814 Each

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. Contains individual parts that may be swallowed. Danger of suffocation.

Stimove ‘Octo’ Weighted Blanket

The octopus’s colourful tentacles and springy hair offer visual and haptic stimulation. Vibration is turned on by pulling a string. Made of felt. LxW: approx. 49x35 cm. 0.86 kg.

71 298 4302 Each

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. Contains individual parts that may be swallowed. Danger of suffocation. Long cord. Danger of strangulation.

Blanket weights

4220

208 4204

cm, blue/red

208 4217

Attention! Contains individual parts

90x72 cm = 5.5

144x72 cm = 9 kg 180x90 cm = 14 kg 198x126 cm = 21 kg

5706

264 5719

264 5722

cm, blue

dark

264 5735 Each

suffocation.

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Auditory

Experts say:

Udo Nickel MD and head in structor at the ERGON training centre for oc cupational therapy

“Music is one of the most im portant elements when holis tically supporting people who are experiencing a difficult situ ation in their lives. Its beats (structure) and sounds (sensory stimulation) are motivating and convey quality of life and mean ing to both young and old.”

Allton sound cradles

The Allton sound cradle is half musical instrument and half chill-out lounger You can sit or lie in it to immerse your senses in an astonishing sound sensa tion. It has been designed so that it can be used as a cradle, a tunnel or, when stood upright, as a sound chair. The All ton sound cradle provides an exception al resonating space , in which the sound of the strings and their vibrations can be

Allton Sound Cradle

Made of shaped, laminated beechwood and other European woods, varnished.

Strung with 2x 18 strings. The sounds can be tuned to 1–2 notes higher or lower. De livery includes tuning key and operating instructions.

71 172 9102

9115

9128

9131

cm Each

cm Each

Each

Each

Perception Development

Allton Table Drum

Groups of 6–14 people can sit or stand around this table drum and all play at the same time. This of fers a wide range of opportunities to develop rhythm and improvisation as well as creating a sense of unity through group experiences. The in tuitive experience allows a sense of rhythm and timing to be learnt in a fun and easy way. Communicative drumming can be performed using drum sticks or the hands. Beechwood body, 2 cm thick, 15 cm deep, with removable legs made of solid beech. Strong, natural skin. Table drum up to 80 cm (72 cm high) with direct covering. All drums available with height-adjustable legs if desired. Other sizes available on request.

More singing bowls available online at: sport-thieme.com

Singing bowls

felt. This allows you to experience the sound as if you were inside a string instru ment such as a harp.

The sound of the strings and their vibra tions can be felt all over the body. By di rectly touching the instrument, the notes can be perceived as a soothing sound massage . In combination with gentle rocking, the sound cradle has an intense,

deeply relaxing effect on both the mind and body within no time at all. The robust, u-shaped cradle features 18 strings on each side, which are tuned in a similar way to a monochord.

The strings can be plucked from inside the cradle thanks to the cradle’s ear-shaped holes, or another person can work the strings from the outside. This gentle ‘mas

sage’ creates a rich and versatile experi ence for children and adults alike. Please note: The sound cradle must be used with a hay mattress when working with mentally disabled people to prevent them from experiencing undesirable side effects. The sound cradle has proven to be a success in therapy, rehabilitation and nurseries and for relaxation.

Peter Hess Therapy Singing Bowl

Excellent for use in therapy. Supplied with double felt mallets; diameters of heads: 5.5 cm and 7.5 cm; handle length: approx. 30.5 cm.

71 171 2201

heart bowl Each

71 171 2214  Joint/universal bowl Each

71 171 2227

pelvis bowl Each

Set of Peter Hess Therapy Singing Bowls

Set with one of each size, incl. 3 double felt mallets with head diameters of 5.5 cm and 7.5 cm; handle length: ap prox. 30.5 cm.

71 171 2230 3-piece set

disabilities, sound cradles should only be used with a hay mattress. The mat tress is filled with 100% natural hay and features a zip and hook-and-loop fasten ing for attaching it to the sound cradle. The cover is made of 60% cotton and 40% PES (polyester).

be tuned to 1–2 notes higher or lower. De livery includes tuning key, hay mattress and operating instructions.

9014

Small pelvis bowl, ø approx. 25.5 cm

Joint/universal bowl, ø approx. 21–22 cm

Small heart bowl, ø ap prox. 16 cm

Effect Wheel

Effect wheels are an important element in Snoezelen and transform every room into a world of wonders. The effect wheel rotates slowly in front of the light from the projec tor. The pattern on the wheel is then projected in ex tracts onto the wall. The colourful images take effect on the viewer, allowing them to embark on a journey and to immerse themselves in their own world. Dia.: 15 cm, ap prox. 150 g, made of acrylic glass with rubber surround.

71 196 4426  Sunrise

Each

71 196 4439  Ocean Each

71 196 4442  Meadow Each

71 196 4455  Forest Each

71 196 4468  Seasons Each

71 176 6149  Starry sky Each

176 6152  Chinese landscape Each

176 6165  Forest panorama Each

176 6178  North Sea panorama Each

170 2776  Clouds Each

Spotlight

Used in combination with the mirror ball. The frame of the spotlight gets very hot. It is advisable to keep it out of the range of users. TÜV/GS approved. Bulb and col oured wheel not included.

71 170 0002 Each

Colour Wheel with Motor

Diameter of 23 cm. Suitable for spotlight 3|.

71 170 0204 Each

Bulb (PAR 36)

6 V / 30 W, for spotlight 3|. Lasts approx. 200–300 hours.

71 170 0103 Each

Standard lens Focal length of 85 mm

Wide-angle lens Focal length of 65 mm

Distance

Projectors for effect wheels

A projector for effect wheels is a basic item that should not be missing from any Snoezelen room. The images projected are a central, visually stimulating draw for observers. The atmosphere in the room can be continually changed anew and influenced afresh by changing the motifs. Our projectors are delivered including an adjustable motor for the effect wheel (rotation speed, direction and stop functions)

Spotlight Set

The set includes:

• 1 spotlight, 3|

• 1 colour wheel with motor, 4|

• 2 bulbs (PAR 36), 5|

71 193 3202 Set

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Ocean Meadow Forest

Bubble tubes

Water in motion is mesmerising. The re flection of the blue, green, yellow and red light in the bubbles creates an enchanting play of colours. This makes bubble tubes great for many different applications: dur ing play, for sensory stimulation, or just to look at and relax.

The sound of the bubbles can be easily heard and their slight vibration felt. An noying pump noises have been reduced to a minimum. The change of colours can be halted if required. The amount of bubbles can be adjusted on Sport-Thieme bubble tubes. Bubble tubes are an essential part

For your safety

Please consider the following points when using the bubble tubes:

• The tubes must be filled with descaled or distilled water to avoid limescale de posits.

• The return valves in the air hoses should be checked 1–2 times a year and replaced when necessary.

Fibre optic strands

Magical strings of light to touch, feel, look at and play with! The fibre strands’ thou sands of colourful dots of light continuous ly change colour, creating a beautiful opti cal effect. They are particularly mesmeris ing in dark rooms. The powerful light effect can appeal, for example, to people with severe visual impairments and encourage them to break down their inner inhibitions and barriers.

Please note

Fibre optic products offer a very powerful visual and tactile stimulation. Not every one reacts positively to these strong stim uli. Users’ reactions must be closely moni tored. If in doubt, please switch fibre op tics off. Please also make sure that no one bites the fibre optic strands with their teeth.

of any Snoezelen room and people love to look at, touch and explore them. The tubes also make for a central design fea ture in living rooms and lounges.

Sport-Thieme bubble tubes

All Sport-Thieme bubble tubes are de signed for continuous operation over many hours of the day. We exclusively use high-quality, low-noise branded pumps that are suitable for high loads. The elec trical system is reduced to a safety volt age of 12 V and features a 220 V plug-in transformer to meet all safety aspects.

1

Sport-Thieme Free-Standing Bubble Tube

More Snoezelen products online at: sport-thieme.com

Snoezelen

• Please do not use aggressive cleaning agents for cleaning, as this might cause the acrylic tube to crack.

• Spare parts for all Sport-Thieme bub ble tubes are available on request (im ages and prices can also be found on line at sport-thieme.com).

Designed for continuous use in Snoezelen and relaxation rooms. Provides visual and tactile stimulation. With integrated LED lighting, machine-operated colour disc and adjustable effects. Large and small bubbles can be produced simultaneously. The mixture of the bubbles rising upwards can be continuously adjusted via 2 sepa rate controllers. Mains-operated, trans formed to 12 V safety voltage.

71 182 9408  H: 150 cm, dia.: 15 cm

71 182 9411  H: 175 cm, dia.: 15 cm

71 182 9424  H: 200 cm, dia.: 15 cm

71 182 9437  H: 150 cm, dia.: 20 cm

71 182 9440  H: 175 cm, dia.: 20 cm

71 182 9453  H: 200 cm, dia.: 20 cm

2

Sport-Thieme

LED Light Source for Fibre Optic Lighting

Base unit with LED light source and ad justable motor for speed; switches for

colour wheel stop, clockwise/anticlock wise rotation and speed control. Standard colour wheel and receptacle for fibre optic strands. 230 V mains operation.

71 269 1103 Each

Snoezelen Trolley

Sport-Thieme Snoezelen Trolley

Ingenious design that looks amazing! The trolley’s compartments, drawers and doors are well thought-out and offer plen ty of space for all essential Snoezelen equipment and patient files. Thanks to in tegrated power outlets, only a single socket is required to use the trolley. Once it is equipped with the items of your

choice, you can start Snoezelen sessions straight away – without having to set up and connect equipment every time. Con tents not included. A universal bubble tube bracket, 2| , is required to equip the Snoezelen trolley with a bubble tube.

Body: maple with decorative trim. WxDxH: 70x50x110 cm.

71 181 5708 Each

Experts say:

Udo Nickel MD and head instructor at the ER

GON training centre for occu pational therapy

“The Snoezelen trolley is designed for universal use. From nurseries to geriatric wards, it is an excellent tool to help people with restricted mobility. The Snoezelen trolley can create delightful and also peace ful moments for reflection . A must-have for all facilities with people whose mobility is restricted.”

2

Sport-Thieme Universal Bubble Tube Bracket for the Snoezelen Trolley

As an optional extra , the Snoezelen trol ley can be fitted with a bracket for a bub ble tube. The bracket accommodates all conventional tubes with a diameter of 15 cm or 20 cm and a height of up to 150 cm. Supplied with a base plate on which to put the tube and a bracket that will prevent the tube from tipping over. All fixings included.

71 181 5766 Each

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Storage compart ments for acces sories

Additional fold-out shelf Extra-large wheels with brakes

Dedicated compart ment for fibre-optic projector

to Sport-Thieme

4 Turns any room into a feel-good space in no time at all

Sport-Thieme beanbags – designed for daily use

Sport-Thieme beanbags are made for intensive use in large organisations. They are all super comfy as they’re filled with EPS microbeads, meaning that the bean bags can perfectly mould to the user’s body. Both the cover as well as the inner feature a zip so that the microbeads can be refilled if required.

Sport-Thieme ‘Relax Outdoor’ Beanbag

A beanbag for outdoor use. Ideal for establishments such as schools, clubs and leisure centres. The cover features a zip and is made of durable, splash-resistant imitation leather. Adapts perfectly to the body and provides excep tional seating comfort. Thanks to the zip, the inner can be easily removed.

Sport-Thieme ‘Relax Indoor XL’ Beanbag

Robust beanbag for indoors, great for schools and other establishments. Extra-large size makes it perfect for re laxing. Moulds to the body, providing optimal sitting comfort. The cover and inner both have a zip.

3

Sport-Thieme ‘Relax Indoor XXL’ Beanbag

This XXL beanbag for indoors is large enough to seat 2–4 children, making it an excellent choice for schools. The cover and the inner both have a zip. Perfectly moulds to the body. Easy to clean using a damp cloth.

(LxWxH)

1| Relax Outdoor Outdoors

Artificial leather (83% PVC, 15% PES, 2% PU) 100% PES

EPS microbeads 75x75x110 cm Approx. 4.7 kg

71 285 2544 71 285 2502 71 285 2515 71 285 2528 71 285 2531

Each

Sport-Thieme beanbags

2| Relax Indoor XL Indoors

100% PES with PVC coating 100% PES

EPS microbeads 140x110x30 cm Approx. 4.1 kg 71 285 3026 71 285 3039 71 285 3000 71 285 3013 71 285 3071 71 285 3042

Each

3| Relax Indoor XXL

Indoors 100% PES with PVC coating 100% PES

EPS microbeads 175x135x30 cm Approx. 7.4 kg 71 285 2704 71 285 2733 71 285 2720 71 285 2717 71 285 2746 71 285 2759

Each

White

Sport-Thieme Dream Island

Soft, strong and really snug! Also suitable as a support cushion and for encouraging proprioception. White, imi tation leather cover (87% polychloride, 13% polyester). In addition to the standard white colour, red, blue, green and yellow are also available. Please specify the desired colour when placing your order.

71 172 0307  150x150x30 cm Each

71 172 0310  200x200x30 cm Each

‘Rondo’ Cushion

The comfortable seat promotes sitting in an upright posi tion and strengthens the back – a great alternative to rig id seats in schools and nurseries. Also suitable for use as a cushion for relaxing: for comfortable kneeling, sit ting or squatting. Cover: pure cotton made from a con trolled, organic source. Filling: 100% kapok.

Dia.: 30 cm, H: 15 cm

71 262 3102  Saffron Each

71 262 3115  Green Each

Dia.: 35 cm, H: 21 cm

71 262 3216  Red Each

71 262 3229  Grey Each

New! Sport-Thieme Giant Beanbag

Strong and comfy beanbag for indoor use. Flame-retard ant and easy-care cover made of 100% PES polyester (320 g/m²). 100% PES polyester inner (65 g/m²). Size of children’s beanbag (HxW): 120x60 cm. 6 kg. Size of beanbag for adults (HxW): 130x70 cm. 7 kg. 60x120 cm, for children

71 315 6302

Each

315 6315  Aqua Each

71 315 6328  Lime Each

315 6331  Red Each

71 315 6344  Orange Each  70x130 cm, for adults

71 315 6403  Grey Each

71 315 6416  Aqua Each

71 315 6429  Lime Each

315 6432  Red Each

315 6445  Orange Each

Sets

Active Breaks

Mega Bag Games Set

This set has been put together for chil dren and teens to encourage physical ac tivity and to introduce more exercise into their daily lives. The large, foldable and pull-along bag, 95x45x45 cm, also has several organiser pockets. Protected lengthways with synthetic strips.

The set includes:

• 12 juggling balls

• 2 pairs of pot stilts

• 1 boccia game

• 3 number dice

• 1 badminton tennis set

• 1 ball catching game

• 6 jumpsies

• 1 ‘Catch’ ball

• 1 ‘Circle Jump’

• 2 throwing discs

• 1 football

• 2 soft footballs

• 2 beach volleyballs

• 1 mega bag

71 132 3740 Set

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years.

Contains individual parts that may be swallowed. Danger of suffocation.

Sport-Thieme ‘Throwing Games’ Mini Games Bin

Games selected by professionals for ac tive break times. The games have various difficulty levels and are suitable for chil dren aged 4 and up, for outdoor or indoor play. Catch, throw and balance to promote sequences of movements.

The set includes:

• 60-litre plastic wheelie bin with lid, blue, WxHxD: 51x96x51 cm

• 1 ball catching game

• 1 Indiaca ‘Play’

• 4 skipping ropes, blue and red

• 2 ‘Rainbow’ balls, dia. 18 cm

71 132 3926 Set

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. Contains individual parts that may be swallowed. Danger of suffocation.

Sport-Thieme Nursery & Primary School Set

An 85-piece set for sport and fun for your little ones. Specially designed to meet the needs of children in nurseries and primary schools.

The set includes:

• 12 colourful gymnastics bars, 1 m

• 10 wooden gymnastics clubs, 38 cm

• 8 colourful gymnastics hoops, dia. 70 cm

• 12 coloured gymnastics ropes, 3 m

• 1 tambourine, dia. 22 cm, with felt mal

lets

• 6 colourful rings

2 4

Spordas Mega Bag

The same as 1| but without the contents.

Pack the mega bag with the products of your choice. The bag is foldable, has wheels and carry straps. 95x45x45 cm.

71 132 3841 Each

• 1 can knockdown set

• 1 boccia game

• 2 pairs of pot stilts

• 2 ‘Flying Flipper’ throwing discs

• 6 jumpsies

• 1 ‘Mega’ badminton set

• 1 ‘Catch’ ball

• 12 colourful beanbags, 120 g

• 6 colourful gymnastics balls

• 1 medicine ball weighing 1,000 g and

1 weighing 1,500 g

• 12 cellular rubber balls

• 1 gymnastics rope, 10 m

• 1 ‘Multi’ ball, dia. 21 cm

• 1 rainbow ball, 7 inches

• 1 ball pump

Available with or without storage trolley (LxWxH: approx. 110x61x88 cm).

71 129 4604  Without storage trolley Set

71 126 1501  With storage trolley Set

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years.

Sport-Thieme Playground Set

‘Active breaks’ is the motto of Holger Lau risch from Hamburg. His motto has spread far and wide and Sport-Thieme supports this campaign – we recommend this set for an active break!

The set includes:

• 1 wheelie bag, 80x37.5x37.5 cm

• 2 Indiaca tennis sets

• 2 scoop games

• 1 set of disc boccia

• 2 pairs of children’s stilts

• 2 smash balls

• 2 catch balls

• 1 shuttle ball

• 2 flying flippers

• 1 ball catching game

• 2 ‘Rondongo’ ball games

• 6 speed ropes

• 3 soft balls

71 134 7500 Set

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years.

Contains individual parts that may be swallowed. Danger of suffocation.

Sport-Thieme Mini Games Bin without Contents

The same as 3| but without contents. To be filled with the products of your choice. 60-litre blue wheelie bin. Outer dimen sions (WxHxD): 51x96x51 cm.

71 132 3913 Each

Sport-Thieme Racquet Sports Set

More than 20 children can play at the same time and develop a feeling for the bats and balls.

The set includes:

• 1 wheelie bag, 80x37.5x37.5 cm

• 4 badminton racquets

• 6 shuttlecocks

• 2 pairs of smash ball racquets with 4 shuttlecocks

• 6 badminton shuttlecocks

• 1 badminton tennis set

• 1 pair of shuttle ball bats with shuttles

• 2 pairs of beach ball bats

• 2 ball catching games

• 3 soft balls with a dia. of 7 cm

• 3 soft balls with a dia. of 9 cm

• 2 PU foam balls, dia. 70 mm

• 1 large paddle set incl. 6 bats

71 132 5140 Set

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years.

Contains individual parts that may be swallowed.

Danger of suffocation.

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Playing without boundaries

The Sport-Thieme games bins offer a variety of leisure and activity games. Whether it’s skipping alone, playing badminton with a partner or swing ing the parachute as a group and making waves. Active breaks allow children to make meaningful use of their break times.

Team Games

Top rated sport-thieme.com

4 Slackline for your team 4 Also suitable for tug of war and running games

Sport-Thieme Team Balance Band

The team balances together! After attach ing the line to the middle vertical bar in a set of wall bars, the children pull it so that one child can balance on it. Also suitable for tug of war and chain tag. The line is 5 m long, 8 cm wide (100% polyester) with 20 loops (100% polypropylene), twist lock snap hook and wooden bar. Suitable for up to approx. 80 kg body weight.

71 216 5514

Each

2

Pedalo Walking A

The ‘Walking A’ demands team spirit. Once the ropes are pulled, one player goes into the middle and stands on the horizontal bar. At his/her command and in agreement with the four players on the outside, the ‘Walking A’ moves forward

Top rated

Each

3

Sport-Thieme Maxi Zip-Play

Can be played by two or four people, or as a team game. Requires coordination and skill, and provides great educational ben efits. Strong 100% nylon sheet, LxW: 106x58 cm, with two 80-cm-long ash bars. 18-cm-diameter rainbow balls, play

ground balls, ‘Buschwusch’ balls, throw ing balls and 120 g bean bags are all suit able to be used with the Maxi Zip-Play.

71 134 5171 Each

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

4

Erzi Team Tower

The individual hardwood blocks must first be positioned upright and then stacked into a tower structure using a lifting de vice and cords controlled by up to 12 par ticipants. This encourages motor and communication skills, improves selfconfidence and is great fun.

4 Promotes self-confidence and self-esteem

Includes: 6 hardwood blocks, 1 lifting de vice, 12 cords (2x2 m), 1 storage bag and 1 set of playing and assembly instruc tions.

71 264 2505 Each

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. Long cord. Danger of strangulation.

Erzi Team Ball Track

Dry Skis

Reach your goal by working together: these dry skis require team spirit. You al so have to coordinate the movements of your hands and feet. The difficulty level can be changed by fixing the foot loops. These skis support your movements and offer grip. Made of extremely strong ply wood, non-slip. 10 cm wide, 21 mm thick.

Available in 2 versions: 80 cm or 160 cm.

Weight of 80-cm version: 3.4 kg. Weight of 160-cm version: 6.2 kg.

Length 80 cm, for 2 people

71 132 5616 Pair

Length 160 cm, for 4 people

71 132 5632 Pair

Attention! To be used under the direct supervision of an adult. Not suitable for children under 3 years. Long cord. Danger of strangulation.

Pedalo ‘Foot Loop’ Dry Skis

For up to 4 people. Encourage coordina tion and cooperation. Participants have to coordinate their movements to be able to move forwards. Each with 4 foot loops.

Made of extremely sturdy plywood, nonslip, green. LxWxH: 160x10x21 cm. 6.2 kg.

71 132 5603

Pair

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

Here it’s all about team spirit. Individual participants must work hand in hand to create a long track. The aim is to keep the ball moving and allow it to roll to a target point. 8 track pieces made of beech wood, incl. 2 wooden balls and instructions. Lx WxH: 44x38x6 cm, individual track piec es: 43x7x3.5 cm, 3.71 kg.

71 275 7201 Each

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. Contains individual parts that may be swallowed. Danger of suffocation.

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Heightadjustable bar

step by step. This is a good way to devel op coordination at group level, as well as

4 Only together can partici pants reach their goal

popular team games

up to 16 players!

Pedalo team game boxes

These game boxes require teams to work on tricky games and concentration exercises. The only way to solve the puzzles is to work together and with team spirit.

Participants learn to work as a team and to take re sponsibility, as well as how to communicate effec tively – all whilst developing their concentration, skill and creativity.

Active Schools

Dice games

Active schools

The concept of ‘Active schools’ aims to promote holistic learning, to shape day-to-day life at school and to support pupils’ development.

Top rated sport-thieme.com

Foam Dice

Rolling a dice is great fun with these large, highly elastic dice. They aren’t played at the table, but on the floor. Ideal for nurs eries, preschools, practices, etc. A toy of fering many options and loved by chil dren. The dice will keep their shape and

won’t fade. The numbers 1–6 are re cessed. Red, blue and green. Edge length: 16 cm.

71 135 8605

Set of 3

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. Contains individual parts that may be swallowed. Danger of suffocation.

16 cm

4 Lightweight and soft to the touch

Sport-Thieme ‘Cube’ Soft Dice

This soft cotton-filled cube with a leather ette cover is great for throwing, catching or scrunching up. LxWxH: 15x15x15 cm. 357 g.

71 297 9902

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

4 Treated foam

5

Numeracy Dice

Maths and motor skills: both can be fun! These 3 treated-foam dice will help nurs ery and primary school children with their maths skills.

The set includes:

• Symbol dice: with arithmetic symbols +, –, ·, : and symbols =, <, > (· meaning ×, : meaning ÷)

• Numbered dice 1: with numbers 1–6

• Numbered dice 2: with numbers 0, 6–10

The numbers and symbols are milled in.

Edge length: 16 cm.

71 135 8504 3-piece set

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years.

Contains individual parts that may be swallowed.

Danger of suffocation.

Giant Foam Dice

A great foam

both

large and small groups. Also suitable

sitting

with an edge length of 50 cm or 30 cm

Attention! Not suitable for children

Danger of suffocation.

Spordas Letter Dice

The 12-sided foam dice show all the let ters of the alphabet, all the vowels twice and 4 jokers. Washable, hard-wearing ‘elephant’ skin. Dia. approx. 23 cm.

71 255 9504 3-piece set

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. Contains individual parts that may be swallowed. Danger of suffocation.

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Huge fun for the little ones! Turns gym nastics hoops into a target for throwing games. Polyester. Dia. 76 cm. The ‘Basic’

‘Deluxe’ set includes: 2 targets, 8 balls, and 1 dance hoop.

71 282 9728  Basic Set

71 282 9731  Deluxe Set

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

16 cm

Active

4 6-colour

4

4

3

Spordas ‘MoveCubes’ Dice

Three customisable 6-colour cubes. With clear pockets for inserting cards or pho tos. Foam with vinyl cover. Edge length: 16 cm.

71 212 3309 Set of 3

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

Find even more game ideas online at: sport-thieme.com

Active schools

4 Movement game for children with and without a disability

4 Great fun and very motivating

4 Improves motor functions and cognitive skills

New! Spordas Mini Cardiogoal

Throwing Game Starter Set

Action-packed movement game for chil dren with and without disabilities. Im proves motor functions and cognitive skills. Can be played inside and out. In cludes 2 Cardiogoals with 3 target holes, 6 coloured foam twist balls, 3 cards and 1 activity guide. From 3 years.

71 316 7700 Set

2 4

Spordas Catching Game

For sports lessons or during a break. The ball is attached to the catching hoop by a string. The aim of the game is to ‘swing’ the ball forwards or backwards and try to catch it in the hoop. Made of foam. LxW, catching hoop: 38x11.5 cm. Ball dia.: 7 cm. For 1–3 players. From 3 years.

71 282 9601 3-piece set

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. Long cord. Danger of strangulation. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

Basic

419sport-thieme.com/ Leisure games Balls Teamsport Athletics Equipment Swimming Fitness Gymnastics Movement Therapy Leisure Games Service Psychomotricity Sensory Stimulation For advice and to place an order: +49 5357 181 503 sport-thieme.com Deluxe

Active Schools

BS Toys

‘Moves’ Movement Game

Game for being active and improving your memory at the same time. Fun for any age. 18 pinewood discs showing different ac tivities. Dia.: 7 cm. For ages 6+. Incl. stor age bag and game instructions.

71 254 8601

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. Contains individual parts that may be swallowed. Danger of suffocation. To be used under the direct su pervision of an adult.

Filled with hygienic plastic granulate

‘Geos’ Beanbags

The well-loved bags in new attractive shapes. 100% cotton with plastic granule filling. Washable up to 30°C (sort by colours). The set includes one each: tetra hedron, star, circle (each 120 g), cube and cylinder (each 130 g). Bags in assorted colours.

71 195 0306

Numbered Beanbags

Arithmetic calculations made fun. Filled with plastic granulate. 100% cotton cover.

LxW: 11x11 cm. 105 g. 15-piece set. In cludes the numbers 0–9, 00 and 000, and the symbols +, - and =.

71 134 3205 15-piece set

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. Contains individual parts that may be swallowed. Danger of suffocation.

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. Contains individual parts that may be swallowed. Danger of suffocation.

Sport-Thieme Target Mat

Always popular! Simply lay the mat (100% polyester, PVC coated) on the floor and throw the beanbags. An exciting game for both indoors and outdoors. 150x150 cm.

With 8 colourful beanbags!

71 181 4109

Each

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

Sport-Thieme

‘Go 4 Home’ Games Mat

Giant board game. Suitable for indoor and outdoor use. For up to 4 people. Includes games mat (100% polyester, PVC-coated.

LxW: 149x149 cm), 4 little hats (H: 7.5 cm) and 1 large foam dice (edge length: 16 cm).

71 181 4138 Each

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

1

School Sport Set

Ideal game for active schools – children and teens quickly learn how to play this racquet game. What’s more, it doesn’t re quire any sports grounds or accessories such as posts, etc. The set includes 24 high-quality wooden Street Racket rac

quets, 24 Street Racket balls (dia. 7 cm), 12 packs of 3 pieces of chalk, and 12 set cards. Comes in a handy sports bag.

71 280 5405 Set

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. Contains individual parts that may be swallowed. Danger of suffocation.

2

Bonkerball Set

Baseball set for school sports – ideal for training the basics. Plastic bats covered with high-quality shockproof foam. Weight and size correspond to those of a standard baseball bat. Completely safe to use thanks to the cover. The solid foam balls do not bounce. The bats and balls

come in 6 colours to differentiate between teams.

The set includes:

• 6 bats, approx. 325 g and 69 cm long

• 6 balls, approx.40 g and 9 cm in diame ter

Bats and balls in assorted colours.

4 Suitable for speedball and bounceball

3

Sport-Thieme

Bat and Ball Game

You can hit the ball over a net, into a goal like in speedball and bounceball, or skill fully dribble it around poles as a coordina tion exercise. Wheelchair users can also play this game thanks to the long bats. Padded bats, so no risk of injury. The PVC

bars have foam heads with a welded sur face. The set includes:

• 12 bats (6 blue and 6 red), 90 cm long, approx. 300 g

• 1 plastic ball, dia. 13 cm, 91 g

71 279 2402 13-piece set

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

4

Bassalo Class Set

School set equipped for up to 30 people. 30 cups – 15 black and 15 green/black, 15 red balls (dia. 4 cm), 3 lids, 1 set of playing instructions (in German only) and

carry bag with zip, LxWxH: ap prox. 40x22x22 cm, green/black.

71 288 5605 15-piece set

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. Contains individual parts that may be swallowed. Danger of suffocation.

421sport-thieme.com/ Leisure games Balls Teamsport Athletics Equipment Swimming Fitness Gymnastics Movement Therapy Leisure Games Service Psychomotricity Sensory Stimulation For advice and to place an order: +49 5357 181 503 sport-thieme.com 71 117 7709 12-piece set

Game Ideas

1

4 Easy assembly

The well-known strategy game

Feber Mega4inLine

Heaps of fun – inside and out. The classic strategy game for 2 or more people. Easy to set up, does not take up much space. Vibrant colours that are not affected by the sun and fluctuations in temperature.

The 42 counters (dia. 13.5 cm, pink and

green) are sorted by colour and stored on the side poles. Dimensions: 122x57x117 cm, 16 kg.

71 142 1907 Each

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

2

BS Toys Deluxe 4-in-a-Row

The classic leisure game in an excellent wooden design: 2 players take it in turns to place one of their coloured counters in to the wooden frame. The aim is to get four counters in a row – be that horizon tally, vertically or diagonally – using cun ning and forethought. Supplied: frame,

stand, 42 counters and six screws for as sembly. WxHxD: 57x39x22 cm. 42 coun ters: 21 blue and 21 green, dia. 6 cm.

71 147 3908 Each

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years.

Fishing Game

BS Giant Stacking Tower

A great game of skill for outdoor use where you must build the tower as high as possible. Each player must remove a block from the tower and place it at the top. The player who removes a block which results in the tower toppling over is the loser. Building blocks made of birch wood, block size: 21x5x3.3 cm. Max. tow er height approx. 100 cm. Suitable from 5 years +.

71 183 5306 Each

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

Beleduc ‘Jump & Throw’ Movement Game

The Beleduc ‘Jump & Throw’ movement game consists of 10 numbered rings (dia. 32 cm) and 3 beanbags (9x9x1 cm). The instruction book included is full of ideas for fun movement games – ideal for nurs eries and primary schools. Suitable for in door and outdoor use.

71 285 8904 Each

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. Contains individual parts that may be swallowed. Danger of suffocation. Long cord. Danger of strangu lation. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

The well-known fishing game in a particu larly high-quality design. The pleasantly soft fish can be caught easily with an inte grated magnet in the rod. Encourages free playing as well as speech and cognitive learning. Ideal as a game to test your memory: put small notes or objects in side the fish’s mouth! Includes 5 fish, each 15x9x5 cm and 1 rod (L: 90 cm).

71 215 5135 6-piece set

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. This toy contains magnets or magnetic components. Magnets sticking together or becoming attached to a metallic object inside the human body can cause se rious or fatal injury. Seek immediate medical help if magnets are swallowed or inhaled.

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

7

Whirly Tubes

Funny howling sounds – a real attraction at fun events. When swung through the air, a howling noise is created. The speed of movement changes the tone. Also use ful as a toy ‘telephone line’. Plastic. 87 cm long. Dia. 3.5 cm. Assorted colours.

71 127 8301 Set of 12

Attention! To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

‘Hula Hoop’

The original!

4 3 colourful designs

1

Wham-O Hula Hoop

The original Wham-O product from the USA since 1958. High-quality dura ble Hula Hoop with a ball inside that cre ates a sound. Assorted colours. Suitable for children aged 5+.

71 133 8980  Dia. 80 cm, 180 g Each

71 133 8993  Dia. 90 cm, 200 g Each

Attention! To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

Please note!

Due to their material’s special proper ties, hula hoops and dance hoops can

not be used as gymnastics hoops. Gym nastics hoops can be found on page 364.

2

Game Ideas – the Classics!

New!

New! Sport-Thieme Dance Hoop

The time-honoured game for indoors and outdoors, whether playing alone or with friends. Children are al ways finding new tricks with this classic toy. Made of plastic, fluted. 20 mm thick. Assorted colours in yellow, blue, red or green.

60 cm in diameter, 140 g

71 323 0709  Red Each

71 323 0712

71 323 0725

71 323 0738

71 323 0741

Each

Each

Each

Each

80 cm in diameter, 160 g

71 323 0800  Red Each

71 323 0813  Blue Each

71 323 0826  Green Each

71 323 0839  Yellow Each

71 323 0842  Orange Each

Attention! To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

3

Set of 6 Jumpsies

A classic for fun hopping and jumping games. Suitable for both indoors and out doors. Lots of fun for any age. For individ uals and groups. It is 5 m long and can be stretched to 10 m.

71 191 8726

Set of 6

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. Long cord. Danger of strangulation.

4

Sport-Thieme

Jute Jumping Sack

Manufactured using natural and durable 100% jute sacking, hemmed with a pat ented poly seam and top seam. 50 cm in diameter, 80 cm high. Dyed red. Another fun addition to any children’s event!

71 133 8805

Each

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

5

4 Strong tarpaulin base

Heavy-duty

With handles

Sport-Thieme

Children’s Jumping Sack

A robust games item for children of all ag es. It is great fun and can be used by many people in obstacle races and sack races. 100% cotton, (washable) with strong tarpaulin base (100% polyester). 30 cm in diameter.

71 133 8401  Approx. 60 cm high Each

71 133 8414  Approx. 80 cm high Each

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

6

BS Toys Egg-and-Spoon Race

Game of skill for nurseries and parties. Can be played inside and out. For up to 4 players. 4 plastic eggs (polypropylene) and 4 spoons (polyethylene). Egg dia.: 5.5x7.5 cm. LxWxH, spoon: 20x5x1.5 cm. Felt egg with plastic granulate filling. Hx dia.: 1x10 cm.

71 285 9109 Set

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. Contains individual parts that may be swallowed. Danger of suffocation. To be used under the direct su pervision of an adult.

4 Suitable for partner, competitive and role play games in nurseries and primary schools

Pedalo Horse Harness

Hobby Horse

Your kids will love having fantasy adven tures with this little wooden hobby horse for use in nurseries and at home. Children develop balance and motor skills as they run and gallop. Length: approx. 100 cm.

71 255 9302

Each

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

A great accessory for the ‘Sulki’ – or for use in competitions. Encourages social in teraction and cooperation. Leather with detachable safety hook-and-loop fasten ing.

71 129 2507

Each

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. Long cord. Danger of strangulation. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

4 Great fun for little hunters

4 Promotes speed and agility

7

BS Toys Catching Tails

Requires speed and alertness. Suitable for indoor and outdoor use. 6 felt tails with a clip and hook-and-loop fastening. Lxdia.: 30.5x2.5 cm. For 2–6 players aged 3+. Instructions included.

71 266 7108 Each

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. Contains individual parts that may be swallowed. Danger of suffocation.

4 With a safety hook-andloop fastening

4 Contains a ball creating a great sound!

Game Ideas

MyMinigolf

4

MyMinigolf Club

Strong aluminium minigolf club with plas tic head. The handle section is covered with leather-effect rubber. For use with the MyMinigolf equipment. ‘Senior’: 93 cm long. ‘Junior’: 75 cm long.

Top rated

Barbara wrote: “Outstanding quality and great fun to use.”

4

Croquet Set with Trolley

A well-loved game that can be enjoyed in the fresh air. A transport and storage trol ley with 4 beech mallets, L: 103 cm, 10 wickets, 4 wooden balls and 2 stakes.

71 133 0508 Set

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

A soft croquet set can be found online at: sport-thieme.com

71 297 9801

MyMinigolf Balls2

3

Don’t forget to order MyMinigolf Airtrack Available online at: sport-thieme.com

71 214 3385

SetMyMinigolf

‘Pro’ Minigolf Set

The ‘Pro’ set comes with everything you need for a game of minigolf. The flexible obstacles are quick to set up and they can be arranged in new com binations again and again.

The set includes:

• 13 obstacles for 9 holes

• 2 clubs (L: 93 cm) with die-cast aluminium heads

• 4 balls

• 1 scoring pad

Top rated sport-thieme.com

Foam 10-Pin Bowling Set

Set includes 10 PE foam pins (H: 30 cm), and 1 foam ball with a diameter of 21 cm and finger holes. Includes carrying bag.

71 179 3619 Set

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. Contains individual parts that may be swallowed. Danger of suffocation.

Bowling Game

For indoors and outdoors. Enjoy the fun and excitement of bowling. 10 light, un breakable bowling pins, unfilled weight 200 g, 37.5 cm tall, can be filled. Includes

one 2.25-kg rubber ball and a layout tem plate.

71 179 3606 Set

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

Game Ideas

Top rated sport-thieme.com

Exclusive to Sport-Thieme

1

Sport-Thieme Target Wall

Keeps children entertained for hours, whether in schools, nurseries, waiting rooms or at home birthday parties. The wall has differently sized openings, which are rated according to difficulty. There are six 100% cot ton beanbags in two different colours to throw at the wall. Alternatively, other objects such as small soft foam balls or similar can be used. Target wall plus stand 99x74x1.8 cm, multiplex panel with durable coat ing. The target wall can be set at an angle or hung up.

71 134 3524

Each

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

SportFit ‘Ladder Golf’ Throwing Game

A fun throwing game for indoor and outdoor use. Easy to set up and put away thanks to aluminium tubes and plas tic connectors. Compact storage. WxDxH: 60x60x100 cm. Incl. 6 Dupon-Surlyn-coated rubber bolas (3 black and 3 white). Bola dia.: approx. 4 cm. Length of string: 37 cm.

71 182 7301

Each

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. Long cord. Danger of strangulation. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

SportFit

‘Number Thrower’ Throwing Game

Double-sided throwing game. Can be played inside and out. Quick to set up. PP frame with ABS connectors. Poly amide target mat, LxH: 140x77 cm. Incl. 6 hook-and-loop balls (rubber core with nylon/felt cover).

71 182 7314

Attention! To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

More information and spare parts available online at: sport-thieme.com

Number ThrowerLadder Golf

Also take a look at:

Each

2

Throwing and catching games on page 428 and online at: sport-thieme.com

Throwing games

Each hole is worth a different number of points

Multiplex panel

Different-sized holes

4 Printed on both sides

425sport-thieme.com/ Leisure games Balls Teamsport Athletics Equipment Swimming Fitness Movement Therapy Service For advice and to place an order: +49 5357 181 503 sport-thieme.com 2 3

4 Create new challenges by hanging the board up or laying it down

4 Will keep kids entertained for hours

Made in our own factory

Reverse: target design

Game Ideas

Top rated sport-thieme.com

Thomas wrote: “A wooden game manu factured to the highest of standards. Excellent value for money, and exciting!”

BS Toys ‘Haifütterung’ Throwing Game

The game consists of 3 different sized sharks and 10 fish. The aim is to throw the numbered fish into the sharks’ mouths, one after the other. If they stick to the hook-and-loop surface, the score counts and the number printed on the fish is add ed to the player’s total. The player with the most points wins the game. Wooden

sharks. Little fish made of felt, filled with plastic pellets. Shark diameters: 21 cm (large), 16 cm (medium) and 12 cm (small). Size of the 10 little fish: 6x4x1 cm. Incl. cotton carry bag.

71 285 9008 Each

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. Contains individual parts that may be swallowed. Danger of suffocation. To be used under the direct su pervision of an adult.

1

Mölkky ‘Original’

The new Viking trend! With skittles and a throwing pin. Knocking one skittle down awards the number of points on the skit tle but if more than one skittle is knocked down, then one point is awarded for each skittle. The aim: to be the first to get to 50 points – but beware: whoever goes over the target loses points. Lots of fun

for all ages with real excitement until the very end. Handmade using untreated, sustainable wood. Incl. wooden box and instructions (in German) with scoring ta ble. LxWxH: 34x23x19.3 cm. For 2–6 play ers. Suitable from 5 years +. 71 187 4004 Each

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

4

New! ‘Stakk Outdoor’ Throwing Game

A new type of boules: the dice that are close to the target are built into a tower. But towers can also be toppled. Made of wood. LxWxH: 22x22x7 cm. For 2–8 play ers aged 8 and over.

71 319 9901 Each

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years.

4 and indoor use

Even more game ideas online at: sport-thieme.com

Games

3

Bandito ‘Ringwurfspiel’ Throwing Game

Consists of a clear varnished wooden cross, five coloured pegs and four sisal throwing rings. 43x43x22 cm. 71 133 9202 Each

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

Can also be used outdoors

For two or more players

‘Cornhole’ Throwing Game

The aim of the game is to throw the bean bags into the board’s hole. Great fun pro moting hand-eye coordination and con centration. Melamine-coated MDF birch veneer board. LxW: 90x60 cm. Granulefilled beanbag, cover made of 100% cot ton. For two and more players.

Each

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. Contains individual parts that may be swallowed.

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

‘Kubb’ –Original Viking Chess

The throwing game dating back to the Vi kings has been rediscovered. ‘Viking chess’, also known as ‘Kubb’, is played by 2–12 competitors aged 8 and above. The aim of the game is to be the first to knock the ‘servants’ over on the battlefield and then knock over the king. Lots of fun for lively outdoor competitions. High-quality product made of waterproof rubber wood.

Includes:

• 1 king (7.2x7.2x30 cm)

• 10 ‘servants’ (6x6x15 cm)

• 6 throwing blocks (4x30 cm)

• 4 marking sticks (1.8x30 cm)

• 1 weatherproof carrying bag

• 1 set of instructions

71 187 1513 Set

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

Top rated sport-thieme.com

Nils wrote:

“The quality is way bet ter than what is prom ised on the tin! The board is well made and slots together beautiful ly; there is some flex to it, making breaking less likely.”

Top rated sport-thieme.com

Astrid wrote:

“Beautiful, excellentquality game. And it was delivered really quickly!”

2

Large

Game Board for Floor Chess

Outdoor game board for draughts and chess games available in 2 sizes. Total of 64 squares, contains 32 black and 32 white squares made of weatherproof and water-permeable plastic. Can be inter locked together so can be set up and dis mantled easily.

71 136 8215  1.20x1.20 m Each

71 136 8202  2.80x2.80 m Each

Rolly Toys Draughts

Made of waterproof plastic, 12 black and 12 white draughts. Incl. 6 draught sticks.

71 136 8316  Small, dia. 105 mm Set

71 136 8303  Large, dia. 250 mm Set

Rolly Toys Floor Chess Pieces

16 black and 16 white chess pieces made of weatherproof, hard-wearing plastic.

The base (dia. 22.5 cm) can be filled with sand or gravel for stability.

Base dia. 11 cm, height of king 30 cm

71 136 8013 Set

Base dia. 22.5 cm, height of king 64 cm

71 136 8000 Set

Sport-Thieme Transport and Storage Box

This is the safest way to store your draughts and chess pieces when not us ing them. The lockable container is made of 18-mm weatherproof plywood, coated with film on both sides. Mobile with 2 trestles and castors (dia. 125 mm). With

Game Ideas

hinges and padlock. Can accommodate a complete set of draughts and chess piec es along with the board. LxWxH: 123x84x113 cm. (Contents not included.)

71 136 7821 Each

‘Traveller’ DisCatchers

30 disc golf discs

bag

fold down the basket, store and transport it in the handy carry bag after use. Create your own course using as many baskets as you like. Comes in assorted colours. Di mensions when set up (LxWxH): 78x78x170 cm.

71 251 9207 Each disc into the chains, which absorb the momentum of the disc allowing it to fall into the basket. Once the target has been reached, that’s the end of the hole.

Sets

Innova Disc Golf School Set

The popular fun sport now also for use in schools. Which team needs the least throws or which player is first to get all their discs in the basket? Motivate and challenge your students with disc golf. The set includes:

• 3 ‘Traveller’ DisCatchers: 1 red, 1 blue and 1 yellow

• 30 disc golf discs, 10 of each (putter, mid-range and driver) disc, in assorted colours

• 1 practical carrying bag for 30 discs

71 251 9106 Set

Discmania

Set of Disc Golf Discs

3 different discs for beginners and ad vanced players alike. The weight of the discs ranges from 167–172 g. Includes: ‘Sensei’ putter (for throws to the basket and short distances), ‘Maestro’ midrange disc, and ‘Magician’ driver (for long-distance throws).

71 302 2607 Set

4

New! Sportime Galvanised Competition Basket

For leisure use, training and competitions. Galvanised silver-coloured steel. Hxdia.: 153x70 cm. 12 kg. Incl. ground anchors and chains.

71 317 1703 Each

5

Can also be used outdoors

Guaranteed fun

SportFit Throwing Disc Goal

The throwing disc goal can be used with the 3 throwing discs included or with oth er items such as balls and beanbags. Re gardless of whether it’s by yourself, in pairs or as a group, using this goal for tar get practice or as a competitive throwing game is great fun. Assembled dimen sions: 140x77 cm.

71 286 3001 Each

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Frisbee ‘Pro Classic’

Softer than a classic Frisbee and particu larly pleasant to throw and catch. Suita ble for a variety of throwing techniques such as backhand, forehand, bounce, side and curve. Plastic. Dia.: 23.5 cm. 130 g.

71 287 8502  Blue Each

71 287 8515  Yellow Each

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

Frisbee ‘Sonic’

The original Frisbee, made of plastic. Great fun for throwing and catching dur ing lessons or break times at schools. The special design of this disc has 3 bulges in its surface, meaning it looks like a floating stingray as it flies through the air. Dia.: 24.5 cm. 115 g. Assorted colours.

71 287 0003 Each

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

Disc Catcher

A throwing target for all players – whether they are involved in the sport at a high, average or beginners’ level. Throw discs into the catcher as training for competi tions or just for fun. Can be used any where as it is lightweight and therefore easy to transport and assemble. Basket 81x31 cm. Height adjustable to 127, 137 and 147 cm. Base can be filled for in creased stability.

134 9607

Frisbees

Frisbee ‘All-Sport’

All-round medium weight 140 g, for all throwing techniques. Excellent, stable flight characteristics. Extremely strong disc. Plastic. Dia.: 25.5 cm.

71 134 4628 Each

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

Frisbee ‘Freestyle’

Top disc with professional use for all game types. Flies particularly slowly. Dia.: approx. 26 cm. 160 g.

71 134 4644 Each

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

Frisbee ‘Ultimate’

Ultimate competition Frisbee with excel lent flight characteristics. Large diame ter and high net weight for more preci sion in any wind condition. Dia.: approx. 27 cm. 175 g.

71 134 4631  White Each

71 134 4657  Red Each

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years.

To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

Sport-Thieme ‘Competition’ Throwing Disc

Whether for beginners, advanced players or professionals – this disc is an appeal ing product thanks to its high quality and stable flight characteristics. The FD 125 is ideal for some fun, while the FD 175 is per fect for the ‘ultimate’ game. FD 125: ap prox. 25 cm in dia., 125 g. FD 175: approx. 27.5 cm in dia., 175 g.

FD 125

195 5008

195 5011

5024

Soft discs

Each

Each

Each

Each

175

316 7508

316 7511

316 7524

316 7537

Volley ‘Soft Saucer’

Throwing Disc

Excellent flight characteristics. No fear of injuries as it is very soft. One colour (col ours supplied depending on our stock lev

Sport-Thieme

‘Soft’ Throwing Disc

The motley crew of soft discs flies through the air but won’t break a single thing. Your windows, cars and vases remain intact af ter coming into contact with the disc. If you are hit, it will not hurt. Strong wind will make the disc fly even better, making it twice as much fun: first throw it and then race after it to catch it. Made of closed-cell PE foam. Dia.: 21 cm. 108 g.

71 132 5515

71 132 5528

71 132 5531

71 132 5544

Each

Each

Attention! Contains individual parts that may be swallowed. Danger of suffocation. Not suitable for children under 3 years.

Dia.: 25 cm. 25 g.

132 5401 Each

Attention! Contains individual parts that may be swallowed. Danger of suffocation. Not suitable for children under 3 years.

Sport-Thieme ‘Soft’

Throwing Disc Set

The set includes:

Set

• 4 discs, 9|, one of each colour (blue, yellow, green and red)

71 132 5557 4-piece set

Attention! Contains individual parts that may be swallowed. Danger of suffocation. Not suitable for children under 3 years.

Side view

Blue Yellow

White Red

4 The extraordinary shape provides ideal grip and great flight characteristics

Return-the-Ball Games

New! Sport-Thieme

‘Sticky’ Ball Catch Game

Ball catch game with 2 neoprene hookand-loop mitts and a ball. Mitts can easily be secured to hand using the hook-andloop straps. Dia.: 18 cm. 75 g per pair.

71 318 9304 Each

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

Action-packed toss and catch game consisting of 2 Jabbit slings (lacquered beech wood, L: 42 cm) and a Jabbit ball (knotted, natural-coloured rope, dia.: 16 cm).

71 267 8900 Each

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

Scoop Game

Throwing game for any age. Ideal for nurs eries, schools and leisure centres. Can be used inside and out. Plastic. Scoop, Lx WxH: 41x12x15 cm. Ball dia.: 9.5 cm. For 2 players. Assorted colours.

71 134 0408

4 Can be used as a racquet, catapult or throwing disc

Ogo Sport ‘Super Disk’

Return-the-Ball Game

The Disks can be used as a racquet, cata pult or throwing disc. Includes 2 PU foam Disks, covered with a bi-elastic nylon net (Hxdia.: 3x30 cm), and a mop ball made of soft rubber threads (dia.: 6.5 cm, 25 g).

71 134 3638 Each

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. Contains individual parts that may be swallowed. Danger of suffocation.

430

Ogo Sport ‘Mezo Disk’ Return-the-Ball Game

Same as 5| but with a larger playing sur face. For a higher hitting rate, also for younger people. The set includes:

• 2 ‘Mezo Disks’ (dia.: 35 cm, 167 g)

• 1 mini OgoSport ball, 7| (dia.: 6.5 cm)

71 134 3641 Set

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. Contains individual parts that may be swallowed. Danger of suffocation.

Ogo Sport Mini OgoSport Ball

As a replacement ball for Zip-Play, Tram polino or Ogo Sport discs 5| and 6|. Dia.: 6.5 cm. 25 g. Set of 2 mini OgoSport balls.

71 134 4804 Set of 2

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. Contains individual parts that may be swallowed. Danger of suffocation.

4

BS Toys ‘Bounce Tennis’ Racquet Game

Elasticated net offers excellent bounce. Includes 2 neoprene racquets (LxWxH: 57x32x3 cm) and a mop ball made of soft rubber threads. Ball dia.: approx. 7 cm. 15 g. Incl. practical mesh bag.

71 275 9005 Set

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

4 Set of 6

4 Trains hand-eye coordination

Spordas BoundaLoons

Set of 6 BoundaLoons in different colours. With 2 ‘handles’. Foam-covered metal ring with fine-mesh, trampoline-effect net. Dia.: 43.2 cm. For all ages. Can be played solo or in a team. Balls not included.

71 134 4729 Set of 6

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Racquet Games

Incl. set of ground anchors

Smash Ball

The shortened racquet (47 cm) will ensure younger peo ple won’t miss the shuttle. The set includes 2 well-strung racquets and 2 strong shuttles.

71 132 9908

Set

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

Exit ‘3000’ Multi-Sport Net

Multi-use sports net which can be adjusted to 3 different heights. Thanks to the double net-tensioning system, the net always remains taut. The robust metal frames and sturdy net let you play for hours on end, whether for ten nis, badminton, beach football or volleyball. Ground an chors included. Contains practical carrying bag for ease

of transport. Width: 300 cm. Height: 155, 109 and 62 cm. 11 kg.

71 118 9403 Each

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. Contains individual parts that may be swallowed. Danger of suffocation. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

6

Indiaca Tennis

Fast, strenuous and demanding! Indiaca tennis is an ex cellent workout. Whether played in singles or doubles –this will put you through your paces. The set includes 2 Indiaca racquets and a Indiaca ‘Play’ shuttle.

71 133 8137

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. Contains individual parts that may be swallowed. Danger of suffocation.

5

4

Set

Sportime Badminton Racquet

Well-balanced racquets with steel shaft and head. High quality.

71 134 0701

Sport-Thieme Shuttlecocks

Sport-Thieme Paddle Bat Set

An ideal set for breaktimes at school, the beach or by the pool.

Pair

Tube of 6 shuttlecocks with neon-coloured skirts. Great flight characteristics. Assorted colours.

71 134 0714

Set of 6

The set includes:

• 2 paddle bats (1 red and 1 blue, bat head: 21x23 cm, length of handle: 14 cm)

• 1 soft ball

71 137 6904 Set

Badminton Tennis

1 soft ball, 2 racquets. LxW of each racquet: 51x21.5 cm. 250 g each. Made of plastic.

71 134 0600

3-piece set

Attention! Contains individual parts that may be swallowed. Danger of suffocation. Not suitable for children under 3 years.

Even more racquet games online at: sport-thieme.com

4 For indoor and outdoor use

Vicfun Speed Badminton ‘VF-100’ Set

Speed badminton is played using a racquet similar to a squash racquet. The swift game ensures movement is fun – inside and out. The set consists of 3 durable, wind proof shuttles and 2 racquets, LxW: 63x24 cm, approx.

250 g.

71 255 5326 Set

Also take a look at:

Speedminton & crossminton sets, pages

Sport-Thieme Speed Racquet Set

The set includes:

• 2 ‘Junior 43’ racquets, page 128, 1|

• 4 tennis balls, page 128, 8|

• 4 soft balls, page 44, 1|

71 226 8503 Set

431sport-thieme.com/ Leisure games Balls Teamsport Athletics Equipment Swimming Fitness Gymnastics Movement Therapy Leisure Games Service For advice and to place an order: +49 5357 181 503 sport-thieme.com 6

Boccia & Boules 1

BS Toys Wooden Boules

The set includes 6 balls and a jack made of birch wood in a practical, compact zipped storage bag. The aim of the game is to throw the balls as close as possible to the jack. The wooden boules are differentiated by differentcoloured stripes, allowing you to quickly alot points to each player. For ages 6+.

71 287 1804

Each

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. Contains individual parts that may be swallowed. Danger of suffocation.

2

Handi Life Sport Indoor Boccia

Approved for use in international competitions. 13 hand-stitched, medium-strength PU balls (6 red and 6 blue boccia balls, plus 1 white jack) in a strong carrying bag. Filled with firm special pellets. The hard-wearing balls can be used outdoors, on tiles, tarmac and gravel. Boccia ball dia.: 8.2 cm. 275 g each.

71 133 7440

4

4

Boccia Discs

Set of 8 soft boccia discs made of vinyl – no noise, no dust and no risk of injury. Ideal for children. Can also be used for balancing and other games. Dia.: approx. 9 cm. Incl. jack and instructions (in German).

71 133 0104

Each

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

Pétanque & boules

5

Mexican & Dude

Blonde & Muffin

Crossboccia Starter Pack for 2 Players

Multi-level game for any surface. Two sets of 3 bags of the same colour and one jack. Bags are only partially filled – ideal for beginners. Double-layered outer: 100% polyester. Filling: eco plastic granules. Dia.: 7 cm. 90 g per bag. For 2 players.

71 139 4809

Each

71 139 4825 Each

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. Contains individual parts that may be swallowed. Danger of suffocation.

approved beanbags for pros filled with plastic gran ules. 8 cm in diameter, 115 g each. 4 different designs. Incl. jack, mesh bag and game rules (in German).

71 139 6111

Each

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. Contains individual parts that may be swallowed. Danger of suffocation.

9

Schildkröt Funsports Boules/Pétanque Set

Includes 6 steel balls filled with sand (dia.: 72.5 mm), wooden jack, distance gauge, and zipcarry bag (100% ny lon) bag with zip and carrying handle. 23x16x8 cm.

71 133 9345

432

Each

8

Obut Pétanque Leisure Boules

No imbalances and no fluttering. Two sets of 3 boules (100% stainless INOX steel). Dia.: 73 mm. 660 g each.

Complies with NF S52-200. Incl. boxwood jack, wooden case with carrying handle, and playing instructions (in German).

71 271 1906

Each

Obut Competition Boules

FIPJP-approved. 3 carbon steel boules with satin black finish. Hardness above 120 kg/mm². Incl. wooden jack and nylon storage bag. Choice of 2 variants: 72 mm di ameter with striation G and 74 mm diameter with stria tion 1.

71 285 9503  Dia. 72 mm, 690 g

71 285 9529  Dia. 74 mm, 700 g

Set of 3

Set of 3

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

4 Approved for international competitions

Throwing Toys

1

New! Nerf Vortex Aero Howler

Howling rocketball for children aged 6+ and adults. Steering plumes produce spiral rotation and ensure the ball doesn’t flutter. Easy-grip design. Its 3 whistling noz zles generate howling sound. Can also be used for tech nique training in athletics. Assorted colours. Firm foam.

L: 32 cm. Dia.: approx. 9 cm. Approx. 130 g.

71 133 4861

Each

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. Contains individual parts that may be swallowed. Danger of suffocation.

2

Sunflex Neoprene Catchit

Travels extremely far due to its special aerodynamic shape. Flexible tails stabilise flight. Requires little strength to throw – making it perfect for young and old. Can be used in water. From 6 years old. Neoprene. Lxdia: 25x8 cm.

71 133 4845

Each

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

3

Spordas Mini Torpedoes

Will make throwing technique training (e.g. for javelin throw) fun. Also a great toy for the park. Soft firm-foam outer. Lxdia.: 22x6.5 cm.

71 268 9904

Set of 3

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. Contains individual parts that may be swallowed. Danger of suffocation. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

Indiaca ‘Tournament’ Ball

Fast shuttle with excellent flight properties. For competi tions and leisure use. Leather with coloured turkey feath ers. From 8 years. L: 24 cm. Base dia.: 7.5 cm.

71 133 8111

5

New! Sport-Thieme Hand Shuttlecock

For children aged 3 and more. Versatile. Played using your hand. With turkey feathers. Foam rubber base. L: 28 cm. Base dia.: 6 cm.

71 319 0904

Each

4 Set of 3

Each

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. Contains individual parts that may be swallowed. Danger of suffocation.

Replacement

Flight for Hand Shuttlecock and Indiaca

Hand-picked, dyed turkey feathers. Approx. 24 cm long.

71 319 0917

7

Space Balls

Great fun! The tail fluttering behind the ball will entice anyone to join in. From 3 years. Made of plastic. Diame ter: 0.7 cm.

71 132 5313

Top rated sport-thieme.com

Teresa wrote: “Superb prop for our chil dren’s athletics events, withstands tough han dling and looks great.”

Top rated sport-thieme.com

Simone wrote: “Appealing toy primary school children can play with during their breaks. Great for the de velopment of motor functions.”

Set of 3

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. Contains individual parts that may be swallowed. Danger of suffocation. Long cord. Danger of strangulation.

Sport-Thieme

‘Catch & Kick’ Shooting Star

When thrown, the tail flutters – making this ball great fun to watch. For indoor and outdoor use. Vinyl-coated foam ball with nylon tail. L: 85 cm.

71 298 0007

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years.

Each

Balls Teamsport Athletics Equipment Swimming Fitness Movement Therapy Service Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. Contains individual parts that may be swallowed. Danger of suffocation.

New! Gladiator

‘Mix’ Rental SUP Set

High-quality inflatable rental SUPs for commercial use in boat hire companies and hotels or for continuous use in schools and clubs. Drop Stitch tech nology made the boards stiffer and lighter. The use of reinforced materials resulted in increased load-bearing ca pacities. Made of PVC and EVA. The 10.6- and 10.8-ft SUPs are superb allrounders, while the longer SUP meas uring 12.6 feet is ideal for touring. Each board comes with a fin, leash and repair kit.

The set includes:

• 1 10.6-ft board (LxWxH: 323x81x12 cm, max. load: 90 kg, 9.5 kg)

• 1 10.8-ft board (LxWxH: 343x86x15 cm, max. load: 110 kg, 10.5 kg)

• 1 12.6-ft board (LxWxH: 384x81x15 cm, max. load: 120 kg, 11 kg)

• 3 three-piece paddles with plastic blade and nylon shaft (170–220 cm long, 880 g)

• Electric pump with 6,000 mAH highperformance battery and digital pressure gauge (max. pressure: 16 PSI, output: 110 W, voltage: 12/230 V, LxWxH: 25x17.4x12.3 cm, 2.4 kg)

71 366 3804  3 boards Set

New! Gladiator Set of 12 ‘One Size’ Rental SUPs

The set includes:

• 12 Gladiator rental SUPs of one size (10.6, 10.8 or 12.6 foot)

• 12 three-piece paddles with a plastic blade and nylon shaft (L: 170–220 cm)

• 2 electric pumps (battery- or mainsoperated, max. pressure: 16 PSI)

• 1 Triple Action pump

71 366 4100  10.6-ft Set

71 366 4113  10.8-ft Set

71 366 4126  12.6-ft Set

4 Action-packed throwing and catching game

4 Can be played inside and out

‘Ramp Shot’ Throwing Game

Action-packed throwing and catching game! Collect as many points as possible by catching the ball or throwing it into the ramp. Ramps made of polypropylene. Rubber ball with a diameter of 5.5 cm. Ramp (LxWxH): 56x57x18 cm. For 4 play ers. From 10 years.

71 298 0209 Each

‘How

Spikeball

Action-packed, fast-growing game for the beach, on grass or indoors. Plastic round net frame. Hxdia.: 20x90 cm. Incl. carrying bag and 3 balls (9.5 cm in dia., 65 g).

434

4 Easy-to-learn ball game

4 Can be played inside and out

Spordas

‘Bumball’ Throwing Game

Bumball is a fun ball game involving two opposing teams. Players pass the ball to one another but are only allowed to catch the ball with the hook-and-loop pad on their chest or bottom. The set includes 12 hook-and-loop pads (6 red and 6 blue)

made of 100% polyester, and 2 balls (also made of 100% polyester) with a diameter of 17 cm and weighing 200 g. Incl. practi cal carry bag.

71 297 8909

71 297 8912

71 297 8925

Set

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Burnermotion Gladiator Bats

Using the foam bats, children can compete in a fair con test, burning excess energy while also having fun and ex periencing a challenge. The soft, padded foam bats with nylon covers turn everyone into little samurai warriors. A great way for people to measure themselves against each other without any fear of injury. ‘Kids’ – L: 55 cm, dia.: 5.5 cm, 197 g. ‘Regular’ – L: 83.5 cm, dia.: 5.5 cm, 240 g. Trendy design: includes 1 orange bat with black print and 1 black bat with orange print.

71 281 5709

71 281 5712

Not suitable for children under 3 years.

direct supervision of an adult.

used under

Burnermotion

Aids to Reduce Aggression

Sport-Thieme Ring Ball

A twist on tug of war. Up to 6 people can pull and tug on the ball, spin round in circles and come up with new ide as for games. Encourages social interaction and gets rid of any aggression. For children up to 12 years of age. Di ameter: 55 cm.

71 204 7007

Each

‘School Set’ Gladiator Bats The set includes: 12 black bats, 12 orange bats, 1 bag and 1 book (in German).

281 5800

281 5813

4 To release aggression

4 Encourages participants to let off steam together

Sport-Thieme Belly Bumper

Climb into the ring… great fun for any age. Made of strong plastic, with special valve for inflation. Suitable for in door and outdoor use: in snow, water, etc. Simply hop in or slip it over you, and the fun can begin! Ideas for exer cises include: bumping against one another (gets rid of aggression), for use in races, ball games or turning in cir cles. Also develops arm and shoulder muscles. Use a compressor to inflate. For teens and adults – outer/inner dia.: approx. 100/39 cm, 5.3 kg. For children – outer/in ner dia.: approx. 78/28 cm, 4 kg.

71 132 8918  For children

71 132 8905  For teens and adults

Each

Each

Sport-Thieme Sumo Wrestler Padded Suits

Great fun for getting rid of any aggression. Players can sweat, tumble, wrestle or fight to let off steam. 2 padded suits in the shape of a sumo wrestler made of strong 100% polyester. Head protection and gloves included. We recommend using mats as an underlay (not included).

Mini: For children aged 5–8, L: approx. 82 cm, approx. 2 kg.

Maxi: For teenagers and adults, L: approx. 140 cm, cir cumference approx. 300 cm, 13.5 kg.

71 132 8992  Mini

71 132 8947  Maxi

Hopping & Balancing

Togu Moonhopper

For both indoor and outdoor use in schools, clubs and at home. Improves stamina, dexterity, balance and strength. With needle valve. LxWxH: approx. 38x38x40 cm.

• ‘Kids’ Moonhopper: for children aged 5+, max. load: 45 kg

• ‘Sport’ Moonhopper: for adults, max. load: 110 kg

71 132 6202

Each

71 132 6215  Sport Each

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

Pedalo ‘Fun Rola-Bola’ Balance Board

Balance training and fun by shifting your weight with your legs a hip’s width apart or lengthways in a walking position. Can also be used on smooth floors as the roller features rubber rings. Birch plywood board with non-slip surface (LxW: 60x35 cm. Pinewood roller (Lxdia.: 35x10 cm). Max. load: 120 kg.

71 262 2109

Each

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

Pedalo ‘Surf’ Balance Board

Registered design 20 2011 109 582. Combines the fea tures of a surfboard, skateboard and snowboard: roll, tilt, turn in all directions, lift up and touch back down safely. Operates on 2 runners built into the rollers giving you the control and safety you need. Non-slip surface and end stop with rubber pads. LxW: 70x30 cm, oval roll er with a diameter of 12 cm. Max. load: 120 kg. Non-slip mat included.

71 134 9506 Each

Product video online at: sport-thieme.com 71 134 9506

Qu-Ax Pogo Stick

Fun way to be active. Develops coordination, stamina and balance. Sturdy steel casing with built-in steel springs. Replaceable rubber pad. Spring deflection: 140 mm.

Neon green, L: 86 cm, up to 20 kg

71 132 8266 Each

Red, L: 98 cm, up to 30 kg

71 132 8240 Each

Blue, L: 98 cm, up to 50 kg

71 132 8208 Each

Black, L: 102 cm, 50–80 kg

71 132 8282 Each

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

Pedalo ‘Natural Rola-Bola’ Balance Board

Cork roller with longboard for balance and coordination training. With rubber stoppers under the board allowing you to train quietly and protect the floor. Foot board made of birch multiplex (99x33x1.5 cm). Cork roller 30x15 cm. 4.1 kg.

71 282 5205

Each

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

SportFit Wood’L Board

Curved wooden balance board for children and adults to playfully train balance. LxWxD: 80x30x18 cm. Max. load: 120 kg.

71 286 3304 Each

Pedalo ‘Rolling Board’ Balance Board

For balance and coordination exercises. Edge stoppers prevent damage to the oval board and floor. Can also be used on smooth surfaces thanks to its rubberised ball. Board made of birch plywood (LxWxH: 78x43x10 cm). Di ameter of ball: 8 cm. Max. load: 150 kg.

71 282 5306 Each

Also take a look at: 300Slacklines, page

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Kids

1

Gymnic ‘Hop’ Space Hopper

Children love this space hopper. It promotes coordination of movement to a high degree. The closed handle makes it easier to use. For children over 3 years of age and up to 145 cm in height: dia. 45 cm; up to 155 cm tall: dia. 55 cm; over 156 cm: dia. 66 cm. Comes in a presentation box.

71 108 6603  45 cm dia., yellow Each

71 108 6616  55 cm dia., red Each

71 108 6629  66 cm dia., blue Each

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. Contains individual parts that may be swallowed. Danger of suffocation.

4 Suitable for children aged 3+

4 Max. load: 150 kg

2

Gymnastics Turtle

Turtle to improve balancing skills. For children’s sports. Kids can kneel, sit or lie on it. Can be taken apart for compact storage. Plastic. LxWxH: 37.5x31x22 cm. Max. load: 150 kg.

71 134 2909

Each

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. To be used under the

Balance Ball

Train dexterity, balance and coordination. Suitable for in door and outdoor use. Glows in the dark. PE plastic. Max. load: 100 kg.

Diameter of approx. 60 cm, 12 kg

Neon red

71 132 5906

Dark blue with silver glitter

71 132 5951

Red with silver glitter

71 132 5977

Diameter of approx. 70 cm, 15 kg

Neon red

71 132 5922

Dark blue with silver glitter

Each

Each

Each

Each

71 132 5948 Each

Red with silver glitter

71 132 5964

Each

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

4

Togu Globe with Continent Imprint

This ball catches people’s eye just from the way it looks: it is very attractive for both young and old to play with. You can lift the globe up, roll it, bounce it or rock on it. The possibilities are endless! The Ryton material makes this ball burst-resistant. This is because the anti-burst system changes the tearing characteristics of the ball. So much so that if there is any damage to the ball on the outside, the air will only seep slowly out of the damaged part so that the ball cannot burst. Max. load: 80 kg.

71 135 8911  Dia. 100 cm, 3.4 kg

71 135 8908  Dia. 200 cm, 12 kg

Each

Each

Gonge Roller

The balance challenge for children and adults promotes proprioception and develops the vestibular system. Kids learn to improve their motor skills and test their limits on the roller. The sand filling (2.5 kg) in the green version and rubber ends ensure that it stays safely on the ground and rolls slowly. Suitable for children aged 4+. The or ange roller, which comes without the sand filling, is light er and therefore more difficult to balance on. It is suitable for children aged 7+, teenagers and adults. Max. load (both rollers): 100 kg. Dia.: 29.5 cm. L: 35.5 cm.

Green, with sand filing

71 263 5604 Each

Orange, without sand filing

71 263 5617

Each

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

ø 32 cm

4 Develops balance

Ideal for outdoor use

Pedalo ‘Pedasan’ Bear Roller

Improves balance and reactions. Massages reflex points when used with bare feet. W: 37 cm. Max. load: 100 kg.

71 129 6408  22-cm-diameter roller Each

71 129 6411  32-cm-diameter roller Each

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult. Protective equipment should be worn. Not to be used in traffic.

handling sticks.

71 136 0716

Juggling Beanbags

Round juggling balls. Easy to grip. Made of imitation leather. Dia.: 6.5 cm. Approx. 95 g. In different colour combinations. Plastic granulate filling. 1 set contains 12 balls.

71 132 8439

Each

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. Long cord. Danger of strangulation.

6

Large Diabolo

Large version. For beginners of any age. Stable spinning properties. Plastic. øxL: 13x14.5 cm. Approx. 275 g.

2 wooden handling sticks included.

71 136 0729

Set of 12

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. Contains individual parts that may be swallowed. Danger of suffocation.

2

‘Rasta Rainbow’ Juggling Beanbags

Juggling balls in Rasta style. These crochet balls can be used as footbags, stress or juggling balls. Cotton outer, filled with plastic granules. 60 g. Dia.: 5.5 cm.

71 132 8426 Set of 3

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. Contains individual parts that may be swallowed. Danger of suffocation.

3

Kickies

Multipurpose balls for juggling, kicking, squeezing and passing. Suitable for indoor and outdoor use. Synthetic cover filled with plastic granules. Dia.: 4.5 cm. 40 g.

71 132 8501

Set of 3

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. Contains individual parts that may be swallowed. Danger of suffocation.

10

Each

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. Long cord. Danger of strangulation.

4

Sport-Thieme ‘Nylon’ Juggling Scarves

For beginners, juggling activities and group juggling. Al so suitable for rhythmic gymnastics. 6 neon-coloured scarves. 100% nylon. Choice of 2 sizes. Washable at 30°C.

71 265 0005  45x45 cm

71 265 0018  65x65 cm

Set of 6

Set of 6

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

cm

7

‘Junior’ Juggling Rings

In 3 colours. Plastic. Flexible, light and very strong.

Dia.: 24 cm.

71 136 1100

8

Juggling Rings

Set of 3

Plastic. 33 cm in diameter. 3 mm thick. Approx. 100 g.

71 136 0400

Set of 3

9

438 1

Children’s Club

For children and beginners. Lighter and shorter than a conventional club. Soft shaft, excellent rotation. Plastic. L: 45 cm. Approx. 150 g. Assorted colours.

71 136 1009 Each

10

Soft Juggling Clubs

Set of 3. For children and beginners. Lightweight, with non-slip handle. Juggles well. Plastic. L: 50 cm. Approx. 215 g. Assorted colours.

71 136 1012

Set of 3

11

Devil Stick

Fast-paced juggling. Requires your full concentration.

Strong wooden stick wrapped in textile tape, with plastic end caps. L: 60 cm. Approx. 280 g. With 2 rubber-coated handling sticks. Assorted colours.

71 132 6505 Each

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Juggling rings available in 3 colours

set

Incl. sports bag

Large Juggling Set

This set has been specially put together for school classes with 15 pupils.

The set includes:

• 60 juggling scarves (100% polyamide)

• 30 juggling beanbags

• 6 ‘Classic Training’ juggling clubs

• 12 juggling rings

• 4 large diabolos

• 4 devil sticks

• 2 unicycles (20-inch)

• 1 sports bag

71 136 1719

1 2

Incl. sports bag

Beginners’ Juggling Set

This group equipment set contains all the basic materi als for schools and clubs for a wide variety of simple jug gling tricks.

The set includes:

• 12 juggling beanbags weighing 95 g

• 9 juggling beanbags weighing 125 g

• 12 juggling scarves, 65x65 cm (100% nylon)

• 3 juggling rings, 33 cm in diameter

• 3 children’s clubs

• 1 medium diabolo

• 4 juggling plates

• 1 devil stick

• 1 sports bag

71 135 9220

3

Incl. sports bag

Dabble-In Juggling Set

A small set for learning to juggle. The products have been specially selected with beginners in mind.

The set includes:

• 1 medium diabolo

• 1 large diabolo

• 2 juggling plates

• 1 devil stick

• 12 beanbags

• 3 ‘Classic Training’ juggling clubs

• 1 sports bag

This set is suited for children aged 6+.

71 135 9233 Set

Beginners’ set

Sets Henrys Juggling Equipment

Henrys

1

Henrys ‘Classic Training’ Juggling Club

Juggling club with a break-resistant plas tic body and moderate rotation speed. 58 cm long, approx. 215 g. Sparkly silver foil-wrapped handle and body in assorted neon colours: blue, black, white, yellow, red, pink, orange, purple and green. 71 283 8003 Each

2

The world’s first sparkler juggling club was made out of a snow brush in a flat share back in 1984... Today, Henrys manufactures products that live up to the highest demands in terms of quali ty, technology, precision and environ mental awareness.

Henrys ‘Europ’ Juggling Club

Hard-wearing plastic juggling club offer ing extremely balanced rotation. White body, silver handle, and black top and knob. Complete with red metallic foil on the body, 52 cm long, approx. 218 g. 71 286 8804 Each

Henrys ‘Premium’ Beanbags

Handmade. Smooth and easy-to-grip round juggling balls. Imitation leather outer. Millet filling. Dia.: 6.8 cm. Approx. 125 g, in various colours. Incl. PP storage container.

71 136 0312

Set of 3

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. Contains individual parts that may be swallowed. Danger of suffocation.

Henrys ‘Basic’ Juggling Set

A selection of popular, tried-and-tested juggling products for up to 25 people to enjoy the basics of juggling.

The set includes:

• 15 juggling scarves

• 5 ‘Beach’ diabolos incl. handling sticks

• 5 spinning plates and sticks

• 3 flower sticks incl. handling sticks

12 ‘HiX Balls’ juggling balls (dia. 62 mm)

• 1 diabolo cord (10 m)

• 3 Scarf Pois (incl. scarf tail)

• 1 handy, grey collapsible box with lid (LxWxH: 60x40x32 cm)

71 288 0701 Set

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

4 With alumin

ium handling sticks

Henrys ‘Vision Free’ Diabolo

Easy-to-control, coloured, translucent di abolo. Ball bearings and a free-rolling ax le mean that long runs and extremely quick rotations are possible. 252 g. Dia.: 13 cm. L: 13.5 cm. Incl. aluminium handling sticks. Assorted colours.

71 140 5907 Each

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. Long cord. Danger of strangulation.

440

1 beechwood stick that can be disman tled. With 2 rings on the underside of the disc for different levels of difficulty. Geo metric patterns on the sides make it easi er to judge the speed at which the disc is rotating. Plate diameter: approx. 25 cm. Length of stick (assembled): ap prox. 50 cm. Plate comes in assorted col ours: green, yellow, purple, blue, orange, pink or turquoise.

71 283 7909 Each

7

Henrys ‘Leisure’ Juggling Set

Juggling set for 20 people, for active breaks in schools and holiday camps.

7.2 kg.

The set includes:

• 3 ‘Stretch’ beanbags

• 1 ‘Vision Free’ diabolo incl. aluminium handling sticks

• 2 spinning plates and sticks

• 1 flower stick incl. handling sticks

• 3 ‘HiX Balls’ juggling balls (dia. 62 mm)

• 1 diabolo cord (10 m) incl. scissors

• 1 neoprene comet

• 2 ‘Lizard’ yo-yos

• 2 ‘Street’ Kendamas

• 2 ‘Kids’ Scarf Pois (with scarf tail)

• 2 Scarf Pois (with scarf tail)

• 1 handy, grey collapsible box with lid (LxWxH: 60x40x32 cm)

71 288 0903 Set

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

Henrys ‘School Class’ Juggling Set

Class-size juggling set for schools and clubs (for 32 people).

Th set includes:

• 15 juggling scarves

• 5 ‘Beach’ diabolos incl. handling sticks

• 5 ‘Vision Free’ diabolos incl. aluminium handling sticks

• 5 spinning plates with sticks

• 3 flower sticks incl. handling sticks

71 288 0802 Set

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

4 Height-adjustable saddle

Qu-Ax ‘Giraffe’

High Unicycle

For anyone who wants to ride high!

Chrome high unicycle with chain drive, sturdy steel frame and blue anodised alu minium hub and rim. Height: 150 cm, 20-inch tyre (approx. 51 cm, black), 36-spoke aluminium rim, BSA bottom bracket, saddle with quick-release lever, non-slip plastic pedals. Max. load: 75 kg. 71 132 8686 Each

Attention! Protective equipment should be worn. Not to be used in traffic.

Also

Sticks

More

2

4 For indoor use

Qu-Ax ‘Luxury’

Indoor Unicycle

Protects hall floors thanks to its 5-cmwide white tyre (20 inches / 51 cm). Shape-retaining, ergonomic saddle. Alu minium rim, square axle, non-slip plastic pedals. Aluminium saddle post clamp. 300-mm and 150-mm saddle posts in cluded, will not rotate. Max. load: 75 kg.

71 275 7504 Each

Attention! Protective equipment should be worn. Not to be used in traffic.

Don’t

Protective

Which unicycle is best for your height?

The following table shows the recom mended sizes of unicycles based on the user’s inside leg length. This refers to the minimum inside leg length with the shorter seat post!

Unicycle size

16 inches (41 cm)

18 inches (46 cm)

20 inches (51 cm)

24 inches (61 cm)

26 inches (66 cm)

High unicycle (51 cm)

Min. inside leg length

Approx. 55 cm

Approx. 58 cm

Approx. 61 cm

Approx. 68 cm

Approx. 74 cm Approx. 67 cm

4 For outdoor use

Qu-Ax ‘Luxury’

Outdoor Unicycle

This unicycle develops concentration and balance. An all-rounder, very manoeuvra ble. Comes with luxury features in 4 differ ent sizes. Flat chrome fork for tricks, sad dle offering the highest level of luxury with replaceable corners and integrated grips at the front, non-slip pedals with rounded corners, wide and high-quality tyre (5 cm, black). 300-mm-long seat post (25.4 mm in diameter, will not twist), additional shorter seat support included. Max. load: 75 kg.

18-inch tyre (46 cm), blue frame

71 132 8628

20-inch tyre (51 cm), chrome frame 71 132 4307

4 Protects the hall floor thanks to its light tread

OnlyOne ‘Indoor’ Unicycle

Each

Each

24-inch tyre (61 cm), black frame 71 132 8602 Each

26-inch tyre (66 cm), black frame 71 132 8615 Each

Attention! Protective equipment should be worn. Not to be used in traffic.

Strong beginners’ model specially devel oped for indoor use. The white, 5-cm-wide tyre and the white, rounded pedals pre vent indoor floors from being damaged. Particularly safe due to its stable alumini um rim, rounded unicrown steel fork and rigid seat post (30 cm long) with smoothrunning aluminium quick-release lever. Saddle with handle and interchangeable corner protector. Max. load: 60 kg. 16-inch tyre (41 cm), white frame

71 132 4349 Each  20-inch tyre (51 cm), chrome frame

71 132 4352 Each

Attention! Protective equipment should be worn. Not to be used in traffic.

OnlyOne Indoor Unicycle Starter Set

Beginners’ set for indoor use. Ideal for integrating unicycles into sports les sons.

The set includes:

• 3 OnlyOne ‘Indoor’ unicycles, 20-inch wheel

• 1 OnlyOne ‘Indoor’ unicycle, 16-inch wheel

71 132 6808 Set

Attention! Protective equipment should be worn. Not to be used in traffic.

Rabo Children’s Vehicles

Scooter Balance bikes

Rabo Scooter

This robust scooter invites you back for more, ride after ride. The footboard is made of non-slip rubber and pro vides a secure grip. The wide, sturdy wheels ensure a comfortable ride, even on loose gravel. The foot brake mounted on the rear wheel lets you gently and safely bring the scooter to a stop. Available in 2 versions: For children aged 6–12, LxWxH: 109x13x85 cm, 9 kg. For children aged 3–7, LxWxH: 97x13x70 cm, 7 kg.

For children aged 3–7

71 259 3409 Each

For children aged 6–12

71 259 3425 Each

Tricycles

Rabo ‘Trike’

This tricycle is the classic among children’s vehicles and invites you on exciting voyages of discovery. It promotes motor skills and helps strengthen leg muscles. Its wide wheels mean children can safely ride on a variety of dif ferent surfaces. Available in 2 versions: For children aged 1–4: 60x46x47 cm, 7 kg, seat height 27 cm. For children aged 3–7: 75x55x60 cm, 9 kg, seat height 34 cm.

For children aged 1–4

71 259 3438 Each

For children aged 3–7

71 259 3441 Each

Rabo ‘Tricart 2000’

The coolest tricycle for schools. Its well-shaped seat and backrest give children the confidence to ride faster. The tricycle is also ideal for children with physical disabili ties. For children aged 3–8, 88x55x60 cm, 10 kg, seat height 26 cm.

71 259 3454 Each

Rabo ‘Zippl’ Balance Bike

This balance bike not only looks cool, it also provides children with a unique way to experience getting around. Its soft, durable EVA wheels with double bearings pro vide unbeatable comfort. The seat height is adjustable and can quickly be adapted to suit the height of any child. Available in 2 versions: For children aged 3–6: 92x45x51 cm, 7 kg, seat height 38–51 cm. For children aged 4–7: 98x45x51 cm, 8 kg, seat height 38–51 cm.

For children aged 3–6

71 259 3311

For children aged 4–7

71 259 3324

Bucket-seat vehicles

Rabo ‘Runner’ Balance Bike

This yellow balance bike is particularly robust and has an irresistibly stimulative nature. Its wide wheels ensure a comfortable ride. The balance bike is great fun for kids and is the ideal forerunner to learning to ride a bike. For children aged 5–9: 88x45x67 cm, 9 kg, seat height 41 cm.

71 259 3470 Each

Each

Each

More Rabo children’s vehicles available online at: sport-thieme.com

Rabo

Rabo Circle Cart

A great action vehicle for twists and turns as well as fun during activity. The child ‘pedals’ with their hands to move forwards, backwards or round bends. This helps children to improve their motor skills and learn to coordi nate their movements. For children aged 4–10, 86x79x33 cm, 11 kg, seat height: 14 cm.

71 259 3467 Each

Rabo Moon Car

Very stable and versatile cross go-kart. Thanks to the large wheels with industrial ball bearings, children of all ages can drive on all sorts of surfaces without any prob lems. Use the pedals to move forward and the side han dles to steer. Puncture-proof PU tyres. Adjustable seat.

Frame and rims are made of powder-coated steel. Max. load: 100 kg. ‘Original’ LxWxH: 113x58.5x66 cm. ‘Big’ Lx WxH: 128x69x79 cm.

‘Big’, for children aged 10+

71 194 9517

‘Original’, for children aged 4–10

71 194 9504

Each

Each

Attention! Protective equipment should be worn. Not to be used in traf fic.

Rabo children’s vehicles

Rabo vehicles impress thanks to their modern and timeless design, top quality and the added value they bring to playtime . The wide range of products offers something for every age. These vehicles stimu late children’s natural desire to improve their move ment, balance, hand-eye coordination and social interaction as well as develop their gross- and finemotor skills, particularly thanks to the vehicles’ great ergonomic design.

Rabo vehicles really add value to playtime, providing top quality as well as safety. Their steel frame is made of seamless tubing for guaranteed precision of work manship and durability. After their base coat, all vehi cles are also powder-coated in the Rabo-typical yellow to prevent rust. All products are CE-certified

Suitable for children aged:

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Children’s vehicles for daily use

These hard-wearing children’s vehicles for use in nurseries and schools are made of strong, powdercoated tubular steel. They feature a child-friendly de sign without any sharp edges and/or corners. For maximum safety, they also come with a built-in steer ing limiter, which eliminates ‘crush points’. The lowmaintenance wheels run smoothly in nylon bearings – so the vehicles are even more fun to ride.

Suitable for children aged:

Jaalinus Children’s Vehicles

1

Jaalinus Tricycle

Robust tricycle for everyday use. Max. load: 75 kg. Choice of two variants:

• Small – For children aged 2–4. Handlebar length: 45 cm. Seat height: 28 cm. LxWxH: 68x45x54 cm. 6.9 kg.

• Medium – For children aged 3–6. Handlebar length: 45 cm. Seat height: 35 cm. LxWxH: 79x52x60 cm. 8.1 kg.

71 284 1508  Small Each

71 284 1511  Medium Each

2

Jaalinus ‘Pushbike’ Tricycle

Introduction to riding and steering by themselves. Han dlebar length: 45 cm. Seat height: 27 cm. LxWxH: 68x45x51 cm. 6.5 kg. Max. load: 75 kg. For children aged 2–4.

71 284 2006 Each

3

Jaalinus ‘Taxi’ Tricycle

Tricycle for 2 children. With grab handle and footrests for the passenger. Handlebar length: 63 cm. Seat height: 36 cm. LxWxH: 110x63x60 cm. 10.7 kg. Max. load: 100 kg. For children aged 3–7.

71 284 1609 Each

4

Jaalinus ‘Firetruck’ Tricycle

With additional frame for another passenger and nonslip footboard. Handlebar length: 59 cm. Seat height: 34 cm. LxWxH: 101x59x61 cm. 14.8 kg. Max. load: 100 kg. For children aged 4–8.

71 284 1700 Each

5

Jaalinus Scooter

Improves balance and motor skills. HxW, handlebar: 76x45 cm. LxW of non-slip footboard: 38x11 cm. LxWxH, overall: 101x45x76 cm. 6.3 kg. Max. load: 20 kg. For chil dren aged 3–5.

71 284 1801

Each

6

Jaalinus ‘BikeRunner’ Balance Bike

Improves balance and prepares for cycling. Handlebar length: 60 cm. Seat height: 34 cm. LxWxH: 81x45x60 cm. 5.7 kg. Max. load: 75 kg. For children aged 3–6.

71 284 1902 Each

Go-karts

1

New!

‘Sport F Black-Edition’ Go-Kart

Robust go-kart for daily use. For children aged 5 or more and for adults up to 200 cm tall. Strong poly propylene bucket seat. Steel wheels with pneumatic rubber tyres. Cannot reverse, therefore very low maintenance. The handbrake engages both rear wheels. Max. load: 100 kg. LxWxH: 150x80x80 cm. 48.5 kg.

71 316 9416

Each

Attention! Protective equipment should be worn. Not to be used in traffic.

2

Berg ‘Jeep Junior’ Go-Kart

Off-road tyres and swing axle make this go-kart suitable for almost any terrain. Thanks to the BFR system, the pedals can be used to drive forwards, as well as brake and reverse. Suitable for children aged 3–8 and approx. 100–140 cm tall. Rubber tyres. Powder-coated steel frame. LxWxH: 110x65x63 cm. Max. load: 50 kg. 18 kg.

71 253 1801

Each

Attention! Protective equipment should be worn. Not to be used in traf fic.

Helmets

Berg ‘Buddy’ Go-Kart

Seat and steering wheel can be adjusted to suit the indi vidual. Great off-roader due to swing axle and all-round tyres. Thanks to the BFR system, the pedals can be used to drive forwards, as well as brake and reverse. Suitable for children aged 3–8 and approx. 100–140 cm tall. Smooth-running, ball bearing-mounted wheels with rub ber tyres. Powder-coated tubular steel frame. LxWxH: 110x65x63 cm. Max. load: 50 kg. 18 kg.

71 253 1609 Each

Attention! Not suitable for children under 3 years. Protective equipment should be worn. Not to be used in traffic.

KED ‘Meggy II’ Bike Helmet

Reliable protection for children. With Quicksafe ad justment system, and dual LED rear light and reflector. Complies with EN 1078. Made of polystyrene and PET-G thermoformed film. Head circumference and weight – XS: 44–49 cm, 220 g; S: 46–51 cm, 250 g; M: 49–55 cm, 270 g; and L: 52–58 cm, 280 g.

Big ‘Neo’ Bobby Car

Plastic ride-on car with safety knee recess, foot rests and non-slip seat. Wide, abrasion-resistant soft plastic tyres. LxWxH: 57x30x39 cm. Max. load: 50 kg. 3.5 kg. 71 292 8803 Each

Pull-along carts

Classic design

without any tools

Eckla Pull-Along Cart

Extra-long pull-along cart with large pneumatic tyres. The length of the drawbar can be adjusted to suit chil dren and adults. Can easily be disassembled without any tools. Plywood. Max. load: 150 kg. Long trailer: 21 kg.

XXL trailer: 22 kg.

Long trailer, 100x55x60 cm

71 215 4318 Each

XXL trailer, 120x55x60 cm

71 215 4321 Each

444

More children’s vehicles available online at: sport-thieme.com

Children’s

Long trailer

Matt blue

71 304 9509

71 304 9512

71 304 9525

304 9538

Each

Each

Each

Each

Beach Wagon and Eckla pull-along cart accessories can be found online at: sport-thieme.com Pull-along carts

7

Beach Wagon ‘Lite’ Pull-Along Cart

Lightweight, fold-flat pull-along cart. With quick-toremove, puncture-proof wheels. Easy to manoeuvre.

• Frame: powder-coated metal

• Wheels: closed-cell foam

• Lining: polyester fabric

• LxWxH, when fully assembled: 95x65x61 cm

• LxWxH, when folded: 103x55x18 cm

• 13.6 kg

• Max. load: 80 kg

71 271 4703

71 271 4716

71 271 4729

71 271 4761

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

grey Blue Khaki green

Skateboards, Scooters & Protective Equipment

2

Schildkröt Fun Wheels

‘Grinder Inferno’ Skateboard

1

Schildkröt Fun Wheels

‘Good Vibes’ Caster Board

This caster board provides a perfect ride at a low weight. Large plastic decks with non-slip nubs make it easy to get started. Fitted with smooth-running ABEC 7 ball bearing-mounted wheels (80 mm). With

carry handle at the rear for easy trans port. 2.1 kg. Max. load: 80 kg.

71 281 6803  Graffiti Each

71 281 6829  Ocean Drive Each

Attention! Protective equipment should be worn. Not to be used in traffic.

The all-round board in a unique and trendy design. Ideal for experienced skat ers as well as beginners. Concave deck made of Chinese maple with premium grip tape, PU wheels with ABEC 9 ball bear ings. LxW: 79x20 cm, 2.4 kg. Max. load: 90 kg.

71 281 6601 Each

Attention! Protective equipment should be worn. Not to be used in traffic.

Schildkröt ‘Kicker 31’ Skateboard

Ideal for rookies and beginners. Concave deck made of maple wood. LxW: 79x20 cm. 5V aluminium trucks. With PU wheels, 54x36 mm (hardness grade: 85A). ABEC-5 ball bearings for a smooth ride. Max. load: 80 kg. 2.1 kg.

71 302 8504 Each

Attention! Protective equipment should be worn. Not to be used in traffic.

Sport-Thieme

‘Maxi’ Balance Bike / Scooter

Large scooter with low entry. Height of saddle can be adjusted from 50–85 cm, making the scooter suitable for children aged roughly 10 and above, teenagers and

Schildkröt Fun Wheels

‘Kickless’ Stunt Scooter

A stunt scooter with an aluminium deck in a 3-part box construction. High-quality TPR grips for increased safety and com fort. Handlebar height: 84 cm, PU wheels (100 mm diameter, ABEC 9). Max. load: 100 kg. 3.3 kg.

71 281 6500 Each

Attention! Protective equipment should be worn. Not to be used in traffic.

New! Schildkröt

‘Master 2.0’ City Scooter

High-quality aluminium scooter with low ered and large grip-tape deck (43x16 cm).

With one-click folding mechanism and quick release. Handlebar can be adjusted to four different heights between approx. 85–100 cm. With folding stand. Max. load: 100 kg. 4.5 kg.

71 319 6407 Each

Attention! Protective equipment should be worn. Not to be used in traffic.

Puky ‘R 07L’ Scooter

The ultimate dream scooter for children aged 4.5 and above that allows them to scoot around without getting too tired. Its wow factors include the cool design of the frame, the sporty air-filled wheels with coloured sides. The ‘V’ brakes allow even small children to quickly come to a halt without requiring too much strength. In

cludes non-slip footboard, stand, safety grips and height-adjustable handlebar.

LxH: 116x78/90 cm. Max. load: 100 kg. 6.4 kg.

71 210 0513  White Each

71 210 0526  Berry Each

71 210 0539  Black Each

Attention! Protective equipment should be worn. Not to be used in traffic.

polyester.

Graffiti

Ocean Drive

Darts

Soft-tip darts

2

Beginners’ Set of Soft-Tip Darts

Excellent-value beginners’ set. Great quality. 16-g soft-tip darts with great-grip, silver-coloured 2BA nickel barrel, black nylon shaft and British Darts flight.

L: approx. 15 cm.

71 253 0518  Red/grey Set of 3

4 38 games incl. cricket 4 For up to 16 players 4

4 German speech

4 Incl. computerised display

1

Kings Dart ‘Pro’ Electronic Dartboard Cabinet

• For up to 16 players

• Different playing modes incl. 4 teams, single player vs computer

• Ideal for training

• 28 games including cricket

• Easy-to-read dis plays for scores

• Digital speech mod ule (German)

Closed

• Professional double bullseye

• 2-hole segments

• Storage compartment for spare tips in cabinet doors

• Dart holders integrated into cabinet doors

• Original tournament-size board

• WxH (closed): 50x59 cm

Accessories:

• 12 soft-tip darts

• 220-V adapter

71 250 9411  Blue/beige Each

500x

Kings Dart Short

Longlife 2BA Dart Tips

Longer-lasting as flexible and unbreaka ble. Made of special plastic. 2BA barrel (thin, 4.5 mm). L: 24.5 mm.

71 232 2025  Black Set of 500

3

Kings Dart ‘Tournament’

Soft-Tip Darts

Kings Dart Long

Longlife 2BA Dart Tips

More soft-tip darts available online at: sport-thieme.com Soft-tip darts

Steel darts

Kings Dart ‘Standard’ Soft-Tip Darts

100 soft-tip darts in a jar. 15 g. 2BA brass barrel. One-piece shaft and flight con struction. Plastic.

71 350 3805 100-piece set

7

Beginners’ Set of Steel Darts

Great-value set for beginners, excellent quality. 19-g steel dart tips with chrome barrel, black nylon shaft and British Darts flight. L: approx. 16 cm.

71 253 0619 Set of 3

More steel darts available online at: sport-thieme.com

Steel darts

8

Kings Dart

‘Tournament’ Steel Darts

50 tournament-quality steel darts. With non-slip shark-textured grip section and a hardened, chromed steel tip. L: ap prox. 15 cm, approx. 20 g. The silvercoloured aluminium shaft is equipped with rubber O-rings to prevent unwanted loosening. With original Kings Dart flights.

71 251 0314  Blue Set of 50

Kings Dart ‘Mobile’

Dartboard Stand

Simply fold out the legs, lock them in place and hang up any conventional elec tronic or steel-dart board. Stable stand.

Made of metal. LxWxH (base): 70x70x70 cm. Max. height: 1.90 m. Approx. 6 kg.

71 352 8903 Each

446 Soft-tip darts with non-slip, chromeplated brass barrel, original longlife tip (2BA) and nylon shaft with locking ring. With full-size Kings Dart flight. L: approx. 15 cm, weight: approx. 18 g. 71 250 8519  Blue Set of 100

Perfect for professional dart players: these long dart tips (2BA) made of plastic won’t bounce, preventing an electronic dartboard from counting the shot twice.

L: 30 mm.

71 232 2009  Black Set of 500

10

Kings Dart ‘Tournament’ Darts Mat

Roll-up darts mat with throwline. Non-slip for a secure foothold. Protects the floor and increases the life of any darts that fall to the ground. 100% polyamide surface, slip-resistant latex underside. 4.5 kg.

71 251 6309 Each

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Kings Dart ‘Tournament Pro’ Electronic Dartboard

• For 1–16 players

• Ring for catching missed shots

• Different playing modes: teams of 2 or 4, single player vs computer

• Train against the computer at 5 difficulty levels

• A variety of functions and easy to use

• 41 games including 6 types of cricket

• Quick Select: the most popular games can be select ed at the press of a button

• Innovative LED display with name and point display as well as game name

• 8 bright, easy-to-read LED displays for players and points

• Separate, improved score display for cricket

• Professional double bullseye

• 2-hole segments

• Adjustable sound and speech

• 12 holders for darts and space for accessories

• Original tournament size

• WxH: 51x67 cm

Accessories:

• 24 soft-tip darts

• 220-V adapter

71 250 9512  Blue/beige Each

app

4 Bluetooth 4.0

New! Kings Dart ‘Dartworld C1’ Smart Dartboard

This revolutionary, app-controlled e-dart board makes it possible to compete against players all over the world. Con nected to smartphone or tablet via Blue tooth 4.0. Contactless settings via the app without touching the board. Mains- or battery-operated (2 AA batteries – not in cluded). Incl. adapter, USB C cable, 6 softtip darts and 24 spare tips.

71 366 3107 Each

Kings Dart ‘Round’ Dartboard Surround

Millions of sisal bristles close the open ings – great for both steel and plastic tips

Kings Dart ‘Pro’ Tournament Dartboard

A premium tournament dartboard, just like the professionals on TV use! Thanks to the Blade Spider technology, the sec tion dividers are as narrow as the blade of a knife (0.7 mm) and therefore 60% thin ner than on conventional boards. So there is hardly any resistance for the darts and fewer bounce-outs. Finished in highquality sisal bristles and for optimal play ability with steel darts as well as soft-tip darts. With a movable number ring. Offi cial tournament size. Dia.: 45 cm, depth including spider: 4 cm, 5 kg. Includes wall fixings.

Each

Fits all dartboards with a diameter of 45 cm. Soft plastic. Protects the wall, in creases the durability of the dart tips and ensures a quiet game. Can be used on ei ther side. Easy to place over the board.

Dia.: 72 cm, 2.5 cm thick.

71 251 2307

353 1714

353 1727

SetKings Dart ‘Pro’ Tournament Set

Includes:

• Kings Dart ‘Pro’ tournament board, 13|

• Kings Dart ‘Round’ dartboard surround, 14|

• Kings Dart ‘Tournament’ darts mat, 10|

71 251 6905  Pro (metal ring) Set

0.7-mm-thick

2-hole segments

Bright LED displays

dart holders

Ring for missed shots

Double bullseye

Sportime ‘Galant Black Edition’ Pool Table

Elegant pool table offering excellent play ability. Great choice for schools and youth centres. 25-mm precision composite bed with hard-wearing cloth. Solid-rubber side cushions guarantee a quick ball rebound. With rubber pockets and quiet ball return. The body of the table is supplied fully as sembled. It just needs attaching to the base frame. Accessories included: competition-sized balls (57.2 mm), brush, triangle, chalk and 2 cues (140 cm).

Size 1 – 7 ft , outer dimensions: 215x118 cm, playing surface: 193x96 cm, approx. 100 kg.

Size 2 – 8 ft , outer dimensions: 246x134 cm, playing surface: 224x112 cm, approx. 130 kg.

Blue 71 250 7620

250 7604

Each

Each

Height-adjustable feet

Replacement Screw-On Pool Cue Tips

Top rated sport-thieme.com

Martin wrote: “Excellent value for money! A real joy for ambitious amateurs like us.”

4 Includes cues, balls, a triangle and chalk

4 Solid table at a great price!

Cloth with 50%

Precision com posite

0.5-mmthick PVC laminate

More colours available online at: sport-thieme.com

Galant Black Edition

Sportime ‘Gold Cup’ Cue Chalk

heavy usage, will not crum ble.

precise game.

shots and

Wall-Mounted Cue Rack

More pool equipment available online at: sport-thieme.com

Billiards

cues. Octagonal bot tom plate with 8 feltlined locating in dents and top plate with 8 holes (also lined with green felt).

34 cm. H: 83 cm.

351 9208

351 9211

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

Incl. counters

Quiet ball return

1

Winsport ECO-Star Pool Cue

Wooden cue for beginners. 1-piece design. Black butt. With screw-on tip (dia. 12 mm) and plastic M8 thread.

71 136 2507  100 cm, 1-piece

71 136 3106  120 cm, 1-piece

71 136 3119  140 cm, 1-piece

2

Bison Maple Cue

Great all-rounder for non-professionals. 1-piece design. Canadian maple shaft, hardwood butt. Medium-hard screw-on tip (dia.: 12 mm).

• 100-cm-long cue: 350 g

• 120-cm-long cue: 450 g

• 140-cm-long cue: 550 g

71 250 7806  100 cm, 1-piece Each

71 250 7822  120 cm, 1-piece Each

4

Sportime ‘Graphite’ Pool Cue

For daily use in youth clubs or pubs. 1-piece tournament cue made of fibre glass and graphite. Suitable for indoor and outdoor use. L: 140 cm. With 12-mm ferrule and stick-on tip. 500 g.

71 350 8901  Phaser I Each

71 350 8914  Core I Each

6

Stradivari ‘Captain’ Pool Cue

For ambitious rookies and advanced play ers. 2-piece cue with brass thread. Butt made of durable hardwood. Boxwood shaft. L: 140 cm. With 12-mm screw-on tip. 500 g.

71 350 9005 Each

Cues 7

Precision balanced 3-piece wooden sports cue with brass thread – can be tak en apart in seconds. L: 140 cm. With medium-hard 12-mm-diameter screw-on tip. Approx. 500 g.

71 250 7819  140 cm, 1-piece Each

Accessory

8 71 250 8102  Gloss finish Each

Sportime Cue Rest

For reaching the cue ball when it’s out of reach for a normal shot. Brass. L: 140 cm.

Comes with rest stick and additional feet.

71 352 3605  Small cue rest Each

With green or blue chalk

Balls Teamsport Athletics Equipment Swimming Fitness Gymnastics Movement Therapy Leisure Games Service Psychomotricity Sensory Stimulation For advice and to place an order: +49 5357 181 503 sport-thieme.com Stradivari ‘Deluxe Sport Master’ Pool Cue

Air Hockey & Outdoor Table Football Tables

1

Sportime ‘Taifun’

Air Hockey Table

Classic air hockey table for the ultimate playing experience! The elegant chromeeffect PVC trim is the icing on the cake of the black body. Reinforced plastic re bound rails ensure fast games. The red pucks glide effortlessly across the hard 91x102-cm playfield, just like on ice, thanks to an even cushion of air. A highperformance fan (220 V / 108 W) pushes

the air through thousands of small holes in the surface and guarantees lasting en joyment. The U-shaped, professional, electronic score counter keeps track of the game even when things really start to heat up. Four red pushers are included.

With height-adjustable feet. Incl. 4 push ers (dia.: 95 mm) and 6 pucks (dia.: 75 mm). Dimensions (LxWxH): 213x122x81 cm. 114 kg.

2

4 Official competition size

Sportime ‘8-Foot Tournament’

Air Hockey Table

For competitions and championships. Smooth, high-speed playfield, 229x107 cm. With 220–240 V / 108 W high-performance fan – a prerequisite for fast, action-packed matches. Aluminium rails for lively and accurate rebound. Stur

dy, non-slip composite legs with height adjustment feature. Incl. 4 felt discs, 4 pucks and 4 pushers. Outer dimensions: 245x123x80 cm. 120 kg.

71 350 3212  8-ft 2021 model Each

Outdoor table football tables

Green

Anthracite

450 71 363 6002 Each

3

Blue

Ground anchor incl. height adjustment feature

10-year guarantee

Acrylic Concrete

Table Football Table

Robust table for playgrounds and public places. Made of acrylic concrete, it is weatherproof and maintenance-free. 10-year materials guarantee, however damage caused by vandalism is excluded. The players are made of hard plastic inter nally mounted on 16-mm-thick V2A rods, pitch lines are wear-resistant. The acrylic concrete base can be anchored to the ground. Playing field 140x80 cm. Comes with counters. LxWxH: 140x120x90 cm,

Watch assembly video online at:

71 135 9901

approx. 340 kg. 10-year guarantee!

71 135 9901  Green Each

71 135 9914  Blue Each

71 135 9927  Anthracite Each

Approved by TÜV SÜD, certificate no.: Z1A0115750117REV00

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

4 Reinforced rebound rails

Overhead score counter with sound effects

Scratch-resistant high-gloss surface

For tournaments and championships

height adjustment feature

Electronic overhead scorer

Smooth, lowfriction playfield

Scratch- and impact-resistant

Aluminium rebound rails

Even cushion of air due to symmetric perforation

Adjustable legs for a perfectly flat playfield

Tournament Table Football Tables

4 Made of robust hardwood for stability

4 Perfect for schools, clubs and youth clubs

Automaten Hoffmann ‘Pro’ Tournament Table Football Table

Indestructible tournament table. Perfect for schools, clubs and youth centres.

• Cabinet: strong plywood, built to last

• Assembled size without rods: 140x75x90 cm, 56 kg

• Player rods: 16-mm steel rods in metal-clad precision ball bearings

• Playfield: 119x68 cm, with raised cor ners, smooth high-speed surface

• Legs: hardwood with height adjustment feature, with non-slip rubber feet

• Goal boxes: with real nets, ball collec tion from the boxes at the sides

• Balls included: 3 hard tournament balls Blue/white vs red/white

71 250 7301

4 Particularly sturdy workmanship

4

made

Garlando ‘Master Class Evo Indoor’ Table Football Table

For indoor use in youth centres, schools, clubs and public organisations.

• With tempered safety glass cover

• Cabinet: 25-mm-thick melamine-coated MDF

• Assembled size: ‘Professional’ –144x125x93.5–96.5 cm, 92 kg; ‘Safe ty’ – 144x110x93.5–96.5 cm, 92 kg

• Player rods: 16-mm, chrome-plated hol low rods in ball bearings, wall thickness: 2.2 mm; ‘Safety’ with telescopic rods

• Playfield: 120x70 cm, laminated with raised plastic corners

• Legs: 9x9 cm, metal, silver finish, with height adjustment feature

• Goal boxes: with cover plate and ball re turn system – no balls can go missing

New! Sportime ‘ST’ Tourna ment Table Football Table

Developed together with table football pros. With new type of playfield for a bet ter overview of the game. Player rods handle more accurately.

• Cabinet: 28-mm-thick laminated MDF

• Assembled size: 149x74x92 cm, ap prox. 125 kg

• Player rods: 16-mm hardened and honed tubular steel rods, max. load: 60 kg, in low-maintenance Quick Switch ball bearings (can be exchanged without having to remove the players), wellcalibrated next-gen players with opti mised ball control feature, unique player design (‘Guardians’ and ‘Dragons’)

• Playfield: 120x68 cm, laminated MDF (20 mm) with raised corners and sides

• Legs: sturdy metal legs, with heightadjustable, non-slip feet

• Goal boxes: with ‘sound’ board so the goals scored can be heard, ball collec tion from the boxes at the sides

• Balls included: 10 nylon balls, dia: 34 mm, 22 g

71 266 5001  Professional 71 266 5014  Safety

Top rated sport-thieme.com

More

Quick

• Balls included: 3 hard-wearing PU balls, dia: 34 mm, 27 g

71 365 5506  White finish Each  71 365 5607  Grey finish Each

mark ings

look after thanks to

sport-thieme.com/ Balls Swimming Fitness Gymnastics Movement Therapy For advice and to place an order: +49 5357 181 503 sport-thieme.com Switch bearings

White finish

Grey finish

Outdoor Trampolines

Akrobat ‘Gallus Inground’

Trampoline

Professional in-ground trampoline for out door use. Can be used all year round.

Complies with DIN EN 1176-1. Trampoline bed is flush with the ground, therefore ac cessible for wheelchair users. Tubular metal frame. 30-mm-thick frame padding made of closed-cell PE foam with PVC cov er. All-round protective net (PVC). With built-in door. Air-permeable polypropyl ene trampoline bed. Not suitable for pub lic playgrounds.

• 305-cm-diameter trampoline – safety net height: 165 cm, max. load: 100 kg

• 366-cm-diameter trampoline – safety net height: 180 cm, max. load: 125 kg

• 427-cm-diameter trampoline – safety net height: 180 cm, max. load: 135 kg

Green/yellow

71 276 6209  Dia.: 3.05 m Each

71 276 6225  Dia.: 3.66 m Each

71 276 6241  Dia.: 4.27 m Each

Grey/black

71 276 6212  Dia.: 3.05 m Each

71 276 6238  Dia.: 3.66 m Each

71 276 6254  Dia.: 4.27 m Each

Attention! To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

For your safety

2

Akrobat ‘Gallus’ Trampoline

Weather-resistant outdoor trampoline for commercial use. For children and adults. Tarpaulin skirt prevents people from crawling under the trampoline. Tubular metal frame. 30-mm-thick frame padding made of closed-cell PE foam with PVC cov er. Padded posts. All-round 180-cm-high safety net made of PVC. Polypropylene trampoline bed. With built-in door. Incl. ladder and a mat for shoes.

• 360-cm-diameter trampoline – max. load: 130 kg

• 430-cm-diameter trampoline – max. load: 140 kg

• 480-cm-diameter trampoline – max. load: 150 kg

Green/yellow

71 253 1508  Dia.: 3.60 m Each

71 253 1511  Dia.: 4.30 m Each

71 253 1524  Dia.: 4.80 m Each

Grey/black

71 253 1537  Dia.: 3.60 m Each

71 253 1540  Dia.: 4.30 m Each

71 253 1553  Dia.: 4.80 m Each

Attention! To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

More garden and leisure trampolines online at: sport-thieme.com Outdoor trampolines

Eurotramp In-Ground Trampoline

Level with the ground and weatherproof. Required pit depth: 1.15 m. Complies with standard for sports equipment (DIN 13219). Hot-dip galvanised frame and springs. Incl. strap and spring clip. Safety frame padding made of PE foam with hard-wearing PVC cover. Max. load: 800 kg.

• Adventure – frame: 300x200 cm, tram poline bed: 212x112 cm, 62 steel springs, 120 kg

• Master – frame: 464x281 cm, trampo line bed: 366x183 cm, 100 steel springs, 190 kg

• Grand Master – frame: 24x311 cm, tram poline bed: 426x213 cm, 118 steel springs, 220 kg

With blue or grey frame padding.

Blue

For your safety

Eurotramp in-ground trampolines

are not suitable for public playgrounds, nurseries,

Cover for Eurotramp

In-Ground Trampolines

Weather-proof tarpaulin cover with rein forced edging, eyelets, tensioning cords and ground anchors. Will flex when sub jected to heavy loads (e.g. snow).

575x360 cm.

71 122 6238 Each

Each

Master Each

Attention! To be used under the direct supervision of an adult.

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

———————— A ———————

Ab rollers & trainers 227,228

Accupressure 277

Active breaks 25

Active office ....................................... 280

Active schools 418–421

Aero steps 289

Aerosoft 278

Aggression release 435

Agility ladders 64

Aids to reduce aggression 435

Air dummies 69

Air hockey tables 450

Air pressure gauges 54

Air pumps 54

AirFloors 307

AirTracks 306,307

Allton products 407

Aluminium boxes 132

American footballs 37,42,43,45

Anatomical models 286

Ankle cuffs ...................................217,273

Ankle/wrist weights 236

Anti-fatigue mats 280

Anti-stress balls 405

Anti-tip protection ............................... 76

Aqua:

– Bikes 185

– Bodyflex 182,183

– Comfy floats ..................................... 187

– Disc 180

– Dumbbells 182,184

– Fitness 179,180,182–185

– Jogging................................ 181,183,184

– Resistance bands 182

– Steps 185

– Tennis rings 48,164

– Workouts 180,183

Aqua jogging:

– Dumbbells 181

– Gloves 183

– Power sandals 184

Arm exercisers 274,275

Asymmetric bars 314

Athletics 152,155,158

———————— B ———————

Back stretcher 281

Back support equipment 281

Back trainers 210,281,282

Badminton:

– Grip tapes 122,124

– Nets 120

– Posts 120,121

– Racquets ............................122,123,431

– School sport concept 124

– Scoreboards 124

– Sets 124,125,431

– Shuttles .................................... 122,123

– Training concepts 122,124,431

Bags 60,98,414

– TheraBand 272

Balance:

– Balls 437

– Beams 210,312,313,333

– Bikes 443

– Boards & discs 288–293,295–297,436

– Pads 208,210,211,278, 279,289,290,388

– Ropes 390

– Tracks 210,288,325,338,388–391,402

– Training 208,210,211–213,222, 225,276,289,294–296

– Walls 390

Balance beam surface expander 312

Balance board storage trolley .............. 290

Balancing:

– Balls 52,53

– Bear rollers 437

– Blocks 402

– Children’s carousel 381

– Discs 276,288,291,292

– Games 288,388–391,402,403,416,441

– Hedgehogs 388,389,402

– Hemispheres 390

– Rockers & rocking boards 210,391

– Slacklines 300,416

– Steps 325

– Stones ........................................... 389

Ball:

– Adapters 54

– Bases 53

– Carriers ............................................ 52

– Catching games 421,430

– Compressors 54,55

– Covers 241

– Cushions ...........................278,279,290

– Games 434

– Machines 127

– Pumps 54

– Sets ....................................... 25,44,45

– Storage solutions 39,103,130–132,241

– Tracks 416

– Trolleys 39,130–132

Ballet barre wall brackets 371

Ballet barres 370,371

Ballet equipment 370,371

Ballet mirrors 368

Balloon covers 38

Balls:

– ABS powerballs 52

– Accessories 39,54,55,131

– American footballs 37

– Basketballs 28–30,31

– Beach volleyballs 35

– Bell balls 24,404

– Catching game 419

– Dodgeballs................................... 36,40

– Elé balls 32,37,42

– Exercise balls 46,53

– Fistballs 36

– Footballs .......................................... 42

– Globes 437

– Goalballs 24

– Gymnic balls 52

– Handballs ............................... 27,42,44

– Hockey balls 104,105

– Massage balls 50

– Medicine balls 48,49

– Multipurpose balls .............. 46,405,438

– Neon rainbow balls 405

– Overball 40

– Pezzi balls 53

– Prellball balls 36

– Recreational balls 46,405,438

– Redondo balls 51,208

– Sitting balls 52,53

– Sling balls 49

– Soft balls 40,44

– Soft foam balls 44

– Space hoppers 437

– Tennis balls 44,128

– Therapy balls .................................. 405

– Throwing balls 49,164

– Touchball 46

– Unball 42,405

– Volley soft balls ................ 32–35,42,44

– Volleyballs 32,42

– Water polo balls 189,198

Bar brackets 65,377

5357

Barbell:

– Bars 182,242–247

– Collars 246

– Spring clips 246

– Training 246

– Weight plates 242,244,245

Barrier lines 195

Barriers 146

Basal stimulation 50,275,389,390,402

Baseball:

– Balls 99

– Bats 99

– Gloves .............................................. 99

– Sets 99,421

Basketball:

– Accessories 91

– Backboards ...................................... 87

– Balls 28–31,46

– Baskets 86

– Hoops 86

– Nets ................................................. 86

– Units 88–91

Batting balls 49,164

Battle ropes 233

Beach volleyball:

– Balls 35,40,41,92,93,95

– Ground sockets 92

– Posts 93,95

– Units & accessories 93–95 Beaded ropes 362

Beam wall-bracket 162 Beanbags 275,394,411,420

Beco 182

Bell balls 24,404

Belly Bumper 435 Berg 444 Bicycle helmets 444 Blackroll 201,202

Blankets 139

Blind footballs 24 BlockX sets 154 Blowers .......................................... 54,55

Bobath roller 285 Bobby car 444 Boccia 432 Boccia discs ...................................... 432 Bodypump 242 Bonkerball 421 Booster boards & springboards 303, ..................................................... 310,311

Boules 432

Bounce ball 405 Boundary flags 145 Boundary poles .................................. 145

Boxing:

– Accessories 250,252

– Dummies 248,254

– Gloves 249,253

– Grappling gloves 249

– Hand wraps 249

– Punch pads 251

– Punchbag brackets 253

– Punchbag stand 252

– Punchbags 231,248,252–254

– Sets 248,253

– Skipping ropes 250,362

– Speedballs ..................................... 253

– Training 250,252

Braig ballet barre 370,371

Break time games 25

Bubble tubes ................................. 409,41

Building blocks 154,392,393,422

Bungee swing 398

Buschwusch balls 405

———————— C ———————

Cable pull station 226

Camping mats 358

Cardio machines 264

Carousels 381

Carpet tiles 394

Castor boards 445

Catchtail balls 433

Ceiling hook 232

Ceiling mounts 231,400

Ceiling rails 400 Chairs 192

Chalk stands 314

Changing cubicles 192

Changing room benches ............... 134,135

Chess 427 Chest belts 260

Children’s:

– Athletics.................................... 158,164

– Carousels 381

– Gym mats 374

– Gymnastics 312,325,328,334,374

– Horizontal bars................................ 330

– Hurdles 154

– Swimming 168

– Trampolines 299

– Vehicles ................................. 442–445

Children’s tennis:

– Net set 127

– Racquets 431

Chill-out pads 374

Chrome dumbbells 237

Circle Jump 420

Circular sprinkler 146

Circus equipment 295,437–440

Cleaning agent 343

Climbing:

– Chalk 314

– Elements 333

– Frames 329

– Ladders 328,333

– Nets 325,328

– Poles 328

– Rope clamp ..................................... 324

– Ropes 322

– See-saws 338

– Slides 333,336

– Storming planks ............................. 333

– Systems 328

– Triangles 336

– Walls 328

Cluster swing ..................................... 398

Colour wheels 408

Comfy:

– Connectors 187

– Floats 186,187

Compact dumbbells 238

Compasses 166

Competition:

– Discuses 164

– Hurdles 155

– Javelins 160

– Lane lines 196,197

– Throwing balls 49

– Trampolines 308

Competitive swimming 197

Compresses 60

Compressors 54,55

Cones .................................... 63,376,420

Control:

– Kites 166

– Posts 166

– Punches ...........................................166

Cool boxes 60

Cooperation games 378,379

sport-thieme.com

Coordination:

– Games 416

– Ladders 62,64,127

– Mats 62

– Obstacle courses 210,295

– Sets 64

– Training 62,210,222,224,225, 289,292,295–297

Core board 212

Corner flags 145

Cornilleau 117

Cotton scarves 380

Couch paper roll .................................. 139

Covers 393

Crash mats 354

Cross trainers 264

Cross training ..................... 232, 264,265

Crossboccia 432

Cuboids 285

Cue chalk 448,449

Cuffs ..................................................184

Cupping cups 203

———————— D ———————

Dance:

– Hoops 423

– Sacks 380

– Scarves 380

Darts:

– Dartboard stand 446

– Dartboards & accessories 446,447

– Darts & tips 446

Desk converters 280 Desks 280

Deuserband 217 Devil sticks 438

Diabolos 438,440

Dice 418,419

Digital stopwatches 151

Dip stations 226–228,326

Disc catcher 428,429

Disc golf ............................................ 428

Disc golf baskets 428 Disco balls 405

Discus throw 164

Disinfectant ................................ 250,343

Display systems 124,141,198

Distance marker boxes 163

Distance measuring equipment 165

Dividers & accessories ......................... 195

Diving:

– Animals 178

– Equipment 174,175,178,432

– Games ............................................. 178

– Learning to dive 178

– Sets 178

Diving boards & accessories 192

Dodgeballs 36,42

Door anchors 219

Double Dutch skipping ropes 362

Double-ended ball 253

Draughts 427

Drink containers 60

Drumsticks 182

Dry skis 416

Dumbbell:

– Benches .......................................... 225

– Racks 239,241,242

– Sets 239,245

– Storage 241

Dummies ............................................ 69

Dust cover 286

Dynair 388

Dynamometers 283

———————— E ———————

Educational games 404

Educational toys 404,420

Effect wheels 408

Elé balls 32,37,42,44

Elliptical trainers 264

Equipment:

– Boxes 132

– For practices 286

– Trolleys 130–132

Ergo-Fit 262

Ergometers 262,263

Ergonomic tables 286

Erzi 300,338,403,416

Eurotramp ......................................... 308

Exercise:

– Balls 51–53

– Bands 67,182,216,220,272

– Bikes ............................... 262,263,280

– Games sets 414

– Mat straps 361

– Mats 207,214,343,356–361,363,364

– Rolls/rollers .................................... 282

– Stools 372

– Wheel 391

———————— F ———————

Fall protection 329

Fascia trainers 200–203

Fibre optic strands 409

Finger exercisers 274

Fins 174,175

First aid:

– Accessories 194,283

– Boxes & bags 60,138

– Compresses 60

– Sets 60

– Stretchers 139

– Tape 283

Fistballs 36

Fitness:

– ABS power balls 52

– Accessories 209,222,236

– Aero steps ................................ 215,289

– Arm trainers 177

– Barbell set 242

– Bars 221

– Cross trainers ................................. 264

– Dumbbell racks 241

– Dumbbells 238,239,244–247

– Exercise mats 357,36

– Full-body workouts ................... 221,222

– Gymstick 223

– Hand exercisers 223,275,277

– Heart rate monitors 260

– Impander 223

– Leg exercisers 177

– Mats 256,258,363,280

– Pezzi balls 53

– Physio Basic Pro 219

– Pilates 209

– Pull cords 177

– Redondo balls 51

– Reivo fitness bands 220

– Resistance bands 203,216–220, 272,273,366

– Sandbags 275

– Skipping ropes 362

– Speed ropes ................................... 362

– Steps 289

– TheraBands 216,272

– Wall bars 326,327

– Watches .......................................... 260

– Weight cuffs 236

Flag football 37

Flags 145

Flexi-Bar 221

Flexi-Roll gymnastics mat 349

Flip chart easel 61

Floor:

– Gymnastics 307,348,349

– Markers 57

– Mats 255

– Protection mats 263,265,267,269

– Protectors 320

– Tiles 403

Floorball:

– Balls ........................................ 100–103

– Rinks 103

– Sets 101

– Stick bags 103

– Sticks.........................................101,103

Flooring 255,349

Floor-to-ceiling ball 253

Flying swing 399

Foam:

– Balls 393

– Building blocks 45

– Dice 418,419

– Pit................................................... 307

Focus mitts 251

Foil mirror accessories 368

Folding mats 356,358,374

Foosball tables 451

Foot exercisers 276

Football:

– Accessories 23,58

– Balls 20–24,40,41,68

– Football-tennis set 68

– Full-size goals 76–78

– Goal nets 79

– Goals 73–77,79,84

– Indoor goals 74

– Inflatable goals 84

– Leisure goals 80

– Mini goals 68,70,71,80

– Net attachment .................................. 77

– Reivo bands 67

– Slalom poles 64

– Small pitch goals 80

– Table football .................................. 450

– Target walls 69

– Teaching aids 69

– Trainer & referee equipment 61

– Training aids ................. 63,65,68,69,71

Forearm trainers 242

Free-kick dummies 69

Free-standing punchbags 254 Frisbees ............................................ 429

Full-body workouts 222,228

Full-size football goals 76–78

Fun:

– Balls 405

– Pool equipment 178,187,188,190,193

– Pool noodles 225,229,23

– Vehicles 443

Functional training 70

Funino 137

Futsal balls 22

———————— G ———————

Game:

– Blocks 189,392,422

– Ideas 422–427

– Posts & accessories 91,93,95,97,98

Games:

– For active breaks 25,42,405

– For active schools 420,421

– Sets 414,415

Giant:

– Balloons 38

– Building blocks 393

– Spinning top 381

Giggle ball 404

Globes 437

Gloves 249

Goal anchoring 80,399

Goal wall nets 69,85

Goalballs 24

Goalkeeper’s masks 107,165

Goals:

– Football.......................... 70,73,74,76,77

– Handball 79,82,84

– Hockey 104–107

– Indoor football 74

– Leisure goals ..................................... 80

– Mini goals 71,106

– Nets & accessories 79,82

– Small goals 106

– Small pitch goals ............................... 80

– Water polo goals 189,198

Go-karts 444

Gonge spinning tops 381

Grass tufts ..........................................144

Grip tape 122,124

Groin guards 250

Ground:

– Anchors for goals 80

– Sleeves 92,97,145

– Sockets 92,145

Gym rings 232

Gymnastics:

– Balance beams 312,313

– Balls 41,42,46,47,51,53, 278,282,367,405

– Bars 365,376

– Beanbags 394

– Benches 320,321

– Blocks 377

– Bucks 309

– Chalk & chalk stands ........................ 314

– Climbing nets 325,328

– Climbing pole 328

– Climbing slides 327,333

– Clubs .............................................. 365

– Crash mats 351,353–355

– Dance sacks 380

– Floor gymnastics mats 343,344, ................................................... 348,349

– Games & exercise mats 343,344,356

– Gymnastics turtle 437

– Hoops 234,364,376,377,423

– Ladders & half ladders.............. 328,332

– Landing mats 351

– Mat set for parallel/uneven bars 315

– Mats 329,342–347,374

– Mini gymnastics halls 136

– Modular gymnastics boxes 317,320, 332,333

– Parallel/uneven bars 314,315

– Pommel horses 309

– Pull-up bars 326

– Rhythmic scarves 380

– Ribbons 219,362,366,367

– Rings 232,322,325

– Ropes ...................................... 362,363

– Small equipment 364,365

– Soft mats 351,353–355

– Somersault belt 308

– Springboards & accessories ........310,311

– Stools 332

– Trapeze bucks 339

– Trapezium-shaped vaulting boxes 334

– Tumbling mats............ 343,344,348,349

– Varianta equipment 332

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

– Vaulting & gymnastics stools 325

– Vaulting boxes 317–320,332

– Vaulting bucks 309

– Wall bars 326–329,333

Gymnastics bench safety strap 320

Gymnastics bench transport trolleys 320

Gymnastics benches 320,321

Gymnastics boxes 309

Gymnastics mat trolleys 350

Gymnastics wall:

– Combinations 328,329

– Individual elements 328

Gymnic balls ........................................ 52

———————— H ———————

Half hoops 376

Half ladder ........................................ 328

Hammer throw 162

Hammocks 399

Hamster wheel 391

Hand exercisers ........ 43,223,274,275,277

Hand pumps 54

Hand wraps 249

Handball:

– Balls ................................ 26,27,40–42

– Beach handballs 26

– Equipment 61,83

– Goals 82–84

– Nets 79,82,104,107

– Rebounder 85

Handheld measuring equipment 283

Handles 219

Handstand training bars 314

Head guards 250

Head torches 166

Header trainers 68

Headphones 205

Headstand trainer 206

Healthy standing 280,281

Heart rate monitors 260

High bars 328,330

High jump ................................... 156,157

Hildesheim swing bar 323

Hobby horse 423

Hockey:

– Balls ........................................ 104–106

– Blades 106

– Goals 68,103,104,107

– Nets 104,105,107

– Pucks ........................................ 104,106

– Rinks 105

– Sticks 104–106

– Storage trolley 104

Hook-and-loop ball ............................. 430

Hooks 400

Hoop brackets 377

Hoop connectors 376

Hoops 423

Horizontal bars 328,330

Horse harness 423

Hostalen floats 195

Hula hoops 423

Hurdle ladders 62

Hurdles & accessories 65,154,155

———————— I ———————

Ice boxes.............................................. 60

iGoal football goals 84

Impact protection 326

Impander 223 Indiaca ........................................431,433

Indoor:

– Bikes 322

– Footballs 22

– Gymnastics rings 261

– Handball goals 82,83

– Hockey boards 105 Instruments 407 Intercrosse 107

———————— J ———————

Jakkolo 422

Javelin bags 161

Javelins ........................................ 160,161

Jive board 188

Jovitape 283

Judo mats 256,257

Juggling:

– Balls 438,44

– Clubs 438–440

– Rings 438

– Scarves ............................ 366,380,438

– Sets 439,440

– Spinning plates 440

Jump strength training 66,224

Jumpies ............................................. 423

Jumping cushion 397

Jumping sacks 423

Jumping sheet 378 Jumpstretch 220

———————— K ———————

Kettlebells 240,241

Kickboards 172,173,188

Kin-Ball 38

Kings Dart 446

Knobbly balls 405

Knotted ropes 324

Kombi:

– Gymnastics stools 332

– Modular gymnastics equipment 332

– Obstacles 63,65,376,377

Kubb ................................................. 427

———————— L ———————

Landing mats 307,350,351,353–355

Lane line end attachment .................... 195

Lane marker boxes 153

Latex-free resistance bands 272

Learning to dive 178

Leg exercisers .................................... 276

Leg floats 184

Leg support 285

Leisure games 25,362,378,414,415, ......................422,423,426,427,429–432, 434,436,439,441,446,448–451

Leisure goals 80

Life-saving equipment 194

Lightweight gymnastics mats 346

Line marking machines 143

Line marking paint 142

Long jump 158,159

Long jump mats 62

Long jump scale 158

Long ropes 362

Loop bands 218

Loudspeakers 140

Lüne-Combinato ................................. 331

———————— M ———————

Magic cord 362

Magnetic boards ................................. 136

Magnetic sports halls 136

Manometers 54

Map cases 166

Markers ....................... 63,70,95,144,145

Marking:

– Aids 63,144,165

– Caps 63

– Chain posts 146

– Cones 63,376,420

– Control punches 166

– Discs 63

– Domes 63

– Machines & replacement parts 142–144

– Paint 142–144

– Plates 165

– Spray 144

– Strips ....................................... 57,58,95

– Tape 57

Martial arts mats 256,257

Massage:

– Balls ....................................50,203,277

– Bar 277

– Guns 204

– Mats 276

– Rollers ..................................... 202,203

– Tables 139

Mat storage 358,359

Match pointer 124

Mats:

– Crash mats 352

– Exercise mats 256

– Folding mats 374

– Games & exercise mats 356

– Gymnastics mats 329,343,347,348,374

– Judo mats 256,257

– Landing mats 350,351,354

– Lightweight gymnastics mats 346

– Martial arts mats 256

– Mat set for parallel/uneven bars 315

– Medica mats 357

– Mini mats 374

– Multifunctional mats 353

– Non-slip underlays 354

– Protective corners 354

– Roll-out mats 363

– Soft mats ....................................... 352

– Storage 358,359

– Training mats 348,358

– Transport trolleys 257,343,354,358,359

Maxi swing ........................................ 398

Measuring equipment 158,165,282

Measuring tapes 165,277

Medicine ball rack 241 Medicine balls ......................... 48,49,235

Megaphones 194

Mesh bags for balls 39

MFT multifunction discs 291,296

Microphones & accessories .................140

Mini:

– Goals 70,71,84,104,106

– Gymnastics halls 136

– Training goals 68,71

– Trampolines 298,302–304

Minitramp 302–304

Mirrors 368,369

MMA mats 256

Modular exercise areas 64,331,337,393

Mölkky 426 Molten 29

Monofins 174

Moonhopper ..................................... 436

Motor function balls 404

Motor function development sets 402

Motor skills tunnel 399

Mounting rails .................................... 400

Mouthguards 250 Movebox 225

Movement & exercise areas 331, ............................................. 336,337,392

Movement games 64,420,422

Movement therapy 154,291,392

Multi-game net posts 91,93,95,97

Multipurpose:

– Balls 24,38,46,433

– Cones 376

– Game posts 96

– Mats 353

Multi-use bars 315

Muscle trainers 177

Musical instruments 407

———————— N ———————

Neon rainbow balls ............................ 405

Netballs 36

Nets:

– Accessories 79

– Badminton ...................................... 120

– Football 79

– Handball 79,82

– Hockey 104,107

– Net hooks ......................................... 79

– Net-winder trolley 98,121

– Table tennis 109

– Tennis 126

– Volleyball .............................. 92–95,98

Neuro training glasses 205

Neuro training products 205

Neuroathletic training 205 Nock balls 160

Non-slip underlays 288,354

Nordic walking 258,259

Number mats 420

Number Thrower 425 Numbered beanbags 420

———————— O ———————

Observation chairs 192

Obstacle courses 376,377

Occupational therapy 286

Omnikin 38

Open-end mini trampolines 302,303

Orienteering:

– Control kites 166

– Control posts 166

– Control punches 166

Ortho pad .......................................... 293

Oscillating bars 221

Outdoor:

– Games 387,422–429

– Trampolines .................................... 452

– Volleyball 92

———————— P ———————

Padding ..................................... 320,386

Paddle bats 431

Padlocks 131

Paper roll holder 139

Parachutes & accessories 375,378

Parallel & uneven bars:

– Chalk 314

– Hand guards 314

– Pedalo pedal racers 382

– Rails 315

– Set of mats 315

– Training equipment 314

Parallel support bars 287

Paramedic products ............................ 138

Parkour 305,376,377

Pebble mats 276

Pedalo pedal racers 295,382,383,386

Pedasan bear roller ............................ 437

Perception development 404,406

Percussion massage guns 204

Performance diagnostics 152

Pétanque .......................................... 432

Pezzi balls 53,282

sport-thieme.com

Pickleball 125

Pilates:

– Accessories 210

– Balls 208

– Pads 208

– Rings/circles 209

– Rollers 209

Pillow 285

Pit cover 158

Pivoting mechanism 329

Platform swings 398,399

Platforms 193,334

Play mats ........................................... 420

Playing blocks 393

Plifix 144

Plyo boxes 224

Plyometric training ....................... 66,224

Pogo stick 436

Polar 260

Pole vault 157

Poly rope ladders................................ 324

Pommel horses 309

Pool/billiards:

– Balls, tables & cues 448,449

– Cue racks & stands ......................... 448

– Triangles 448

Pool noodles 186,187

Pop-up goals 68

Post protection padding 91,95,97

Posts 96,121

Posture trainer 281

Power Pogo 436

Power Stick 182

Practice balance beams 312,313

Practice javelins 160

Prellball 36

Press-up handles 227,314

Pressure gauges 54

Pressure vests 406

Professional cross trainers 264

Projectors 408

Proprioceptive training ......... 276,291–297

Protective equipment 24,250,445

Protective mats 338

Protective pads 88,242

Pucks .......................................... 104,106

Pugg goals 68

Pull cords 177

Pull-along carts 444

Pullbuoys ............................................ 172

Pullkicks 172

Pull-up bars 226–229,326

Pumps 54,183

Pumpset ............................................ 242

Punch balls 253,254

Punch pads 251,253

Putting stones 163

———————— R ———————

Racing lane lines 196,197

Racks 52,241

Radars 66

Radio-controlled timers 187

Rainbow balls 405

Rakes 158

Reaction trainers 253,276

Rebound wall ....................................... 69

Rebounder 69,85

Recumbent ergometers/ exercise bikes 262

Redondo balls 51,208

Reel trolleys ................................. 192,196

Referee equipment 61

Referee whistles 61

Refill packs (first aid) 60

Rehabilitation ..............................291,382

Reivo:

– Exercise bands 219

– Fitness bands 220

– Fitness tubes & toners 217,219,273

– Gymnastics mats 347

– Inclined mats 339

– Landing mats 350,354

– Mat trolleys 346

– Multifunctional mat 353

– Resistance bands 67,217,273

– Reversible mat 351

– Training mats 348

– Trapezium-shaped vaulting boxes ... 339

– Wedges 339

Relay batons 152

Rescue torpedo 194

Resistance bands ....................67,182,216, 218–220,233,272,295

Resistance trainers 66,67,220,225,233

Resistance training 225

Resistance tubes ................................. 219

Return games 414,421,430,431,434

Reversible bibs 59

Rhythmic ribbons 366

Rhythmic scarves................................ 380

Rhythmo double ribbons 366

Ring swing sets 322

Ring throwing game 426

Ring-bound scoreboard 124 Rings 232

Rinogym gymnastics equipment 312

River stones 389 Rocketballs 433

Rocking boards 292

Rocking bowls 322

Rola-Bola 295,436

Roller board:

– Paddles 386

– Protective corners 386

– Storage 387

– Tracks 335,336

– Trolleys ........................................... 387

Roller boards 335,384–387

Roller tunnel 391

Rolling bar slide 334,335

Roll-out mats...................................... 256

Rolls & half rolls 285

Rondo tube sheet 378

Rope ladders 324

Rope swings ....................................... 324

Ropes 233,322,379

Round bases 145,377

Rowing machines 268,269

Rubber:

– Bands 220

– Caps 320

– Corners 320

– Medicine balls 48

– Protectors 320

– Rings 190

Rugby balls 37

————————

Sand snake 390

Sandbags 275

Saturn rings 63

Scarves .............................................. 380

School ball sets 25

School sets 421

Scoop game 430

Scooters............................... 442,443,445

Score counters 108,124

Scoreboards:

– Badminton 124

– Digital 140,141,198

– Floorball 124

– Football 124

– Handball 124

– Hockey 124

– Manual 38,108,124

– Table tennis 124

– Tennis 124,126

– Volleyball 124

– Water polo 198

Seating .............................................. 284

See-saw blocks 293,297,322,391

See-saws 320,338

Semicircular blocks 339

Senso massage ball ................. 46,50,277

Sensoboard 294

Sensory:

– Blocks 402

– Integration .. 308,335,397–399,401,406

– Paths 76

– Products 278,308

Sets 25,34

SharkBike .......................................... 185

Shelved trolleys 191 Shelves 52,241 Shin guards 250 Shin pads 250 Short fins 174

Shot put 162,163

SI system 403 Singing bowls 407

Sitting balls 52,53,125,278

Sitting cushions 206,278,279,290,411

Skateboards 436,445

Skeletons 286

Skipping mats 363 Skipping ropes 233,250,362,363,367

Slackline frames 294,300

Slacklines 300,416

Slalom poles ........................................ 64

Slashpipes 234 Slide pads 222,224

Slides 168,335

Sling balls ............................................ 49

Sling training 230,231,232

Slow-motion balls 38

Small pitch goals 80

Small tennis net sets ........................... 127

Smash ball 431

Snap hooks 400 Snoezelen fibre optic strands 409 Snoezelen therapy...............................410 Snoezelen trolley 410

Soccer courts 81

Social games 420,422

Soft:

– Balls 24,25,32,40,41, 43–45,51,99

– Foam balls 24,44

– Footballs 41,44

– Handballs 41

– Hurdles 154

– Mats 354

– Play 393

Soft-mat covers .................................. 393

Soft-tip darts 446

Somersault belt 308

Sound cradles 407

Sound systems ...................................140

Space hoppers 437

Speed badminton 431

Speed measuring 66

Speed ropes 362,363

Speedminton 125,431

Spieth 310

Spine models 286

Spinning plates 440

Spinning tops 381

Sponge rubber balls 405

Sport/therapy discs 291,292,296

Sports bags 60

Sports discs 288,291,296,297

Sports flooring 255,256

Sports for the blind 24,404

Sports pitch marking machine ............. 142

Sports pitch marking paint 143

Sports tiles 394

Sports watches 260

Spotlights .......................................... 408

Springboards 292,293,296,310,311

Sprinklers 146

Sprint chutes 66

Sprint fins ........................................... 174

Stabilisation trainers 182,292

Stabilisers 295

Stability trainers 289

Stacking aid ......................................... 53

Starting blocks & accessories 153

Starting clap board 152

Steel measuring tape 165,434

Steps 185,214,215

Stone put 163

Stools 284,325,372

Stop boards 162

Stopwatches 61,137,148–151

Storage:

– Bags 166,364,366,394

– Boxes 132

– Trolleys 103,130,131,161,163,186

– Solutions 103,124,131, 191,221,358,359,414

Storage for:

– Balls 39,130,131,132

– Comfy floats ..............................186,191

– Exercise & gymnastics balls 52,53,131

– Gymnastics bars 365

– Gymnastics clubs 365

– Gymnastics equipment ................... 364

– Mats 358,359

– Nets 98

– Pawns 427

– Roller boards .................................. 387

– Skipping ropes 363

Street:

– Basketball 88,89

– Hockey ...................................... 106,107

– Football 24

Strength training 236

Stress balls 274

Stretchers 139

Stud cleaners 146

Stunt scooters 445

Summer skis 416

Sumo wrester padded suits 435

SUP boards 434

Support cushions 285

Suspension accessories 400,401

Suspension training 230–232

Swimming:

– Aqua sandals 177

– Arm pull trainers 172,177

– Armbands 169

– Belts ....................................171,179,180

– Buoyancy aids 168–170,172

– Caps 176

– Collars 170

Please contact us for prices and shipping costs.

– Discs 169

– Diving equipment 174,175,178

– Diving hoops 178

– Diving obstacles 178

– Dumbbells 181

– Fins 168,174,175

– Floats 187–190,195

– Goggles 176

– Hand paddles 176

– Inflatables 187

– Jive board 188

– Kickboards 188

– Lane line trolleys .............................. 196

– Lane lines & accessories 195,197

– Pool equipment 186,191–194,197

– Pool noodles 186

– Pull cord........................................... 177

– Pullbuoys 172

– Rescue line 194

– Resistance belt 176

– Stretch cord...................................... 177

– Swimming rings 168

– Training equipment 176

– Vests 170

– Water game park .............................. 189

Swimming aids for babies 168,169

Swing accessories 324

Swing bars 323

Swing seats 381,400,401

Swing suspension 399,401

Swings 320,324,398–401

Swivel castor kit 320

Swivel writing boards 136

———————— T ———————

Table drum 407

Table football tables 450,451

Table tennis:

– Accessories 117

– Balls 109

– Bats 110–112

– Nets ........................................... 109,118

– Paddles 110–112

– Score counters 108

– Sets 112

– Table covers ..................................... 115

– Tables 113–119

– Training 108 Tables 286

Tactics boards ....................................... 61

Tactile:

– Games 402,403

– Mats 403

– Toys ................................................ 403

Take-off boards & accessories 159

Take-off booster 158

Tape 283

Target mats 420

Target nets & walls 69,425

Tchoukball 85

Teaching materials 136,286

Team bibs 59

Team games 378,379,416,417

Team sashes 58

Tennis:

– Ball machines 127

– Balls & racquets ................... 44,128,431

– Children’s tennis net sets 127

– Court accessories 126

– Football-tennis set 68

– MFT multifunction discs ................... 296

– Net sets 127

– Nets & accessories 126

– Posts 126

– Racquets .......................................... 128

– Rings 48,164

– Training aids 62,288

– Walls 127

Tensioning devices 97

TheraBand bag 272

TheraBands 216,272

TheraBeans 277

Therapy:

– Balance disc 288,291,293,381

– Balls 24,46

– Beanbags 394

– Desks 286

– Effect wheels 408

– Goalballs .......................................... 24

– Gymnastics turtle 437

– Hand exercisers 277

– Mats 357

– Parallel support bars ....................... 287

– Putty 274

– Rapeseed bath 277

– Resistance bands 273

– Togu Jumper ..................................... 212

– Touchball 46

– Treatment tables 284

– Wall bars 287

Throw mats .........................................257

Throwing:

– Balls 49,164,433

– Circle 400

– Discs 428–430

– Games 425,426,433,434

Time Timers 151

Timers 137,151

Timing systems 152

Togu 51,203,212,223,274, 278,279,290,295

Togu Jumper 212

Touchball 46

Track & field 152,155,158

Training:

– Aids 63–65,67,165,295,376

– Benches 226

– Blocks ............................................. 339

– Clocks 193

– Cylinders 339

– Dummies 69

– Gloves............................................. 249

– Goals 71

– Javelins 160

– Lane lines 195

– Mats ............................................... 363

– Nets 85

Trampolines & accessories 222,298,299, 302,304,308,452

Transport bags ..................................... 64

Transport castors 75,76,77

Transport trolleys for:

– Balls 39,53,130–132

– Mats 257,343,354

– Mini trampolines 302

– Minitramps 302

– Small items 130,131

– Sports equipment 130,131

– Gymnastics benches 320

Transport wheels 76

Trapeze:

– Bars 322,323

– Bucks.............................................. 334

Trapezium-shaped vaulting boxes 339

Treadmills 266,267,280

Treatment tables 139

Triangles ............................................ 448

Triceps trainers 244

Tricycles 442,443

Trigger point massage tools 202

Trimilin .............................................. 298

TRX 230

5357

Tubes 219

Tug-of-war ropes 379 Tumbling 307,348,349

Tunnels 379,391

Tyre swing 398

———————— U ———————

Uneven bars 314 Unicycles 441 ———————— V ———————

Valve needles 54

Varianta gymnastics equipment .......... 332

Vario:

– Resistance bands 67

– Vaulting boxes 318

– Wedges ........................................... 339

Vaulting & gymnastics stools 325

Vaulting box bars 318

Vaulting box safety moving device 320

Vaulting boxes..................................... 317

Vaulting bucks 309

Vaulting poles 157

Vaulting tables 304

Vestibular trainer................................ 292

Viking chess 427

Viking vehicles 442

Vinyl dumbbells 237

Volley soft balls 42

Volleyball:

– Balls 329,342–347,374

– Beach volleyballs 35

– Nets & accessories 92–94,98

– Posts & accessories 93,96,97

– Posts & nets 93,95–97

– Sets 97

– Tensioning devices 96

———————— W ———————

Walking 258,259

Wall & ceiling mounts 357–359, ............................................. 365,400,401

Wall bars 226,287,326–328,333

Wall brackets 371

Wall mounting straps 354

Wall mounts ...................231,233,334,354

Wall rails 97,371

Wall storage 52,241

Wall-mounted timers 137

Water:

– Basketball hoop 189

– Building blocks 189

– Diving boards 192

– Games & toys ................................... 189

– Hoses 146

– Mats 190

– Play blocks 189

– Seat 187

– Strength trainers 177

– Game park 189

Water polo:

– Balls 198

– Goals 189,198

– Scoreboards 198

Wawago 382

Wedge cushions 279,285

Wedges ............................................. 339

Weight:

– Bags 66,235,236

– Balls 48,223,274,404

– Bars ................................................ 234

– Cuffs 184

– Sleds 66

– Training 236,242

Weighted blankets ............................. 406

Weighted vests 236

Weightlifting belts 242

Whirly tubes 422

Whistles 61

Whiteboards & accessories 136

Wire mesh trolleys 130,191

Wobble boards 293,391

Wooden blocks 377

Wooden stools 372

Workout benches 226

Wrestling mats 256

Wrist/ankle weights 236

Writing boards 136

———————— X ———————

XTENSi 398

———————— Y ———————

Yoga:

– Accessories 206

– Belts 206

– Blocks ............................................. 206

– Chair 206

– Mats 207,356

– Straps 206

– Wedge ............................................ 206

Youth football goals 75

———————— Z ———————

Zip-Play 416

sport-thieme.com

Fast-growing racquet sport

First played in Mexico, padel is one of the fastest-growing sports in the world and is now more popular in Spain than classic tennis. The racquet sport is a mix of tennis and squash and is easier to learn than tennis.

Order form

Your customer number (Please enter if known. Thanks!)

Customer:

Club/school/organisation/company

First name, surname

Title Street, number

Post code, town/city

Telephone (optional, for queries)

Email address (optional, e.g. for info about order processing)

Yes,

By fax or email to:

+49 5357 181 921 info@sport-thieme.com

Use our online order form at: sport-thieme.com/Order

If delivery address is different, we require the following additional information:

Club/school/organisation/company

First name, surname Street, number Post code, town/city

Telephone (optional, for queries)

in accordance with your general terms and conditions, I hereby order the following products:

Product code

description, size, colour

For order values of less than 39 euros, we apply a minimum order surcharge of 5 euros for all orders from Germany. The minimum order surcharge is shown on our order forms and is automatically displayed for online orders. For deliveries to other EU countries, there is a minimum order value of 50 euros and for deliveries outside the EU, there is a minimum order value of 80 euros. For orders with a value of less than 750 euros, we apply a surcharge of 20 euros. The ‘order value’ is the value of the actual order and does not include any service charges and delivery costs.

Payment

In advance By invoice

More ways to pay online: by Paypal, credit card, Apple Pay or Google Pay

Catalogue

Yes, please send me the current Sport-Thieme catalogue* to the above customer address delivery address

Quick-order forms

Shopping is even easier with our online order form: sport-thieme.com

Order

Date Signature, stamp (if available)

* I understand I can unsubscribe from the catalogue at any time by writing to: Sport-Thieme GmbH, Helmstedter Straße 40, 38367 Grasleben, Germany. Further information about Sport-Thieme’s data protection policy can be found under Privacy on the website.

for

Wish list

Order form

Your customer number (Please enter if known. Thanks!)

Customer:

Club/school/organisation/company

First name, surname

Title Street, number

Post code, town/city

Telephone (optional, for queries)

Email address (optional, e.g. for info about order processing)

Yes,

By fax or email to:

Use our online order form at:

+49 5357 181 921 info@sport-thieme.com

sport-thieme.com/Order

If delivery address is different, we require the following additional information:

Club/school/organisation/company

First name, surname Street, number

Post code, town/city

Telephone (optional, for queries)

in accordance with your general terms and conditions, I hereby order the following products:

Product code Quantity Product description, size, colour Price

For order values of less than 39 euros, we apply a minimum order surcharge of 5 euros for all orders from Germany. The minimum order surcharge is shown on our order forms and is automatically displayed for online orders. For deliveries to other EU countries, there is a minimum order value of 50 euros and for deliveries outside the EU, there is a minimum order value of 80 euros. For orders with a value of less than 750 euros, we apply a surcharge of 20 euros. The ‘order value’ is the value of the actual order and does not include any service charges and delivery costs.

Quick-order forms

In

By

More ways to pay online: by Paypal, credit card, Apple Pay or Google Pay

Yes, please send me

current Sport-Thieme

to the above customer address delivery address

Shopping is even easier with our online order form: sport-thieme.com

Order

Date

* I understand I can unsubscribe from the catalogue at any time by writing to: Sport-Thieme GmbH, Helmstedter Straße 40, 38367 Grasleben, Germany. Further information about Sport-Thieme’s data protection policy can be found under Privacy on the website.

Qualitätsprodukte nach ÖNORM

Qualitätsprodukte zu fairen Preisen

Sprossenwände Modell „TURKNA“ nach ÖNORM

Für hohe Beanspruchung in Turn- und Sporthallen Studios und Therapieräu men. Die Holme bestehen aus IA-Fichte 265 cm, verwindungsfrei keilgezinkt und laminiert, mit abnehmbarer Deckleiste mit Hartholzanleimer für leichten Spros senwechsel. Die 16 Sprossen sind aus Eschen- oder Schichtholz davon 2 rück versetzt, oval, durchgehend und einzeln verschraubt. Sämtliches Befestigungsma terial zur sicheren und stabilen Anbrin gung an der Wand wird mitgeliefert.

Sprossenwand 1-feldrig, B/H 90/265 cm

10 008 0100 Stück 435,—

Sprossenwand 2-feldrig, B/H 180/265 cm

10 008 0200 Stück 698,—

nach ÖNORM

Vielseitig zu verwenden ist die TURKNA Qualitätsturnbank mit massiver mehrfach laminiert und keilgezinkter FichtenholzPlatte sowie Hartholzanleimern als Kan tenschutz. Die Füße werden aus hochwer tigem stark zu beanspruchenden Stahl formrohr mit rutschfestem nichtfärben den Gleitschutz gefertigt. Der Laufbalken hat gerundete Kanten, zum Einhängen in Sprossenwänden, Reckstangen oder Sprungkästen haben alle Bänke an einer Seite eine Einhängeleiste.

Länge 280 cm (Kindergarten)

10 206 0201 Stück 439,—

Länge 350 cm (ÖNORM)

10 206 0101 Stück 439,—

Schwebebalken aus Alu-Spezialprofil

mit Vliesbezug und Laufflächenpolste rung, 5 m lang. Stahlprofilständer mit Klinkenarretierung und Klemmverschluß, Verstellhöhe von 80–120 cm.

10 202 0101 Stück 1.786,—

Trainingsständer für Schwebebalken

Gesamthöhe mit Balken ca. 30 cm, pas sen für Schwebebalken A.Nr. 102020101.

10 202 0110 Paar 149,—

Übungsschwebebalken aus Holz

Länge 3 m, Höhe 15 cm. Aus hochwerti gem, verleimten Fichtenholz, Schwellen mit weißen, nichtfärbenden Gummipuf fern.

10 202 0201 Stück 397,—

Übungsschwebebalken aus Holz mit Vliesbezug und Laufflächenpolste rung, sonst wie A.Nr. 102020201.

10 202 0301 Stück 498,—

Sprungkasten

Modell „TURKNA“ nach ÖNORM

Für unsere Sprungkästen verwenden wir nur IA-Massivholz oder Mehrschichtholz, perfekt verarbeitet. Die Kastenteile sind innen mit abgesetzten Hartholzführungs leisten ausgestattet die in den Ecken dop pelt verschraubt werden, ein ausgeklügel tes System, daß hohe Formstabilität ge währleistet. Alle Sprungkästen-Deckel sind mit strapazierfähigem Kernrindleder bezogen.

Sprungkasten trapezförmig, 7-teilig, nach ÖNORM inkl. eingebauter Transportroll vorrichtung

130x50x115 cm

10 204 0101 Stück 1.448,—

Sprungkasten lotrecht, 6-teilig, nach ÖNORM inkl. eingebauter Transport rollvorrichtung

130x50x110 cm

10 204 0201 Stück 1.288,—

Kleinsprungkasten, 4-teilig, nach ÖNORM

85x50x75 cm

10 204 0301 Stück 775,—

Turnbock - Turnpferd Modell „TURKNA“ nach ÖNORM

Die stabile Stahlrohr-Fußkonstruktion hat an allen Beinen Bodenschutzhufe und zu sätzlich an zwei Beinen Fahrrollen. An drei Beinen sind Raster zur Verstellung der Höhe angebracht. Das vierte Bein hat eine Klemmvorrichtung zum Niveauaus gleich.

Der Rumpf ist mit einer Spezialpolsterung versehen, welche mit Kernrindleder über zogen ist.

Alle Preise inkl. 20% MwSt. · Druckfehler und eventuelle Preisänderungen vorbehalten.

Schulturnpferd

Höhenverstellung 110–150 cm

10 208 0101 Stück 1.362,—

mit Pauschen

10 208 0103 Stück 1.593,—

Turnbock klein

Höhenverstellung 90–130 cm

10 207 0101 Stück 963,—

Turnbock groß

Höhenverstellung 110–170 cm

10 207 0201 Stück 997,—

Transportwagen Mod. „TURKNA“

Für 2 Stück Weichbodenmatten oder Niedersprungmatten bzw. 1 Stück Weich boden o. Niederprungmatte und Geräte. Transportwagen mit 4 leichtgängigen Rol len. Höhe mit Kissen ca. 210 cm. Stahlrohr lackiert, Gurtbänder mit Karabinerhaken und Stellschnallen zum Verspannen der Matten. Transportwagen für Matten

10 210 0202 Stück 586,—

Kombi-Transportwagen für Matten und Geräte

10 101 0101 Stück 653,—

Transportwagen für Turnmatten Mod. „TURKNA“

Zur liegenden Deponierung mit geschlosse ner Plattform, dadurch schonende Lage rung und Transport der Matten. Maximale Belastung 10 Schulturnmatten bzw. ca. 200 kg.

10 210 0101 Stück

Weichbodenmatte

„TURKNA Spectra“ nach ÖNORM

Sie bietet größtmögliche Sicherheit beim Turnen und ist für gymnastische Übungen bestens bewährt. Füllung aus hochwertigem elastischem Spezial schaum, RG 25 FCKW- frei, Überzug 2-fär big aus hochreißfestem Planenstoff mit Tragschlaufen, Reißverschluss und durch gehender rutschsicherer Bodenhaftplatte.

10 205 0701 300x200x30 cm Stück 869,—

10 205 0702 300x200x40 cm Stück 998,—

Überzug 2-färbig, kantig gearbeitet aus hochreißfestem Mattenstoff, doppelte Um fangnaht und Reißverschluss für Überzug wechsel, die Unterseite ist mit einer durch gehenden, rutschsicheren Bodenhaftplatte ausgestattet. Füllung aus hochwertigem Turnmattenkern, FCKW-frei, RG 120.

Schulturn- und Mehrzweck barren Mod. „TURKNA“ nach ÖNORM

Verwindungssteifes Stahlchassis - mit Tele skopständern bei Mehrzweckbarren zum Männerturnen und Stufenbarrenturnen, 4-stellig eingebaute Hebelschwenkrollen zum leichten und bequemen Transport, sicherer Stand durch massive, weiße Gum mipuffer. Holme aus Spezial-Schichtholz, Schuber galvanisch verzinkt mit Klemmver schluss.

Weitenverstellung ca. 39–54 cm

10 201 0102 Stück 3.277,—

Mehrzweckbarren mit Teleskopständer Holmlänge 350 cm

Höhenverstellung ca. 125–189 cm

Höhenverstellung Teleskop ca. 125–235 cm

Weitenverstellung ca. 39–54 cm

10 201 0202 Stück 3.932,—

Für optimale Sicherheit

Sicherheitsmatte mit Schwellenpolster für Barren

10 201 1001 Stück 455,—

Detail mit Lederecken

The new Adidas

1

New! Adidas ‘Al Rihla Pro’ Football

Superior design meets precision. The official match ball of the 2022 World Cup is a seamless and extreme ly accurate ball. It features a CTR Core and a Speeds hell panel design that has been made using Acentec thermobonding technology. FIFA Quality Pro-certified.

Made of polyurethane with rubber bladder. Size 5. 420–440 g.

71 327 0006 Each

Cup match ball

New! Adidas

‘Al Rihla LGE J290’ Football

Super-light replica of the official 2022 World Cup match ball. Made of laminated TPU making it particu larly resistant to wear and abrasion. Great to play in almost any temperature. Perfect for young players as reduced weight. 290 g.

71 327 0312  Size 4 Each

71 327 0309  Size 5 Each

New! Adidas ‘Al Rihla Com’ Football

2 3

Competition training ball mimicking the look of the of ficial World Cup match ball. Thanks to the thermally bonded, seamless surface and butyl bladder, the ball retains its shape for longer – making it more fun and meaning it doesn’t need to be reinflated as often. Complies with the FIFA Quality Pro standard. Surface made of 60% polyurethane and 40% polyester. Size 5. 420–440 g.

71 327 0107 Each

New! Adidas ‘Al Rihla LGE’ Football

Replica of the official 2022 World Cup match ball. Made of TPU, therefore particularly durable and resis tant to wear and abrasion. The use of TPU also means that it can be played in almost any temperature. Seamless, manufactured using patented TSBE techno logy. Butyl bladder ensures the ball stays inflated for longer. Size 4: 350–370 g. Size 5: 420–440 g.

71 327 0211  Size 4 Each

71 327 0208  Size 5 Each

New! Adidas

‘Al Rihla LGE J350’ Football

Lightweight replica of the official 2022 World Cup match ball. Made of TPU, making it particularly resis tant to wear and abrasion. Perfect for the tough daily use in club training. Can be played in virtually all tem peratures. With butyl bladder. Bonded. 350 g.

71 327 0413  Size 4 Each

71 327 0400  Size 5 Each

Exit ‘Scala’ Aluminium Goal

With the Exit ‘Scala’ aluminium goal, the football season begins in your own garden. It is sturdy, looks great and has been made to the highest of standards. Using the plastic net hooks included, the net is easy to

attach, while connectors make frame assembly child’s play. Choice of 2 variants.

71 265 2900  220x120 cm

Each

71 265 2926  300x200 cm Each